As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2020.

Registration No. 333-          

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_____________________________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_____________________________________

UTime Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

_____________________________________

Cayman Islands

 

3600

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

_____________________________________

7th Floor, Building 5A
Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District
Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061
+86 755 86512266

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

_____________________________________

Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, DE 19711
(302) 738
-6680

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

_____________________________________

Copies to:

Barry I. Grossman, Esq.
Jessica S. Yuan, Esq.

Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP
1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor
New York, NY 10105
Tel: (212) 370-1300
Fax: (212) 370-7889

 

Clayton E. Parker, Esq.

Matthew L. Ogurick, Esq.
Hillary O’Rourke, Esq.

K&L Gates LLP

Southeast Financial Center, Suite 3900

200 South Biscayne Boulevard

Miami, Florida 33131-2399

Tel: (305) 539-3300

Fax: (305) 358-7095

_____________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company S

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. S

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price
(1)(2)

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share

 

$

21,562,500

 

$

2,798.81

Representative’s Warrants to purchase ordinary shares(3)

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares underlying Representative’s Warrants(4)

 

$

2,587,500

 

$

335.86

Total

 

$

24,150,000

 

$

3,134.67

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Includes ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(2)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares as may be issued after the date hereof as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(3)      In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the registrant’s ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.

(4)      As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue warrants to the representative of the underwriters, ViewTrade Securities, Inc., to purchase an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares sold by us in this offering, including any ordinary shares that may be issued pursuant to exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The exercise price of the representative’s warrants is equal to 120% of the price of our ordinary shares offered hereby. The underwriters’ warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 18, 2020

[•]
Ordinary Shares

UTime Limited

This is the initial public offering of ordinary shares of UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company. We are offering [•] of our ordinary shares in a firm commitment underwritten public offering. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The assumed initial public offering price is between $[•] and $[•] per share. No public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or NASDAQ, under the symbol “UTME.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. However, the closing of this offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

We are an “emerging growth company”, as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our ordinary shares.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

   

$

____________

(1)      ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the representative of the underwriters, will receive compensation, in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth in the section entitled “Underwriting,” upon the closing of this offering, including warrants entitling ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to purchase 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, with an exercise price equal to 120% of the price per ordinary share sold in this offering. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred by them. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable one or more times in whole or in part, to purchase up to [•] additional ordinary shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable will be $[•], and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $[•].

The underwriters expect to deliver the ordinary shares to purchasers in the offering on or about [•], 2020.

The date of this prospectus is [•], 2020.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

12

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

51

Use of Proceeds

 

52

Dividend Policy

 

53

Capitalization

 

54

Dilution

 

55

Selected Financial Data

 

56

Exchange Rate Information

 

57

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

58

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

60

Business

 

77

Management

 

120

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

126

Principal Shareholders

 

127

Description of Share Capital

 

128

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

139

Taxation

 

141

Underwriting

 

151

Expenses Relating to This Offering

 

157

Legal Matters

 

157

Experts

 

157

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

157

Glossary of Terms

 

158

Index to Financial Statements

 

F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ordinary shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the ordinary shares.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.

We obtained the statistical data, market data and other industry data and forecasts described in this prospectus from market research, publicly available information and industry publications. Industry publications generally state that they obtain their information from sources that they believe to be reliable, but they do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the information. Similarly, while we believe that the statistical data, industry data and forecasts and market research are reliable, we have not independently verified the data, and we do not make any representation as to the accuracy of the information. We have not sought the consent of the sources to refer to their reports appearing or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

We were incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the SEC, we currently qualify for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Until and including •, 2020 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our financial statements and related notes, and especially the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12. We note that our actual results and future events may differ significantly based upon a number of factors. The reader should not put undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this document, which speak only as of the date on the cover page of this prospectus.

All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” or similar terms used in this prospectus refer to UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates.

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi. This prospectus also contains translations of certain foreign currency amounts into U.S. dollars for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars were made at RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and RMB7.0729 to US$1.00 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, the exchange rates set forth in the central parity of RMB against the U.S. dollar by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 and RMB7.0729 to US$1.00, respectively.

Please see “Glossary of Terms” for a listing of industry-related defined terms used throughout this prospectus.

Overview

We are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology.

We are mainly engaged in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We also provide Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”), including Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) and Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services, for well-known brands, such as TCL Communication Technology Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of TCL Corporation, Haier Electronics Group Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Haier Group Corporation, and Quality One Wireless LLC, a global leader in wireless distribution based in Orlando, Florida. Our operations are based in China whereas most of our products are sold globally, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. We have two in-house brands, “UTime,” which is known as our middle-to-high end label and targets middle class consumers from emerging markets; and “Do”, as our low- to mid-end brand, is positioned to the majority of grassroots consumers and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Our prime end user groups are segmented into regions like South America, South Asia, Southeast Asia and Africa.

We value systematic management and organize production with strictly high-quality standards and production technology. We continuously endeavor to improve our overall manufacturing service level, to strengthen our cost control processes, and to enhance our ability to respond rapidly to market dynamics in order to ensure a sustainable development in our EMS segment, especially in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (“PCBA”) for consumer electronic products.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to, or will contribute to, our recent and ongoing growth:

•        Experienced management.    Our core management team members (Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Manufacturing Officer) have at least 10 years of experience within the mobile phone industry, and most of them formerly worked at well-known publicly traded companies.

•        Comprehensive global industry ecosystem.    Our integration of development, manufacturing, PCBA, Industrial Design (“ID”), Mechanic Design (“MD”), sales and after-sale services in China, India, Africa, the United States and South America, combined with our extensive industry experience, makes us a

1

comprehensive global ecosystem for our products. In the Indian market, we have engaged over 300 active distributors and implemented over 800 after-sales outlets across the major states.

•        Strong production capacity.    Currently, our company has 3 high-end Surface Mounting Technology (“SMT”) production lines, 3 test lines, 11 assembly lines of which 6 lines are leased, and 4 leased packaging lines. Each SMT has a production capacity of 600,000 pieces per month, and our monthly assembling capacity has reached over 1 million units. Due to the seasonality of the mobile phone industry, we also cooperate with six manufacturers to fulfill our peak season orders, and we believe this strategy is cost-effective.

•        Niche market positioning.    We have accumulated extensive business resources and partners both domestic and abroad over the past 10 years, and we have laid our focus in the middle and low-end markets of developing countries, where the markets are fairly new and generally devoid of intense competition that could create new demand, ahead of our competitors in the same industry segment, such as the markets in India.

•        Cost-effective products.    We primarily cover two product categories: 13 types of smartphones and 11 types of feature phones. We believe our products are comparable in quality to the large brands and are also price competitive. We believe we fit the needs of low-to-mid income groups of many developing countries and we believe we avoid the vicious competition from large international brands.

Our Strategies

We intend to achieve our mission through successful execution of the key elements of our growth strategy, which include:

•        Optimize the structure of OEM/ODM customers and orders.    We have accumulated business resources and experience in both domestic and overseas OEM/ODM markets for the last decade. We will seek to leverage our first mover advantage in changing markets to become an international enterprise through continuous innovation. In addition, we will seek to optimize current customer and order structure by deprioritizing small and unstable customers and eliminating low margin orders to increase our gross profit margin. Small customers typically cannot provide sustainable OEM/ODM orders when comparing to large customers, like TCL, and those small customers tend to negotiate a lower price per order that can decrease gross margin. Therefore, keeping relatively large clients will help us maintain sustainable OEM/ODM orders and a higher margin.

•        Develop our own brand and enhance brand recognition.    We have established, and will continue to develop, our brands by delivering a superior user experience to our customers in emerging markets, such as India, Southeast Asia and Africa. We will seek to offer an enhanced shopping experience by effectively managing our distribution network and upgrading our franchised stores. Our first step is to open (direct-sell) retail stores in key and high-traffic locations in India and to establish a comprehensive sales network with our distributors. Then, we intend to replicate this pattern in other emerging markets and adjust it accordingly. As a result, we intend to increase our market share and expand our brand recognition for both “UTime” and “Do”.

•        Expand our (local) sales network overseas.     We plan to further expand our sales network in India and establish a representative office in the United States. In addition, we plan to enter the African and South American markets. We will seek to continue to strengthen our efficient sales network and streamline our supply chain process to keep our products and services at a reasonable price level in order to increase our user base. We will seek to continue to provide training and support to our sales managers across the major provinces of India to expand our service portfolio and implement up to 400 after-sales outlets to improve the user experience. In addition, we will seek to provide other electronic products and accessories to OEM/ODM overseas clients through strong production capacities to strengthen cooperation.

•        Dual-brand pricing strategy.    We plan to restructure our existing product pipeline by developing the Do and UTime brands at the same time, but targeted to different segments. Through the Do brand, we target customers who are price-sensitive and cost-effective, and let them enjoy the latest communication technology products with an affordable price. At the same time, through the UTime brand, we target the newly emerging quasi-middle-class customer base in both established and emerging market countries.

2

•        Expand and diversify our product portfolio.    We plan to expand and diversify our product portfolio to meet the fast-changing market. More types of consumer electronics will be added and offered to our customers. We will develop a range of distinctive electronic products, including triple-proof mobile phones that are water-proof, dust-proof and puncture-, shock-, pressure- and impact-proof, portable Bluetooth speakers, and sunglasses with built-in speakers, among others.

History and Corporate Structure

We commenced our operations in June 2008 through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”), a People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”) company established by Mr. Minfei Bao (“Mr. Bao”), Mr. Junlin Zhou (“Mr. Zhou”) and Mr. Bo Tang (“Mr. Tang”). As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired the equity interests of UTime SZ held by Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang and became UTime SZ’s sole shareholder. In August 2019, Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”) acquired equity interests of UTime SZ by investing in UTime SZ. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao and Mr. He held 96.95% and 3.05% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively.

Beginning in late 2018, the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November 2018, UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”) was incorporated in Hong Kong and in December 2018, Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”) was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with our Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”), UTime SZ, and its shareholder Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August 2019 and September 2019, respectively. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company believes that these contractual arrangements enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the UTime SZ and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of UTime SZ and its subsidiaries that could be significant to UTime SZ and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of UTime SZ and is able to consolidate UTime SZ and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”) was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services of our own in-house brand in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrustment agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”). Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% of the equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of the equity interest of Bridgetime.

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen as a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. Wukai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred the 135,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. As a result, Bridgetime is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares then-owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and controlled by Mr. He, one of our

3

director nominees, pursuant to which HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregate of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively.

On February 7, 2019, UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”) was incorporated in India.

As of the date of this prospectus, details of the material subsidiaries of the Company and UTime SZ are set forth below:

Name

 

Date of Incorporation

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Percentage of beneficial ownership

 

Principal Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”)

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”)

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Bridgetime Limited

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”)

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”)

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

4

Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders

We conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to: (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among the UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Agreements that provide us with effective control over the VIE

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. Bao, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into the second amended and restated power of attorney, while UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. He, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into an amended and restated power of attorney, which contain terms substantially similar to the power of attorney executed by the shareholders of the VIE described above.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the equity pledge agreement described above.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the equity pledge registration with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

On September 4, 2019, Mr. Bao’s spouse executed the second amended and restated spousal consent letter while Mr. He’s spouse executed an amended and restated spousal consent letter, which contains terms substantially similar to the spousal consent letter described above.

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed that without the prior written

5

consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders jointly agreed to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated business operation agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the business operation agreement described above.

Agreements that allow us to receive economic benefits from our VIE

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

Agreements that provide us with the option to purchase the equity interests in and assets of our VIE

Exclusive call option agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets.

With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, VIE and the shareholders of VIE entered into the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive call option agreement described above.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that:

•        the ownership structures of our VIE in China and UTime WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, are not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and

•        the contractual arrangements between UTime WFOE, our VIE and their respective shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws

6

or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.”

Summary of Risks Affecting Our Business

Investing in our ordinary shares involves significant risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. Certain of the key risks we face include, without limitation:

•        We have incurred significant losses and we may continue to experience losses in the future.

•        The outbreak of the coronavirus in China may have a material adverse effect on our business.

•        We may need to raise additional capital or obtain loans from financial institutions from time to time and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the required additional funding when needed. We may not be able to do so when necessary, and/or the terms of any financings may not be advantageous to us.

•        We generate a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects and any loss of business from these customers or key projects could reduce our net revenues and significantly harm our business.

•        We depend on third party service providers for logistics and aftersales services.

•        We may not be able to successfully sustain our growth strategy into new geographic markets and innovative consumer electronic products. Inability to effectively manage growth, our current and planned resources and related issues could materially and adversely affect our business of and impact future financial performance.

•        We face intense competition from onshore and offshore third party software providers in the mobile phone market, and, if we are unable to compete effectively, it may lose customers and our revenues may decline. The lack of technological development and increase in competition may lead to downfall of our sustainable growth.

•        Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our PRC VIE owes additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

•        Our business is substantially affected by prevailing economic, political and other prevailing conditions in China and India.

•        We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (which we refer to as the Exchange Act). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

•        we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;

•        for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

7

•        we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

•        we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

•        we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

•        we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (which we refer to as the JOBS Act), and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and financial disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies, that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, (1) presenting only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus, (2) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), (3) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and (4) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We intend to take advantage of these exemptions. As a result, investors may find investing in our ordinary shares less attractive.

We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (2) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months, or (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061. Our telephone number at this address is +86 755 86512266. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, DE 19711.

Our website is www.utimemobile.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website or any third party websites is not a part of, and shall not be incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

8

The Offering

Ordinary Shares Offered By Us:

 

[•] ordinary shares on a firm commitment basis.

Initial Public Offering Price

 

We estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $[•] and $[•] per ordinary share.

Number of Ordinary Shares Outstanding After This Offering:

 


[•] ordinary shares will be outstanding after this offering is completed.

Over-allotment Option:

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to [•] additional ordinary shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover any over-allotments.

Representative’s Warrants:

 

We will issue to ViewTrade Securities, Inc., the representative of the underwriters, upon the closing of this offering, compensation warrants, or the representative’s warrants, entitling ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to purchase 10% of the aggregate number of ordinary shares issued in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, at an exercise price per share equal to 120% of the initial public offering price per share. The representative’s warrants will have a term of five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and may be exercised commencing six months after the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The representative’s warrants may be exercised on a cash or cashless basis.

Use of Proceeds:

 

Although we will have broad discretion on the use of proceeds we receive from this offering, we plan to use the net proceeds of this offering for:

•   Engaging local distribution channels and establishing a representative office in United States: 15%

•   Forming local sales and distribution teams and recruiting experienced professionals globally: 10%

•   Promoting activities through online platforms: 5%

•   Launching 4G feature phones: 15%

•   Developing Bluetooth glasses: 15%

•   Working capital and general and administrative expenses: 40%

For more information on the use of proceeds, see “Use of Proceeds” on page 52.

Lock-up:

 

All of our directors, officers and existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

Indemnification Escrow:

 

Net proceeds of this offering in the amount of $600,000 shall be used to fund an escrow account for a period of eighteen months following the closing of this offering, which account shall be used in the event we have to indemnify the underwriters pursuant to the terms of an underwriting agreement with the underwriters.

9

Proposed NASDAQ Symbol:

 

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME.” There can be no assurance that our application will be approved. The closing of this offering is contingent upon the successful listing of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ.

Risk Factors:

 

Investing in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. As an investor you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12.

Unless we indicate otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option or of the representative’s warrants and is based on 12,377,514 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2019.

10

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2019 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Our historical results for any period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. You should read the following summary financial information in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except share data and
per share data)

           

Net sales

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

 

682,958

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Total operating expenses

 

45,386

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Income (loss) from
operations

 

9,514

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

 

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

8,475

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

0.28

 

(1.51

)

 

(0.91

)

 

(0.14

)

 

(0.38

)

 

(0.79

)

 

(0.11

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

 

12,000,000

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,344,326

 

 

12,344,326

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

As of March 31,

 

As of September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

 

3,214

 

454

Working capital

 

(21,990

)

 

(26,025

)

 

(3,866

)

 

6,304

 

890

Total assets

 

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

 

186,819

 

26,413

Total liabilities

 

199,887

 

 

170,882

 

 

25,379

 

 

135,545

 

19,164

Total shareholders’ equity

 

30,707

 

 

17,278

 

 

2,564

 

 

51,274

 

7,249

11

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our ordinary shares is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before making an investment in our ordinary shares. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have incurred significant losses and we may continue to experience losses in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in the past. In fiscal year 2018 and 2019, respectively, we had losses from operations of RMB30.5 million (US$4.5 million) and RMB10.0 million (US$1.5 million), and net losses of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) and RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million). In the six months ended September 30, 2019, we had losses from operations of RMB8.8 million (US$1.2 million) and net losses of RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million). We also had cash used in operations of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) in fiscal year 2018, net cash provided by operating activities of RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) in fiscal year 2019 and net cash used in operating activities of RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to generate profits or positive cash flow from operating activities in the future. Our ability to achieve profitability depends in large part on our ability to manage our costs and expenses. We intend to manage and control our costs and expenses as a proportion of our total revenues, but there can be no assurance that we will achieve this goal. We may experience losses in the future due to our continued investments in technology, talent, content and other initiatives. In addition, our ability to achieve and sustain profitability is affected by various factors, some of which are beyond our control, such as changes in macroeconomic and regulatory environment or competitive dynamics in the industry. Accordingly, you should not rely on our financial results of any prior period as an indication of our future performance.

We may need to raise additional capital or obtain loans from financial institutions from time to time and our operations could be curtailed if we are unable to obtain the required additional funding when needed. We may not be able to do so when necessary, and/or the terms of any financings may not be advantageous to us.

As of the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019, respectively, we had a working capital deficit of RMB22.0 million (US$3.3 million) and RMB26.0 million (US$3.9 million). As of September 30, 2019, we had a working capital of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million). Due to our working capital deficit, we may need to obtain additional funding from outside sources, including from the sales of our securities, grants or other forms of financing. Our working capital deficit increases the difficulty in completing such sales or securing alternative sources of funding, and there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain such funding on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient financing from the sale of our securities or from alternative sources, we may be required to reduce, defer or discontinue certain of our research and development and operating activities or we may not be able to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders may lose their entire investment in our ordinary shares. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We generate a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects and any loss of business from these customers or key projects could reduce our net revenues and significantly harm our business.

We have derived, and believe that in the foreseeable future we will continue to derive, a significant portion of our net revenues from a small number of major customers and key projects. Our top three customers in fiscal year 2019 accounted for approximately 50.5%, 12.5% and 10.4% of our net revenues in fiscal year 2019. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, our top three customers accounted for approximately 56.3%, 9.1% and 6.5% of our net revenues.

Our ability to maintain close relationships with our major customers is essential to the growth and profitability of our business. However, the volume of work performed for a specific customer is likely to vary from year-to-year and project-to-project, especially since we are generally not the exclusive service solutions provider for our customers, some of our customers have in-house research and development capabilities, and we do not have long-term purchase commitments from any of our customers. A major customer in one year may not provide the same level of net revenues for us in any subsequent year. For example, only one of the top three customers for fiscal year 2019 is the same as those in fiscal year 2018. The products we provide to our customers, and the net revenues

12

and income from those products, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of products changes over time. In addition, reliance on any individual customer for a significant portion of our net revenues may give that customer a degree of pricing leverage when negotiating contracts and terms of service with us.

In addition, a number of factors not within our control could cause the loss of, or reduction in, business or revenues from any customer, and these factors are not predictable. These factors include, among others, a customer’s decision to re-negotiate the royalty payment of a contract if the volume of unit sales exceeds original expectations, pricing pressure from competitors, a change in a customer’s business strategy, or failure of a mobile chipset manufacturer or mobile device OEM to develop competitive products. Our customers may also choose to pursue alternative technologies and develop alternative products in addition to, or in lieu of, our products, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors. The loss of any major customer or key project, or a significant decrease in the volume of customer demand or the price at which we sell our products to customers, could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The outbreak of the coronavirus in China may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of the CoronaVirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19), or the coronavirus, in China. Our headquarters (Shenzhen) and our factory (Guizhou) are located in China where the coronavirus originated. The World Health Organization has declared the coronavirus outbreak in China a public health emergency of international concern. As this virus is transmitted between humans, the Chinese government has imposed travel restrictions in certain parts of the country and several businesses operating in China have scaled back operations. The development of the coronavirus outbreak could materially disrupt our business and operations, slow down the overall economy, curtail consumer spending, interrupt our sources of supply, and make it difficult to adequately staff our operations. As a result, our operating results, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.

The coronavirus is impacting several areas of the world, including Asia and the United States. Factories in China that produced our products were closed during February 2020 at the mandate of the Chinese government and reopened in March 2020. Our manufacturing facility in Guizhou was allowed to reopen on February 14, 2020 by the local government. This impacts the manufacturing productivity of the factories, and therefore the amount of inventory we receive and can ship to customers. We are hopeful that all operations will return to normal as soon as possible. We are doing everything we can to keep customer production running and to keep things as smooth and stable as possible. The coronavirus will potentially impact our sales performance in a negative way, depending on the duration and severity of the coronavirus’ impact on the operations of our vendors and suppliers.We expect that the coronavirus could have a negative impact on our sales until production is fully running as normal. Furthermore, our customers in China and elsewhere may reduce their future purchases from us if they are not able to complete the manufacture of their products due to the shortage of components from other suppliers.

We depend on third party service providers for logistics and aftersales services, and any failure of our third party service providers to perform may have a material negative impact on our business.

We outsource all of our transportation and logistics services, as well as after-sale services, for our products to third-party service providers. We rely on these outsourcing partners to bring our products to our customers and provide after sale services. While these arrangements allow us to focus on our main business, they also reduce our direct control over the logistics and aftersales services provided to our customers. Any failure of our logistics partners to perform may have a material negative impact on the timely delivery of our products and customer satisfaction. In addition, logistics in our primary locations or transit to final destinations may be disrupted for a variety of reasons including, natural and man-made disasters, information technology system failures, commercial disputes, military actions or economic, business, labor, environmental, public health, or political issues. We may also be unable to pass any increase in logistics costs to our customers. Errors that occur in product maintenance processes can compromise our products and services, adversely affect customer experience, and harm our business.

We rely on outsourcing manufacturers to produce a majority of our products. If we encounter issues with them, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on outsourcing manufacturers to produce a majority of our products. However, the volume of orders designated to a specific manufacturer is likely to vary from year-to-year and project-to-project, especially since we generally do not enter into exclusive relationship with the manufacturers and we do not have long-term purchase commitments with any of our outsourcing manufacturers. A major manufacturer in one year may not provide the

13

same amount of products to us in any subsequent year. The products each manufacturer supplied us may decline or vary our customer orders change over time. Notwithstanding the above, we may experience operational difficulties with our outsourcing manufacturers, including reductions in the availability of production capacity, failure to comply with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failure to meet production deadlines, increases in manufacturing costs and longer lead time. Our outsourcing manufacturers may experience disruptions in their manufacturing operations due to equipment breakdowns, labor strikes or shortages, natural disasters, component or material shortages, cost increases, violation of environmental, health or safety laws and regulations, or other problems. We may be unable to pass the cost increases to our customers. We may have disputes with our outsourcing manufacturers, which may result in litigation expenses, divert our management’s attention and cause supply shortages to us. In addition, we may not be able to renew contracts with our outsourcing manufacturers for our existing products or identify outsourcing manufacturers who are capable of producing new products we target to launch in the future.

Our expansion into new product categories and scenarios, and substantial increases in product lines may expose us to new challenges and more risks.

We strive to continue to expand and diversify our product offerings to cover additional scenarios in the mobile or IoT era. Expanding into new product categories and scenarios outside of the mobile phone and accessories category, such as to wearable devices, speakers and related consumer electronics and substantially increasing our product lines involve new risks and challenges. Our potential lack of familiarity with new products and scenarios and the lack of relevant customer data relating to these products may make it more difficult for us to anticipate user demand and preferences. We may misjudge market demand, resulting in inventory buildup and possible inventory write-downs. We may not be able to effectively control our costs and expenses in rolling out these new product categories and scenarios. We may have certain quality issues and experience higher return rates on new products, receive more customer complaints and face costly product liability claims, such as injury allegedly or actually caused by our products, which would harm our brand and reputation as well as our financial performance.

Furthermore, we may need to price our new products more aggressively to penetrate new markets, and gain market share or remain competitive. It may be difficult for us to achieve profitability in the new product categories and our profit margin, if any, may be lower than we anticipate, which would adversely affect our overall profitability and results of operations.

Our international expansion is subject to a variety of costs and risks and we may not be successful and could adversely affect our profitability and operating results

We intend to expand or enter into new geographic markets, such as the United States and Canada, where we have limited or no experience in marketing, selling our products and deploying our services. International expansion has required and will continue to require us to invest significant capital and other resources and our efforts may not be successful. Our expansion may be subject to risks such as: brand awareness, sales and distribution network, differences in customer preference, political and economic instability, trade restrictions, difficulties in forming and managing local staff and teams, lesser degrees of intellectual property protection.

The occurrence of any of these risks could negatively affect our international business and consequently our business and operating results. In addition, the concern over these risks may also prevent us from entering into or releasing certain of our products in certain markets.

Our use of open source software could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

Certain of our technology and our suppliers’ technology may contain or may be derived from “open source” software, which, under certain open source licenses, may offer accessibility to a portion of a product’s source code and may expose related intellectual property to adverse licensing conditions. Licensing of such technology may impose certain obligations on us if we were to distribute derivative works of the open source software. For example, these obligations may require us to make source code for derivative works available or license such derivative works under a particular type of license that is different from what we customarily use to license our technology. While we believe we have taken appropriate steps and employ adequate controls to protect our intellectual property rights, our use of open source software presents risks that, if we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to reengineer our technology, discontinue the sale of our technology, release the source code of our proprietary technology to the public at no cost or take other remedial actions, which could adversely affect our business,

14

operating results and financial condition. There is a risk that open source licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products or solutions, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

We operate in a rapidly evolving industry. If we fail to keep up with technological developments and changing requirements of our customers, business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The mobile industry is rapidly evolving and subject to continuous technological developments. Our success depends on our ability to keep up with these technological developments and the resulting changes in customers’ demands. There may also be changes in the industry landscape as different types of platforms compete with one another for market share. If we do not adapt our software and service platform solutions to such changes in an effective and timely manner as more mobile operating system platforms become available in the future, we may suffer a loss in market share. Given that we operate in a rapidly evolving industry, we also need to continuously invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing products and to respond to changes in customer preference, new challenges and industry changes in a timely and effective manner. If we fail to keep up with technological developments and continue to innovate to meet the needs of our customers, our software and service platform solutions may become less attractive to customers, which in turn may adversely affect our reputation, competitiveness, results of operations and prospects.

We face intense competition from onshore and offshore third party software providers in the mobile phone market, and, if we are unable to compete effectively, it may lose customers and our revenues may decline. The lack of technological development and increase in competition may lead to downfall of our sustainable growth.

The mobile phone market is highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify from both existing competitors and new market entrants. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry are reliability and efficiency, performance, product features and functionality, development complexity and time-to-market, price, support for multiple architectures and processors, interoperability with other systems, support for emerging industry and customer standards and protocols and levels of training, technical services and customer support.

The market in which we operate is highly competitive and is subject to frequent changes due to technological improvements and advancements, availability of new and alternative services and frequently changing client preferences and demands. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and regulatory standards and to develop and introduce new and enhanced products successfully on a timely basis will be a significant factor in our ability to grow and to remain competitive. The development and acquisition of technology indeed requires substantial investments, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive and if we fail to update the technology used in their handsets, it will be challenging for us to have sustained growth in both existing and new markets and consequently, we may lose our market share and revenue.

We may undertake acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other strategic alliances in the future, which could expose us to new operational, regulatory and market risks. In addition, such future and past undertakings may not be successful, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We intend to grow both organically by expanding our current business lines and geographic coverage and through acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or other strategic alliances if the appropriate opportunities arise. These potential business plans, acquisitions, investments, joint ventures and strategic alliances may expose us to new operational, regulatory and market risks, as well as risks associated with additional capital requirements. In addition, we may not be able to identify suitable future acquisition or investment candidates or joint venture or alliance partners. Even if we identify suitable candidates or partners, we may be unable to complete an acquisition, investment or alliance on terms commercially acceptable to us. If we fail to identify appropriate candidates or partners, or complete desired acquisitions, investments or alliances, we may not be able to implement our strategies effectively or efficiently.

In addition, our ability to successfully integrate acquired companies and their operations may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, among others, the ability to capitalize on anticipated synergies, diversion of resources and management’s attention, difficulties in retaining personnel of the acquired companies, unanticipated problems or legal liabilities and tax and accounting issues. If we fail to integrate any acquired company efficiently, our earnings, revenues, gross margins, operating margins and business operations could be adversely affected. The integration of acquired companies is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process.

15

Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and harm our reputation and business.

As part of our business we may receive and process information about our employees, customers and partners, and we may store (or contract with third parties to store) our customers’ data. There are numerous laws governing privacy and the storage, sharing, use, disclosure and protection of personally identifiable information and user data. Specifically, personally identifiable and other confidential information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations in numerous domestic and international jurisdictions. The regulatory framework for privacy protection in China and worldwide, including India and the United States, is currently evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations in China and elsewhere on the world where we have business operations are expanded to require changes in business practices or privacy policies, or if the relevant governmental authorities in China and elsewhere on the world where we have business operations interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in November 2016, China released the Cybersecurity Law, which took effect in June 2017. The Cybersecurity Law requires network operators to perform certain functions related to cybersecurity protection and the strengthening of network information management. For instance, under the Cybersecurity Law, network operators of key information infrastructure, including network operators of key information infrastructures in public communications and information industry, generally shall, during their operations in the PRC, store the personal information and important data collected and produced within the territory of the PRC and their purchase of network products and services that may affect national securities shall be subject to national cybersecurity review. While we take security measures relating to service platform solutions, specifically, and our operations (including MVNO business operation), generally, those measures may not prevent security breaches that could harm our business and we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken or will take are adequate under the Cybersecurity Law and other relevant laws and regulations. Advances in computer capabilities, inadequate technology or facility security measures or other factors may result in a compromise or breach of our systems and the data we store and process. Our security measures may be breached as a result of actions by third parties or employee error or malfeasance. A party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other things, misappropriate proprietary information (including information about our employees, customers and partners and our customers’ information), cause the loss or disclosure of some or all of this information, cause interruptions in our operations or our customers’ or expose our customers to computer viruses or other disruptions or vulnerabilities. Any compromise of our systems or the data it stores or processes could result in a loss of confidence in the security of our service platform solutions, damage our reputation, disrupt our business, lead to legal liability and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, a compromise of our systems could remain undetected for an extended period of time, exacerbating the impact of that compromise. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us by our customers, partners or other third parties, which could be material. While our customer agreements typically contain provisions that seek to limit our liability, there is no assurance these provisions will be enforceable and effective under applicable law. In addition, the cost and operational consequences of implementing further data protection measures could be significant.

We are vulnerable to technology infrastructure failures, which could harm our reputation and business.

We rely on our technology infrastructure for many functions, including selling our service platform solutions, supporting our customers and billing, collecting and making payments. We also rely on our own technology infrastructure, which is located on a third-party site, as well as the technology infrastructure of third parties, to provide some of our back-end services. This technology infrastructure may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, power loss, telecommunication failures, terrorist attacks, computer intrusions and viruses, software errors, computer denial-of-service attacks and other events. A significant number of the systems making up this infrastructure are not redundant, and our disaster recovery planning is not sufficient for every eventuality. This technology infrastructure is also subject to break-ins, sabotage and intentional acts of vandalism by internal employees, contractors and third parties. Despite any precautions we or our third-party partners may take, such problems could result in, among other consequences, interruptions in our services and loss of data, which could harm our reputation, business and financial condition. We do not carry business interruption insurance sufficient to protect us from all losses that may result from interruptions in our services as a result of technology infrastructure failures or to cover all contingencies. Any interruption in the availability of our websites and on-line interactions with customers and partners would create a large volume of questions and complaints that would need to be addressed by our support personnel. If our support personnel cannot meet this demand, customer and partner satisfaction levels may fall, which in turn could cause additional claims, reduced revenue, reputation damage or loss of customers.

16

We may not be able to continue to use or adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our business reputation and competitive position.

We believe that patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyright, software registration and other intellectual property we use are important to our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, software registration and trade secret protection laws in China, the United States, the Philippines, Kenya and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property and brand name. Risks related to mis-branded counterfeit, unlawful copying can lead to security problems, loss of consumer confidence, losing out on the brand image, reputation and goodwill. Presently, DO Mobile is not a registered trademark in India. Any failure by us to maintain or protect our intellectual property rights, including any unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties or use of “UTime” or “Do Mobile” as a company name to conduct software or services business, may adversely affect our current and future revenues and our reputation.

In addition, the validity, enforceability and scope of protection available under intellectual property laws with respect to the mobile and Internet industries in China, where a significant part of our business and operations are located, are uncertain and still evolving. Implementation and enforcement of PRC intellectual property-related laws have historically been deficient, ineffective and hampered by corruption and local protectionism. Accordingly, protection of intellectual property rights in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Furthermore, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend patents issued to us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. Such litigation and an adverse determination in any such litigation, if any, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

We also may be required to enter into license agreements with certain third parties to use their intellectual property for our business operations. If such third parties fail to perform under these license agreements or if the agreements are terminated for any reason, our business and results of operations may be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if we are deemed to be using third parties’ intellectual property without due authorization, we may become subject to legal proceedings or sanctions, which may be time-consuming and costly to defend, divert management attention and resources or require us to enter into licensing agreements, which may not be available on commercial terms, or at all.

The international nature of our business exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We conduct our business throughout the world in multiple locations. Our corporate structure also spans multiple jurisdictions, with our parent company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and structured as a holding company and intermediate and operating subsidiaries incorporated in China, Hong Kong and India. As a result, we are exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business internationally, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include, among others:

•        significant currency fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and other currencies in which we transact business;

•        difficulty in identifying appropriate mobile chipset manufacturers, mobile device OEMs, mobile operators and/or joint venture partners, and establishing and maintaining good relationships with them;

•        legal uncertainty owing to the overlap and inconsistencies of different legal regimes, problems in asserting contractual or other rights across international borders and the burden and expense of complying with the laws and regulations of various jurisdictions;

•        potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in which we operate;

•        adverse effect of inflation and increase in labor costs;

•        current and future tariffs and other trade barriers, including restrictions on technology and data transfers;

•        general global economic downturn;

•        unexpected changes in political environment and regulatory requirements; and

•        terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war.

17

The potential for war or terrorist attacks may also cause uncertainty and cause our business to suffer in ways that we cannot predict. Our business could also be adversely affected by the outbreaks of epidemics in China and globally, such as the coronavirus which originated in Wuhan, China at the end of 2019, Ebola virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Past occurrences of epidemics have caused different degrees of damage to the national and local economies in India. A recurrence of an outbreak of any kind of epidemic could cause a slowdown in the levels of economic activity generally, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Should major public health issues, including pandemics, arise, we could be adversely affected by more stringent employee travel restrictions, additional limitations in freight services, governmental actions limiting the movement of products between regions, delays in production ramps of new products and disruptions in the operations of our component suppliers.

The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Furthermore, we are in the process of implementing policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations in various jurisdictions applicable to us, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors or agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies. Any such violations could, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Inadequacy of skilled personnel may lead to downfall in sales of mobile phones by us.

Competition in our industry for qualified employees, especially technical employees, is intense, and our competitors directly target our employees from time to time. We have also experienced employees leaving us to start competing businesses or to join the in-house research and development teams of our customers. The loss of the technical knowledge and industry expertise of any of these individuals could seriously impede our success. Moreover, the loss of these individuals, particularly to a competitor, some of which are in a position to offer greater compensation, and any resulting loss of customers or trade secrets and technological expertise could further lead to a reduction in our market share and adversely affect our business. If we are required to increase the compensation payable to our qualified employees to compete with certain competitors with greater resources than we have or to discourage employees from leaving us to start competing businesses, our operating expenses will increase which, in turn, will adversely affect our results or operations.

Moreover, our sales team plays a pivotal role in the success of the business of every organization. The unique and important role of sales is to bridge the gap between the potential customer’s needs and the products/services that the organization offers that can fulfil their needs. Every organization strives to have best sales team who possess skill set for understanding consumer behavior and consumer needs and excellent communication skill. Our growth strategy places significant dependence on the experience and the continued efforts of our sales executives. There has always been dearth of such skilled sales personnel, and we may need to incur significant expenditure for attracting skilled sales personnel and for retaining its existing sales team. We may not be able to retain our existing sales team or attract and recruit new sales executives in the future. This may result in drop in sale of mobile handsets and will consequently have an adverse effect on our revenue and sustained growth.

Our success depends substantially on the continuing efforts of our senior executives and other key personnel, and our business may be severely disrupted if we lose their services.

Our future success heavily depends upon the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. In particular, we rely on the expertise, experience, customer relationships and reputation of Minfei Bao, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer. We currently do not maintain key man life insurance for any of the senior members of our management team or other key employees. If one or more of our senior executives or key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, it could disrupt our business operations, and we may not be able to replace them easily or at all. In addition, competition for senior executives and key employees in our industry is intense, and we may be unable to retain our senior executives and key employees or attract and retain new senior executive and key employees in the future, in which case our business may be severely disrupted, and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If any of our senior executives or key employees joins a competitor or forms a competing company, it may lose customers, know-how and other key employees and staff members to them. Also, if any of our business development managers, who generally keep a close relationship with our customers, joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, and our net revenues may be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, there

18

could be unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge, practices or procedures by such employees. All of our executives and key employees have entered into employment agreements with us that contain non-competition provisions, non-solicitation and nondisclosure covenants. However, if any dispute arises between our executive officers or key employees and us, such non-competition, non-solicitation and nondisclosure provisions might not provide effective protection to us, especially in China, where most of these executive officers and key employees reside, in light of the uncertainties with China’s legal system.

We could be impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings, including the pending proceeding against Do Mobile, and may, from time to time, be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought.

The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business, from time to time, and new claims may arise in the future.

On September 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song, the majority shareholder in Bridgetime filed a complaint with India National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) against Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, the directors of Do Mobile, alleging mismanagement of corporate affairs, embezzlement of funds and absenting themselves from the management of Do Mobile. Further, Mr. Wukai Song sought the following relief from NCLT:

•        prevent Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from exercising any of their powers as directors of Do Mobile;

•        restrain Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from operating the bank account of Do Mobile and restraining DBS Bank from acting on the instructions of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li;

•        permit the company secretary of Do Mobile to carry out the daily affairs of the company which are ordinarily carried out by the directors of a company, until a new board of directors of Do Mobile is constituted and to file an application seeking extension of the date for holding an annual general meeting beyond September 30, 2018;

•        appoint Mr. Amit Kumar and Mr. Huiyun Chen as interim directors of Do Mobile; and

•        direct Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, to hand over all documents and material related to Do Mobile in their possession, back to Do Mobile and sign all statutory documents and filings to be made for the time period when they were acting as directors of Do Mobile.

On November 16, 2018 and November 15, 2018, Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, respectively, filed an answer with NCLT. Further, on November 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song filed an application for interim relief seeking removal of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from the board of directors of Do Mobile.

On September 30, 2019, NCLT issued its interim order which allowed Mr. Wukai Song to carry-out certain statutory compliances of Do Mobile, and NCLT has also directed Ms. Ekta Grover, director of Do Mobile, to handover the digital signature of directors to Mr. Wukai Song for carrying-out said statutory compliances.

As of the date of this prospectus, this litigation against Ekta Grover and Yunchuan Li is still pending before Delhi Bench of the NCLT. The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain.

Since the litigation is against the directors of Do Mobile, both Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, do not attend to the affairs of Do Mobile. As a result, Do Mobile currently does not have an effective board and is facing serious challenges in its daily operation. For example, Do Mobile, its directors and officers may be subject to fines by the Indian government.

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted payment of RMB7,428,592.35 (US$1.1 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. On July 24, 2019, a judgement was rendered awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,748,689.70 (US$0.2 million) for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; and (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB18,728.7 (US$2,648.0) in total. This judgement has taken effect. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of

19

RMB5,932,637.83 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime GZ has not received any award of the new arbitration determined by the arbitration tribunal. In August 2019, UTime GZ also filed an application for property preservation to the Intermediate People’s Court of Honghuagang District, Zunyi City (“Honghuagang Court”), requesting that preservation measures, which include seizure, impoundment and freezing of accounts, shall be taken against the property of Nianfu GZ up to RMB5.94 million (US$0.9 million). On September 4, 2019, the Honghuagang Court ruled to seize and freeze Nianfu GZ’s property up to RMB5.94 million (US$0.9 million). On September 18, 2019, Honghuagang Court froze three Nianfu GZ’s bank accounts, the preservation period of which is from September 18, 2019 to September 17, 2020.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”), alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,913,616.60 (US$0.3 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

Regardless of the merit of particular claims, litigation may be expensive, time consuming, disruptive to our operations and distracting to management. For instance, if such litigation against Do Mobile stays pending, there will be no effective board of Do Mobile, which may lead to serious complications for Do Mobile. Continued non-compliance may impact Do Mobile’s operations negatively, which could result in the imposition of substantial penalties by the government and lead to prosecution of our management. Therefore, our business operations could be negatively impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings.

In addition, we may from time to time be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought. Litigation claims may relate to intellectual property, contracts, employment, securities and other matters arising out of the conduct of our current and past business activities. Any claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming, expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. We may maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims, and the levels of insurance we do maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any and all losses. Nonetheless, the results of any future litigation or claims are inherently unpredictable, and such outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash from operating activities or financial condition.

Compromised product quality of our mobile products may damage our brand and reputation of and customers could stop using our mobile handsets.

Quality of any product plays a vital role towards its demand and any failure to maintain quality standards may impact sales and revenues. Much of the mobile products we sell, for instance, the mobile handsets sold by Do Mobile, are being manufactured by third party vendors. Though we conduct frequent vendor inspections in an effort to ensure that these vendors adhere to our prescribed quality standards; however, there remains an element of risk about the quality of mobile handsets as we cannot guarantee that our inspections will capture all existing or latent defects. Our inability to maintain the quality of our products, may materially impact our reputation and business.

We may not be able to successfully sustain our growth strategy into new geographic markets and innovative consumer electronic products. Inability to effectively manage growth, our current and planned resources and related issues could materially and adversely affect our business of and impact future financial performance.

We have experienced rapid growth since we commenced operations. Our rapid expansion may expose us to new challenges and risks. Currently we are not involved in any other business vertical and is solely dependent upon revenue from its mobile handset business. In the event, our mobile handset vertical becomes vulnerable due to any unforeseen circumstance or we become unable to successfully augment our existing business of sale of mobile handsets, then our business and financial condition could material adverse effect. Even if we introduce any new service or product as a part of its business operations, it may take time to establish in a highly competitive Asian market, hence, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve its intended return on investments.

20

Further principal component of our growth strategy is to expand the geographical scope of its business. This growth strategy will require deployment of additional funds and resources, continued expansion and enhancement of our infrastructure and technology, improvement of our operational and financial systems and controls, and will also entail procuring additional approvals, permissions and licenses from regulatory authorities. This will put strain on our funds position and there will always be a requirement of infusion of additional capital. For example, we currently manage all of our human resources functions manually and expect that we will need to upgrade our current system as we continue to increase our headcount. We also need to expand, train and manage our growing employee base. In addition, our management will be required to obtain, maintain or expand relationships with mobile chipset manufacturers, mobile device OEMs and mobile operators, as well as other third-party business partners. We cannot assure you that our current and planned personnel, infrastructure, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support our expanding operations. As we enter new markets, such expansion may subject us to various challenges, including those relating to our lack of familiarity with the culture, legal regulations and economic conditions of the new regions, difficulties in selection and appointment of distributors, display centers, staffing and managing such operations. The risks involved in entering new geographical markets may be higher than expected, and we may face significant competition in such markets. By expanding into new markets, we may be exposed to significant liabilities and could lose some or all of its investment in such regions. If we fail to manage our expansion effectively, our business, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. Any delay or non-availability of additional capital will also impact our growth curve and may lead to stagnation and loss of business.

Continuous expansion also involves challenges relating to recruitment, training and retention of human resources of caliber. Failure to train and retain employees may result in attrition, which will put pressure on us for recruitment, which may also lead to increased human resource costs, which may also impact our financial position.

We are dependent on raw materials and mobile device components from off shore entities and from local markets, and an increase in their cost could have an adverse effect on our business.

The stability or variability in the prices of materials/components depends on various factors which could have an adverse effect on our business and accordingly, a major fluctuation should not be ruled out in future. Lots of components used in handsets sold by us are sourced from offshore companies, primarily from China. The price and availability of the materials/components depends on several factors beyond our control, including supplier’s preferability, overall economic conditions, production levels, market demand for such material, production and transportation cost, duties, taxes and trade restrictions. Any impact on supply of components for any reasons whatsoever, will have direct impact on our business.

We have engaged in transactions with related parties, and such transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We have entered into a number of transactions with related parties, including our significant shareholder and director. For example, we have entered into several transactions with our Chief Executive Officer, Minfei Bao, where we borrowed funds from him for operation purposes. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. We may in the future enter into additional transactions with entities in which members of our board of directors and other related parties hold ownership interests.

Transactions with related parties present potential for conflicts of interest, as the interests of related party may not align with the interests of our shareholders. Although we believe that these transactions were in our best interests, we cannot assure you that these transactions were entered into on terms as favorable to us as those that could have been obtained in an arms-length transaction. We may also engage in transactions with related parties in the future. Conflicts of interests arise when we transact business with related parties. These transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations or may result in government enforcement actions or other litigation.

We may be adversely affected by product liability exposure claims.

We face an inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that our products fail to perform to their specifications. In case of any product liability claim, we may need to incur significant expenditure in defending any such claims. We may incur losses relating to these claims or the defense of these claims.

21

We may also be required to participate in recalls involving our mobile products, if any prove to be defective, or we may voluntarily initiate a recall or make payments related to such claims as a result of various industry or business practices or the need to maintain good customer relationships. Such a recall would result in a diversion of resources. Where defective designs or defective components parts cause significant bodily damage or injury, our liability risks will increase.

We do not maintain product liability insurance, and to the extent we do obtain such insurance in the future, we cannot assure investors that it will be sufficient to cover all product liability claims, that such claims will not exceed our insurance coverage limits or that such insurance will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any product liability claim brought against us could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations.

Our management and auditors identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements that could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Neither we nor BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP (“BDO China”), our independent registered public accounting firm, has performed a comprehensive assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, as defined by the standards of the PCAOB, for purposes of identifying and reporting material weaknesses and other control deficiencies. We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, BDO China has not been engaged to express, nor has it expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with its audits of our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, BDO China identified certain errors relating to accounts and disclosures, in the aggregate, material to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has reflected all proposed adjustments and disclosures in its financial statements.

The material weaknesses identified related to (i) our lack of sufficient qualified financial reporting and accounting personnel with an appropriate knowledge under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), and (ii) our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We are taking remedial measures to improve the effectiveness of our controls, including by hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and by seeking to engage an outside consultant. The existence of material weaknesses is an indication that there is a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a future period, and the process of designing and implementing effective internal controls and procedures will be a continual effort that may require us to expend significant resources to establish and maintain a system of controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. We cannot assure you that the measures we take will be sufficient to remediate the material weaknesses identified by BDO China or that we will implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future in order to avoid additional material weaknesses or controlled deficiencies in our internal control over financing reporting. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence and cause the trading price of our ordinary shares to decline. Moreover, ineffective controls could significantly hinder our ability to prevent fraud.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. We will be in a continuing process of developing, establishing, and maintaining internal controls and procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting if and when required to do so under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Although our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company and neither a large accelerated filer nor an accelerated filer, our management will be required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we

22

would not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Moreover, our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal other material weaknesses or that the material weaknesses described above have not been fully remediated. If we do not remediate the material weaknesses described above, or if other material weaknesses are identified or we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, our reported financial results could be materially misstated or could subsequently require restatement, we could receive an adverse opinion regarding our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm and we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

We are subject to various anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and PRC and Indian anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws; any determination that we have violated such laws could damage our business and reputation, limit our ability to bid for certain business opportunities, and subject us to significant criminal and civil penalties, civil litigation (such as shareholder derivative suits), and commercial liabilities.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws in the United States, United Kingdom, China, and India that prohibit certain improper payments made directly or indirectly to government departments, agencies, and instrumentalities; officials of those government departments, agencies, and instrumentalities; political parties and their officials; candidates for political office; officials of public international organizations; persons acting on behalf of the foregoing; and commercial counterparties. These laws include the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the PRC Criminal Law, the PRC Anti-Unfair Competition Law, the Prevention of Corruption Act 1988 of India, the Indian Penal Code, 1860, the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and anti-corruption laws in various Indian states.

We are engaged in business in a number of countries that are regarded as posing significant risks of corruption. Of particular note, we conduct operations, have agreements with state-controlled enterprises and other third parties and make sales in the PRC, and we have research and development activities in India, each of which may be exposed to corruption risk. It is our policy to implement safeguards and procedures to prohibit these practices by our employees, officers, directors, or by third parties acting on our behalf. However, we cannot rule out the risk that any of our employees, officers, directors, or third parties acting on our behalf may engage in breaches of our policies or anti-corruption laws, for which we might be held responsible.

Allegations of violations of these anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, and investigation into such allegations, could negatively affect our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. The violation of these laws may result in substantial monetary and even criminal sanctions, follow-on civil litigation (such as shareholder derivative suits), and monitoring of our compliance program by the United States or other governments, each of which could negatively affect our reputation, business, operating results, and financial condition. In addition, the United States or other governments may seek to hold us liable for violations of these laws committed by companies in which we invest or acquire.

The agreements governing the loan facilities we currently have contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly affect our ability to operate our business, raise capital, as well as significantly affect our liquidity, and therefore could adversely affect our results of operations.

According to the credit agreement between the China Construction Bank (“CCB”) and UTime SZ, the CCB gives UTime SZ a certain amount line of credit and the term of validity of the loan quota is from April 23, 2019 to April 9, 2020 (the “term of validity”), which we plan to renew after the term of validity expires in April 2020. If a single loan occurs within the term of validity, unless otherwise agreed by CCB, the performance period of the single loan shall not exceed six months after the expiration of the term of validity. Covenants governing our loan facility with CCB restrict, among other things, our ability to:

•        pay dividends or distributions, repurchase or redeem equity;

•        incur or permit to exist any additional indebtedness or liens;

•        guarantee or otherwise become liable with respect to the obligations of another party or entity;

•        acquire any assets, except in the ordinary course of business, or make any investments;

23

•        pay any third party using the proceeds of the loan;

•        use the proceeds of the loan hereunder for investment in fixed assets or equity, or for investment in securities or futures market; and

•        complete a merger, division, transfer of equity and creditor’s rights, external investment, material increase of debt financing, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the credit agreement with CCB requires us to satisfy certain financial covenants, including periodic status reports and a debt to asset ratio of no more than seventy-five percent (75%).Our ability to comply with these provisions may be affected by events beyond our control. Such covenants and obligations are ongoing, and the breach of any such covenants or obligations not otherwise waived or cured could result in a default under the applicable debt obligations and could trigger acceleration of those obligations.

Any defaults under our credit agreement with CCB could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our results of operations and our ability to make payments on our debt. The ability to make payments of principal and interest on indebtedness will depend on our financial condition, which is subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If sufficient cash flow is not generated from operations to service such debt, we may be required, among other things, to:

•        seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets;

•        delay, curtail or abandon altogether our research & development or investment plans;

•        refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness; or

•        sell selected assets.

Such measures might be insufficient to service the indebtedness. In addition, any such financing, refinancing or sale of assets may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, we may not be able to grow market share, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements, which could negatively impact our business, operating results and financial condition.

Defaults under our credit agreement with CCB could result in a substantial loss of our assets.

We have mortgaged the office owned by UTime SZ and pledged accounts receivables equal to RMB22,500,000 (US$3.3 million) owned by UTime SZ under the credit agreement with CCB.

The term of our credit agreement with CCB expires on April 9, 2020, within which any outstanding loans made under the facility are due within 6 months. We plan to renew our credit agreement with CCB after the term expires in April 2020. A failure to repay any of the indebtedness under our agreement with CCB as it becomes due or to otherwise comply with the covenants contained in any of such agreements could result in an event of default thereunder. If not cured or waived, an event of default under any of such agreements could enable the lender thereunder to declare all borrowings outstanding on such debt, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. The lenders could also elect to foreclose on our assets securing such debt. In such an event, the Company may not be able to refinance or repay all of its indebtedness, pay dividends or have sufficient liquidity to meet operating and capital expenditure requirements. Any such acceleration could cause us to lose a substantial portion of our assets and will substantially adversely affect our ability to continue our operations.

Controversies affecting China’s trade with the United States could harm our operations.

In July 2018 and again in September 2018, the United States imposed tariffs on a wide range of products and other goods from China. In May 2019, negotiations on tariffs and other trade matters between the United States and China came to a halt, and both sides escalated the trade dispute. In June 2019, trade talks resumed between the United States and China, and the United States indicated it would not impose additional tariffs at this time. Although negotiations are to resume in the second half of 2019 between the United States and China, it is possible the United States will impose additional tariffs. Given our major manufacturing in China, the imposition of tariffs by the United States presents negative effect for us. Tariffs that have already been announced and implemented have covered certain of our products. The trade controversy between the United States and China is still evolving, and

24

we cannot predict future trade policy. However, future tariffs could cover more or all of our products, resulting in an adverse effect on our operations, including customer demand from the United States.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We are a holding company, and will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us, or any tax implications of making dividend payments to us, could limit our ability to pay our parent company expenses or pay dividends to holders of our ordinary shares.

We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business through our operating subsidiaries, including a limited liability company established in China and in India. We will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses.

We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiary, which is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise, may pay dividends only out of its accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital. Such reserve funds cannot be distributed to us as dividends. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to an enterprise expansion fund, or a staff welfare and bonus fund.

Our PRC subsidiary generates primarily all of its revenue in Renminbi, which is not freely convertible into other currencies. As result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiary to use its Renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and more restrictions and substantial vetting process may be put forward by State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “SAFE”) for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other kinds of payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

With respect to Do Mobile, our Indian subsidiary, any limitation on declaration and payment of dividend may create a barrier for us to meet our cash and financing requirements and this could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. As per the extant provisions of Indian laws and regulations, our Indian subsidiary (being a wholly foreign owned company), may pay dividends only out of its profits of current year or previous years or its free reserves subject to the treatment and adjustment prescribed in applicable Indian law, i.e., the Companies Act, 2013. The applicable Indian taxation law until March 31, 2020 makes necessary for our Indian subsidiary to pay tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders and, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company is not liable to pay any tax in India on the dividends received by it. However, Finance Bill 2020 introduced by the Government of India has proposed an amendment to the provisions relating to taxation of dividends declared by Indian companies, and has now provided that any distribution of dividend from April 1, 2020 onwards will only be subject to tax in the hands of the recipient shareholder and the Indian companies are not required to pay any tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders. Furthermore, non-resident shareholders would now be paying tax on the dividend income as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements. The said amendments shall entitle foreign investors to claim credit in their country of residence of tax paid in India in respect of dividend distributed by domestic companies. The change in the tax regime by Indian

25

Government regarding payment of taxes may increase tax burden in the hands of the parent company of our Indian Subsidiary. Finance Bill 2020 upon receiving assent of the President of India, will amend the Income Tax Act, 1961 and proposed amendments will be effective from April 1, 2020.

Minfei Bao, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer, as well as Min He, our director nominee, will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of shareholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for a vote.

Minfei Bao is deemed to beneficially own 12,000,000 of our ordinary shares through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, of which Mr. Bao controls 100% equity interest. Min He, our director nominee, is deemed to beneficially own 377,514 of our ordinary shares through HMercury Capital Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, of which Mr. He is the controlling shareholder. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao is deemed to beneficially own 96.95% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares and Mr. He, is deemed to beneficially own 3.05% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Prior to this offering, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, collectively, control 100% of our outstanding ordinary shares. After this offering, they will, collectively, control approximately         % of our outstanding ordinary shares. As long as Mr. Bao owns or controls a significant amount of our outstanding voting power, Mr. Bao, or Mr. Bao and Mr. He, if they act together, has the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring shareholder approval, irrespective of how our other shareholders may vote, including:

•        the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;

•        any amendment of our memorandum or articles of association; or

•        the approval of mergers, consolidations and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

Moreover, beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares by Mr. Bao may also adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. As a result, this concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other shareholders.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and, as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because Mr. Bao holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

As a result, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules, if we utilize such exemptions. We currently do not intend to utilize the controlled company exemptions.

Change in tax regime in India will increase tax burden on us.

Bridgetime Limited holds 99.99% shareholding in Do Mobile in India. Until March 31, 2020, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company is not liable to pay any tax in India on the dividends received by it. However, with the proposed amendment under Finance Bill 2020 (upon it receiving assent of the President of India), non-resident shareholders would now be paying tax on the dividend income as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements, accordingly, this will increase tax burden on Bridgetime Limited. Further, there are number of taxes and other levies imposed at the level of the Central Government and State Government in India. These include: (i) income tax; (ii) goods and service tax; (iii) stamp duty charges; and (iv) other taxes and surcharges. These tax rates may increase in future creating more financial burden on Do Mobile and may affect the overall tax efficiency of Do Mobile. Additional tax exposure could adversely affect its business and results of operations.

26

We may become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands which would negatively affect our results.

We have received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, until the date falling 20 years after October 15, 2018, being the date of such undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable (i) on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of our company or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by our company to its members or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of our company. If we otherwise were to become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. See “Taxation — Cayman Islands Taxation.”

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequent changes, we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and substantially all of our assets will be located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or our directors or officers.

Further, mail addressed to us and received at our registered office will be forwarded unopened to the forwarding address supplied by our directors. Our directors will only receive, open or deal directly with mail which is addressed to them personally (as opposed to mail which is only addressed to us). We, our directors, officers, advisors or service providers (including the organization which provides registered office services in the Cayman Islands) will not bear any responsibility for any delay, howsoever caused, in mail reaching this forwarding address.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2018 Revision) (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not technically binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, have more fulsome and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result, there may be significantly less protection for investors than is available to investors in companies organized in the United States, particularly Delaware. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders’ derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

27

The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely:

•        to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on the civil liability provisions of United States securities laws; and

•        to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on the civil liability provisions of United States securities laws that impose liabilities that are penal in nature.

In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Like many jurisdictions in the United States, in certain circumstances Cayman Islands law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction) and any such company may be the surviving entity for the purposes of mergers or the consolidated company for the purposes of consolidations. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must, in most instances, then be authorized by a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each constituent company and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders provided a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged (unless waived by such member). For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the votes cast at its general meeting are held by the parent company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands. The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies who, if satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (2018 Revision) which includes certain other formalities, have been complied with, will register it. The filing must include a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the company is not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

28

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question, the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class and that the meeting was properly constituted;

•        the arrangement is such that it may reasonably be approved by an intelligent and honest man of that share class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one which would be more properly sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law, or that would amount to “fraud on the minority.”

If the arrangement and reconstruction is approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

In addition, there are further statutory provisions to the effect that, when a take-over offer is made and approved by holders of 90.0% in value of the shares affected (within four months after the making of the offer), the offeror may, within two months following the expiry of such period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a U.S. company.

Provisions of our charter documents or Cayman Islands law could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company, even if the acquisition may be beneficial to our shareholders, could make it more difficult for you to change management, and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares.

Provisions in our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. Such provisions may reduce the price that investors may be willing to pay for our ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. These provisions include:

•        a prohibition on shareholder action through written consent;

•        a requirement that extraordinary general meetings of shareholders be called only by a majority of the board of directors or, in limited circumstances, by the board upon shareholder requisition;

•        an advance notice requirement for shareholder proposals and nominations to be brought before an annual general meeting;

•        the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred shares with such terms as our board of directors may determine; and

•        a requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote thereon in order to amend any provisions of our memorandum and articles of association.

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our PRC subsidiary is considered foreign-invested enterprise. In December 2018, UTime International Limited established a wholly owned subsidiary in China, UTime WFOE, our WFOE. In March 2019, we obtained control over UTime SZ via our WFOE by entering into a series of

29

contractual arrangements with UTime SZ, our VIE, and its shareholder. In August 2019, the amended and restated contractual agreements were entered into among UTime SZ, our VIE, and its shareholders, which were further amended and restated in September 2019.

Our WFOE has entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders, respectively, which enable us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE, (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE, and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC law. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have control over and are the primary beneficiary of our VIE and hence consolidate their financial results into our consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. See “History and Corporate Structure” for further details.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, (i) the ownership structures of our VIE in China and our WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, comply with all existing PRC laws and regulations; and (ii) the contractual arrangements between our WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

•        revoking the business license and/or operating licenses of our WFOE or our VIE;

•        discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations through any transactions between our WFOE and our VIE;

•        imposing fines, confiscating the income from our WFOE or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

•        requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE; or

•        restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China.

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our VIE or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our VIE and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders for a large portion of our business operations, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders to conduct certain of our key businesses. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIE. For example, our VIE and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

30

If we had direct ownership of our VIE, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our VIE, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIE and its shareholders of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our VIE. However, the shareholders of our consolidated VIE may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portions of our business through the contractual arrangements with our VIE. If any disputes relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through the operations of PRC law and arbitration, litigation and other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our VIE may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

Any failure by our VIE or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material and adverse effect on our business.

We refer to the shareholders of our VIE as its nominee shareholders because although they remain the holders of equity interests on record in our VIE, pursuant to the terms of the relevant power of attorney, such shareholders have irrevocably authorized our WFOE or any individual duly appointed by WFOE to exercise their rights as a shareholder of the relevant VIE. However, if our VIE or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure, will be effective under PRC law. For example, if the shareholders of our VIE refuse to transfer their equity interest in our VIE to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they otherwise act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.

All of the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. See “Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.” Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delays or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIE, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He hold 96.95% and 3.05% equity interest in our VIE, respectively. The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us. The shareholders may breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise the shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between the shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

31

The shareholders of our VIE may be involved in personal disputes with third parties or other incidents that may have an adverse effect on their equity interests in our VIE and the validity or enforceability of our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholder. For example, in the event that one of the shareholders of our VIE divorces his spouse, the spouse may claim that the equity interest of our VIE held by such shareholder is part of their community property and should be divided between such shareholder and his spouse. If such claim is supported by the court, the relevant equity interest may be obtained by the shareholder’s spouse or any third party who is not subject to obligations under our contractual arrangements, which could result in a loss of our effective control over the VIE. Similarly, if any of the equity interests of our VIE is inherited by a third party on whom the current contractual arrangements are not binding, we could lose our control over the VIE or have to maintain such control by incurring unpredictable costs, which could cause significant disruption to our business and operations and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Although under our current contractual arrangements, the respective spouse of Mr. Bao and Mr. He have executed spousal consent letters, under which each of them agrees that she will not take any actions or raise any claims to interfere with the performance by her spouse of the obligations under these contractual arrangements, including claiming community property ownership on the equity interest, and renounce any and all right and interest related to the equity interest that she may be entitled to under applicable laws. We cannot assure you that these undertakings and arrangements will be complied with or effectively enforced. In the event that any of them is breached or becomes unenforceable and leads to legal proceedings, it could disrupt our business, distract our management’s attention and subject us to substantial uncertainties as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our PRC VIE owes additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the VIE contractual arrangements were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust the income of our VIE in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIE for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase its tax liabilities without reducing our WFOE’s tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIE for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIE’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our VIE that are material to the operation of certain portion of our business if our VIE goes bankrupt or becomes subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

As part of our contractual arrangements with our VIE, our VIE and its subsidiaries hold certain assets that are material to the operation of certain portion of our business, including intellectual property and premise. If our VIE goes bankrupt and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Under the contractual arrangements, our VIE may not, in any manner, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of its assets or legal or beneficial interests in the business without our prior consent. However, in the event that the shareholders breach this obligation and voluntarily liquidate our VIE, or our VIE declares bankruptcy, or all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our VIE or its subsidiaries undergo a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its shareholders or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of its assets, hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our current corporate structure and business operations may be affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law.

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020. On December 26, 2019, the Regulation on the Implementation of the Foreign Investment Law

32

of the People’s Republic of China, was issued by the State Council and came into force on January 1, 2020. The Foreign Investment Law defines the “foreign investment” as the investment activities in China conducted directly or indirectly by foreign investors in the following manners: (i) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests and establishes new projects within China; and (iv) a foreign investor invests through other approaches as stipulated by laws, administrative regulations, or otherwise regulated by the State Council. Since the Foreign Investment Law is relatively new, uncertainties exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation. The Foreign Investment Law does not explicitly classify whether variable interest entities that are controlled through contractual arrangements would be deemed as foreign invested enterprises if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors. However, it has a catch-all provision under definition of “foreign investment” that includes investments made by foreign investors in China through other means as provided by laws, administrative regulations or the State Council. The Foreign Investment Law still leaves leeway for future laws, administrative regulations or provisions of the State Council to provide for contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. Therefore, there can be no assurance that our control over our VIE through contractual arrangements will not be deemed as foreign investment in the future.

The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, except for those foreign-invested entities that operate in industries specified as either “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment in a “negative list”. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign-invested entities operating in “restricted” or “prohibited” industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC government authorities. On June 30, 2019, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (the “MOFCOM”) and the National Development and Reform Commission (the “NDRC”) jointly issued the latest version of Negative List (Edition 2019). See “Regulations — Regulations relating to Foreign Investment — The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment”. Currently, our business related to the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories falls within the permitted category. However, we cannot assure you that our current operations or any newly-developed business in the future will still deemed to be “permitted” in the “negative list”, which may be promulgated or be amended from time to time by the MOFCOM and the NDRC. If our control over our VIE through contractual arrangements are deemed as foreign investment in the future, and any business of our VIE is “restricted” or “prohibited” from foreign investment under the “negative list” promulgated or amended in the future, we may be deemed to be in violation of the Foreign Investment Law, the contractual arrangements that allow us to have control over our VIE may be deemed as invalid and illegal, and we may be required to unwind such contractual arrangements and/or restructure our business operations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business operation.

Furthermore, if future laws, administrative regulations or provisions mandate further actions to be taken by companies with respect to existing contractual arrangements, we may face substantial uncertainties as to whether we can complete such actions in a timely manner, or at all. Failure to take timely and appropriate measures to cope with any of these or similar regulatory compliance challenges could materially and adversely affect our current corporate structure and business operations.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Substantially most of our assets and operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

33

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.

We conduct our business primarily through our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE in China. Our operations in China are governed by PRC laws and regulations. Our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE are subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in China. The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. In addition, any new or changes in PRC laws and regulations related to foreign investment in China could affect the business environment and our ability to operate our business in China.

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into and could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such unpredictability towards our contractual, property and procedural rights could adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.

Changes in international trade policies, trade dispute or the emergence of a trade war, may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Political events, international trade disputes, and other business interruptions could harm or disrupt international commerce and the global economy, and could have a material adverse effect on us and our customers, service providers, network carriers and other partners.

International trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could adversely affect our business. Tariffs could increase the cost of the goods and products which could affect consumers’ discretionary spending levels and therefore adversely impact our business. In addition, political uncertainty surrounding international trade disputes and the potential of the escalation to trade war and global recession could have a negative effect on consumer confidence, which could adversely affect our business.

There are significant uncertainties under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and as such rely on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiary to satisfy part of our liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a withholding tax rate of 10% currently applies to dividends paid by a PRC “resident enterprise” to a foreign enterprise investor, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for preferential tax treatment.

34

Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement came into effect on December 8, 2006, and four conventions implemented as of June 11, 2008, December 20, 2010, December 29, 2015 and December 6, 2019, such withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC enterprise. Under the Circular on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued in February 2009 by the SAT, the taxpayer needs to satisfy certain conditions to enjoy the benefits under a tax treaty. These conditions include: (i) the taxpayer must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends, and (ii) the corporate shareholder to receive dividends from the PRC subsidiary must have met the direct ownership thresholds during the 12 consecutive months preceding the receipt of the dividends. However, if the main purpose of an offshore arrangement is to obtain a preferential tax treatment, the PRC tax authorities have the discretion to adjust the preferential tax rate enjoyed by the relevant offshore entity. Further, the SAT promulgated the Notice on How to Understand and Recognize the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties in 2009, which limits the “beneficial owner” to individuals, enterprises or other organizations normally engaged in substantive operations, and sets forth certain detailed factors in determining “beneficial owner” status; and based on the Announcement on Certain Issues with Respect to the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, issued on February 3, 2018, and effective on April 1, 2018, that the business activities conducted by the applicant do not constitute substantive business activities is one of the factors which are not conductive to the determination of an applicant’s status as a “beneficial owner”.

In addition, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or SAT Public Notice No.60, which became effective in August 2015, require non-resident enterprises to determine whether they are qualified to enjoy the preferential tax treatment under the tax treaties and file relevant report and materials with the tax authorities. In October 2019, the State Administration of Taxation (SAT) issued the Announcement of the SAT on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of Treaty Benefits (SAT Public Notice No.35), which took effect on January 1, 2020, while SAT Public Notice No.60 will be abolished at the same time. SAT Public Notice No.35 stipulates that non-resident taxpayers can enjoy tax treaty benefits via the “self-assessment of eligibility, claiming treaty benefits, retaining documents for inspection” mechanism. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. As of March 31, 2018, 2019 and September 30, 2019, we did not record any withholding tax on the retained earnings of our subsidiaries in the PRC as we intended to re-invest all earnings generated from our PRC subsidiary for the operation and expansion of our business in China, and we intend to continue this practice in the foreseeable future. Should our tax policy change to allow for offshore distribution of our earnings, we would be subject to a significant withholding tax. We cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiary to UTime HK, our Hong Kong subsidiary.

We, or entities who provide services to us or with whom we associate, are not permitted to be subject to inspection by the U.S. federal or state regulators such as Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and therefore, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Any disclosure of documents or information located in China by foreign agencies may be subject to jurisdiction constraints and must comply with China’s state secrecy laws, which broadly define the scope of “state secrets” to include matters involving economic interests and technologies. There is no guarantee that requests from U.S. federal or state regulators or agencies to investigate or inspect our operations will be honored by us, by entities, who provide services to us or with whom we associate, without violating PRC legal requirements, especially as those entities are located in China. Furthermore, under the current PRC laws, an on-site inspection of our facilities by any of the U.S. regulators may be limited or prohibited.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Because our auditor is located in China, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities, our auditor, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in China, is currently not inspected by PCAOB.

35

In May 2013, the PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by the PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. The PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC, and the PRC Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit Chinese companies that trade on U.S. exchanges. On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. However, it remains unclear what further actions, if any, the SEC and the PCAOB will take to address the problem.

Inspections of other firms that PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality.

The inability of PCAOB to conduct inspections of independent registered public accounting firms operating in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we conduct substantially most of our operations in China and substantially most of our assets are located in China. In addition, most of our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who reside and whose assets are located outside the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. This depreciation halted in 2017, and the RMB appreciated approximately 7% against the U.S. dollar during this one-year period, while the Renminbi in 2018 depreciated approximately by 5% against the U.S. dollar. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress

36

towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands exempted company primarily relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary in China may be used to pay dividends to our company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi.

In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening RMB, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement including overseas direct investment. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. If any of our shareholders regulated by such policies fails to satisfy the applicable overseas direct investment filing or approval requirement timely or at all, it may be subject to penalties from the relevant PRC authorities. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

China’s M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of PRC companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, and other recently adopted regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex. For example, the M&A Rules require that MOFCOM be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that impact or may impact national economic security, or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the SCNPC effective in 2008 requires that

37

transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds (i.e., during the previous fiscal year, (i) the total global turnover of all operators participating in the transaction exceeds RMB10 billion (US$1.5 billion) and at least two of these operators each had a turnover of more than RMB400 million (US$59 million) within China, or (ii) the total turnover within China of all the operators participating in the concentration exceeded RMB2 billion, and at least two of these operators each had a turnover of more than RMB400 million (US$59 million) within China) must be cleared by MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, in 2011, the General Office of the State Council promulgated a Notice on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, also known as Circular 6, which officially established a security review system for mergers and acquisitions of domestic enterprises by foreign investors. Further, MOFCOM promulgated the Regulations on Implementation of Security Review System for the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, effective 2011, to implement Circular 6. Under Circular 6, a security review is required for mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors having “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions by which foreign investors may acquire the “de facto control” of domestic enterprises with “national security” concerns. Under the foregoing MOFCOM regulations, MOFCOM will focus on the substance and actual impact of the transaction when deciding whether a specific merger or acquisition is subject to security review. If MOFCOM decides that a specific merger or acquisition is subject to a security review, it will submit it to the Inter-Ministerial Panel, an authority established under Circular 6 led by the NDRC, and MOFCOM under the leadership of the State Council, to carry out security review. The regulations prohibit foreign investors from bypassing the security review by structuring transactions through trusts, indirect investments, leases, loans, control through contractual arrangements or offshore transactions.

In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, MOFCOM or other government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in China, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited.

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, and its implementation guidelines, to replace the Circular on Several Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Return Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75, which ceased to be effective upon the promulgation of SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, will be required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of a SPV, is required to update its filed registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE. If any PRC shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the previously filed registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiary in China. On February 13, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Policies Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under SAFE Circular 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

38

If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration with the local SAFE branches, our PRC subsidiary may be prohibited from distributing their profits and any proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiary. Moreover, failure to comply with SAFE registration requirements could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He, who indirectly hold all of our shares, and who are known to us as being PRC residents have completed the initial SAFE registration in connection with our financings and will update their registration filings with SAFE under SAFE Circular 37 when any changes should be registered under SAFE Circular 37.

However, we may not at all times be fully aware or informed of the identities of all our shareholders or beneficial owners that are required to make or update such registrations, and we cannot compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents or entities have complied with, and will in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiary, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our subsidiary’s ability to make distributions or pay dividends or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavourable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance With the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, known as SAT Circular 82, which has been revised by the Decision of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Lists of Invalid and Abolished Tax Departmental Rules and Taxation Normative Documents on December 29, 2017 and by the Decision of the State Council on Cancellation and Delegation of a Batch of Administrative Examination and Approval Items on November 8, 2013. Circular 82 has provided certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Further to SAT Circular 82, the SAT issued the Administrative Measures for Enterprise Income Tax of PRC-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Resident Enterprises (Trial), or SAT Bulletin 45, effective 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 clarified certain issues in the areas of resident status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities’ procedures.

According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the places where the senior management and senior management departments responsible for the daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial matters (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and human resource matters (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC. Although SAT Circular 82 and SAT Bulletin 45 only apply to offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups and not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the determination criteria set forth therein may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the term “de facto management body” could be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises, individuals or foreigners.

In addition, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues concerning the Determination of Resident Enterprises Based on the Standards of Actual Management Institutions in January 2014 to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. This bulletin further provides that, among other

39

things, an entity that is classified as a “resident enterprise” in accordance with the circular shall file the application for classifying its status of residential enterprise with the local tax authorities where its main domestic investors are registered. From the year in which the entity is determined to be a “resident enterprise,” any dividend, profit and other equity investment gain shall be taxed in accordance with the enterprise income tax law and its implementing rules.

We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. See “Regulation — Regulations on Tax — PRC Enterprise Income Tax.” However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” Our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem us as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China. If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we will be subject to the enterprise income tax on our global income at the rate of 25% and we will be required to comply with PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. In addition, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, and non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to our non-PRC individual shareholders and any gain realized on the transfer of ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ordinary shares.

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

On December 10, 2009, SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, with retroactive effect from January 1, 2008. Pursuant to the SAT Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (i) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (ii) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise this Indirect Transfer.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Relating to Enterprise Income Tax of Transfers of Assets between Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under former SAT Circular 698 (which was repealed by the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Matters Concerning Withholding of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises at Source by SAT). SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only Indirect Transfers set forth under former SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than former SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity of a same listed foreign enterprise by a non-resident enterprise through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes. However, according to the aforesaid safe harbor rule, the PRC tax would not be applicable to the transfer by any non-resident enterprise of our ordinary shares acquired and sold on public securities markets.

40

On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which, among others, repealed the Circular 698 on December 1, 2017. SAT Bulletin 37 further details and clarifies the tax withholding methods in respect of income of non-resident enterprises under Circular 698. And certain rules stipulated in SAT Bulletin 7 are replaced by SAT Bulletin 37. Where the non-resident enterprise fails to declare the tax payable pursuant to Article 39 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax due within required time limits, and the non-resident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax payable within such time limits specified by the tax authority; however, if the non-resident enterprise voluntarily declares and pays the tax payable before the tax authority orders it to do so within required time limits, it shall be deemed that such enterprise has paid the tax in time.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Bulletin 7. For transfer of shares in our company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiary may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Bulletin 7 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies requires an overseas special purpose vehicle formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. However, the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear.

Our PRC counsel, B&D Law Firm, has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ in the context of this offering, given that: (i) our PRC subsidiary was incorporated as wholly foreign-owned enterprises by means of direct investment rather than by merger or acquisition of equity interest or assets of a PRC domestic company owned by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules that are our beneficial owners; and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC government agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If it is determined that CSRC approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various government-sponsored employee benefits plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where our employees are based. The requirements of employee benefit plans have not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Following local common practice, we do not pay certain social insurance or housing fund contributions for all of our employees

41

and the amount we paid was lower than the requirements of relevant PRC regulations. Therefore, in our consolidated financial statements, we have made an estimate and accrued a provision in relation to the potential make-up of our contributions for these plans. If we are determined by local authorities to fail to make adequate contributions to any employee benefits as required by relevant PRC regulations, we may face late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits. As a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Increases in labor costs and enforcement of stricter labor laws and regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

China’s overall economy and the average wage in China have increased in recent years and are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to those who pay for our services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employee’s probation and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that we decide to terminate some of our employees or otherwise change our employment or labor practices, the PRC Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit our ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In October 2010, the SCNPC promulgated the Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, effective on July 1, 2011. On April 3, 1999, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was amended on March 24, 2002. Companies registered and operating in China are required under the Law on Social Insurance of the PRC and the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund to apply for social insurance registration and housing fund deposit registration within 30 days of their establishment and to pay for their employees different social insurance including pension insurance, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to the extent required by law. We could be subject to orders by the competent labor authorities for rectification and failure to comply with the orders which may further subject us to administrative fines. See “Regulations — Regulations on Labor Protection.”

As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practices do not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China, which may subject us to labor disputes or government investigations. We cannot assure you that we have complied or will be able to comply with all labor-related law and regulations including those relating to obligations to make social insurance payments and contribute to the housing provident funds. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and our business, financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected.

If our preferential tax treatments are revoked, become unavailable or if the calculation of our tax liability is successfully challenged by the PRC tax authorities, we may be required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The PRC government has provided tax incentives to our VIE entity — United Time Technology Co., Ltd. These incentives include reduced enterprise income tax rates. For example, under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, the income tax of an enterprise that has been determined to be a high and new technology enterprise can be reduced to a preferential rate of 15%, and the certificate of a high and new technology enterprise is valid for three years.

Our VIE entity has obtained the Certificate of High and New Technology Enterprise since November 2, 2015, which is renewed on October 16, 2018 and is thus eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% for the periods presented, to the extent it has taxable income under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law. Any increase in

42

the enterprise income tax rate applicable to our VIE entity in China, or any discontinuation or retroactive or future reduction of any of the preferential tax treatments currently enjoyed by our VIE entity, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, in the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to complex income tax and other tax regulations and significant judgment is required in the determination of a provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax provisions are reasonable, if the PRC tax authorities successfully challenge our position and we are required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

Discontinuation of any of the government subsidies or imposition of any additional taxes and surcharges could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our VIE and its PRC subsidiary have received various financial subsidies from PRC local government authorities. The financial subsidies result from discretionary incentives and policies adopted by PRC local government authorities. Local governments may decide to change or discontinue such financial subsidies at any time. The discontinuation of such financial subsidies or imposition of any additional taxes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If the custodians or authorized users of controlling non-tangible assets of our company, including our corporate chops and seals, fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Under PRC law, legal documents for corporate transactions are executed using the chops or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with the relevant branch of the Administration of Industry and Commerce.

Although we usually utilize chops to enter into contracts, the designated legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary have the apparent authority to enter into contracts on behalf of such entities without chops and bind such entities. All designated legal representatives of our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary are members of our senior management team who have signed employment agreements with us or our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary under which they agree to abide by various duties they owe to us. In order to maintain the physical security of our chops and chops of our PRC entities, we generally store these items in secured locations accessible only by the authorized personnel in the legal or finance department of PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary. Although we monitor such authorized personnel, there is no assurance such procedures will prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. Accordingly, if any of our authorized personnel misuse or misappropriate our corporate chops or seals, we could encounter difficulties in maintaining control over the relevant entities and experience significant disruption to our operations. If a designated legal representative obtains control of the chops in an effort to obtain control over PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary, we or our PRC subsidiary, VIE and its PRC subsidiary would need to pass a new shareholder or board resolution to designate a new legal representative and we would need to take legal action to seek the return of the chops, apply for new chops with the relevant authorities, or otherwise seek legal redress for the violation of the representative’s fiduciary duties to us, which could involve significant time and resources and divert management attention away from our regular business. In addition, the affected entity may not be able to recover corporate assets that are sold or transferred out of our control in the event of such a misappropriation if a transferee relies on the apparent authority of the representative and acts in good faith.

We face certain risks relating to the real properties that we lease.

We lease real properties from third parties primarily for our office and processing workshops being used in China, and most of our lease agreements for these properties have not been registered with the PRC governmental authorities as required by PRC law. Although the failure to do so does not in itself invalidate the leases, we may be ordered by the PRC government authorities to rectify such noncompliance and, if such noncompliance were not rectified within a given period of time, we may be subject to fines imposed by PRC government authorities ranging from RMB1,000 and RMB10,000 for each lease agreement that has not been registered with the relevant PRC governmental authorities.

Most of the ownership certificates or other similar proof of ownership of our leased properties have not been provided to us by the relevant lessors. Therefore, we cannot assure you that such lessors are entitled to lease the relevant real properties to us. If the lessors are not entitled to lease the real properties to us and the owners of such

43

real properties decline to ratify the lease agreements between us and the respective lessors, we may not be able to enforce our rights to lease such properties under the respective lease agreements against the owners. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any claim or challenge brought by any third parties concerning the use of our leased properties without obtaining proper ownership proof. If our lease agreements are claimed as null and void by third parties who are the real owners of such leased real properties, we could be required to vacate the properties, in the event of which we could only initiate the claim against the lessors under relevant lease agreements for indemnities for their breach of the relevant leasing agreements.

Furthermore, the registered office of UTime SZ is 64D-403, Tian Zhan Building F2, Tian’an Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, while the principal executive office is located at 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen. According to PRC laws, rules and regulations, a company shall register its main office as registered office. Where a company fails to undergo the relevant modification registration in accordance with relevant regulations for any modification of the contents of company registration, the company registration authority shall order the company to register within a prescribed time limit, and, if the company fails to do so, impose a fine of not less than RMB10,000 but not more than RMB100,000 on the company.

We cannot assure you that suitable alternative locations are readily available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and if we are unable to relocate our offices or processing workshops in a timely manner, our operations may be interrupted.

Risks Related to Doing Business in India

Our business activities in India could be subject to Indian competition laws, and any violation or alleged violation thereof may negatively impact our operations.

The Competition Commission of India (“CCI”) is the market regulator in India and the Competition Act, 2002 specifically provides that any agreement which restricts the production, supply, distribution, acquisition or control of goods or provision of services, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition (AAEC) within India, is prohibited and void. Anti-competitive agreements may include horizontal and vertical agreements. The definition of the term ‘agreement’ envisaged under the Competition Act, 2002 is wide enough to include any tacit or explicit practice, any arrangement, understanding or action in concert. Any company entering into such kind of agreements may come under the investigation by CCI, and if found violating provisions of the Competition Act, 2002, may be subjected to prosecution and penalty which may extend to 10% of the turnover of preceding 3 financial years. Therefore, any exclusive supply or exclusive distribution agreement(s) may lead to competition law concerns.

Further, any combinations, such as merger, amalgamation, acquisition or similar arrangement, which meet a certain asset/turnover threshold as prescribed in the Competition Act, 2002 mandates CCI approval which involves complex filing requirements. CCI has extra territorial jurisdiction, to investigate, order inquiry and pass order, in respect of the acts taken place outside India which has or may have appreciable adverse effect in India.

Therefore, our business activities of are also subject to the provisions of the Competition Act, 2002 and any violation or alleged violation thereof may seriously impact our operations and business and our parent companies.

Our business is substantially affected by prevailing economic, political and other prevailing conditions in India, and any downshift or perceived downshift in the Indian economy could negatively impact our business.

Do Mobile is a company incorporated in India, and the substantial portion of our assets and employees are located in India. Therefore, we are highly dependent on prevailing economic conditions in India and its operational results are significantly affected by factors influencing the Indian economy. Factors that may adversely affect the Indian economy, and hence results of our operations, may include:

a)      any increase in foreign exchange rates;

b)      any increase in interest rates or the inflation;

c)      any scarcity of credit or other financing in India, resulting in an adverse impact on economic conditions in India and scarcity of financing of our business developments and expansions;

         d)      per capita income;

e)      changes in Indian tax rates and other monetary policies;

44

f)      political instability, terrorism or military conflict in India or in countries in the region or globally including India’s neighboring countries;

g)      occurrence of natural or man-made disasters;

h)      prevailing regional or global economic conditions, including in India’s principal export markets; and

i)       other significant regulatory or economic developments in or affecting India or its telecom sector.

Any downshift or perceived downshift in the Indian economy could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Introduction of 5G compatible mobile handsets and other new technologies may be expensive, and if we are unable to provide 5G compatible mobile handsets, our business will suffer.

In the Indian market, 5th Generation (5G) cellular network technology is being unveiled and once 5G tenders are issued, mobile manufacturing companies are required to update the technology to make 5G compatible mobile handsets. Updating to 5G technology will be a costly affair for us. In order to remain in business and ahead of competition, we will need to upgrade their handsets or otherwise integrate 5G capabilities into its products and services so as to provide 5G services. If we are not able to provide 5G compatible mobile handsets, then its market share will get significantly eroded, thus having material adverse effect on its operations and revenues.

We are subject to supervision and regulation by the Reserve Bank of India (or “RBI”) and the Department of Telecommunication, and any non-compliance may adversely impact our business.

Do Mobile is a wholly owned subsidiary of a foreign company. The foreign investment in India is regulated by the Reserve Bank of India and business of telecommunication is regulated by the Department of Telecommunication. Currently, the business of Do Mobile falls within the meaning of “manufacturing sector.” Foreign investment in manufacturing sector is automatically permitted and an Indian company can sell its products, without obtaining any government permission. Any change in legislative and regulatory requirements may impact the business activity of Do Mobile and may also lead to higher cost of compliance. This may adversely impact our business.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by law and regulations to which we are subject.

We are required to comply with central, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws stringent norms prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards and Department of Telecommunication. We cannot assure you that we will at all times be in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and norms. If we violate or fail to comply with the requirements, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could be material. In addition, these requirements may become more stringent over time and we cannot assure you that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future. These could include new regulations that we may be unable to comply with and this will impact our business.

Moreover, there are number of taxes and other levies imposed at the level of the Central Government and State Government in India. These include: (i) income tax; (ii) goods and service tax; (iii) state duty; (iv) stamp duty charges; and (v) other taxes and surcharges. These tax rates may increase in future creating more financial burden on us and may affect our overall tax efficiency. Additional tax exposure could adversely affect its business and results of operations.

Non-compliance with the Indian labor law requirements may invite criminal and civil actions against us in India.

India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that govern relationships with employees, in such areas as minimum wage and maximum working hours, overtime, working conditions, and hiring and terminating of employees. Do Mobile is irregular in labor law compliances, primarily relating to maintenance of statutory records and registers. Do Mobile has not obtained any registration under applicable Shops and Establishment Act, wherever applicable. Furthermore, Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013, mandatorily requires companies to have a defined policy on Prevention of Sexual Harassment at Workplace and must set up an Internal Complaints Committee to redress grievances related to sexual harassment. Do Mobile neither has any defined written policy on Prevention of Sexual Harassment nor have constituted any Internal Complaints Committee to redress the issues relating to sexual harassment at workplace. Any non-compliance of applicable labor laws, will expose Do Mobile and its key managerial personnel to penalties and fines which may impact our operations and growth.

45

Do Mobile is subject to new certification regulations for mobile handsets introduced by the Department of Telecommunications, Government of India, which could delay the launch of our new products and negatively impact our operations.

The Department of Telecommunication, Government of India (“DOT”) is a nodal regulator to regulate the telecommunication industry in India. DOT issues several regulations and guidelines to govern the telecommunication market. Since Do Mobile is involved in marketing and selling of mobile handset, the business activity of Do Mobile falls within the ambit of telecommunication.

Recently, the Telecommunication Engineering Centre of DOT has notified the Procedure for Mandatory Testing and Certification of Telecommunication (“Certification Procedures”) vide its notification dated October 2, 2018 as per the Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 and the Indian Telegraph Rules, 1951. The Certification Procedure will come into effect from August 1, 2019.

In accordance with the Certification Procedures, every original equipment manufacturer, importer and dealer of the telecom equipment (i.e., mobile phones) engaged in sale or import of any telecom equipment in India is required to mandatorily obtain a certificate from Telecommunication Engineering Centre and mark or affix the equipment with the appropriate certification label. Additionally, in order to obtain the Certification, it is mandatory that the equipment needs to be tested only from a designated Conformance Assessment Body (“CAB”) or recognized CAB of Mutual Recognition Agreement partner country. The Certification Procedure mandates the certification of mobile handsets manufactured by mobile manufacturers and mobile manufacturer cannot sell the mobile handsets without certification became effective since August 1, 2019.

Do Mobile is not engaged in manufacturing mobile handsets and outsources such manufacture to third-party manufacturers. We believe the Certification Procedure will be applicable to such third-party manufacturers. The cost of obtaining the certification will result in an increase of the cost of mobile handsets and thus, may impact sales of mobile handsets of Do Mobile. Therefore, we will be required to more carefully assess the market when launching new models of our products and the new certification regulations could delay the launch of new products, which impacts our operations and revenue negatively.

Do Mobile is delayed in complying with reporting guidelines under the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (which replaced erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or issue of security by a person resident outside India) Regulations, 2017) and may be subject to regulatory action by the Reserve Bank of India, which could adversely affect our business and operations.

Under the extant provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 read with Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, every Indian company receiving foreign direct investment for issuance of shares shall within a period of 30 days from the date of issue of shares to the foreign entity file a form FC-GPR (now part of Single Entity Master Form) with the Reserve Bank of India. There has been some delay on the part of Do Mobile in complying with aforesaid filing of form FC-GPR within the stipulated timelines. Also, in terms of the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019, an Indian company receiving foreign direct investment must file an annual report titled ‘Foreign Liabilities and Assets’ (“FLA”) on or before July 15 of each year. Do Mobile has not filed its FLA for the financial year 2017-18 with the Reserve Bank of India. While no penalties have been imposed on Do Mobile for the aforesaid non-compliances thus far; there cannot be any assurance that Reserve Bank of India will not impose any penalty on Do Mobile or will not take any penal action in relation aforesaid non-compliances. If any penalties or other penal measures are enforced, this could adversely affect our business and operations.

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and This Offering

There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares, and an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be maintained in the United States, which could limit your ability to sell our ordinary shares.

There has been no public market for our ordinary shares in the United States. Although we have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ, an active U.S. public market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active market does not develop, the value of our ordinary shares may be impaired and you may experience difficulty selling the ordinary shares that you purchase in this offering.

46

Our ordinary share price may be volatile after the offering and, as a result, you could lose a significant portion or all of your investment.

The market price of the ordinary shares on the NASDAQ may fluctuate after listing as a result of several factors, including the following:

•        volatility in the mobile telecommunications and IoT industry, both in China and internationally;

•        variations in our operating results;

•        risks relating to our business and industry, including those discussed above;

•        strategic actions by us or our competitors;

•        reputational damage from accidents or other adverse events related to our company or its operations;

•        investor perception of us, the technology sector in which we operate, the investment opportunity associated with the ordinary shares and our future performance;

•        addition or departure of our executive officers or directors;

•        changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports by analysts regarding our ordinary shares, other comparable companies or our industry generally;

•        trading volume of our ordinary shares;

•        future sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders;

•        domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; or

•        the release or expiration of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares.

Furthermore, the stock markets often experience significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market by our existing shareholders could cause our share price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares. All of the ordinary shares owned by our directors, officers and existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters in this offering that restrict the shareholders’ ability to transfer our ordinary shares for at least twelve months from the date of this prospectus. Substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares will become eligible for unrestricted sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, ordinary shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options and warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of ordinary shares by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Even if our securities are listed on the NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that our securities, including our ordinary shares, will continue to be listed or, if listed, that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Assuming that we are able to successfully list or ordinary shares on the NASDAQ, we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet Nasdaq’s continued listing requirement or maintain other listing standards. If our ordinary

47

shares are delisted by Nasdaq, and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, then, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        less liquid trading market for our securities;

•        more limited market quotations for our securities;

•        determination that our ordinary shares and/or warrants are a “penny stock” that requires brokers to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

•        more limited research coverage by stock analysts;

•        loss of reputation; and

•        more difficult and more expensive equity financings in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” If our ordinary shares remain listed on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. If our securities were no longer listed on Nasdaq and therefore not “covered securities”, we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

If you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares. Investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the net tangible book value of our ordinary shares. As a result, investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $[•] per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $[•] per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2019. As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing shares in this offering may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering in the event of liquidation. For more information, please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.”

Future issuance of additional ordinary shares could cause dilution of ownership interests and adversely affect our stock price.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders or result in downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares

Shares eligible for future sale may depress our stock price.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 12,377,514 ordinary shares outstanding of which [•] shares were held by affiliates. All of the ordinary shares of held by affiliates are restricted or control securities under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. Sales of ordinary shares under Rule 144 or another exemption under the Securities Act or pursuant to a registration statement could have a material adverse effect on the price of the ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities.

We may issue shares of preferred shares with greater rights than our ordinary shares without obtaining shareholder approval.

Our memorandum and articles of association authorize our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred shares and set the terms of the preferred shares without seeking any further approval from our shareholders. Any preferred shares that is issued may rank ahead of our ordinary shares, in terms of dividends, liquidation rights and voting rights.

48

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research reports about us, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ordinary shares or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts currently publish limited research on us. If there is limited or no securities or industry analyst coverage of our company, the market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares would likely be negatively impacted. Moreover, if any of the analysts who may cover us downgrade our ordinary shares, provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors or if our operating results or prospects do not meet their expectations, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. If any of the analysts who may cover us were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it.

As a foreign private issuer, the rules governing the information that we disclose differ from those governing U.S. corporations pursuant to the Exchange Act. Although we intend to report quarterly financial results and report certain material events, we are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence and our quarterly or current reports may contain less information than required for domestic issuers. In addition, we are exempt from the SEC’s proxy rules, and proxy statements that we distribute will not be subject to review by the SEC. Our exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders means that you will have less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Exchange Act. As a result, you may not have all the data that you are accustomed to having when making investment decisions with respect to U.S. public companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ applicable to a U.S. issuer. As the corporate governance standards applicable to us are different than those applicable to domestic U.S. issuers, you may not have the same protections afforded under U.S. law and the NASDAQ rules as shareholders of companies that do not have such exemptions.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We could cease to be a foreign private issuer if a majority of our outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are allowed to postpone the date by which we must comply with some of the laws and regulations intended to protect investors and to reduce the amount of information we provide in our reports filed with the SEC, which could undermine investor confidence in our company and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including:

•        being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements for the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting provided by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

•        not being required to comply with any requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and our financial statements;

49

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

•        not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation or seek shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We intend to take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

We will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company in the United States.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company in China, including costs associated with U.S. public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ.

If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company, United States taxpayers who own our ordinary shares may have adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

A non-U.S. corporation such as ourselves will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any taxable year if, for such year, either

•        At least 75% of our gross income for the year is passive income; or

•        The average percentage of our assets (determined at the end of each quarter) during the taxable year which produce passive income or which are held for the production of passive income is at least 50%.

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. taxpayer who holds our ordinary shares, the U.S. taxpayer may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements.

Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our 2019 taxable year or for any subsequent year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets which produce passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits. For purposes of the PFIC analysis, in general, a non-U.S. corporation is deemed to own its pro rata share of the gross income and assets of any entity in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the equity by value.

For a more detailed discussion of the application of the PFIC rules to us and the consequences to U.S. taxpayers if we were determined to be a PFIC, see “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

50

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

•        our overall goals and strategies;

•        our anticipated financial condition and results of operations;

•        anticipated growth of the mobile telecommunications and IoT market in China, India and worldwide;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with the governments of China, India, and our major customers;

•        relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry;

•        competition in our industry; and

•        our corporate structure and related laws, rules and regulations.

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. Our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Regulation” and other sections in this prospectus. You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

51

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we receive from the sale of ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $[•] million (or approximately $[•] million if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $[•] per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, which may include funding the exploration of the Indian market and other emerging markets as part of our strategy for expanding our local distribution network, performing more research and development activities to launch new products and other general and administrative matters. Specifically, we currently estimate that we will utilize the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

Description of Use of Proceeds

 

Amount

 

% of Net Proceeds

Engaging local distribution channels and establishing a representative office in United States

 

[•]

 

15

Forming local sales and distribution teams and recruiting experienced professionals globally

 

[•]

 

10

Promoting activities through online platforms

 

[•]

 

5

Launching 4G feature phones

 

[•]

 

15

Developing Bluetooth glasses

 

[•]

 

15

Working capital and general and administrative expenses

 

[•]

 

40

Total

 

[•]

 

100

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus.

We have agreed with the underwriters in this offering to establish an escrow account in the United States and to fund such account with $600,000 from this offering that may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during the 18-month period following the closing of this offering. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. We will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

In using the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations as an offshore holding company to provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China only through loans or capital contributions and to our consolidated variable interest entity only through loans via our WFOE in China, subject to the approval of government authorities and limit on the amount of capital contributions and loans. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China or make additional capital contributions to our wholly-foreign-owned subsidiary to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. For an increase of registered capital of our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary, we need to file at the MOFCOM or its local counterparts. If we provide funding to our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary through loans, the total amount of such loans may not exceed the difference between the entity’s total investment as approved by the foreign investment authorities and its registered capital. Such loans must be registered with the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) or its local branches, which usually takes up to 20 working days to complete. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

52

DIVIDEND POLICY

We intend to keep any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future.

Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts due in the ordinary course of business.

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our ordinary shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our PRC subsidiary. Pursuant to the EIT law and its implementation rules, any dividends paid by PRC subsidiary to UTime HK will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% unless otherwise reduced to 5% by relevant tax authorities according to Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement or other applicable laws. See “Regulations Regulations on Tax PRC Dividend Withholding Tax”

Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to UTime HK only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our subsidiary and consolidated affiliates in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserve funds, however, may not be distributed as cash dividends.

Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies, without prior approval of SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations in PRC may be used to pay dividends to our company.

53

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2019:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on an as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of            ordinary shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the underwriters do not exercise the over-allotment option.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

As of September 30, 2019

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma
as Adjusted

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except for share data)

Equity:

   

 

   

 

       

Preferred share (par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding; pro forma as adjusted,             shares outstanding)

 

 

 

 

       

Ordinary shares (US$0.0001 par value, 140,000,000 shares authorized, actual, 12,377,514 shares outstanding; pro forma as adjusted,            shares outstanding)

 

9

 

 

1

 

       

Additional paid-in capital

 

73,212

 

 

10,351

 

       

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(1,040

)

 

(147

)

       

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

(20,907

)

 

(2,956

)

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

51,274

 

 

7,249

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

51,274

 

 

7,249

 

 

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $         , assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $        , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The foregoing assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option. The foregoing also excludes ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants.

54

DILUTION

If you invest in our ordinary shares, you will incur immediate dilution since the assumed initial public offering price per share you will pay in this offering is more than the net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering.

The net tangible book value of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2019 was $7.0 million, or $0.57 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Tangible assets equal our total assets less goodwill and intangible assets.

The as adjusted net tangible book value of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2019, was $             million, or $            per ordinary share. The as adjusted net tangible book value gives effect to the sale of            ordinary shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The difference between the assumed initial public offering price and the as adjusted net tangible book value per share represents an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

$

 

Net tangible book value per share before this offering, as of September 30, 2019

 

$

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

 

$

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after offering

 

$

 

Dilution in pro forma tangible book value per share to new investors

 

$

 

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, and based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering would be approximately $            per share, and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be approximately $            per share.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $            , and increase the value per share to new investors by approximately $            , after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table sets forth, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2019, the difference between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and by new public investors before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, using an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ordinary share:

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Cash
Consideration

 


Average Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 
           

(US$ in thousands)

       

Existing shareholders

         

$

 

     

$

 

New investors from public offering

         

$

 

     

$

 

Total

         

$

 

     

$

 

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

55

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our financial data. We have derived the following consolidated financial data for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 and as of September 30, 2019 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Numbers in the following tables are in Renminbi and U.S. dollars and, except share and per share amounts, in thousands.

56

Exchange rate information

Our reporting currency is the Renminbi because our business is mainly conducted in China. This prospectus contains translations of Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specific rates solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus were made at a rate of RMB6.7335 to US$1.00 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and a rate of RMB7.0729 to US$1.00 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, which are the exchange rates quoted by the central parity of RMB against the U.S. dollar by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 and September 30, 2019. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade.

Summary Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands, except share data and per share data)

Net sales

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

 

682,958

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Total operating expenses

 

45,386

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

9,514

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

 

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

8,475

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

0.28

 

(1.51

)

 

(0.91

)

 

(0.14

)

 

(0.38

)

 

(0.79

)

 

(0.11

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

 

12,000,000

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,344,326

 

 

12,344,326

 

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

 

3,214

 

454

Working capital

 

(21,990

)

 

(26,025

)

 

(3,866

)

 

6,304

 

890

Total assets

 

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

 

186,819

 

26,413

Total liabilities

 

199,887

 

 

170,882

 

 

25,379

 

 

135,545

 

19,164

Total shareholders’ equity

 

30,707

 

 

17,278

 

 

2,564

 

 

51,274

 

7,249  

57

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

•        political and economic stability;

•        an effective judicial system;

•        a favorable tax system;

•        the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

•        the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to, the following:

•        the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and

•        Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated. Currently, substantially all of our operations are conducted outside the United States, and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Puglisi & Associates, located at 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Maples and Calder, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and B&D Law Firm, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us, respectively, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands and China, respectively, would:

•        recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or

•        entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Vaish Associates Advocates, our counsel as to Indian law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of India would recognize and enforce a foreign judgment.

Recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments is provided under Section 13 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (“Civil Code”). Section 13 of the Civil Code provides that a foreign judgment shall be conclusive as to any matter directly adjudicated upon between the same parties or between parties under whom they or any of them claim litigating under the same title except: (i) where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case; (iii) where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable; (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice; (v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud; or (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

58

Further, Section 44A of the Civil Code provides that where a foreign judgment has been rendered by a ‘superior court’ in any country or territory outside India which the Government has by notification declared to be a ‘reciprocating territory’ for the purposes of Section 44A, it may be enforced in India by proceedings in execution as if the judgment had been rendered by the relevant court in India.

However, Section 44A of the Civil Code is applicable only to monetary decrees not being in the same nature of amounts payable in respect of taxes, other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalties. A judgment of a court of a country which is not a reciprocating territory may be enforced only by a fresh suit upon the judgment and not by proceedings in execution. Such a suit has to be filed in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. Execution of a judgment or repatriation outside India of any amounts received is subject to the approval of the RBI. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were to be brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if that court were of the view that the amount of damages awarded was excessive or inconsistent with public policy. It is uncertain as to whether an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments that would contravene or violate Indian law. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in India.”

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.”

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this registration statement. The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. We remind you that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material.

Please refer to the sections of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” for important information to be read in conjunction with the below discussion.

Business Overview

We are a technological company with a focus on mobile phones and other electronic accessories. Our operations are based in China whereas most of our products are sold globally, including in India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe, as we are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology. Led by a professional management team with extensive mobile phone and consumer electronics experience, we seek to bring forth at all times the best of our expertise to ensure the sustainable development of a profitable and integrated mobile phone and other devices business model.

We are an electronics manufacturing services (EMS) provider, specializing in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (PCBA) for consumer electronics, network communications and other electronic products, and provides complete services such as process technology development, process design, procurement management, production control, warehousing and logistics.

Alongside our extensive industry experience, we have a comprehensive global ecosystem covering development, manufacturing, sales and after-sales services for our products. We also sell mobile phones under our own brand and , to get more people connected. We will continue to grow and seek to popularize up-to-date telecommunication technology in established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa.

We commenced operations through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. or UTime SZ, to develop, manufacture and sell mobile phones. In June 2015, we incorporated UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited or UTime Trading, to be our platform for import and export business. In September 2016, we incorporated Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. or UTime GZ, to be our own manufacturing plant. In October 2016, we incorporated Do Mobile India Private Ltd., or Do Mobile, to expand our business under the brand and , in India.

Products and performance

We design, manufacture, and distribute mobile phones and other consumer electronics through our operation plants in China. Our products are categorized into three major categories: Feature phone, Smartphone and Mobile phone accessories. Most of our products are produced due to OEM/ODM orders received from our long-term clients and sold globally, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. The following charts display our products contribution for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

60

The following table sets forth our revenues by type of contract and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

OEM/ODM

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

351,264

 

52,167

 

93.2

 

204,034

 

30,301

 

85.7

 

111,781

 

15,804

 

84.0

 

81,008

 

11,453

 

89.1

In-house brand

 

 

 

 

25,638

 

3,807

 

6.8

 

34,062

 

5,059

 

14.3

 

21,213

 

2,999

 

16.0

 

9,886

 

1,398

 

10.9

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,803

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

The following table sets forth our revenues by product lines and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

48,352

 

44.1

 

259,564

 

38,548

 

68.9

 

175,432

 

26,054

 

73.7

 

113,008

 

15,978

 

85.0

 

81,729

 

11,555

 

89.8

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

56,690

 

51.7

 

94,467

 

14,029

 

25.1

 

57,056

 

8,473

 

24.0

 

16,236

 

2,296

 

12.2

 

8,758

 

1,238

 

9.6

Others

 

30,557

 

4,538

 

4.2

 

22,871

 

3,397

 

6.0

 

5,608

 

833

 

2.3

 

3,750

 

530

 

2.8

 

407

 

58

 

0.6

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,804

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

The following table sets forth our revenues by geographic region and as a percentage of revenue for the years and the six months indicated:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

PRC

 

334,671

 

49,702

 

45.4

 

124,937

 

18,555

 

33.1

 

86,754

 

12,884

 

36.4

 

47,840

 

6,764

 

36.0

 

33,641

 

4,756

 

37.0

Hong Kong

 

291,891

 

43,349

 

39.6

 

168,186

 

24,978

 

44.6

 

69,839

 

10,372

 

29.3

 

36,290

 

5,131

 

27.3

 

26,811

 

3,791

 

29.4

India

 

24,001

 

3,564

 

3.3

 

29,070

 

4,317

 

7.7

 

34,063

 

5,059

 

14.3

 

21,215

 

2,999

 

15.9

 

9,969

 

1,409

 

11.1

Africa

 

 

 

 

2,565

 

381

 

0.7

 

4,538

 

674

 

1.9

 

2,420

 

342

 

1.8

 

9,693

 

1,370

 

10.7

The United
States

 

23,802

 

3,535

 

3.2

 

24,242

 

3,600

 

6.4

 

36,349

 

5,398

 

15.3

 

19,954

 

2,821

 

15.0

 

10,131

 

1,432

 

11.1

South America

 

56,012

 

8,319

 

7.5

 

12,539

 

1,862

 

3.4

 

4,065

 

604

 

1.7

 

3,991

 

564

 

3.0

 

 

 

Others

 

7,481

 

1,111

 

1.0

 

15,363

 

2,281

 

4.1

 

2,488

 

369

 

1.1

 

1,284

 

182

 

1.0

 

649

 

93

 

0.7

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100.0

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100.0

 

132,994

 

18,803

 

100.0

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

Selected Key Financial Results

Overview

The table below sets forth certain line items from our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(in thousands)

 

(in thousands)

Revenues

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

376,902

 

 

55,974

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

 

132,994

 

 

18,803

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Costs of sales

 

682,958

 

101,427

 

347,864

 

 

51,662

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

 

122,408

 

 

17,307

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

 

54,900

 

8,153

 

29,038

 

 

4,312

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

 

10,586

 

 

1,496

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

Operating expenses

 

45,386

 

6,740

 

59,541

 

 

8,842

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

14,937

 

 

2,112

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Interest expenses

 

1,039

 

154

 

779

 

 

116

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

 

520

 

 

74

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Profit (loss) before tax

 

8,475

 

1,259

 

(31,282

)

 

(4,646

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

 

(4,871

)

 

(690

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

289

 

106

 

 

16

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

 

424

 

 

60

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net Income (loss)

 

6,529

 

970

 

(31,388

)

 

(4,662

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(5,295

)

 

(750

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

61

•        We incurred net income of RMB6.5 million (US$1.0 million) and net loss of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) and RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively, mainly due to decrease in revenue. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, we incurred net loss of RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) and RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million), mainly due to a mix of decrease in revenue, especially the weak performance in North and South American regions, and increase in operating expense.

•        Although we lost some OEM/ODM orders due to market shrinkage, we developed our own in-house brand and had continuous growth in sales. As a result, the gross margin represents continuous improvements in years ended March 31, 2018 (0.3 percentage higher than that of fiscal year 2017) and 2019 (2.8 percentage higher than that of fiscal year 2018). OEM/ODM revenue decreased from RMB111.8 million (US$15.8 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to RMB81.0 million (US$11.5 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019, a 28% decrease due to the poor market performance. Gross margin kept improving from 7.96% for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to 11.24% for the same period in 2019.

•        We kept exploiting our in-house brand products in Indian market and revenue generated for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB0 (US$0), RMB25.6 million (US$3.8 million) and RMB34.1 million (US$5.1 million), which account for 0%, 6.8% and 14.3% of the total revenue, respectively. In-house brand products generated RMB21.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB9.9 million (US$1.4 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively, a 53% decrease due to our switch of strategy in India. Our adjusted strategy in India led to a revenue drop mainly because we disposed a number of small distributors and tried to switch to wholesale distributors.

•        Operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other (income) expense. The year by year decline of R&D related expenses is mainly attributed to decrease of materials expenses and design fees, net of the fluctuation of other (income) expenses, net due to the changes of the exchange (gain) loss of RMB against US$.

•        Exchange rate between RMB and US$ considerably affected the financial result as more than 50% of our products were sold to customers outside of mainland China. We incurred RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) exchange gain for year ended March 31, 2017, RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) exchange loss for year ended March 31, 2018 and RMB4.5 million (US$0.7 million) exchange gain for year ended March 31, 2019 due to fluctuations of exchange rates of RMB against US$. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred an exchange loss of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) compared to net exchange gain of RMB5.3 million (US$0.7 million) for the same period of 2018 as a result of depreciation of India Rupee against the U.S. Dollar.

•        We provided impairment reserve of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million), RMB1.4 million (US$0.2 million) and RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) on obsolete inventory for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. We also provided allowances of RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million), RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) and RMB0.1 million (US$0.0 million) on doubtful receivables for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, we provided impairment reserve on obsolete inventory of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), and wrote off of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million), respectively.

Comparison of the six months ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB90.9 million (US$12.9 million), a decrease of RMB42.1 million (US$5.9 million), or 31.66%, from RMB133.0 million (US$18.8 million) for the same period of 2018. The decrease was attributable to the continued trend of reduction of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers and decreasing sales of in-house brand products. We expect the downward trend of revenue will continue but that the percentage of decrease for fiscal year 2020 may be smaller compared with decreases in fiscal year 2018 and 2019 due to increased competition in the smartphone market.

62

Cost of sales

Cost of sales for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB80.7 million (US$11.4 million), a decrease of RMB41.7 million (US$5.9 million), or 34.10%, from RMB122.4 million (US$17.3 million) for the same period of 2018. The decrease was attributable by the decrease in sales volume.

Our cost of sales mainly consists of cost of raw materials, third party processing fees and rental of building and machinery.

We import mother boards from overseas and purchase screens, camera, battery and electronic components from domestic markets for mobile phone processing and assembling.

We provided impairment reserve on obsolete inventory of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), which are recorded in cost of sales for the six months ended September 30, 2018. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, we wrote off impairment reserve of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) for obsolete inventories disposed.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB10.2 million (US$1.44 million), representing a decrease of RMB0.4 million (US$0.06 million), or 3.47%, from the gross profit of RMB10.6 million (US$1.50 million) for the same period of 2018, primarily as a result of factors mentioned above.

Overall gross profit margin for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was 11.24%, or 3.28 percentage points higher, as compared to gross profit margin of 7.96% for the same period of 2018. The increase was mainly attributable to sales of higher margin feature phones in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

Operating expenses

 

Six months ended

   

September 30,
2018

 

September 30,
2019

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

7,375

 

 

1,043

 

 

5,270

 

745

 

(2,105

)

 

(298

)

 

(28.6

)

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

7,764

 

 

1,098

 

 

8,198

 

1,159

 

434

 

 

61

 

 

5.6

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

6,132

 

 

867

 

 

5,024

 

710

 

(1,108

)

 

(157

)

 

(18.1

)

Other (income) expenses, net

 

(6,334

)

 

(896

)

 

543

 

77

 

6,877

 

 

973

 

 

(108.6

)

Total

 

14,937

 

 

2,112

 

 

19,035

 

2,691

 

4,098

 

 

579

 

 

27.4

 

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other (income) expenses. Operating expenses increased by RMB4.1 million (US$0.6 million), or 27.4%, from RMB14.9 million (US$2.1 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018 to RMB19.0 million (US$2.7 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019. The increase in our operating expenses was due to increase in net other expenses, partially offset by decrease in R&D expenses, and selling expenses.

Selling expenses consist of salary and benefits, business travel, shipping expenses, entertainment, market promotion and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. The decrease in selling expense was mainly due to i) reduction in staff costs in India and ii) decrease in shipping expenses, which is in line with the decrease in overseas sales.

General and administrative expenses consist of salary and benefits to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staff, rental expenses, property management and utilities, and office supplies, among others. The increase is mainly due to the increase in expenditure for warehousing and logistics in Huizhou Branch.

63

R&D related expenses mainly consist of salary and benefits, material and consumables and other expenses to carry out R&D activities. The decrease in R&D expenses was mainly due to decrease in expenses on moulds and consumables for R&D activities. R&D related expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

Other expenses (income) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was net expense of RMB0.5 million (US$0.07 million), as compared to net income of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million) for the same period of 2018. The increase in expenses was mainly attributed to the net exchange loss of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 compared to net exchange gain of RMB5.3 million (US$0.7 million) for the same period of 2018 as a result of depreciation of India Rupee against the U.S. Dollar.

Income tax expenses

During the six months ended September 30, 2019, an income tax provision of about RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million) was recorded as compared to RMB0.4 million (US$0.06 million) for the comparable period in 2018. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, the income tax expenses was mainly attributed to under provision of income taxes of UTime GZ in prior year. No subsidiary had taxable profits during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

Net loss

As a result of the above, net loss was RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019, representing an increase in net loss of RMB4.5 million (US$0.6 million), or 85.0%, from RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018.

Comparison of the year ended March 31, 2019 and 2018

Revenue

Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB238.1 million (US$35.4 million), a decrease of RMB138.8 million (US$20.6 million), or 36.8%, from RMB376.9 million (US$56.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable to the reduction of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers as these customers have launched a fewer new models of their feature phones and intensive competition in smartphone market reduced the sales of our OEM/ODM customers, which reduced orders from these customers, partially offset by increase in in-house brand sales.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB213.1 million (US$31.6 million), a decrease of RMB134.8 million (US$20.0 million), or 38.7%, from RMB347.9 million (US$51.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The decrease was attributable by the decrease in sales volume and decrease in cost of materials of feature phones and smartphones, partially offset by additional reserve of obsolete inventory.

Our cost of sales mainly consists of cost of raw materials, third party processing fees and rental of building and machinery.

We import screens and mother boards from overseas and purchase camera, battery and electronic components from domestic markets for mobile phone processing and assembling. The decrease in material costs was mainly attributable by the decrease in purchase price of screens and electronic components.

We provided impairment reserve of RMB1.4 million (US$0.2 million) and RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) on obsolete inventory, which are recorded in cost of sales for the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB25.0 million (US$3.7 million), representing a decrease of RMB4.0 million (US$0.6 million), or 13.9%, from the gross profit of RMB29.0 million (US$4.3 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 as a result of factors mentioned above.

64

Overall gross profit margin for the year ended March 31, 2019 was 10.5%, or 2.8 percentage points higher, as compared to gross profit margin of 7.7% for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase was mainly due to reduction of low margin OEM/ODM orders.

Operating expenses

 

For the Years Ended

   

March 31,
2018

 

March 31,
2019

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

16,276

 

2,417

 

14,447

 

 

2,146

 

 

(1,829

)

 

(271

)

 

(11.2

)

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

14,565

 

2,163

 

16,926

 

 

2,514

 

 

2,361

 

 

351

 

 

16.2

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

14,520

 

2,156

 

10,508

 

 

1,560

 

 

(4,012

)

 

(596

)

 

(27.6

)

Other expenses (income), net

 

14,180

 

2,106

 

(6,911

)

 

(1,026

)

 

(21,091

)

 

(3,132

)

 

(148.7

)

Total

 

59,541

 

8,842

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

 

(24,571

)

 

(3,648

)

 

(41.3

)

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D expenses and other expenses (income). Operating expenses decreased by RMB24.6 million (US$3.6 million), or 41.3%, from RMB59.5 million (US$8.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 to RMB35.0 million (US$5.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019. The decrease in our operating expenses was due to decrease in R&D expenses, selling expenses and other expenses (income), partially offset by increase in general and administrative expenses.

Selling expenses consist of salary and benefits, business travel, shipping expenses, entertainment, market promotion and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. The decrease in selling expense was mainly due to i) reduction in overhead costs in Shenzhen as a result of streamline and optimization of sales manpower resources and ii) decrease in shipping expenses, which is in line with the decrease in overseas sales, iii) partially offset by increase in overhead costs in India as a result of business expansion.

General and administrative expenses consist of salary and benefits to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staff, rental expenses, property management and utilities, and office supplies, among others. The increase in in general and administrative expenses was mainly due to the increase of expenditures of UTime GZ. UTime GZ commenced full operation in September 2017 and expenses incurred for the year ended March 31, 2018 represents seven months of business operations.

R&D related expenses mainly consist of salary and benefits, material and consumables and other expenses to carry out R&D activities. The decrease in R&D expenses was mainly due to decrease in expenses on moulds and consumables for R&D activities. R&D related expenses are included in general and administrative expenses in the income statement.

Other expenses (income) for the year ended March 31, 2019 was net income of RMB6.9 million (US$1.0 million), as compared to net expense of RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase was mainly attributed to i) net exchange gains of RMB4.5 million (US$0.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019 compared to net exchange losses of RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 as a result of depreciation of RMB against the U.S. Dollar; and ii) RMB0.15 million (US$0.02 million) of doubtful receivable was provided in 2019 compared to RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) in 2018.

Income tax expenses

During the year ended March 31, 2019, an income tax provision of about RMB0.50 million (US$0.1 million) was recorded as compared to RMB0.1 million (US$0.02 million) for the comparable period in 2018. The income tax expenses mainly was attributed to the profit before taxes of one of our subsidiaries, UTime GZ, while the Company’s other subsidiaries had no taxable profits in fiscal year 2019.

65

Net loss

As a result of the above, net loss was RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019, representing a decrease of 19.4 million (US$2.9 million), or 61.9%, from RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) for year ended March 31, 2018.

Comparison of the year ended March 31, 2018 and 2017

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended March 31, 2018 was RMB376.9 million (US$56.0 million) compared to RMB737.9 million (US$109.6 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017. A decrease of RMB361.0 million (US$53.6 million), or 48.9%, occurred due to a decrease of OEM/ODM orders from our major customers as these customers have launched few new models of feature phones, intensive competition in the smartphone market, and our in-house brand was still in the promotion stage, so our in-house brand efforts had yet to flow through to our financial results.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales decreased by RMB335.1 million (US$49.8 million) or 49.1% to approximately RMB347.9 million (US$51.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018 from approximately RMB683.0 million (US$101.4 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017, which was mainly attributable to a decline in the revenue.

Gross profit

Gross profit for the year ended March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 was RMB29.0 million (US$4.3 million), or 7.7% of revenues and RMB54.9 million (US$8.2 million), or 7.4% of revenue, respectively.

Operating expenses

 

For the Years Ended

   

March 31,
2017

 

March 31,
2018

 

Fluctuation

   

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Selling expenses

 

14,783

 

 

2,195

 

 

16,276

 

2,417

 

1,493

 

 

222

 

 

10.1

 

General and administrative expenses(1)

 

12,489

 

 

1,855

 

 

14,565

 

2,163

 

2,076

 

 

308

 

 

16.6

 

R&D related expenses(1)

 

21,228

 

 

3,153

 

 

14,520

 

2,156

 

(6,708

)

 

(997

)

 

(31.6

)

Other expenses (income), net

 

(3,114

)

 

(463

)

 

14,180

 

2,106

 

17,294

 

 

2,569

 

 

(555.5

)

Total

 

45,386

 

 

6,740

 

 

59,541

 

8,842

 

14,155

 

 

2,102

 

 

31.2

 

____________

(1)      These expenses are combined as general and administrative expenses in consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses, general and administrative expenses, R&D related expenses and other expenses (income). Operating expenses increased by approximately RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million), or 31.2%, from approximately RMB45.4 million (US$6.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017 to RMB59.5 million (US$8.8 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The increase in our operating expenses was primarily due to the net other expenses of RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million), which mainly consisted of impairment provision of receivables and exchange losses in fiscal year 2018, compared to net other income of RMB3.1 million (US$0.5 million) in fiscal year 2017, partially offset by RMB6.7 million (US$1.0 million) decrease in R&D related expenses.

Selling expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation relating to our sales and marketing staff, and include business travel, freight, entertainment, clearance, and other expenses relating to our sales and marketing activities. Selling expenses increased by RMB1.5 million (US$0.2 million), or 10.1% in fiscal year 2018, compared to fiscal year 2017 mainly because of the net effect of increase of the salary by about RMB3.6 million (US$0.5 million) and decrease of the exporting expenses and advertisement expenses by around RMB1.9 million (US$0.3 million).

66

General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation expenses relating to our accounting, human resources, design and executive office staffs, and include property management and utilities, office overhead, employee benefits and social security, entertainment expenses. Total general and administrative expenses increased by about RMB2.1 million (US$0.3 million), or 16.6% in fiscal year 2018 when compared to fiscal year 2017 which was mainly due to the increase of employee benefits and social security, traveling expenses and rental expenses about RMB1.2 million (US$0.2 million), RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million) and RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million), respectively.

R&D expenses primarily consisted of materials expenses, salary and depreciation. R&D related affairs decreased by about RMB6.7 million (US$1.0 million), or 31.6% in fiscal year 2018, compared to fiscal year 2017. The decrease was primarily attributed to the reduction of materials expenses and design fees about RMB2.5 million (US$0.4 million) and RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million), respectively.

Other expenses (income) primarily consists of government subsidy income, foreign exchange loss (gain) and provision for doubtful accounts. Our net other expenses were approximately RMB14.2 million (US$2.1 million) in fiscal year 2018 as compared to approximately net other income of RMB3.1 million (US$0.4 million) in fiscal year 2017. The changes were mainly attributed to the net effect of: (i) net exchange losses of RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) in fiscal year 2018 as compared to net exchange gains of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million) in fiscal year 2017; (ii) provision for doubtful accounts increased by RMB8.4 million (US$1.3 million) from RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million) in fiscal year 2017 to RMB9.1 million (US$1.4 million) in fiscal year 2018; and (iii) RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) increase in subsidy income during fiscal year 2018. With respect to (ii), provision for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million) was mainly due to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. Provision for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) was mainly due to the collectability of the Value Added Tax recoverable from certain supply chain companies which were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in Value Added Tax refund from tax authorities. Provision for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable of RMB1.6 million (US$0.2 million) was mainly due to financial difficulties experienced by our customers. We expect the provision for doubtful accounts to reduce in next year and beyond, as we have tightened our credit assessment when selecting supply chain companies and our management team has become increasingly attentive to the collectability from doubtful accounts.

Income tax expenses

During the year ended March 31, 2018, an income tax provision of about RMB0.1 million (US$0.02 million) was recorded as compared to RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million) in fiscal year 2017. For the year ended March 31, 2018, the income tax expenses mainly was attributed to the profit before taxes of one of our subsidiaries, UTime GZ, while the Company’s other subsidiaries had no taxable profits in fiscal year 2019.

Net income (loss)

The net loss for the year ended March 31, 2018 was RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) compared to net income of RMB6.5 million (US$1.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2017 due to the combination of the above factors discussed.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2019, the Company had current assets of RMB133.3 million (US$18.84 million) and current liabilities of RMB127.0 million (US$17.95 million), resulting in a working capital of approximately RMB6.3 million (US$0.89 million). As of March 31, 2019, the Company had current assets of RMB137.1 million (US$20.4 million) and current liabilities of RMB163.1 million (US$24.2 million), resulting in a working capital deficit of approximately RMB26.0 million (US$3.8 million).

67

On June 3, 2019, the Company issued 377,514 ordinary shares to HMercury Capital Limited, and its controlling shareholder, Mr. He, agreed to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21.4 million (US$3.0 million). On September 2, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to Mr. Bao to invest consideration of RMB23.9 million (US$3.4 million) as UTime SZ’s equity interest. As a result, the Company has working capital of RMB6.3 million (US$0.9 million) as of September 30, 2019.

We finance our daily operations mainly by cash flows generated from our business operations and loans from banking institutions and our shareholder and related parties. Although we incurred a net loss of RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million) for year ended March 31, 2019, we managed to maintain a net cash inflow of RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) from operations compared to the net cash outflow of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. For the six months ended September 30, 2019, we incurred a net loss of RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million). Our net cash outflow was RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) from operations, a decrease of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) compared to the net cash outflow of RMB11.7 million (US$1.7 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2018. We continue to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

The following table sets forth certain historical information with respect to our statements of cash flows:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

 

RMB

 

US$

   

(In thousands)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

45,094

 

 

6,697

 

 

(37,469

)

 

(5,565

)

 

2,185

 

 

326

 

 

(11,719

)

 

(1,657

)

 

(8,453

)

 

(1,195

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activity

 

(4,146

)

 

(616

)

 

(1,548

)

 

(230

)

 

(7,638

)

 

(1,134

)

 

3,682

 

 

521

 

 

(2,233

)

 

(316

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(7,396

)

 

(1,098

)

 

6,334

 

 

941

 

 

6,230

 

 

925

 

 

7,620

 

 

1,077

 

 

6,450

 

 

913

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

1,013

 

 

150

 

 

(2,055

)

 

(305

)

 

(24

)

 

(6

)

 

385

 

 

54

 

 

42

 

 

5

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

34,565

 

 

5,133

 

 

(34,738

)

 

(5,159

)

 

753

 

 

111

 

 

(32

)

 

(5

)

 

(4,194

)

 

(593

)

We had cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash of approximate RMB41.9 million (US$6.2 million), RMB7.2 million (US$1.1 million), RMB7.9 million (US$1.2 million) and RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) as of March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) for the year ended March 31, 2019 as compared with cash used in operating activities of RMB37.5 million (US$5.6 million) used for the year ended March 31, 2018. Net loss for the year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB11.9 million (US$1.8 million), representing a decrease in loss of RMB19.5 million (US$2.9 million), from a net loss of RMB31.4 million (US$4.7 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The difference between net loss and the net cash provided by operating activities are attributed to the changes in various asset and liability account balances throughout the year ended March 31, 2019. Major changes are i) decrease of accounts receivable in the amount of RMB7.7 million (US$1.2 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, ii) decrease of accounts payable in the amount of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million, a decrease to net cash) iii) decrease of RMB9.2 million in the ending inventory balance as of March 31, 2019 (US$1.4 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, iv) decrease of RMB3.0 million in prepayment and other current assets (US$0.5 million, an increase to net cash) v) decrease of RMB10.4 million in other payables and accrued liabilities (US$1.5 million, a decrease to net cash) and vi) increase of RMB1.2 million in net amount due to related parties (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash) during the year ended March 31, 2019. In addition, the Company had non-cash expenses relating to depreciation and amortization in the amount of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million), and provision for obsolete inventory of RMB3.3 million (US$0.5 million) and provision for doubtful account of RMB0.1 million (approximately US$0.02 million).

68

Net cash used in operating activities was RMB8.5 million (US$1.2 million) for the six months ended September 30, 2019 as compared with RMB11.7 million (US$1.7 million) used for the same period of 2018. Net loss for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB9.8 million (US$1.4 million), representing an increase in loss of RMB4.5 million (US$0.6 million), from a net loss of RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) for the same period of 2018. The difference between net loss and the net cash used in operating activities are attributed to the changes in various asset and liability account balances throughout the six months ended September 30, 2019. Major changes are i) decrease of accounts receivable in the amount of RMB14.8 million (US$2.1 million, an increase to net cash) resulted from a decline in sales, ii) decrease of accounts payable in the amount of RMB10.1 million (US$1.4 million, a decrease to net cash) iii) decrease of RMB1.6 million in the ending gross inventory balance as of September 30, 2019 (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash), iv) decrease of RMB1.1 million in prepayment and other current assets (US$0.2 million, an increase to net cash) and v) decrease of RMB4.1 million in other payables and accrued liabilities (US$0.6 million, a decrease to net cash) during the six months ended September 30, 2019. In addition, the Company had non-cash expenses relating to depreciation and amortization in the amount of RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million), and reversal of provision for obsolete inventory of RMB2.7 million (US$0.4 million).

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB7.6 million (US$1.1 million) as compared to RMB1.6 million (US$0.2 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. Cash used in the year ended March 31, 2019 were for payment of property and equipment of RMB22.6 million (US$3.4 million), net of proceeds of RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million) received from the disposal of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) as compared to net cash provided by investing activities of RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) for the same period of 2018. Cash used in the six months ended September 30, 2019 were for payment of property and equipment of RMB4.8 million (US$0.7 million), net of proceeds of RMB2.6 million (US$0.4 million) received from the disposal of property and equipment.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019 was RMB6.2 million (US$0.9 million) as compared to RMB6.3 million (US$1.0 million) for the year ended March 31, 2018. The cash inflow was mainly attributable to proceeds from Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2019 was RMB6.5 million (US$0.9 million) as compared to RMB7.6 million (US$1.1 million) for the same period of 2018. The cash inflow was mainly attributable to capital contribution from shareholder.

On November 15, 2017, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million) as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.7%. The loan is secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and office real estate. As of March 31, 2018, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB19.1 million (US$2.8 million) and RMB24.0 million (US$2.8 million), respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. On October 30, 2018, UTime SZ repaid RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million). On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16.0 million (US$2.4 million) as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.1% under the same credit agreement. The loan was repaid in full on April 30, 2019. The balance was RMB16 million (US$ 2.4million) and RMB0 (US$0) as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2.0 million (US$0.3 million) at an annual effective interest rate of 8.64% for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40,000 (approximately US$6,000) from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was secured by the pledge of 30% of equity share of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. The pledged was released on March 19, 2019 and replaced by deposit RMB500,000 (approximately US$74,000) as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320,000 (approximately US$47,000) in total was repaid and RMB93,686 (approximately US$14,000) interest was paid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance of the loan was RMB0 (US$0) and RMB1.68 million (approximately US$0.25 million), respectively. Out of the total

69

outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 (US$0) and RMB480,000 (approximately US$71,000) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 (US$0) and RMB1.2 million (US$0.18 million) are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, the balance of the loan was RMB1.4 million (approximately US$0.2 million). Out of the total outstanding loan balance, the current portion was RMB480,000 (approximately US$67,800) as of September 30, 2019, which is presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB960,000 (approximately US$135,700) is presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019.

On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6.0 million (US$0.9 million) for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60,000 (US$8,910) from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. RMB218,400 (approximately US$32,000) interest was paid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB0 (US$0) and RMB6.0 million (US$0.9 million), respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB420,000 (approximately US$62,000) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 (US$0) and RMB5.6 million (US$0.8 million) are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. As of September 30, 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB5.9 million (approximately US$0.8 million). Out of the total outstanding loan balance, the current portion was RMB720,000 (approximately US$101,800) as of September 30, 2019, which is presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB5.2 million (approximately US$0.7 million) is presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2019.

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million) as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805% which is secured by the office real estate and accounts receivables equal to RMB22.5 million (US$3.3 million) owned by UTime SZ and guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse. As of September 30, 2019, the outstanding balance was RMB15.0 million (US$2.2 million). UTime SZ plans to renew this loan or negotiate a new loan after the term of validity expires in April 2020.

Contractual Obligations

In December 2017, UTime SZ signed a property sale contract with BuTa Entertainment for selling office real estate in Nanshan District, Shenzhen, China for a cash price of RMB20.1 million (US$3.0 million). BuTa Entertainment agreed to lease the office estate back to the Company for a term of up to 3 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB1.0 million (US$0.1 million). According the lease agreement, the eleven months from February 2018 to December 2018 is free of rental charge.

On September 1, 2017, the Company entered a lease agreement with Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (“Jietongda”). Jietongda agreed to lease the factory building located in Xinpu District of Guizhou, China to the Company, for a term of up to 4.5 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB4.2 million (US$0.6 million).

Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company entered into supplementary agreement with Jietongda and modified the original warehouse lease contract effective since September 1, 2017. Total lease amount reduced from RMB18.9 million (US$2.7 million) to RMB7.5 million (US$1.1 million) for the 4 years and 6 months’ lease period.

On September 1, 2017, the Company entered a lease agreement with Jietongda. Jietongda agreed to lease the equipment for processing mobile phones to the Company, for a term of up to 5 years, with an annual rental payment of approximately RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million).

70

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2019, which included the lease and loan arrangement described above:

 

Payments due by period (in thousands)

Contractual obligations

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

2 – 3 years

 

More than
3 years

Short term borrowings

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

1,200

 

1,200

 

 

 

Long term borrowings

 

6,180

 

 

6,180

 

 

Operating lease payments

 

2,942

 

1,100

 

1,100

 

742

 

Total

 

25,322

 

17,300

 

7,280

 

742

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on the changes in financial condition and the results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

Trends Affecting Future Operations

The factors that will most significantly affect results of operations will be (i) the industry outlook of cell phone and consumer electronics, (ii) the sustainability of our client source, (iii) the development and penetration of existing market and new market, (iv) the ability of our R&D capacity, and (v) the outbreak of coronavirus. Our revenues will be significantly impacted by the combination of the above factors discussed.

The coronavirus is impacting several areas of the world, including Asia and the United States. Factories in China that produced our products were closed during February 2020 at the mandate of the Chinese government and reopened in March 2020. Our manufacturing facility in Guizhou was allowed to reopen on February 14, 2020 by the local government. This impacts the manufacturing productivity of the factories, and therefore the amount of inventory we receive and can ship to customers. We are hopeful that all operations will return to normal as soon as possible. We are doing everything we can to keep customer production running and to keep things as smooth and stable as possible. We expect that the coronavirus could have a negative impact on our sales until production is fully running as normal. Furthermore, our customers in China and elsewhere may reduce their future purchases from us if they are not able to complete the manufacture of their products due to the shortage of components from other suppliers. The coronavirus will potentially impact our sales performance in a negative way, depending on the duration and severity of the coronavirus’ impact on the operations of our vendors and suppliers.

The global consumer electronics, network communication and other products have a shorter update cycle, which has brought huge market demand and is expected to maintain rapid development in the future. However, the shorter product update cycle and increasing market demand also strengthen the competition. Overall, demand of feature phones is decreasing and being replaced by smartphones while smartphones are upgraded faster and demand of them becomes more unstable.

OEM/ODM orders were our principal source of revenue, in the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, which contributed 100.0%, 93.2%, 85.7%, 84.0% and 89.1% to our revenue, respectively. Revenue from customer A accounted for 29.7%, 39.1% and 50.5% of total revenue, respectively during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. Customer B contributed 48.5%, 16.2% and 2.8% of total revenue, respectively during the same period. Revenue from customer A accounted for 51.0%, and 56.4% of total revenue, respectively during the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019. Customer E contributed 11.1% and 6.3% of total revenue, respectively during the same period. To sustain the customer source may help us secure the OEM/ODM orders.

To respond to the rapid change of global cell phone and consumer electronics industry, we decide to implement the in-house brand strategy and develop new markets. Revenue generated from in-house brand products for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 were RMB0 (US$0), RMB25.6 million (US$3.8 million), RMB34.1 million (US$5.1 million), RMB21.2 million (US$3.0 million) and RMB9.9 million (US$1.4 million), which account for 0.0%, 6.8%, 14.3%, 16.0% and 10.9% of the total revenue, respectively.

71

The implementation of our strategy in new markets depends on our R&D capacity in feature phones, smartphones and other consumer electronics considerably. If we had sufficient R&D capacity, we might have the opportunity to penetrate the existing market faster, retain more market shares and be able to develop another replicable market.

Although we intend to grow our in-house brands, it is expected that in the near term, both OEM/ODM orders and sale of our own in-house brand sales will be our principal sources of cash flow over the next two years. Cash flow from the OEM/ODM orders depends on the quantity and the price of the order, whereas cash flow from sale of in-house brand cell phone product depends on the quality of production and the profit obtained by the production. An increase in OEM/ODM orders or sale of in-house brand cell phone products will enable us to expanding our operations with the increasing internally-generated funds and may allow us to obtain equity and debt financing more easily or on better terms, lessening the difficulty of obtaining financing.

A decline in sales (i) will reduce our internally-generated cash flow, which in turn will reduce the available funds for securing clients and developing existing markets, (ii) will increase the difficulty of obtaining equity and debt financing and worsen the terms on which such financing may be obtained, and (iii) will affect the activities of R&D which considerably determines our development in new products and new markets.

The outbreak of the coronavirus in China and globally (i) could affect our production utilization and logistics, which could directly affect our timely delivery of our products and collection of cash flow, (ii) if the outbreak of the coronavirus continues to spread worldwide, the entire industry could be negatively affected, leading to a certain extent of shortages in supply that could eventually raise key components price overall. As a consequence, our production cost could increase whereas our profit could decrease.

Other than the foregoing, the management is unaware of any trends, events or uncertainties that will have, or are reasonably expected to have, a material impact on sales, revenues or expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (US GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting period.

We have identified the accounting principles which are most critical to the reported financial status by considering accounting policies that involve the most complex and subjective decisions or assessment.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in the allowance for receivables, write down of other assets, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment on inventory, sales return, product warranties, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and income tax, provision for employee benefits, going concern. Actual results could differ from those estimates and judgments.

Accounts receivable and other receivables

Accounts receivable and other receivables are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets at their estimated collectible amounts. A substantial majority of our accounts receivable are derived from sales to well-known technological clients. We follow the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts receivable and other receivables, pursuant to which we regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding customer invoices and make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable and other receivables. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts when we determine that the collection of an outstanding customer receivable is not probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a timely basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (a) historical bad debts experience, (b) any circumstances of which we are aware of a customer’s or debtor’s inability to meet its financial obligations,

72

(c) changes in our customer or debtor payment history, and (d) our judgments as to prevailing economic conditions in the industry and the impact of those conditions on our customers and debtors. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of our customers or debtors are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.

Inventories

Inventories of the Company consist of raw materials, finished goods and work in process. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on the weighted average method. Elements of cost in inventories include raw materials, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon the product life-cycle.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We review the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events and circumstances warrants such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from such asset is separately identifiable and is less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed are determined in a similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for the cost to dispose.

Revenue recognition

We adopted ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” for all periods presented. We derive revenue principally from the sale of mobile phones and accessories. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps:

1.      Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

2.      Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.      Determine the transaction price;

4.      Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.      Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.

The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. The Company has addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. The Company applied the guidance of ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations.

Cooperation with OEM/ODM customers

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company generates our revenue through product sales, and shipping terms generally indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations

73

and passed control of products to our customer, when the goods have been shipped to the customer’s specific location (delivery). Following delivery, the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility when selling the goods and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation to the goods but has no right to return the products (other than for defective products). A receivable is recognized by the Company when the goods are delivered to the customer as this represents the point in time at which the right to consideration becomes unconditional, as only the passage of time is required before payment is due. Revenue from OEM/ODM customers does not meet the criteria to be recognized over time since 1) we do not have the right of payment for the performance completed to date, 2) our work neither create or enhance an assets controlled by customers until goods are delivered to the customer, 3) customers do not receive and consume benefits simultaneously provided by our performance.

Sales of products for in-house brands

For revenue realized in Indian market, additional term of goods return may apply. Under Do Mobile’s standard contract terms, end users have a right of return for defective devices within 7 days. At the point of sale, a refund liability and a corresponding adjustment to revenue is recognized for those products expected to be returned. At the same time, Do Mobile has a right to recover the product when customers exercise their right of return so consequently recognizes a right to returned goods asset and a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales. Do Mobile uses its accumulated historical experience to estimate the number of returns on a portfolio level using the expected value method, taking into consideration of the type of products.

Contract Assets and Liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes. Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Warranty

The Company offers a standard product warranty that the product will operate under normal use. For products sold to OEM/ODM customers, the warranty period generally ranging from one to two years from the time final acceptance. In general, the Company shipped free spare parts as product warranty to these customers while the products were sold. For products sold to end users through retailers in India, the warranty period include a 1 year warranty to end users. The Company has the obligation, at its option, to either repair or replace the defective product. The customers cannot separately purchase the warranty and the warranty doesn’t provide the customer with additional service other than assurance that the product will function as expected. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenues. The reserves established are regularly monitored based upon historical experience and any actual claims charged against the reserve.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method as prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for those deferred tax assets for which if it is more likely than not that the related benefit will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit,

74

including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized and recorded as necessary in the provision for income taxes. We are subject to taxation in China and other foreign jurisdictions. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for all periods presented in accordance with ASC 740. As of all periods presented, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The reporting currency of the Company is the RMB. The Company’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries with operations in the PRC, Hong Kong, and other jurisdictions generally use their respective local currencies as their functional currencies, except for UTime Trading use US United States dollar (“US$”) as functional currency. The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary with the functional currency in RMB, are translated into RMB using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, historical exchange rate for equity amounts and the average rate during the reporting period for income and expense items. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a component of shareholders’ equity.

In the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in other expenses (income) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Lease

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP.

Effective April 1, 2019, we adopted the ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires the recognition of lease assets and these liabilities by leases for those leases classified as an operating lease under previous guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August, 2018, the FASB issues ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which included an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition which we elected. As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 on April 1, 2019, we recorded both operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million) and lease liability of RMB3.0 million (US$0.4 million). The adoption of ASC 842 had no impact on our profit or loss and cash flows for the six-month period ended September 30, 2019. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification.

75

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2019, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. As defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, and other control deficiencies, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified related to (i) our lack of accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and (ii) our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Though neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor we undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be required to do once we become a public company and our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to do once we cease to be an emerging growth company (“EGC”) under applicable SEC rules. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional material weaknesses may have been identified.

Following the identification of the material weaknesses, we have taken certain steps and plan to and will continue to take measures to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting including: (i) we are in the process of hiring additional qualified finance and accounting staff with working experience in U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements; (ii) we will appoint three independent directors as of the commencement of this offering and we are in the process of establishing an audit committee. Furthermore, we plan to implement the following measures: (i) establishing a separate department which will be responsible for the reporting process; (ii) further streamlining our reporting process to support our business development as necessary; and (iii) engaging professional financial advisory firms if necessary, to provide ongoing training to our finance and accounting personnel as well as to strengthen our financial reporting expertise and system. We expect to complete the measures discussed above as soon as practicable and will continue to implement measures to remediate these material weaknesses. We expect that we will incur significant costs in the implementation of such measures.

However, the implementation of those measures may not fully address the material weakness identified in our internal control over financial reporting. We have disclosed the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in “Risk Factors” — Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering. If we fail to develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.”

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion of revenue for last financial year, we qualified as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of an emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

We discuss recently adopted and issued accounting standards in Note 2, “SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES — Recently issued accounting standards” of the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

76

BUSINESS

Overview

We are committed to providing cost-effective mobile devices to consumers globally and to helping low-income individuals from established markets, including the United States, and emerging markets, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, have better access to updated mobile technology.

We are mainly engaged in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We also provide Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”), including Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”), which we manufacture products solely pursuant to customers’ orders, and Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services, which we not only manufacture but also design products based on clients’ demand, for well-known brands, such as TCL Communication Technology Holdings, Ltd., a subsidiary of TCL Corporation, Haier Electronics Group Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of Haier Group Corporation and Quality One Wireless LLC, a global leader in wireless distribution based in Orlando, Florida. Our operations are based in China but most of our products are sold overseas, including India, Brazil, the United States, and other emerging markets countries in South Asia and Africa as well as Europe. We have two in-house brands, “UTime,” which is known as our middle-to-high end label and targets middle class consumers from emerging markets; and “Do”, as our low- to mid-end brand, is positioned to the majority of grassroots consumers and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Our prime end user groups are segmented into regions like South America, South Asia, Southeast Asia and Africa.

We value systematic management and organize production with strictly high-quality standards and production technology. We continuously endeavor to improve our overall manufacturing service level, to strengthen our cost control processes, and to enhance our ability to respond rapidly to market dynamics in order to ensure a sustainable development in our EMS segment, especially in Printed Circuit Board and Assembly (“PCBA”) for consumer electronic products.

History and Corporate Structure

We commenced our operations in June 2008 through UTime SZ, a PRC company established by Mr. Bao, Mr. Junlin Zhou and Mr. Bo Tang. As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired the equity interests of UTime SZ held by Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang and became UTime SZ’s sole shareholder. In August 2019, Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”) acquired equity interests of UTime SZ by investing in UTime SZ. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Bao and Mr. He held 96.95% and 3.05% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively.

Beginning in late 2018, the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, the Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November 2018, UTime HK was incorporated in Hong Kong and in December 2018, UTime WFOE was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with VIE and Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August and September of 2019, respectively, and were entered into among UTime WFOE, VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company believes that these contractual arrangements enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the UTime SZ and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of UTime SZ and its subsidiaries that could be significant to UTime SZ and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of UTime SZ and is able to consolidate UTime SZ and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services of our own in-house brand in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrustment agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime. Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% of the equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of the equity interest of Bridgetime.

77

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which were controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. WuKai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred the 135,000 ordinary shares owned by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. As a result, Bridgetime is currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares then owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and controlled by Mr. He, one of our director nominees, pursuant to which HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregate of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement. As a result, Mr. Bao, through Grandsky Phoenix Limited, and Mr. He, through HMercury Capital Limited, own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company, respectively.

On February 7, 2019, UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”) was incorporated in India.

78

As of the date of this prospectus, details of the material subsidiaries of the Company and UTime SZ are set forth below:

Name

 

Date of Incorporation

 

Place of Incorporation

 

Percentage of beneficial ownership

 

Principal Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Bridgetime Limited

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding Company

Do Mobile India Private Ltd.

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

UTime SZ’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders

We conduct substantially all of our business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to: (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP. We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among the UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Agreements that provide us with effective control over the VIE

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

79

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. Bao, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into the second amended and restated power of attorney, while UTime WFOE, the VIE and Mr. He, the shareholder of the VIE, entered into an amended and restated power of attorney, which contain terms substantially similar to the power of attorney executed by the shareholders of the VIE described above.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the equity pledge agreement described above.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the equity pledge registration with the relevant office of Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

On September 4, 2019, Mr. Bao’s spouse executed the second amended and restated spousal consent letter while Mr. He’s spouse executed an amended and restated spousal consent letter, which contains terms substantially similar to the spousal consent letter described above.

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agreed that without the prior written consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders jointly agreed to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE entered into the second amended and restated business operation agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the business operation agreement described above.

Agreements that allow us to receive economic benefits from our VIE

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

80

Agreements that provide us with the option to purchase the equity interests in and assets of our VIE

Exclusive call option agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement entered into among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets.

With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

On September 4, 2019, UTime WFOE, VIE and the shareholders of VIE entered into the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the exclusive call option agreement described above.

In the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that:

•        the ownership structures of our VIE in China and UTime WFOE, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, are not in violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect; and

•        the contractual arrangements between UTime WFOE, our VIE and their respective shareholders governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect.

However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating some of our operations in China do not comply with PRC regulations relating to the relevant industries, or if these regulations or the interpretation of existing regulations change in the future, we could be subject to severe penalties or be forced to relinquish our interests in those operations.” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system and changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us.”

Market Opportunities

Global Mobile Phone Market Overview

The global mobile phone market has huge capacity and broad development prospects

Benefiting from the continuous upgrading of communication technologies and mobile phone parts, we believe that the global mobile phone market is currently maintaining a steady growth trend. With the advent of the Fifth-Generation (“5G”) era, we estimate that the average annual shipments value of mobile phones worldwide are expected to increase steadily from 2019 to 2022.

Due to a fast increase in population of Fourth-Generation (“4G”) mobile phones from 2013 to 2015, we believe the global mobile phone shipments volume reached its peak and the speed has tended to slow down because of the saturated market of 4G mobile phones. However, we estimate the mobile phone manufacturing industry, especially in China, will continue to grow and we expect the mobile phone shipments value will increase mainly driven by the growing demand for 5G mobile phones.

81

The industry is in a transitional period and product performance continues to evolve.

The strong demand for new products triggered by technology upgrades and functional innovations has driven the mobile phone industry to achieve rapid penetration rate. However, as the industry matures and enters the transition period from 4G to 5G, we believe that the industry growth rate will slow down along with product homogenization. At the same time, we believe that the gradual increase driven by the demand of 5G will make the relevant manufacturers in the mobile phone industry pay more attention to the sales growth brought by higher quality products, which may also encourage the users to increase their frequency in changing models.

Emerging Markets Mobile Phone Markets Overview

The market starts late and has great potential to grow.

Consumer electronics, for instance, mobile phones, focus more on emerging markets, where disposable income is growing fast and the market is far less penetrated. Emerging markets are typically referred to as areas in Asia, South America, Eastern Europe and Africa. The populations in those areas are large and the increasing household income makes consumer electronics, like mobile phones, more affordable. We believe that predicted rapid economic development, the release of demographic dividends (in the form of an accelerated economic growth and improved productivity from youth) and the construction of communication technology facilities will drive rapid growth in sales in emerging markets.

The proportion of smartphones has increased with a stronger demand.

Currently, we believe the proportion of feature phones is still higher than that of smartphones. However, with the gradual maturity of emerging markets, the smartphones market continues to expand. The market share of smartphones in this market has increased, and we anticipate there will be a large structural improvement. Combining the factors of great growth potential in emerging markets and the demand for smartphones due to the development of 5G infrastructure, we believe that the smartphone shipment volume is expected to increase over from 2019 to 2022.

Why We are Focusing on Emerging Markets

We estimate that from 2019 to 2022, the average annual growth rate of smartphone shipments in the world’s major emerging markets, represented by Africa, India, and other South Asia countries, among others., will be significantly higher than the annual growth of smartphone shipments in global established markets. Therefore, we believe that emerging markets will be the main sources of growth in global mobile phone sales for many years to come.

As far as emerging markets are concerned, feature phones still retain a large market share. On one hand, due to the differences in the level of economic development in various countries, a certain proportion of the population in emerging markets has not obtained got access to mobile phones, and the upgrade of telecommunication infrastructures from Second-Generation (“2G”) to Third-Generation (“3G”) and Forth-Generation (“4G”) is constrained due to a shortage of foundational funding in emerging markets. Meanwhile, emerging markets can be affected by factors like shortage of power supply and lagging telecommunication infrastructure, extending the life cycle of feature phones in the market to a certain extent. In summary, feature phones still have a large market and structural demand in major emerging markets around the world.

On the other hand, emerging markets generally have a relatively younger population structure in terms of age. Millions of young people rush into labor market every year, forming a rigid demand for mobile phone consumption.

Reinforce our Focus in Established Markets

We have developed a partnership with Quality One Wireless LLC, our client in the United States, through ODM orders since 2015, and those orders contributed a significant portion, over 10%, of our entire revenue stream. To align our corporate strategy with the global trend of consumer electronics, especially mobile phones, we believe that expanding our business in established markets, like the United States and European countries, is vital to our future. Compared to emerging markets, established markets are well developed in terms of telecommunication infrastructure and more saturated.

82

We are transforming from an EMS provider to a comprehensive technology company engaging in the design, development, production, sales and brand operation of mobile phones, accessories and related consumer electronics. We intend to bring our own products to established markets, including the United States, Canada and European countries. Our Amazon stores have been established in Europe, and we believe that our recently launched products like triple-proof mobile phones and sunglasses with built-in speakers will be competitive in those markets. We are actively evaluating the feasibility of business opportunities with wireless carriers, such as Verizon, AT&T, Sprint and T-Mobile, in the United States.

Our Strategies

We intend to achieve our mission through successful execution of the key elements of our growth strategy, which include:

Optimize the structure of OEM/ODM customers and orders.

We have accumulated business resources and experience in both domestic and overseas OEM/ODM markets for the last decade. We will seek to leverage our first mover advantage in changing markets to become an international enterprise through continuous innovation. In addition, we will seek to optimize current customer and order structure by deprioritizing small and unstable customers and eliminating low margin orders to increase our gross profit margin. Small customers typically cannot provide sustainable OEM/ODM orders when comparing to large customers, like TCL, and those small customers tend to negotiate a lower price per order that can decrease gross margin. Therefore, keeping relatively large clients will help us maintain sustainable OEM/ODM orders and a higher margin.

Develop our own brand and enhance brand recognition.

We have established, and will continue to develop, our brands by delivering a superior user experience to our customers in emerging markets, such as India, Southeast Asia and Africa. We will seek to offer an enhanced shopping experience by effectively managing our distribution network and upgrading our franchised stores. Our first step is to open (direct-sell) retail stores in key and high-traffic locations in India and to establish a comprehensive sales network with our distributors. Then, we intend to replicate this pattern in other emerging markets and adjust it accordingly. As a result, we intend to increase our market share and expand our brand recognition for both “UTime” and “Do”.

Expand our (local) sales network overseas.

We plan to further expand our sales network in India and establish a representative office in the United States. In addition, we plan to enter the African and South American markets. The representative office will help us strengthen our business network and marketing channels in the United States and other North American regions, for instance, through participating in telecom and technology exhibitions. We will seek to continue to strengthen our efficient sales network and streamline our supply chain process to keep our products and services at a reasonable price level in order to increase our user base. We will seek to continue to provide training and support to our sales managers across the major provinces of India to expand our service portfolio and implement up to 400 after-sales outlets to improve the user experience. In addition, we will seek to provide other electronic products and accessories to OEM/ODM overseas clients through strong production capacities to strengthen cooperation.

Dual-brand pricing strategy.

We plan to restructure our existing product pipeline by developing the Do and UTime brands at the same time, but targeted to different segments. Through the Do brand, we target customers who are price-sensitive and cost-effective, and let them enjoy the latest communication technology products with an affordable price. At the same time, through the UTime brand, we target the newly emerging quasi-middle-class customer base in both established and emerging market countries.

Expand and diversify our product portfolio.

We plan to expand and diversify our product portfolio to meet the fast-changing market. More types of consumer electronics will be added and offered to our customers. We will develop a range of distinctive electronic products, including triple-proof mobile phones that are water-proof, dust-proof and puncture-, shock-, pressure- and impact-proof, portable Bluetooth speakers, and sunglasses with built-in speakers, among others.

83

Our Products and Services

We design, manufacture, and distribute mobile phones and other consumer electronics through our operation plants in and outside China. Our products are categorized into three major categories:

Feature phones

Feature phones do not have an independent operating system nor adapted third party software applications. Feature phones have tangible keyboards, smaller screen size that is usually below 3 inches, and integrate basic functions, such as cellular call and cellular message. Camera, FM radio and Bluetooth are typically optional functions.

Smartphones

Smartphones have an independent operating system and allow for installation of software applications developed by third parties. Compared with feature phones, smartphones tend to have a full view display without tangible keyboards. Screen size is usually over 5 inches. Our smartphone products are Android-based and certified as Android Enterprise Recommended by Google.

Others

Others mainly consist of cell phone accessories, parts of mobile phone and molds for mobile phones, as well as other consumer electronic accessories. Our mobile phone accessories contain two categories, one is for our OEM/ODM clients, mainly including spare parts and supplemental components that we sell to our clients. The other is for our in-house brand including consumer electronics, such as, power bank, Bluetooth speaker, and spare parts like batteries, chargers, and cell phone shells.

Most of our products are produced through OEM/ODM orders received from our long-term clients and sold overseas. The following charts display our product contribution for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

 

2018

 

2019

Category

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

 

Amount

 

%

   

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

     

RMB

 

US$

   
   

(in thousands, except for percentages)

 

(in thousands, except for percentages)

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

48,352

 

44.1

 

259,564

 

38,548

 

69

 

175,432

 

26,054

 

73.7

 

113,008

 

15,978

 

85.0

 

81,729

 

11,555

 

89.8

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

56,690

 

51.7

 

94,467

 

14,029

 

25

 

57,056

 

8,473

 

24.0

 

16,236

 

2,296

 

12.2

 

8,758

 

1,238

 

9.6

Others

 

30,557

 

4,538

 

4.2

 

22,871

 

3,397

 

6

 

5,608

 

833

 

2.3

 

3,750

 

530

 

2.8

 

407

 

58

 

0.6

Total

 

737,858

 

109,580

 

100.0

 

376,902

 

55,974

 

100

 

238,096

 

35,360

 

100

 

132,994

 

18,804

 

100

 

90,894

 

12,851

 

100.0

84

Feature Phone Product

Do Feature Phones

Do Feature Phones are a feature phones with dual-SIM function that offer our customers a cost-effective product by implementing call features like Speed Dial, Auto-Call Recording with folder and Blacklist. Built with 1.77 to 2.4 inches bright display, batteries sized from 800 to 1450 mAh, a physical numeric keyboard and a loud front-facing speaker, Do Feature Phones offer reliable voice experience to customers and enrich leisure experience by attaching Bluetooth and FM radio function inside. Do Feature Phones also enable end users an expandable memory card slot up to 32 GB.

85

Smartphone Product

86

Do Smartphones

The Smartphones are Android-based 4G VoLTE smartphone that is certified as Android Enterprise Recommended by Google. The Do Mate 1 equips with a 5.7-inch durable full display, 2000 to 3000 mAh batteries, a set of 5 to 13 plus 0.3 MP dual rear camera and 8 MP front camera with flash. Do Smartphones have Mode SC 9832E, a product of Spreadtrum Communications, Inc. or MT 6580, a product of MediaTek.Inc., processor, 1 to 2GB RAM and 8 to 16GM ROM and light, proximity and gravity sensors inside. Do Smartphones also enable end users to experience Dual-SIM with Micro and Nano SIM card.

Others

87

Others

The Bluetooth speaker has a 400 mAh capacity battery and 4 Omega/3W speaker power. Play mode contains: Micro card, Line-in and Bluetooth connection. The Bluetooth Box uses Bluetooth 5.0 profiles and has 12-meter connection distance. Output power is 15W with two batteries of 2500 mAh. Its frequency range is from 2.4 to 2.480 GHz. The Bluetooth glasses apply Bluetooth 5.0 profile and True Wireless Stereo, the battery size is 70 mAh.

Our Operations

Order Placement and Fulfillment Process

Procurement

We adopt an order-oriented procurement model. Specifically, according to our forecasts towards the market and customer orders, we estimate the total demand and actual demand of materials through Material Requirements Planning (MRP) — plus a certain level of inventory, and finally place the procurement order to our suppliers. Material

88

requirements planning (MRP) is a production planning, scheduling, and inventory control system used to manage manufacturing processes. Most MRP systems are software-based, but it is possible to conduct MRP by hand as well.

The main raw materials purchased by us can be classified into electronic components, optical components, electronic components and packaging materials, and structural devices. According to the different procurement areas, the Company’s procurement activities can be divided into domestic procurement and overseas procurement. The raw materials from overseas mainly include baseband chips and memory which originally produced outside of China, and we purchase other raw materials primarily in mainland China.

Production

Our production schedule department is responsible for coordinating all the materials planning, production planning and shipping planning, arranging the production of our own factories, outsourcing factories and other ODMs. We also focus on improving production efficiency and cost control while meeting customer needs. We determine the applicable production method based on our sales prospects, capacity utilization, cost control requirements and other factors. Our production cycle takes on average 75 days, which was calculated from receiving orders to completing production, for each new launched OEM/ODM order or own brand product. Usually, we will spend about 40 days in preparation including material procurement, prototyping, testing and obtaining certifications. Then, it takes approximately 30 days for mass production and fulfill the OEM/ODM order.

Our Factory

We established our own factory in Guizhou, China through UTime GZ. We have built a diversified flexible manufacturing system that adopts multi-order, small-batch production methods to meet market differentiation needs under a global strategy. With the continuous growth of business and the entry into the emerging markets, we are always striving to meet the needs of customers, taking into account the factors such as sales forecast and orders, capacity utilization, cost control requirements and product positioning. Our factory takes almost all the production assignments including our orders from OEM/ODM clients and our own brand products. However, before assigning the order to our factory, the production management department will evaluate the overall cost and production schedule, if the order failed to meet our cost budget, we will outsource the order to our collaborating factories.

Outsourcing Factories

Our production management department is responsible for the resource development and management of the outsourcing factories. We manage the outsourcing manufacturers including process requirements, labor costs, quality control and other special requirements. We signed an entrusted production agreement with the outsourcing manufacturers. We are responsible for the product design and development as well as the raw materials procurement. The outsourcing manufacturer is responsible for processing and assembling products according to our requirements. We provide design and production plans to the outsourcing manufacturers and guide them to finish qualified products.

89

For the feature phones offering to our American clients, we cooperate with other ODMs. We provide bill of materials (“BOM”) requirements to other ODMs, and they participate in design, raw materials procurement, manufacturing and finally sell finished products to us. We often assist other ODMs in managing the production process and offer critical structural components referring to PCBA, mobile screen and batteries, to ensure production yield and product quality, as well as “Just-in-time” delivery rates.

For our own brand, “Do”, we cooperate with outsource factory in India due to cost consideration. Indian government will impose higher import tax on finished goods than Semi-Knocked Down (“SKD”) for consumer electronics, therefore, we ship SKD from our factory to Do Mobile, our Indian subsidiary and finish final assembling process in our cooperated outsource factory in India.

Quality Control Management

We believe that the quality of our products is crucial to our continued growth. We place great emphasis on quality control and have implemented Total Quality Management (“TQM”) to manage our operations. Before entering our production flow, the raw materials must be certified for quality. We also perform inspections on raw materials in the mass production flow.

Our quality control system covers each stage of our production process. When we establish or adapt an assembly line for a new product or model, we trial-run the assembly line to produce a sample for quality examination. The assembly line can start mass production only if the produced sample is of adequate quality. When the in-progress product moves from one section to another along the assembly line, it must be checked for quality by the responsible assembly specialists in both sections. A product may be shipped out of manufacturing facility only after it passes all quality control examinations and is properly documented as such. By logging and breaking down the pass rates along our products in the production process, we are able to identify our quality control weak spots, and improve our operation accordingly.

Supply Chain Management

Supply Chain Management Process

Materials, Products and Other Suppliers

We purchase key components from our suppliers, such as chips, batteries, mainboard, screens, battery chargers and controllers. We strategically select our suppliers to minimize over-concentration, control our cost and maintain a good relationship with our suppliers.

To reduce over-concentration of supply, to manage costs and to control product quality, we generally engage at least two (2) suppliers for each of our key components. We select our suppliers based on a variety of criteria, including, among others, production capacity, technological sophistication, quality assurance, professional certification, manpower adequacy, financial position and environmental compliance. In addition, we review the performance of our suppliers quarterly, and make necessary adjustments to our supply chain, including termination of under-performing suppliers. Although we have been able to maintain good and long-lasting relationships with our suppliers, we do not formally engage them under long-term contracts or on an exclusive basis, so we retain considerable pricing power in the meantime.

90

Distribution and Logistics

We deliver our products to overseas end customers through the services provided by the third-party supply chain companies. The third-party supply chain companies provide import and export customs declaration, customs clearance, logistics and other services, so that we can operate more efficiently. In order to reduce the concentration of third-party supply chain companies, we usually have more than three supply chain companies to provide services at the same time.

Our Technology

We are an EMS service provider, mainly offering OEM/ODM services to our engaged clients. We continue investing in technology to improve our ability in design, production, testing and software application. Our subsidiary, UTime SZ, is a national certified high technology enterprise that has certain benefits in tax deduction and government grants.

Our technology focuses on process optimization, which can contribute to improved accuracy or efficiency during production, and industrial design as well as mechanical design, which enables us to meet requirements from our OEM/ODM clients and fulfill the orders.

Major technologies applied in our operations are listed below:

Number

 

Category

 

Name

 

Description

 

Source

1

 

Production

 

SMT Production line

 

The length of each SMT production line is 28 meters with antistatic function attached.

 

Purchased

2

 

Production

 

Assembly line

 

The assembly line has a capacity of 45 operators worker together

 

Purchased

3

 

Testing

 

Testing line

     

Purchased

4

 

Design

 

Mobile phone Industrial Design Patent

 

An exterior used for smartphones

 

Self-developed

5

 

Production

 

PCBA Calibration Fixture Tools

 

A clip that improves the accuracy for assembly activities

 

Self-developed

6

 

Design

 

Flex Print Circuit Board (FPCB) for Smartphone

 

Circuit board used in smartphones with enhanced function

 

Self-developed

7

 

Testing

 

Application for Water proof Test

 

Application used to test water damage of electronic components

 

Self-developed

8

 

Design

 

Application for Access to Public Warning System

 

Application installed in mobile phones to enhance signal

 

Self-developed

9

 

Design

 

Call Filter

 

Application installed in mobile phones to filter harmful incoming messages

 

Self-developed

Research and Development

Our research and development activities include two major sections, which are our EMS section and our own brand section. EMS section’s purpose is to allocate a significant amount of resources and funds to developing cost-effective and reliable products for the OEM/ODM clients and ensuring that these products meet their exacting requirements for functionality and reliability. Own brand section’s purpose is to launch new products to obtain more market shares. Our research and development initiatives are led by our internal teams and are supported by third parties as needed. Our product management team and our sales and marketing team spend their time interacting with a combination of end users, distributors in our target markets, and wireless carriers to better understand the market requirements for our products. Once defined, our design and manufacturing team develops and tests the products against these requirements to be delivered to our clients and to be sold to the end users.

Customers

The majority of our selling items are the feature phones and the smartphones as mentioned above. Our sales depend heavily on our major clients, TCL Communication Limited, Quality One Wireless LLC and T2 Mobile International Limited, representing 50.5%, 12.5% and 10.4% of the total revenue for fiscal year 2019, respectively. We regularly provide OEM and ODM business for them. In addition, we export our in-house brand products to emerging markets.

91

The following is a list of our main customers representing 10% or more of our revenue for the fiscal year 2019:

Country/Area

 

Customer

 

Brand

 

Percentage of total revenue

Asia

 

TCL Communication Limited

 

ODM

 

50.5%

United States

 

Quality One Wireless LLC

 

ODM

 

12.5%

Asia

 

T2 Mobile International Limited

 

ODM

 

10.4%

Customer Services

To meet the requirements of our OEM and ODM customers, we support customized services for them. We assist our customers in research and development while launching new mobile products based on our industry experience. To date, we have maintained long-term cooperation with our main customers listed above. We have also built nearly 800 service centers for our in-house brand customer in India. During the one-year warranty period that we provide on our phone products, customers can phone returned or repaired according to the actual situation.

Global Operations

Most of our OEM and ODM customers come from established markets, including the United States, and emerging economies, including India and countries in South Asia and Africa, which contribute considerably to our revenue. In line with our vision to expand globally, we started to use our new brand name “Do” in India in 2017 to develop in-house brand business. Emerging markets are the main consideration for our in-house brand sales and marketing, and India is our primary focus because of its large population. We also plan to establish a representative office in the United States to further strengthen our business network in established markets.

Sales and Marketing

China and other markets

We directly provide OEM and ODM business for our customers in China and overseas. In order to maintain close relationships with these customers, we have built a strong marketing team consisting of 16 sales force members, including a domestic client division, overseas client division and key accounts division. Our marketing efforts consist of product marketing and orders partner marketing. Product marketing focuses on ensuring OEM/ODM requirements related to products. Order partner marketing focuses on engaging sustainable clients, participating in telecom and technology exhibitions, as well as developing supplemental sales tools, industry trade show materials and brand awareness.

India

We have launched 7 mobile phone models in the Indian market, including 5 smartphones and 2 feature phones. We strive to launch products that serve users of different demographics, and 3 to 4 additional mobile phones are currently being designed and are in development. Additionally, we plan to offer wireless speakers, power banks, car chargers and fit bands in the future. Due to the strong market demand, we intend to increase our marketing budget, which was 2% to 3% of operating expense per month in 2019.

92

Warehousing and Distributor

We have 11 warehouses in India. Logistic transportation costs average between approximately US$7,640 to US$8,335 per month. Our self-branded products are sold only through offline retail distributors. For our offline network, we work with local distributors. There are no installment or other credit strategies between our distributors and us. Our Indian sales team is comprised of approximately 30 experienced sale force members managing over 300 active distributors.

After-sales service

An excellent user experience is one of our major goals. We provide customers with a one-year warranty on our phone products. Customers can get their phones repaired during the maintenance period, usually within one year, by taking their receipts and goods to any one of the nearly 800 service centers that has cooperated with us. Based on historical collection records, product return rate is about 0.4%. We believe our after-sales service creates a satisfying user experience. Our after-sales team consists of 12 professionals that perform active after-sale services to our end users throughout India.

United States and Europe

We cooperate with our clients in the United States through ODM orders. We intend to strengthen our business connections by establishing a representative office in the United States. This office will help us increase our marketing efforts, such as by participating in conferences and events that focus on the United States and other regions in North America. We are also preparing our online store on Amazon in Europe to launch our newly developed products.

93

Africa

We entered the African market through ODM orders, including smartphones and feature phones, in 2018. To expand our business in Africa, we formed an independence team, including three account managers, a product manager and two marketing specialists, as having a local distribution network is our main focus in the African market. Meanwhile, we also put our efforts into marketing on online channels, such as Jumia, an online marketplace in Africa. Our cooperation with local wireless carriers is also considered as part of our marketing strategy in Africa.

Seasonality

Our business has historically been subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may be caused by product launches and various promotional events hosted by us and our distributors. Although we have generally experienced higher sales during the fourth quarter since our customers usually launch new products during the fourth quarter, this pattern does not repeat itself every year. We typically experience our lowest sales volume in the first quarter of each year.

Competition

Overall Competition Landscape

We operate in a highly competitive environment serving industrial enterprises and end customers. Competition in our market is high and tends to increase. Price is a major source of competition, while product quality, differentiation, service, research, development and commercialization capacity, and distribution channels are also critical factors. Competition in our industry is intense and has been characterized by technology levels, production scale and economies of scale, evolving industry standards, frequent new product introductions and rapid changes in end user requirements.

We face competition from manufacturers that also provide EMS, such as Wentai and XiaoMi, to the extent industrial enterprises decide to engage and outsource production. We also face competition from mobile phone manufacturers that have a portfolio of products covering low-end feature phones and high-end smartphones, such as Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. We also face competition from mobile phone companies who also target emerging markets, such as, Shenzhen Transsion Holding Limited. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to, or will contribute to, our recent and ongoing growth:

•        Experienced management.    Our core management team members (Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Manufacturing Officer) have at least 10 years of experience within the mobile phone industry, and most of them formerly worked at well-known publicly traded companies.

•        Comprehensive global industry ecosystem.    Our integration of development, manufacturing, PCBA, Industrial Design (“ID”), Mechanic Design (“MD”), sales and after-sale services in China, India, Africa, the United States and South America, combined with our extensive industry experience, makes us a comprehensive global ecosystem for our products. In the Indian market, we have engaged over 300 active distributors and implemented over 800 after-sales outlets across the major states.

•        Strong production capacity.    Currently, our company has 3 high-end Surface Mounting Technology (“SMT”) production lines, 3 test lines, 11 assembly lines of which 6 lines are leased, and 4 leased packaging lines. Each SMT has a production capacity of 600,000 pieces per month, and our monthly assembling capacity has reached over 1 million units. Due to the seasonality of the mobile phone industry, we also cooperate with six manufacturers to fulfill our peak season orders, and we believe this strategy is cost-effective.

•        Niche market positioning.    We have accumulated extensive business resources and partners both domestic and abroad over the past 10 years, and we have laid our focus in the middle and low-end markets of developing countries, where the markets are fairly new and generally devoid of intense competition that could create new demands, ahead of our competitors in the same industry segment, such as the markets in India.

94

•        Cost-effective products.    We primarily cover two product categories: 13 types of smartphones and 11 types of feature phones. We believe our products are comparable in quality to the large brands and are price competitive. We believe we fit the needs of low-to-mid income groups of many developing countries and we believe we avoid the vicious competition from large international brands.

Intellectual Property

Protection of our intellectual property is a strategic priority for our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Except for certain licenses for the off-the-shelf software used in connection with our day-to-day operations, we generally do not rely on third-party licenses of intellectual property for use in our business.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had obtained 9 patents and 28 registered software copyrights, submitted 10 pending patent applications, registered 38 trademarks inside and outside of China, and submitted 16 additional trademark applications.

Patent:    We had 8 registered patents in China, which cover technologies for PCAB processing, Industrial Design and testing process. All registered patents in China are currently registered under the name of UTime SZ. 7 registered patents were granted as utility model patents while 2 registered patent was granted as design patents. We also have 10 pending design patents with the PRC National Intellectual Property Administration.

Software copyrights.    We maintain a portfolio of copyright-protected software. We had 28 registered software copyrights in China.

Trademarks.    We had 16 registered trademarks in China and 22 registered trademarks outside of China in Africa, Asia, America and Europe. We also have 8 pending trademark applications with the PRC State Administration for Industry and Commerce and 8 pending trademark applications outside of China in the Philippines, Kenya and other jurisdictions.

Domain names.    We had 7 registered domain names in China and 7 global domain names.

In addition to the foregoing protections, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, such as use of confidentiality agreement with our employees and outside consultants.

Employees

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 307 full-time employees and no part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by a labor organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe we maintain good relationships with our employees. The table below sets forth the breakdown of our employees by function as of the date of this prospectus:

Function

 

Number of Employees

 

% of Total

Administration and Human Resources

 

21

 

7

%

Finance and Accounting

 

13

 

4

%

Production

 

97

 

32

%

Procurement

 

9

 

3

%

Sales and Marketing

 

50

 

16

%

Customer Services

 

12

 

4

%

Research and Development

 

54

 

18

%

Quality Control

 

40

 

13

%

Project and Scheduling

 

11

 

4

%

Total

 

307

 

100

%

95

Properties

Our headquarters are located in Shenzhen, where we own the office building with an aggregate floor area of approximately 640 square meters. Our operations facilities, including those for accounting, supply chain management, quality assurance and customer services, are located at our headquarters. We have supply chain management, sales and marketing, communication and business development personnel at our office in Shenzhen. Our manufacturing facilities, including those for engineering and assembling, are located at our leased factory in Guizhou.

We currently lease and occupy approximately 17,478 square meters of office and factory space in Guizhou, and approximately 279 square meters of office space in India. These leases vary in duration from 1 year to 5 years. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Insurance

We do not maintain property insurance policies covering potential damage to our property. We also do not maintain business interruption insurance or general third-party liability insurance, nor do we maintain product liability insurance or key-man insurance.

Material Contracts

In addition to the series of variable interest entity agreements discussed under “History and Corporate Structure — Contractual Arrangements” we have entered into the following material agreements. Below is a summary of all material contracts to which we are a party dated within the preceding two years from the date of this prospectus:

Title of Contract

 

Party A

 

Party B

 

Signing Date

 

Term of Contract

Bank Credit Agreements*

               

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China Construction Bank

 

November 15, 2017

 

1 year

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

August 1,
2018

 

3 years

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

August 1,
2018

 

3 years

Credit Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China Construction Bank

 

April 23,
2019

 

351 days

____________

*        For more information regarding these credit agreements, see information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Selected Key Financial Results

Purchase Agreements (Production line purchase agreements)

Mechanical Equipment Purchase Agreement

 

United Time
Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

March 2,
2018

 

N/A

On March 2, 2018, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire three SMT testing assembly lines for a total price of RMB27,772,815 (US$4.12 million) inclusive of value added tax (the “Purchase Price”) from Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. Pursuant to this agreement, we had to pay (i) 10% of the Purchase Price within 15 days after the contract was executed by both parties, (ii) 80% of the Purchase Price within 90 days after our inspection and acceptance of the assembly lines upon their arrival at our designated place, and (iii) the remaining 10% of the Purchase Price when the installation and testing of the assembly lines was completed. Pursuant to this agreement, we agreed not to re-sell the assembly lines to any areas other than the mainland China.

96

Regulations

China

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China.

Regulations relating to Foreign Investment

The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment

Investment activities in the PRC by foreign investors are subject to the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industry, or the Catalogue, which was promulgated and is amended from time to time by the MOFCOM and the NDRC. The Foreign Investment Catalogue which was promulgated jointly by MOFCOM and the NDRC, on June 28, 2017 and became effective on July 28, 2017, classifies industries into three categories with regard to foreign investment: (1) “encouraged”, (2) “restricted”, and (3) “prohibited”. The latter two categories are included in a negative list, which was first introduced into the Foreign Investment Catalog in 2017 and specified the restrictive measures for the entry of foreign investment.

On June 28, 2018, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly promulgated the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for Foreign Investment Access, or the Negative List (Edition 2018), which replaced the negative list attached to the Foreign Investment Catalogue in 2017. On June 30, 2019, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly issued the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for Foreign Investment Access, or the Negative List (Edition 2019), which replaced the Negative List (Edition 2018), and the Catalogue of Industries for Encouraging Foreign Investment (Edition 2019), or the Encouraging Catalogue (Edition 2019), which replaced the encouraged list attached to the Foreign Investment Catalogue in 2017.

Pursuant to the Negative List (Edition 2019) effective on July 30, 2019, any industry that is not listed in any of the restricted or prohibited categories is classified as a permitted industry for foreign investment. Establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed for industries outside of the Negative List. For the restricted industries within the Negative List, some are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority interests in such joint ventures. In addition, restricted category projects are subject to higher-level government approvals and certain special requirements. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category. Industries not listed in the Negative List are generally open to foreign investment unless specifically restricted by other PRC regulations.

The Encouraging Catalogue (Edition 2019) effective on July 30, 2019, is divided into two parts, namely the Nationwide Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment and the Catalogue of Priority Industries for Foreign Investment in Central and Western China. The Nationwide Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment lists a total of 415 industry sectors that encourage foreign investments; the Catalogue of Priority Industries for Foreign Investment in Central and Western China lists industry sectors that each province and city wish to introduce.

In October 2016, the MOFCOM issued the Interim Measures for Record-filing Administration of the Establishment and Change of Foreign-invested Enterprises or FIE Record-filing Interim Measures, which was revised in June 2018. Pursuant to FIE Record-filing Interim Measures, the establishment and change of FIE are subject to record-filing procedures, instead of prior approval requirements, provided that the establishment or change does not involve special entry administration measures. If the establishment or change of FIE matters involves the special entry administration measures, the approval of the MOFCOM or its local counterparts is still required. Pursuant to the Announcement [2016] No. 22 of the NDRC and the MOFCOM dated October 8, 2016, the special entry administration measures for foreign investment apply to restricted and prohibited categories specified in the Catalogue, and the encouraged categories are subject to certain requirements relating to equity ownership and senior management under the special entry administration measures.

Currently, our business related to the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories falls within the permitted category.

97

The Foreign Investment Law

On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced three existing laws on foreign investments in China, namely, the PRC Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Law, the PRC Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Law and the PRC Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. On December 26, 2019, the Regulation on the Implementation of the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China, was issued by the State Council and came into force on January 1, 2020. The organization form, organization and activities of foreign-invested enterprises shall be governed, among others, by the PRC Company Law and the PRC Partnership Enterprise Law. Foreign-invested enterprises established before the implementation of this Law may retain the original business organization and so on within five years after the implementation of this Law. The Foreign Investment Law embodies an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic invested enterprises in China. The Foreign Investment Law establishes the basic framework for the access to, and the promotion, protection and administration of foreign investments in view of investment protection and fair competition.

According to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investment” refers to investment activities directly or indirectly conducted by one or more natural persons, business entities, or otherwise organizations of a foreign country (collectively referred to as “foreign investor”) within China, and the investment activities include the following situations: (i) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests and establishes new projects within China; and (iv) a foreign investor invests through other approaches as stipulated by laws, administrative regulations, or otherwise regulated by the State Council.

According to the Foreign Investment Law, the State Council will publish or approve to publish the “negative list” for special administrative measures concerning foreign investment. The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, or FIEs, except for those FIEs that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the “negative list”. The Foreign Investment Law provides that FIEs operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC governmental authorities. If a foreign investor is found to invest in any prohibited industry in the “negative list”, such foreign investor may be required to, among other aspects, cease its investment activities, dispose of its equity interests or assets within a prescribed time limit and have its income confiscated. If the investment activity of a foreign investor is in breach of any special administrative measure for restrictive access provided for in the “negative list”, the relevant competent department shall order the foreign investor to make corrections and take necessary measures to meet the requirements of the special administrative measure for restrictive access. On June 30, 2019, MOFCOM and NDRC jointly issued the latest version of Negative List (Edition 2019). See “Regulations — Regulations relating to Foreign Investment — The Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment”.

Besides, the PRC government will establish a foreign investment information reporting system, according to which foreign investors or foreign-invested enterprises shall submit investment information to the competent department for commerce concerned through the enterprise registration system and the enterprise credit information publicity system, and a security review system under which the security review shall be conducted for foreign investment affecting or likely affecting the state security.

Furthermore, the Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the existing laws regulating foreign investment may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementing of the Foreign Investment Law.

In addition, the Foreign Investment Law also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that a foreign investor may freely transfer into or out of China, in Renminbi or a foreign currency, its contributions, profits, capital gains, income from disposition of assets, royalties of intellectual property rights, indemnity or compensation lawfully acquired, and income from liquidation, among others, within China; local governments shall abide by their commitments to the foreign investors; governments at all levels and their departments shall enact local normative documents concerning foreign investment in compliance with laws and regulations and shall not impair legitimate rights and interests, impose additional obligations onto FIEs, set market access restrictions and exit conditions, or intervene with the normal production and operation activities of FIEs; except for special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures

98

shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner, expropriation or requisition of the investment of foreign investors is prohibited; and mandatory technology transfer is prohibited.

Company Law

Pursuant to the PRC Company Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) on December, 29 1993, effective as of July 1, 1994, and as revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005, December 28, 2013 and October 26, 2018, the establishment, operation and management of corporate entities in the PRC are governed by the PRC Company Law. The PRC Company Law defines two types of companies: limited liability companies and companies limited by shares.

Our PRC subsidiary is a limited liability company. Unless otherwise stipulated in the related laws on foreign investment, foreign invested companies are also required to comply with the provisions of the PRC Company Law.

Regulations Relating to Overseas Investment

On December 26, 2017, the NDRC issued the Management Rules for Overseas Investment by Enterprises, or the NDRC Order 11. As defined in the NDRC Order 11, “overseas investment” refers to the investment activities conducted by an enterprise located in the territory of China, either directly or through an offshore enterprise under its control, by making investment with assets and equities or providing financing or a guarantee in order to acquire overseas ownership, control, management rights and other related interests. Furthermore, overseas investment by a Chinese individual through overseas enterprises under his/her control is also subject to the NDRC Order 11. According to the NDRC Order 11, (i) direct overseas investment by Chinese enterprises or indirect overseas investment by Chinese enterprises or individuals in sensitive industries or sensitive countries and regions requires prior approval by the NDRC; (ii) direct overseas investment by Chinese enterprises in non-sensitive industries and non-sensitive countries and regions requires prior filing with the NDRC; and (iii) indirect overseas investment of over US$300 million by Chinese enterprises or individuals in non-sensitive industries and non-sensitive countries and regions requires reporting with the NDRC. Uncertainties remain with respect to the application of the NDRC Order 11, there are very few interpretations, implementation guidance or precedents to follow in practice. We are not sure if UTime Limited was to use a portion of the proceeds raised from this offering to fund investments in and acquisitions of complementary business and assets outside of China, such use of U.S. dollars funds held outside of China would be subject to the NDRC Order 11. We will continue to monitor any new rules, interpretation and guidance promulgated by the NDRC and communicate with the NDRC and its local branches to seek their opinions, when necessary.

Regulations Relating to Manufacture and Sell of Mobile Phones

General Administration of Manufacturing and Selling Mobile Phones

According to the Administrative Regulations for Compulsory Product Certification, which was promulgated by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine PRC (the “AQSIQ”) (which has merged into the State Administration for Market Regulation) on July 3, 2009, products specified by the state shall not be delivered, sold, imported or used in other business activities until they are certified (the “Compulsory Product Certification”) and labeled with China Compulsory Certification mark. For products that are subject to Compulsory Product Certification, the state implements unified product catalogs (the “3C Catalog”), unified compulsory requirements, standards and compliance assessment procedures in technical specification, unified certification marks and unified charging standards. Pursuant to the First Batch Compulsory Product Certification Product Catalog (the “First Batch 3C Product Catalog”) by the AQSIQ and the Certification and Accreditation Administration of the People’s Republic of China (the “CNCA”) on December 3, 2001, mobile user terminals and CDMA digital cellular mobile station are required to obtain the Compulsory Product Certification in order to be delivered, sold, imported or used.

The Regulations on Radio Administration of the PRC jointly issued by the State Council and the Central Military Commission on November 11, 2016 and became effective on December 1, 2016, provide requirements concerning verification and approval of the models of radio transmission equipment. Pursuant to this law, except for micro-power short-range radio transmission equipment, whoever manufactures or imports other radio transmission equipment for sales or use on the domestic market shall apply to the State Radio Administration for model verification and approval. Whoever manufactures or imports radio transmission equipment that has not obtained model verification and approval for sales or use on the domestic market shall be ordered by the relevant radio administration to make correction and subject to fines.

99

In addition, the Administrative Measures for the Network Access of Telecommunications Equipment, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on May 10, 2001 and revised by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”) on September 23, 2014 provide that the State applies the network access permit system to the telecommunications terminal equipment, radio communications equipment, and equipment relating to network interconnection that is connected to public telecommunications networks. The telecommunications equipment subject to the network access permit system shall obtain the Telecommunications Equipment Network Access Permit issued by the MIIT (the “Network Access Permit”). Without the Network Access Permit, no telecommunications equipment is allowed to be connected to the public telecommunications networks for use nor sold on the domestic market. In the event of an application for the Network Access Permit, a production enterprise shall submit a testing report issued by a telecommunications equipment testing institution or a Compulsory Product Certification. In the event of an application for the network access permit for radio transmission equipment, a Radio Transmission Equipment Type Approval Certificate issued by the MIIT shall also be submitted.

Regulations on Production Safety

Pursuant to the Production Safety Law of the PRC, or the Production Safety Law, which took effect on November 1, 2002 and was amended on August 31, 2014, the entities that are engaged in production and business operation activities must implement national industrial standards which guarantee the production safety and comply with production safety requirements provided by the laws, administrative regulations and national or industrial standards. An entity must take effective measures for safety production, maintain safety facilities, examine the safety production procedures, educate and train employees and take any other measures to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. An entity or its relevant persons-in-charge which has failed to perform such safety production liabilities will be required to make amends within a time limit or face administrative penalties. If it fails to amend within the prescribed time limit, the production and business operation entity may be ordered to suspend business for rectification, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.

Regulations on Product Quality

The PRC Product Quality Law, or the Product Quality Law, which was promulgated by the MOFCOM in February 1993 and most recently amended in December 2018, applies to all production and sale activities in China. Pursuant to this law, products offered for sale must satisfy the relevant quality and safety standards. Enterprises may not produce or sell counterfeit products in any fashion, including forging brand labels or giving false information regarding a product’s manufacturer. Any producer or seller producing or selling products that do not conform to the national standards or trade standards for ensuring human health and the personal or property safety shall be ordered to stop production or sale of the products; the products illegally produced or sold shall be confiscated; a fine no less than the equivalent of, but not more than three times, the value of the products illegally produced or sold (including those already sold and those not yet sold, hereinafter the same) shall be imposed concurrently; if there are illegal proceeds, such proceeds shall be confiscated concurrently; if the circumstances are serious, the business license shall be revoked. If the case constitutes a crime, criminal liability shall be investigated. Where a defective product causes physical injury to a person or damage to another person’s property, the victim may claim compensation from the manufacturer or from the seller of the product. If the seller pays compensation and it is the manufacturer that should bear the liability, the seller has a right of recourse against the manufacturer and may seek full reimbursement from the manufacturer. Similarly, if the manufacturer pays compensation and it is the seller that should bear the liability, the manufacturer has a right of recourse against the seller and may seek full reimbursement from the seller.

Regulations on Consumer Protection

The PRC Consumer Protection Law, as amended on October 25, 2013 and effective on March 15, 2014, sets out the obligations of business operators and the rights and interests of the consumers. Pursuant to this law, business operators must guarantee that the commodities they sell satisfy the requirements for personal or property safety, provide consumers with authentic information about the commodities, and guarantee the quality, function, usage and term of validity of the commodities. Failure to comply with the Consumer Protection Law may subject business operators to civil liabilities such as refunding purchase prices, exchange of commodities, repairing, ceasing damages, compensation, and restoring reputation, and even subject the business operators or the responsible individuals to criminal penalties if business operators commit crimes by infringing the legitimate rights and interests of consumers. The amended PRC Consumer Protection Law further strengthens the protection of consumers and imposes more stringent requirements and obligations on business operators, especially on the business operators

100

through the Internet. For example, the consumers are entitled to return the goods (except for certain specific goods) within seven days upon receipt without any reasons when they purchase the goods from business operators via the Internet. The consumers whose interests have been damaged due to their purchase of goods or acceptance of services on online marketplace platforms may claim damages from sellers or service providers.

Where business operators use internet, television, telephone, mail or other means to provide goods or services, or provide securities, insurance, banking or other financial services, they shall provide consumers with information in regard to themselves and the goods or services provided such as business address, contact information, quantity and quality, price or fees, term and method of performance, safety precautions, risk warnings, after-sale services, and civil liabilities. Consumers whose legitimate rights and interests are infringed while purchasing goods or receiving services via an online trading platform shall have the right to claim compensation from the vendor of the goods or the provider of the services. If the goods or services a business operator provide have caused personal injuries to consumers or other victims, the business operator shall compensate for the medical expenses, nursing expenses, transportation expenses and other reasonable fees for treatment and rehabilitation as well as the reduced income for loss of working time.

Under the Tort Law of the PRC, which became effective on July 1, 2010, producers shall bear tortious liability for damage caused to others by their defective products. If damages to other persons are caused by defective products due to the fault of a third party, such as the parties providing transportation or warehousing, the producers and the sellers of the products have the right to recover their respective losses from such third parties. If defective products are identified after they have been put into circulation, the producers or the sellers shall take remedial measures such as issuance of a warning or recall of products in a timely manner. The producers or the sellers shall be liable under tort if they fail to take remedial measures in a timely manner or have not made efforts to take remedial measures, thus causing damages. If the products are produced or sold with known defects, causing deaths or severe adverse health issues, the infringed party has the right to claim punitive damages in addition to compensatory damages.

Registrations for Import and Export Goods

Pursuant to the Customs Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by the SCNPC on January 22, 1987 and amended on July 8, 2000, June 29, 2013, December 28, 2013, November 7, 2016 and November 4, 2017 unless otherwise stipulated, the declaration of import and export goods may be made by consignees and consignors themselves, and such formalities may also be completed by their entrusted customs brokers that have registered with the Customs. The consignees and consignors for import or export of goods and the customs brokers engaged in customs declaration shall register with the Customs in accordance with the laws.

Pursuant to the Administrative Provisions of the Customs of the People’s Republic of China on the Registration of Customs Declaration Entities promulgated by the General Administration of Customs on March 13, 2014 and amended on May 29, 2018, coming into force on July 1, 2018, the registration of customs declaration entities comprises the registration of the customs declaration enterprise and the registration of the consignor or consignee of imported and exported goods. The consignor or consignee of imported and exported goods shall register with local customs in accordance with the laws.

Regulation on Information Security

The SCNPC promulgated the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, or the Cyber Security Law, which became effective on June 1, 2017, to protect cyberspace security and order. Pursuant to the Cyber Security Law, any individual or organization using the network must comply with the constitution and the applicable laws, follow the public order and respect social moralities, and must not endanger cyber security, or engage in activities by making use of the network that endanger the national security, honor and interests, or infringe on the fame, privacy, intellectual property and other legitimate rights and interests of others. The Cyber Security Law sets forth various security protection obligations for network operators, which are defined as “owners and administrators of networks and network service providers”, including, among others, complying with a series of requirements of tiered cyber protection systems; verifying users’ real identity; localizing the personal information and important data gathered and produced by key information infrastructure operators during operations within the PRC; and providing assistance and support to government authorities where necessary for protecting national security and investigating crimes. To comply with these laws and regulations, we have adopted security policies and measures to protect our cyber system and user information.

101

Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights

The PRC has adopted comprehensive legislation governing intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights and domain names.

Patent

Pursuant to the PRC Patent Law, most recently amended on December 27, 2008, and its implementation rules, most recently amended on January 9, 2010, patents in China fall into three categories: invention, utility model and design. An invention patent is granted to a new technical solution proposed in respect of a product or method or an improvement of a product or method. A utility model is granted to a new technical solution that is practicable for application and proposed in respect of the shape, structure or a combination of both of a product. A design patent is granted to the new design of a certain product in shape, pattern or a combination of both and in color, shape and pattern combinations aesthetically suitable for industrial application. Under the PRC Patent Law, the term of patent protection starts from the date of application. Patents relating to invention are effective for twenty years, and utility models and designs are effective for ten years from the date of application. The PRC Patent Law adopts the principle of “first-to-file” system, which provides that where more than one person files a patent application for the same invention, a patent will be granted to the person who files the application first.

Existing patents can become narrowed, invalid or unenforceable due to a variety of grounds, including lack of novelty, creativity, and deficiencies in patent application. In China, a patent must have novelty, creativity and practical applicability. Under the PRC Patent Law, novelty means that before a patent application is filed, no identical invention or utility model has been publicly disclosed in any publication in China or overseas or has been publicly used or made known to the public by any other means, whether in or outside of China, nor has any other person filed with the patent authority an application that describes an identical invention or utility model and is recorded in patent application documents or patent documents published after the filing date. Creativity means that, compared with existing technology, an invention has prominent substantial features and represents notable progress, and a utility model has substantial features and represents any progress. Practical applicability means an invention or utility model can be manufactured or used and may produce positive results. Patents in China are filed with the State Intellectual Property Office, or SIPO. Normally, the SIPO publishes an application for an invention patent within 18 months after the filing date, which may be shortened at the request of applicant. The applicant must apply to the SIPO for a substantive examination within three years from the date of application.

Article 20 of the PRC Patent Law provides that, for an invention or utility model completed in China, any applicant (not just Chinese companies and individuals), before filing a patent application outside of China, must first submit it to the SIPO for a confidential examination. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in the denial of any Chinese patent for the relevant invention. This added requirement of confidential examination by the SIPO has raised concerns by foreign companies who conduct research and development activities in China or outsource research and development activities to service providers in China.

Patent Enforcement

Unauthorized use of patents without consent from owners of patents, forgery of the patents belonging to other persons, or engagement in other patent infringement acts, will subject the infringers to infringement liability. Serious offences such as forgery of patents may be subject to criminal penalties.

When a dispute arises out of infringement of the patent owner’s patent right, Chinese law requires that the parties first attempt to settle the dispute through mutual consultation. However, if the dispute cannot be settled through mutual consultation, the patent owner, or an interested party who believes the patent is being infringed, may either file a civil legal suit or file an administrative complaint with the relevant patent administration authority. A Chinese court may issue a preliminary injunction upon the patent owner’s or an interested party’s request before instituting any legal proceedings or during the proceedings. Damages for infringement are calculated as the loss suffered by the patent holder arising from the infringement, and if the loss suffered by the patent holder arising from the infringement cannot be determined, the damages for infringement shall be calculated as the benefit gained by the infringer from the infringement. If it is difficult to ascertain damages in this manner, damages may be determined by using a reasonable multiple of the license fee under a contractual license. Statutory damages may be awarded in the circumstances where the damages cannot be determined by the above mentioned calculation standards. The damage

102

calculation methods shall be applied in the aforementioned order. Generally, the patent owner has the burden of proving that the patent is being infringed. However, if the owner of an invention patent for manufacturing process of a new product alleges infringement of its patent, the alleged infringer has the burden of proof.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had 9 patents granted in China.

Trademark Law

The PRC Trademark Law and its implementation rules protect registered trademarks. The PRC Trademark Office of State Administration of Industry and Commerce is responsible for the registration and administration of trademarks throughout the PRC. The Trademark Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. The validity period of registered trademarks is ten years from the date of approval of trademark application, and may be renewed for another ten years provided relevant application procedures have been completed within twelve months before the end of the validity period. As of the date of this prospectus, we owned 16 registered trademarks in different applicable trademark categories in China and were in the process of applying to register 8 trademarks in China, and we owned 22 registered trademarks in different applicable trademark categories outside of China and were in the process of applying to register 8 trademarks outside of China.

In addition, pursuant to the PRC Trademark Law, counterfeit or unauthorized production of the label of another person’s registered trademark, or sale of any label that is counterfeited or produced without authorization will be deemed as an infringement to the exclusive right to use a registered trademark. The infringing party will be ordered to stop the infringement immediately, a fine may be imposed and the counterfeit goods will be confiscated. The infringing party may also be held liable for the right holder’s damages, which will be equal to the gains obtained by the infringing party or the losses suffered by the right holder as a result of the infringement, including reasonable expenses incurred by the right holder for stopping the infringement. If the gains or losses are difficult to determine, the court may render a judgment awarding damages of no more than RMB3 million (approximately US$0.45 million).

Software Copyright Law

The Copyright Law of the People’s Republic of China (Revised in 2010), or the Copyright Law, provides that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or other organizations shall, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology and computer software. The purpose of the Copyright Law aims to encourage the creation and dissemination of works that are beneficial for the construction of socialist spiritual civilization and material civilization and promote the development and prosperity of Chinese culture. The term of protection for copyrighted software of legal persons is fifty years and ends on December 31 of the 50th year from the date of first publishing of the software.

In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council in 2001, and amended subsequently, the State Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures in 2002, which apply to software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had registered 28 software copyrights in China.

Regulation on Domain Name

The domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names of China promulgated by MIIT on November 5, 2004 and effective on December 20, 2004, and will be replaced by the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names promulgated by MIIT on August 24, 2017, which will become effective on November 1, 2017. MIIT is the major regulatory body responsible for the administration of the PRC Internet domain names, under supervision of which China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, is responsible for the daily administration of CN domain names and Chinese domain names. On September 25, 2002, CNNIC promulgated the Implementation Rules of Registration of Domain Name, or the CNNIC Rules, which was renewed on June 5, 2009 and May 29, 2012, respectively. Pursuant to the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names and the CNNIC Rules, the registration of domain names adopts the “first to file” principle and the registrant shall complete the registration via the domain name registration service institutions. In the event of a domain name dispute, the disputed parties may lodge a complaint to the designated domain name dispute resolution

103

institution to trigger the domain name dispute resolution procedure in accordance with the CNNIC Measures on Resolution of the Top Level Domains Disputes, file a suit to the People’s Court or initiate an arbitration procedure.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have registered 14 domain names.

Regulations on Labor Protection

The principal laws that govern employment include: (i) the Labor Law of the PRC, or the Labor Law, promulgated by the SCNPC on July 5, 1994, which has been effective since January 1, 1995 and most recently amended on December 29, 2018; and (ii) the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on June 29, 2007, came into effect on January 1, 2008, and was amended on December 28, 2012 and became effective as of July 1, 2013, and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated on September 18, 2008, and became effective since the same day.

According to the Labor Law, an employer shall develop and improve its rules and regulations to safeguard the rights of its workers. An employer shall develop and improve its labor safety and health system, stringently implement national protocols and standards on labor safety and health, conduct labor safety and health education for workers, guard against labor accidents and reduce occupational hazards. Labor safety and health facilities must comply with relevant national standards. An employer must provide workers with the necessary labor protection gear that complies with labor safety and health conditions stipulated under national regulations, as well as provide regular health checks for workers that are engaged in operations with occupational hazards. Laborers engaged in special operations shall have received specialized training and have obtained the pertinent qualifications. An employer shall develop a vocational training system. Vocational training funds shall be set aside and used in accordance with national regulations and vocational training for workers shall be carried out systematically based on the actual conditions of the company.

The Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules regulate both parties through a labor contract, namely the employer and the employee, and contain specific provisions involving the terms of the labor contract. It is stipulated under the Labor Contract Law and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law that a labor contract must be made in writing. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. In addition, an employer is obligated to sign an indefinite term labor contract with an employee if the employer continues to employ the employee after two consecutive fixed term labor contracts. The Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules also require compensation to be paid upon certain terminations, which significantly affects the cost of reducing workforce for employers. In addition, if an employer intends to enforce a non-compete provision in an employment contract or non-competition agreement with an employee, it has to compensate the employee on a monthly basis during the term of the restriction period after the termination or expiry of the labor contract. Employers in most cases are also required to provide severance payment to their employees after their employment relationships are terminated.

Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located.

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC shall provide benefit plans for their employees, which include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance. An enterprise must provide social insurance by processing social insurance registration with local social insurance agencies, and shall pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of employees. The Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on October 28, 2010, became effective on July 1, 2011, and was most recently updated on December 29, 2018, has consolidated pertinent provisions for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and

104

basic medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance. Without force majeure reasons, employers must not suspend or reduce their payment of social insurance for employees, otherwise, competent governmental authorities will have the power to enforce employers to pay up social insurance within a prescribed time limit, and a fine of 0.05% of the unpaid social insurance can be charged on the part of the employers per day commencing from the first day of default. Provided that the employers still fail to make the payment within the prescribed time limit, a fine of over one time and up to three times of the unpaid sum of social insurance can be charged.

According to the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Fund, which was promulgated by the State Counsel and became effective on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002 and was partially revised on March 24, 2019 by Decision of the State Council on Revising Some Administrative Regulations (Decree No. 710 of the State Council), housing provident fund contributions by an individual employee and housing provident fund contributions by his or her employer shall belong to the individual employee. Registration by PRC companies at the applicable housing provident fund management center is compulsory and a special housing provident fund account for each of the employees shall be opened at an entrusted bank.

The employer shall timely pay up and deposit housing provident fund contributions in full amount and late or insufficient payments shall be prohibited. The employer shall process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations with the housing provident fund administration center. Under the circumstances where financial difficulties do exist due to which an employer is unable to pay or pay up housing provident funds, permission of labor union of the employer and approval of the local housing provident funds commission must first be obtained before the employer can suspend or reduce their payment of housing provident funds. With respect to companies who violate the above regulations and fail to process housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations or open housing provident fund accounts for their employees, such companies shall be ordered by the housing provident fund administration center to complete such procedures within a designated period. Those who fail to process their registrations within the designated period shall be subject to a fine ranging from RMB10,000 to RMB50,000. When companies breach these regulations and fail to pay up housing provident fund contributions in full amount as due, the housing provident fund administration center shall order such companies to pay up within a designated period, and may further apply to the People’s Court for mandatory enforcement against those who still fail to comply after the expiry of such period.

Regulations on Tax

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or EIT Law, which was promulgated on March 16, 2007 and took effect on January 1, 2008, and further amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, imposes a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% on all PRC resident enterprises, including foreign-invested enterprises, unless they qualify certain exceptions. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the PRC resident enterprise’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards. Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. If a non-resident enterprise sets up an organization or establishment in the PRC, it will be subject to enterprise income tax for the income derived from such organization or establishment in the PRC and for the income derived from outside the PRC but with an actual connection with such organization or establishment in the PRC. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC, or if they have formed permanent establishments or premises in the PRC but their relevant income derived in the PRC is not related to those establishments, then their enterprise income tax would be set at a rate of 10% for their income sourced from inside the PRC.

The PRC EIT Law and its implementation rules, which was promulgated on December 6, 2007 and took effect on January 1, 2008 and partly amended on April 23, 2019 and became effective on the same date, permit certain “high and new technology enterprises strongly supported by the state” that independently own core intellectual property and meet statutory criteria, to enjoy a reduced 15% enterprise income tax rate. On January 29, 2016, the

105

State Administration for Taxation, or SAT, the Ministry of Science and Technology and the Ministry of Finance jointly issued the Administrative Rules for the Certification of High and New Technology Enterprises specifying the criteria and procedures for the certification of High and New Technology Enterprises, and the certificate of a high and new technology enterprise, is valid for three years.

Pursuant to Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Printing and Distributing the Implementing Measures for Special Tax Adjustments (for Trial Implementation), effective on January 1, 2008, enterprises shall adopt a reasonable transfer pricing method when conducting transactions with their affiliates. Tax authorities have the power to assess whether related transactions conform to the principle of equity and make adjustments accordingly. Therefore, the invested enterprise should faithfully report relevant information of its related transactions. Pursuant to the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Administrative Measures for Special Tax Adjustment and Investigation and Mutual Consultation Procedures, effective on May 1, 2017, an enterprise may adjust and pay taxes at its own discretion when it receives a special tax adjustment risk warning or identifies its own special tax adjustment risks, and the tax authorities may also carry out special tax investigation and adjustment in accordance with the relevant provisions in regard to enterprises that adjust and pay taxes at their own discretion.

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, or the Non-resident Enterprises Measures, which was repealed by Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises in December 2017. According to the new announcement, it shall apply to handling of matters relating to withholding at source of income tax of non-resident enterprises pursuant to the provisions of Article 37, Article 39 and Article 40 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law. According to Article 37, Article 39 of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, income tax over non-resident enterprise income pursuant to the provisions of the third paragraph of Article 3 shall be subject to withholding at the source, where the payer shall act as the withholding agent. The tax amount for each payment made or due shall be withheld by the withholding agent from the amount paid or payable. Where a withholding agent fails to withhold tax or perform tax withholding obligations pursuant to the provisions of Article 37, the taxpayer shall pay tax at the place where the income is derived. Where the taxpayer fails to pay tax pursuant to law, the tax authorities may demand payment of the tax amount payable, from a payer of the taxpayer with payable tax amounts from other taxable income items in China.

On April 30, 2009, the MOFCOM and the SAT jointly issued the Circular on Issues Concerning Treatment of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59, which became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008 and was partially revised on January 1, 2014. By promulgating and implementing this circular, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a Non-resident Enterprise.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Relating to Enterprise Income Tax of Transfers of Assets between Non-resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, which was partially abolished on December 29, 2017. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment, and placement in China, of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company broadly. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to assess whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017 and was revised on June 15, 2018. The SAT Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of withholding of non-resident enterprise income tax.

If non-resident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our non-resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and be taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under SAT Bulletin 7.

106

PRC Value Added Tax

According to the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was most recently amended on November 19, 2017, and the Detailed Implementing Rules of the Temporary Regulations on Value-added Tax, which was amended on October 28, 2011, and became effective on November 1, 2011, all taxpayers selling goods, providing processing, repair or replacement services or importing goods within the PRC shall pay Value-Added Tax. The tax rate of 17% shall be levied on general taxpayers selling or importing various goods; the tax rate of 17% shall be levied on the taxpayers providing processing, repairing or replacement service; the applicable rate for the export of goods by taxpayers shall be zero, unless otherwise stipulated

On January 1, 2012, the State Council officially launched a pilot value-added tax reform program, or the Pilot Program, applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay value added tax, or VAT, instead of business tax. The Pilot Program initially applied only to transportation industry and “modern service industries” in Shanghai and would be expanded to eight trial regions (including Beijing and Guangdong province) and nationwide if conditions permit. The pilot industries in Shanghai included industries involving the leasing of tangible movable property, transportation services, research and development and technical services, information technology services, cultural and creative services, logistics and ancillary services, certification and consulting services. Revenues generated by advertising services, a type of “cultural and creative services”, are subject to the VAT tax rate of 6%. According to official announcements made by competent authorities in Beijing and Guangdong province, Beijing launched the same Pilot Program on September 1, 2012, and Guangdong province launched it on November 1, 2012.

On May 24, 2013, the MOFCOM and the SAT issued the Circular on Tax Policies in the Nationwide Pilot Collection of Value Added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax in the Transportation Industry and Certain Modern Services Industries, or the Pilot Collection Circular. The scope of certain modern services industries under the Pilot Collection Circular extends to the inclusion of radio and television services.

On March 23, 2016, the MOFCOM and the SAT jointly issued the Circular on the Pilot Program for Overall Implementation of the Collection of Value Added Tax Instead of Business Tax, or Circular 36, which took effect on May 1, 2016. Pursuant to the Circular 36, all of the companies operating in construction, real estate, finance, modern service or other sectors which were required to pay business tax are required to pay VAT, in lieu of business tax. The VAT rate is 6%, except for rate of 11% for real estate sale, land use right transferring and providing service of transportation, postal sector, basic telecommunications, construction, real estate lease; rate of 17% for providing lease service of tangible property; and rate of zero for specific cross-bond activities.

At the State Council executive meeting on March 28, 2018, China’s State Council has announced the VAT rate on manufacturing is to be cut by one percent to 16% which took effect on May 1, 2018. On April 4, 2018, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT promulgated the Notice on Adjusting Value-added Tax Rates, which reduced the tax rates for sale, import and export of goods, as well as the deduction rate for taxpayer’s purchaser of agricultural products. According to the Announcement on Relevant Policies for Deepening the Value-Added Tax Reform, which is jointly issued by Ministry of Finance, SAT and the General Administration of Customs on March 20, 2019 and took effect on April 1, 2019, The tax rate of 16% applicable to the VAT taxable sale or import of goods by a general VAT taxpayer shall be adjusted to 13%.

According to the Circular of the SAT on Printing and Distributing the Administrative Measures for Tax Refund (Exemption) for Exported Goods (for Trial Implementation), effective on May 1, 2005, unless otherwise provided by law, for the goods as exported via an export agency, the exporter may, after the export declaration and the conclusion of financial settlement for sales, file a report to competent State Taxation Bureau for the approval of refund or exemption of VAT or consumption tax on the strength or the relevant certificates.

PRC Dividend Withholding Tax

Under the PRC tax laws effective prior to January 1, 2008, dividends paid to foreign investors by foreign-invested enterprises were exempt from PRC withholding tax. Pursuant to the EIT Law and the Implementation Rules, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and payable by a foreign-invested enterprise in China to its foreign enterprise investors are subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a different withholding arrangement.

107

Pursuant to an Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement came into effect on December 8, 2006, and other applicable PRC laws and regulations, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws and regulations, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. According to the Announcement of the SAT on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of Treaty Benefits effective on January 1,2020, non-resident taxpayers can enjoy tax treaty benefits via the “self-assessment of eligibility, claiming treaty benefits, retaining documents for inspection” mechanism. Non-resident taxpayers who have self-assessed that they are eligible for the treaty benefits can claim such tax treaty benefits accordingly provided that they have collected and retained relevant supporting documents for inspection by the tax authorities in their post-filing administration process. Pursuant to the Announcement on Certain Issues with Respect to the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, issued by the SAT on February 3, 2018, and effective on April 1, 2018, when determining an applicant’s “beneficial owner” status regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests or royalties in tax treaties, several factors set forth below will be taken into account, although the actual analysis will be fact-specific: (i) whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of his or her income in 12 months to residents in a third country or region; (ii) whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes a substantial business operation; and (iii) whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate. The applicant must submit relevant documents to the competent tax authorities to prove his or her “beneficial owner” status. Although our WFOE is currently wholly owned by UTime International Limited, we cannot assure you that we will be able to enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the China-HK Taxation Arrangement.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the PRC Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, which were promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996 and last amended on August 5, 2008. Under the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans.

On August 29, 2008, SAFE issued the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested enterprise of foreign currency-registered capital into RMB by restricting how the converted RMB may be used. SAFE Circular 142 provides that the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise may only be used for purposes within the business scope approved by the applicable government authority and may not be used for equity investments within China. SAFE also strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of foreign-invested enterprises. The use of such RMB capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. On March 30, 2015, SAFE issued SAFE Circular 19, which took effective and replaced SAFE Circular 142 on June 1, 2015. Although SAFE Circular 19 allows for the use of RMB converted from the foreign currency-denominated capital for equity investments in China, the restrictions continue to apply as to foreign-invested enterprises’ use of the converted RMB for purposes beyond the business scope, for entrusted loans or for inter-company RMB loans. SAFE promulgated the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Foreign Exchange Settlement Management Policy of Capital Account, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which reiterates some of the rules set forth in SAFE Circular 19, but changes the prohibition against using RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company to issue RMB entrusted loans to a prohibition against using such capital to issue loans to non-associated enterprises. Violations of SAFE Circular 19 or SAFE Circular 16 could result in administrative penalties.

On November 19, 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment which substantially amends and simplifies the current foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to this circular, the opening of various special purpose foreign

108

exchange accounts (e.g., pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts), the reinvestment of lawful incomes derived by foreign investors in China (e.g. profit, proceeds of equity transfer, capital reduction, liquidation and early repatriation of investment), and purchase and remittance of foreign exchange as a result of capital reduction, liquidation, early repatriation or share transfer in a foreign-invested enterprise no longer require SAFE approval, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible before. In addition, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents in May 2013, which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in China based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches.

On February 13, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Policies Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, which took effect on June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 13 delegates the authority to enforce the foreign exchange registration in connection with the inbound and outbound direct investment under relevant SAFE rules to certain banks and therefore further simplifies the foreign exchange registration procedures for inbound and outbound direct investment.

Regulations on loans to and direct investment in the PRC entities by offshore holding companies

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOFCOM and effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are FIEs, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local branches of the SAFE. Under the provisions, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a FIE is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise.

On January 12, 2017, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9, which took effect on the same date. The PBOC Circular 9 established a capital or net assets-based constraint mechanism for cross-border financing. Under such mechanism, a company may carry out cross-border financing in Renminbi or foreign currencies at their own discretion. The total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit is calculated as capital or assets multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter.

In addition, according to PBOC Circular 9, as of the date of the promulgation of PBOC Circular 9, a transition period of one year is set for foreign-invested enterprises and during such transition period, FIEs may apply either the current cross-border financing management mode, namely the mode provided by Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts, or the mode in this PBOC Circular 9 at its sole discretion. After the end of the transition period, the cross-border financing management mode for FIEs will be determined by the People’s Bank of China and SAFE after assessment based on the overall implementation of this PBOC Circular 9.

According to applicable PRC regulations on FIEs, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered FIEs, may only be made when approval by or registration with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart is obtained.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Offshore Investment by PRC Residents

On July 4, 2014, SAFE issued the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, and its implementation guidelines, which abolished and superseded the Circular on Several Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Financing and in Return Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Companies, SAFE Circular 75. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and its implementation guidelines, PRC residents (including PRC institutions and individuals) must register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment in an overseas special

109

purpose vehicle, or SPV, directly established or indirectly controlled by PRC residents for the purposes of offshore investment and financing with their legally owned assets or interests in domestic enterprises, or their legally owned offshore assets or interests. Such PRC residents are also required to amend their registrations with SAFE when there is a change to the basic information of the SPV, such as changes of a PRC resident individual shareholder, the name or operating period of the SPV, or when there is a significant change to the SPV, such as changes of the PRC individual resident’s increase or decrease of its capital contribution in the SPV, or any share transfer or exchange, merger, division of the SPV. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in the Circular 37 may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliate, the capital inflow from the offshore entities and settlement of foreign exchange capital, and may also subject relevant onshore company or PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He, our PRC resident shareholders, have completed the required registrations with the local counterpart of SAFE in relation to our financing and restructuring to our shareholding structure.

Regulations on Dividend Distributions

The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends paid by wholly foreign-owned enterprises include:

•        Company Law of the PRC (1993), as amended in 1999, 2004, 2005, 2013 and 2018;

•        Foreign Investment Enterprise Law of the PRC (1986), as amended in 2000 and 2016; and

•        Administrative Rules under the Foreign Investment Enterprise Law (1990), as amended in 2001 and 2014.

Under these laws and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on PRC accounting standards each year to its general reserves until the accumulative amount of such reserves reach 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. The foreign-invested enterprise has the discretion to allocate a portion of its after-tax profits to staff welfare and bonus funds. A PRC company is not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

Regulations on Overseas Listings

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, SAT, SAIC, China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and SAFE, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules purport, among other things, to require that offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, that are controlled by PRC companies or individuals and that have been formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic interest held by such PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published a notice on its official website specifying documents and materials required to be submitted to it by SPVs seeking CSRC approval of their overseas listings. While the application of the M&A Rules remains unclear, our PRC legal counsel has advised us that based on its understanding of the current PRC laws, rules and regulations and the M&A Rules, prior approval from the CSRC is not required under the M&A Rules for the listing and trading of our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ given that (i) our PRC subsidiary was directly established by us as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise, and we have not acquired any equity interest or assets of a PRC domestic company owned by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules that are our beneficial owners after the effective date of the M&A Rules, and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies the contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules.

However, our PRC legal counsel has further advised us uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules. If CSRC or

110

another PRC regulatory agency subsequently determines that prior CSRC approval was required for our initial public offering, we may face regulatory actions or other sanctions from CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies.

These regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations, limit our operating privileges, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from our initial public offering into the PRC or payment or distribution of dividends by our PRC subsidiary, or take other actions that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares. In addition, if CSRC later requires that we obtain its approval for our initial public offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of CSRC approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties or negative publicity regarding CSRC approval requirements could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.”

India

This section sets forth a summary of the most significant laws, rules and regulations that affect our business activities in India.

Regulations relating to Foreign Investment under Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999

Foreign Investment in India and Regulatory Approvals

Investment by person resident outside India in an Indian entity is regulated by the provisions laid down in the Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”), as amended from time to time by the Foreign Exchange Department of the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”).

Foreign Direct Investment (“FDI”) is freely permitted in almost all sectors. Under the FDI Policy, investments can be made by non-residents in the equity shares; fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible debentures; or fully, compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares, partly paid equity shares and warrants of an Indian company, through two routes: (a) the Automatic Route; and (b) the Government Route. Under the automatic route, the non-resident investor or the Indian company does not require any approval from the Reserve Bank or Government of India for the investment. An Indian company, not engaged in any activity/sectors where FDI is prohibited, can issue shares or convertible debentures to a person resident outside India, subject to entry routes and sectoral caps prescribed in the FDI Policy. FDI in activities covered under the approval route requires prior approval of the Government which are considered by respective ministry/ department of the Government of India, as the case may be. In few sectors, there is prohibition on FDI in any form. It is pertinent to note that 100% FDI through automatic route is allowed in all activities/ sectors which are neither covered in automatic route, approval route nor in prohibited sector.

RBI has issued the Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 (“FEMA Rules, 2019”), vide Notification No. S.O. 3732(E) dated October 17, 2019 (which replaced erstwhile Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or issue of security by a person resident outside India) Regulations, 2017), which is a principal regulation governing foreign investment in an Indian entity by any person resident outside India.

FEMA Rules, 2019 stipulates that any investment in an Indian entity by a person resident outside India (which also includes a body corporate incorporated outside India) shall always remain subject to the entry routes, sectoral caps and other conditions laid down therein. Therefore, in order to subscribe, purchase or sell equity instruments (including equity shares) of an Indian company, a person resident outside India must adhere to terms and conditions given in Schedule 1 of FEMA Rules, 2019.

Since Do Mobile operates in the manufacturing sector, it is permitted to receive 100% FDI under the automatic route as per the provisions of FEMA Rules, 2019.

Important Compliances pertaining to FDI under FEMA Rules, 2019

Pricing Guidelines on Issuance of Shares and Filing of Form FC-GPR for Allotment of Shares

Pricing: Any Indian company intending to issue equity instruments including equity shares to a person resident outside India must ensure that the price of such equity instruments shall not be less than: (a) the price worked out

111

on the basis of Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) guidelines in case of listed companies; and (b) the valuation of such equity instruments arrived at as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology on arm’s length basis duly certified by a SEBI registered Merchant Banker or a Chartered Accountant or a practicing Cost Accountant, in case of an unlisted Indian Company.

Filing Requirements: Allotment of shares by an Indian entity to a person resident outside India (including a body corporate incorporated outside India) will require an Indian entity to file form FC-GPR (Foreign Currency-Gross Provisional Return) within 30 days from the date of allotment of shares, in the manner prescribed by the RBI, along with a certificate from the company secretary of the Indian company certifying the eligibility to issue shares in terms of FEMA Rules, 2019 and a certificate from SEBI registered Merchant Banker or Chartered Accountant indicating the manner of arriving at the price of the shares issued to the persons resident outside India. Such certificates along with the Form FC-GPR must be submitted to the Foreign Exchange Department of RBI.

Do Mobile is also required to adhere to the aforesaid compliances regarding allotment of shares to its parent company Bridgetime Limited and or to its prospective investors.

Compliance of Pricing Guidelines on Transfer of Shares and Filing of Form FC-TRS for Transfer of Shares

Pricing: Any transfer of the equity instruments (including shares) of an Indian entity from a resident Indian to a person resident outside India or vice-versa, will be subject to the pricing guidelines and reporting requirements prescribed under the FEMA Rules, 2019.

In the case of transfer of equity instruments (including shares) from a person resident in India to a person resident outside India, price of such equity instruments transferred shall not be less than:

a)      the price worked out in accordance with the relevant SEBI guidelines in case of a listed Indian company;

b)      the price at which a preferential allotment of shares can be made under the SEBI guidelines, as applicable, in case of a listed Indian company or in case of a company going through a delisting process as per the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009.

c)      in case of an unlisted Indian Company, the valuation of equity instruments done as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology for valuation on an arm’s length basis duly certified by a Chartered Accountant or a SEBI registered Merchant Banker or a practicing Cost Accountant.

In the case of transfer of equity instruments (including shares) by a person resident outside India to a person resident in India, the price of equity instruments (including shares) transferred shall not exceed:

a)      The price worked out in accordance with the relevant SEBI guidelines in case of a listed Indian company;

b)      The price at which a preferential allotment of shares can be made under the SEBI guidelines, as applicable, in case of a listed Indian company or in case of a company going through a delisting process as per the SEBI (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009. The price is determined for such duration as specified in the SEBI guidelines, preceding the relevant date, which shall be the date of purchase or sale of shares;

c)      The valuation of equity instruments done as per any internationally accepted pricing methodology for valuation on an arm’s length basis duly certified by a Chartered Accountant or a Securities and Exchange Board of India registered Merchant Banker or a practicing Cost Accountant, in case of an unlisted Indian Company.

The principal intent of the government is that the person resident outside India is not guaranteed any assured exit price at the time of making such investment/ agreement and shall exit at the price prevailing at the time of exit. The above pricing guidelines are also applicable for issue of shares/preference shares against payment of lump sum technical know-how fee/royalty due for payment/repayment or conversion of external commercial borrowings in convertible foreign currency into equity shares/fully compulsorily and mandatorily convertible preference shares or capitalization of pre incorporation expenses/import payables (with prior approval of Government).

112

Filing Requirements: Any transfer of shares of Indian entity from a person resident outside India to a person resident in India or vice-versa will also require the filing of form FC-TRS (Foreign Currency — Transfer of Shares) with the RBI within 60 days of transfer of equity instruments or receipt/remittance of funds, whichever is earlier.

In the case of buy-back of shares pursuant to a scheme of merger /de-merger/ amalgamation of Indian companies approved by National Company Law Tribunal, the filing of form FC-TRS is mandatory by Indian companies.

Reporting under Single Master Form

RBI has issued guidelines on ‘Foreign Investment in India — Reporting in Single Master Form’ vide A.P (DIR Series) Circular No. 30 dated June 07, 2018 to integrate the extant reporting structures of various types of foreign investment in India in a Single Master Form (“SMF”), which is required to be filed online. With effect from September 1, 2018, the reporting requirements for foreign investment in India, irrespective of the instrument through which foreign investment is made, has been integrated into a SMF. SMF subsumes filing of form FC-GPR, FC-TRS, Form ESOP, Form DRR, Form DI and other forms into one single form.

Filing of Foreign Liabilities and Assets Annual Return

An Indian Company which has received FDI in the previous year including the current year, should submit Foreign Liabilities and Assets Annual Return in form FLA to RBI on or before the 15th day of July of each year. Year for this purpose shall be reckoned as April to March.

Repatriation of Dividend

Dividends declared by Indian companies are freely repatriable without any restrictions (net after Tax deduction at source or Dividend Distribution Tax, if any, as the case may be). The repatriation is governed by the provisions of the Foreign Exchange Management Act (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000.

Repatriation of Interest

Interest on fully, mandatorily and compulsorily convertible debentures is also freely repatriable without any restrictions (net of applicable taxes). The repatriation is governed by the provisions of the FEMA (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000.

Regulations relating to Overseas Investment under FEMA

Investment in Joint Venture or Wholly Owned Subsidiary

RBI has issued the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of any Foreign Security) Regulations, 2004 (“ODI Regulations”) pursuant to the provisions of FEMA to govern the investment in a foreign entity by an Indian party, including an Indian company. The foreign entities in which such overseas investment is made are referred to as joint venture (“JV”) or wholly owned subsidiary. An Indian company is allowed to make overseas investment in JV or WOS either by way of contribution towards capital or subscription to the memorandum of association of JV or WOS. Further, overseas direct investment is also permitted by way of purchase of existing shares of JV or WOS through market or stock exchange, excluding the portfolio investment.

Like FDI, Indian companies can make overseas investment under automatic route and approval route.

An Indian company may make overseas direct investment in JV or its wholly owned subsidiary up to 400% of its net worth (as per its last audited balance sheet) without any prior regulatory approval. However, if this limit is breached, then prior approval from RBI is required.

The eligible ceiling limit under prior approval of RBI is also required if financial commitment by an Indian party becomes equal or exceeds US$1 billion in a financial year (April to March), even when the total financial commitment of an Indian party is within the eligible limit of automatic route. Further, an Indian party is eligible to extend loan/guarantee as a part of financial commitment only to JV or WOS in which it has equity participation. However, if an Indian party wants to extend loan/ guarantee as a part of financial commitment without equity contribution in JV or WOS, it may apply to RBI under the approval route. It may be note that term ‘financial commitment’ as used in

113

above paragraphs means amount of direct investment by way of contribution to equity, loan and 100% of the amount of guarantees and 50% of the performance guarantees issued by an Indian party to or on behalf of its JV or WOS.

Reporting of Overseas Investment

An Indian company undertaking FC should approach an authorized dealer category — I bank (“AD Bank”) with an application in Form ODI (Master Document on Reporting) and prescribed enclosures / documents in Form ODI for effecting FC, such as, certified copy of the board resolution, statutory auditors certificate and valuation report, along with Form A2. Additionally, all transactions relating to a JV / WOS should be routed through one branch of an AD Bank to be designated by the Indian Party.

Pricing of Overseas Investment

While subscribing any shares by an India company in JV or WOS, it is relevant to consider that if such financial commitment is more than US$5 million, valuation of the shares should be made by a Category I Merchant Banker registered with SEBI or an Investment Banker / Merchant Banker outside India registered with the appropriate regulatory authority in the foreign country. In all other cases the valuation should be carried out by a Chartered Accountant or a Certified Public Accountant.

Regulatory compliances under Companies Act, 2013

The Companies Act, 2013 (“Companies Act, 2013”) is a principal law regulating the rights and duties of a company incorporated in India. Do Mobile being an Indian company is under an obligation to undertake several compliances mentioned under the Companies Act.

Board of Directors

A private limited company is required to have minimum 2 directors and maximum 15 directors on its board of directors (“Board”). However, a private limited company may appoint more than 15 directors after passing a special resolution by its members in general meeting. Further, in terms of the Companies Act it is mandatory to have at least one director who stays in India for a total period of not less than 182 days during a financial year (April to March).

Dividends

As per the Companies Act, a company may if authorized by its articles of association (“Articles”), pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid-up on each share. A company in its general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board of a company. The shareholders do not have any power to declare any dividend, however, the same shall be approved by the shareholders in the annual general meeting of the company. Similarly, under the Companies Act, the dividend shall be declared or paid only out of profits of the company of that year after providing depreciation or out of the profits of the company for any previous financial year or years after providing for depreciation remaining undistributed, or out of both. Dividends are generally declared as a percentage of the par value of a company’s equity shares.

Bonus Shares

In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Companies Act permits a company to distribute an amount transferred from the reserve or surplus in the company’s profit and loss account to its shareholders in the form of fully paid-up bonus shares. The Companies Act permits issue of bonus shares when authorized by its Articles and shall not be issued in lieu of dividend. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion recommended by the Board of the company which has been authorized in annual general meeting.

Pre-emptive Rights and Issue of Additional Shares

The Companies Act gives equity shareholders a right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective existing shareholdings, unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a general meeting of the shareholders. Under the Companies Act, in the event of an issuance of securities, subject to the limitations set forth above, a company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date through “letter of

114

offer”. The Companies Act permits any other person authorized by special resolution passed in a general meeting of the shareholders to subscribe new share of the company either for cash or consideration and company shall comply with the provisions of private placement for such issue to other person.

Meetings of Shareholders

A company must convene an annual general meeting of its shareholders each year within 15 months from the previous annual general meeting or within 6 months of the end of the previous fiscal year, whichever is earlier. In certain circumstances a 3 months extension may be granted by the Registrar of Companies to hold the annual general meeting. In addition, the board may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of the paid up capital carrying voting rights. Written notice setting out the agenda of any meeting must be given at least 21 days prior to the date of the general meeting to the shareholders of record, excluding the days of mailing and date of the meeting.

Register of Shareholders; Record Dates; Transfer of Shares

A company is required to maintain a register of shareholders either in physical form or held in electronic form. For the purpose of determining the shares entitled to annual dividends, the register is closed for a specified period prior to the annual general meeting. The date on which this period begins is the record date.

Audit and Annual Report

Under the Companies Act, a company must file its annual report with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days from the date of the annual general meeting. At least 21 days before the annual general meeting of shareholders, a company must distribute a detailed version of the company’s audited balance sheet and profit and loss account and the reports of the board of directors and the auditors thereon. A company must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information, within 60 days of the conclusion of the annual general meeting.

Compliances on Employment or Labor Laws

In India, labor laws are considered as social-welfare legislation to govern the conditions of employment, with an aim to provide social security and to safeguard interests of both the employer and the employees. Labor law defines the rights and obligations as workers/employees and employers with respect to the workplace health and safety, employment standards including adequate wages, and limited hours of work.

An Indian company is governed by several labor laws, pursuant to which it has to mandatorily provide the employment benefits to its employees which include equal remuneration, gratuity, bonus, pension, provident funds (social security), employees’ insurance, maternity benefits and all other benefits to which an Indian company is mandatorily required to comply with.

Besides that, an Indian company must comply with the filing of periodical filings requirements and maintenance of registers under different labor statutes. The Shops and Establishment Act, Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 and Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 are some of the important labor laws which are applicable to an Indian company. Moreover, an Indian company is under an obligation to get the registration done under the Shops and Establishment Act and any other statute which obliges an Indian company to get itself registered mandatorily. An Indian company has exposure to various sanctions, fines, and penalties under the relevant laws upon non-compliance or violations of the provisions.

There are numerous Central and State labor legislations in India. The important ones and to the relevant in relation to Do Mobile are described herein below:

1.      Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 (“EPF Act”):    The EPF Act provides for the institution of provident funds, pension funds, and deposit linked insurance funds for employees. It applies to all factories and establishments employing 20 or more persons or class of persons. An establishment to which the EPF Act applies shall continue to be governed by the EPF Act, notwithstanding that the number of persons employed therein at any time falls below 20. Once

115

an establishment gets covered under the EPF Act, branches of such establishment situated at any other place shall also be treated as parts of the same establishment. Employees drawing wages exceeding Rs. 15,000/- per month are excluded from the provisions of the EPF Act.

2.      Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948 (“ESI Act”):    The ESI Act is a social welfare legislation enacted with the objective of providing certain benefits to employees in case of sickness, maternity and employment injury. It is applicable to all factories and establishment employing 10 or more persons with respect to the employees, including casual, temporary or contract employees drawing wages less than Rs. 21,000/- per month. The existing total employee state insurance contribution is 4% of wages, where the employer contribution is 3.25% and employees’ contribution is 0.75% of wages.

3.      Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (“Gratuity Act”):    Under the Gratuity Act, employee needs to provide continuous service of 5 years to be eligible to receive gratuity. Gratuity becomes payable to an employee on retirement, resignation or termination of employment due to death/disablement on account of accident/disease. Condition of providing minimum 5 years of continuous service is not applicable in case of death/disablement. The Gratuity Act is applicable to every establishment in which 10 or more persons are employed or were employed on any day of the preceding 12 months. The gratuity is payable at the rate of 15 days wages based on the wages last drawn, for every year of completed service or part thereof in excess of 6 months, subject to an aggregate amount of Rs. 20,00,000/-. However, if an employee has the right to receive higher gratuity under a contract or under an award, then the employee is entitled to get higher gratuity.

4.      The Shops and Commercial Establishments Act (“Shops Act”):    The Shops Act of the respective States in India generally contain provisions relating to registration of an establishment, working hours, overtime, leave, notice pay, working conditions for women employees, etc. Certain industries like IT and IT-enabled services have been given relaxations by various State Governments in respect of the observance of certain provisions of their respective Shops Act.

5.      Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 (“POSH Act”):    The POSH Act was enacted by the Indian Parliament to provide protection against sexual harassment of women at workplace and prevention and redressal of complaints of sexual harassment and for matters connected therewith. The POSH Act makes it mandatory for every organisation to frame an anti-sexual harassment policy. Further an organisation having 10 or more employees is required to constitute an Internal Complaints Committee to entertain complaints that may be made by an aggrieved woman.

Applicability of Social Security Schemes i.e. Employees Provident Fund and Employees Pension Scheme to Expatriates working in India

The Government of India (Ministry of Labor and Employment) has extended the applicability of the Employees’ Provident Fund Scheme (EPFS) and the Employees’ Pension Scheme (EPS), notified under the EPF Act, to international workers through its notification Nos. G.S.R. 705(E) and 706(E), both dated October 01, 2008.

“International Worker” means:

a)an Indian employee having worked or going to work in a foreign country with which India has entered into a social security agreement and being eligible to avail the benefits under a social security programme of that country, by virtue of the eligibility gained or going to gain, under the said agreement; or

b)      an employee other than an Indian employee, holding other than an Indian passport, working for an establishment in India to which the Act applies.

The aforesaid notifications further define the term “excluded employee” with reference to an international worker to mean “an international worker, who is contributing to a social security program of his/her country of origin, either as a citizen or resident, with whom India has entered into a social security agreement on a reciprocity basis and enjoying the status of a detached worker for the period and terms, as specified in such an agreement”.

116

Pursuant to the above notifications, every international worker employed with an establishment in India to whom the EPF Act applies (the EPF Act applies to an establishment employing 20 or more employees) would be required to become a member of the Employees Provident Fund, unless he/she qualifies as an excluded employee. International workers working in India with an establishment to which the EPF Act applies are required to contribute 12% of their salary (which includes basic pay, dearness allowance, retaining allowance and cash value of food concessions) under the EPF Act. However, in case the expatriates are from such countries with which India has entered into Social Security Agreements and are making contributions towards social security in their home countries, such expatriates would not be required to make contribution under the EPF Act. An International Worker may withdraw the full amount of accumulations in the fund on retirement from services at any time after the attainment of 58 years or on retirement on account of permanent or total incapacity to work due to bodily or mental infirmity.

Regulations related to Consumer Protection

With changing times, the economic and business environment of India also went through a change. India has now become a global trading partner with the world. This indeed exposed customers not only to new products but also new problems. The increase in usage of mobile handsets in India required protecting the interests of the consumers against deficiency in services and harassment by way of unfair trade practices and poor quality products. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 (“CPA”) is a law of the Parliament of India which addresses the aforementioned concerns of the consumers in India. This statute also casts obligation on the traders, service providers and person to provide customer satisfaction through guarantee of quality, function, usage and after sales-services.

Forums for Redressal under CPA

With the aim to redress the consumer disputes, CPA provides for establishment of different consumer forums i.e. District Consumer Redressal Forum, State Consumer Redressal Forum and National Consumer Redressal Forum. CPA lays down the pecuniary jurisdiction in relation to each of the aforesaid forum for the purpose of entertaining the dispute arose in relation of value of particular goods or service. Accordingly, in case the consumer finds deficiency in goods or services, then he can file a complaint against the person before appropriate forum having pecuniary jurisdiction to entertain the dispute for such deficiency.

Regulations governing the Intellectual Property Rights

Intellectual Property Right (“IPR”) is a legal right governing the use of creations of the human mind. In India, there are several legislations which protects different IPRs, like trademark, patent, copyright, and domain name.

Trademark under Trade Marks Act, 1999

With the globalization of trade, brand names, trade names and marks have attained an immense value that require uniform minimum standards of protection and efficient procedures. India being a member nation to World Trade Organization has ratified the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights along with other member nations of WTO. In view of the same, India has amended and repealed its old Indian Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 and enacted new Trade Marks Act, 1999 (“TM Act”), to align with the international systems and practices.

The TM Act envisages the recognition and protection of the well-known trademark. The TM Act also provides for registration of trademarks, duration, removal, renewal and revocation of the trade mark. The Indian judiciary has been proactive in the protection of trademarks, and it has extended the protection to domain names under the TM Act. The trademark is initially registered for a period of 10 years, which is calculated from the date of filing of the application and in case of convention application from the date of priority.

Further, the registration of the trademark may be renewed for a period of 10 years from the date of expiration of the original registration or of the last renewal of registration. Such renewal application should be made at least 6 months prior to expiry of registration of the trademark. However, if such renewal application not is made within the said period, it can be filed within 6 months after the expiry of registration or the renewal as the case may be along with a late filing fee. Additionally, if such late filing fee is not paid, upon expiry of one year from the date of expiry of registration or the renewal as the case may be, such trademark will automatically be removed from the register of trademarks of concerned authority.

117

Regulations governing Import and Export of Goods

In India, the import and export of goods is governed by the Foreign Trade (Development & Regulation) Act, 1992 and India’s Export Import (EXIM) Policy. India’s Directorate General of Foreign Trade (“DGFT”) is the nodal authority to regulate all matters related to EXIM Policy. Importers are required to register with DGFT to obtain an Importer Exporter Code Number (“IE Code”) for undertaking import activities. Moreover, an exporter is not allowed to take benefits of exports from DGFT without having IE Code. After an IEC has been obtained, the source of items for import must be identified and declared by an importer.

The Indian Trade Classification — Harmonized System (ITC-HS) allows for the free import of most goods without a special import license. Majority of import items fall within the scope of India’s EXIM Policy regulation of Open General License (OGL) which means that they are deemed to be freely importable without restrictions and without a license, except to the extent that they are regulated by the provisions of the EXIM Policy or any other law. Imports of items not covered by OGL are regulated.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that have not been fully resolved and that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. Except as described below, there was not at least a reasonable possibility the Company may have incurred a material loss, or a material loss in excess of a recorded accrual, with respect to loss contingencies for asserted legal and other claims.

On September 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song, the majority shareholder in Bridgetime filed a complaint with India National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”) against Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, the directors of Do Mobile, alleging mismanagement of corporate affairs, embezzlement of funds and absenting themselves from the management of Do Mobile. Further, Mr. Wukai Song sought the following relief from NCLT:

•        prevent Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from exercising any of their powers as directors of Do Mobile;

•        restrain Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from operating the bank account of Do Mobile and restraining DBS Bank from acting on the instructions of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li;

•        permit the company secretary of Do Mobile to carry out the daily affairs of the company which are ordinarily carried out by the directors of a company, until a new board of directors of Do Mobile is constituted and to file an application seeking extension of the date for holding an annual general meeting beyond September 30, 2018;

•        appoint Mr. Amit Kumar and Mr. Chen Huiyun as interim directors of Do Mobile; and

•        direct Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, to hand over all documents and material related to Do Mobile in their possession, back to Do Mobile and sign all statutory documents and filings to be made for the time period when they were acting as directors of Do Mobile.

On November 16, 2018 and November 15, 2018, Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, respectively, filed an answer with NCLT. Since the litigation is against the directors of Do Mobile, both Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li, directors of Do Mobile, do not attend to the affairs of Do Mobile. On November 17, 2018, Mr. Wukai Song filed an application for interim relief seeking removal of Ms. Ekta Grover and Mr. Yunchuan Li from the board of Do Mobile. As a result, Do Mobile currently does not have an effective board and is facing serious challenges in its daily operations. For example, several compliance requirements under the Companies Act, 2013 and other statutes have not been undertaken, or would have delays if undertaken.

On September 30, 2019, NCLT issued its interim order which allowed Mr. Wukai Song to carry-out certain statutory compliances of Do Mobile and NCLT has also directed Ms. Ekta Grover, director of Do Mobile, to handover the digital signature of directors to Mr. Wukai Song for carrying-out said statutory compliances.

As of the date of this prospectus, this litigation against Ekta Grover and Yunchuan Li is still pending before Delhi Bench of the NCLT. The outcome of this litigation is inherently uncertain.

118

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,428,592.35 (US$1.1 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgement awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,748,689.70 (US$0.2 million) for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB18,728.70 (US$2,648.0) in total. This judgement has taken effect. On August 14, 2019, UTime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,932,637.83 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime GZ has not received any award of the new arbitration determined by the arbitration tribunal. In August 2019, UTime GZ also filed an application for property preservation with the Honghuagang Court, requesting that preservation measures, which include seizure, impoundment and freezing of account, shall be taken against the property of Nianfu GZ up to RMB5.94 million (US$0.9 million). On September 4, 2019, the Honghuagang Court ruled to seize and freeze Nianfu GZ’s property up to RMB5.94 million (US$0.9 million). On September 18, 2019, Honghuagang Court froze three Nianfu GZ’s bank accounts, the preservation period of which is from September 18, 2019 to September 17, 2020.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”) at SCIA, alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,913,616.60 (US$0.3 million) under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On August 24, 2018, SCIA has accepted the arbitration application filed by UTime SZ. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of this prospectus, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

The outcome of litigation is inherently uncertain. If one or more legal matters were resolved against us in a reporting period for amounts in excess of management’s expectations, our financial condition and operating results for that reporting period could be materially adversely affected. Refer to the risk factor “We could be impacted by unfavorable results of legal proceedings, and may, from time to time, be involved in future litigation in which substantial monetary damages are sought.”

119

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Minfei Bao

 

46

 

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Yihuang Chen

 

40

 

Chief Operating Officer

Honggang Cao

 

39

 

Chief Manufacturing Officer

Shibin Yu

 

36

 

Chief Financial Officer

Min He

 

33

 

Director Nominee

David Bolocan

 

55

 

Independent Director Nominee

Lawrence G. Eckles

 

61

 

Independent Director Nominee

Mo Zou

 

31

 

Independent Director Nominee

Minfei Bao, our founder, has served as our Chief Executive Officer since December 2019 and our Chairman of the Board of Directors since October 2018. Mr. Bao has also served as the Chief Executive Officer of UTime SZ since June 2008. From March 2006 to March 2008, Mr. Bao served as the general manager at United Creation Technology Co., Ltd., a mobile phone manufacturer (currently publicly traded on Chinese National Equities Exchange And Quotations Co., Ltd., or NEEQ). From March 1999 to March 2006, Mr. Bao served as Vice President at TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited, a global mobile terminal manufacturer and internet service provider. From May 1997 to March 1999, Mr. Bao served as a manager in wireless technology application department at UTStarcom Incorporated, a global telecom infrastructure provider (NASDAQ: UTSI). Mr. Bao received a B.A. from the University of Electronic Science and Technology of China (UESTC). We believe Mr. Bao’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Yihuang Chen has served as our Chief Operating Officer since December 2019 and has been the Senior Vice President of Product of UTime SZ since March 2015. From July 2011 to August 2015, Mr. Chen served as a Vice President of Product at Shenzhen Hongyu Technology Co., Ltd, an optical and optoelectronic materials provider. From April 2009 to June 2011, Mr. Chen served as a Vice President at Shenzhen Suopuxunda Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile terminal provider. From July 2008 to March 2009, Mr. Chen served as a Director of Product at Beijing Songliankate Co., Ltd. From July 2003 to June 2008, Mr. Chen served as a Senior Project Manager and Senior Structural Engineer at Amoi Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile terminal manufacturer and service provider (currently publicly traded on Shanghai Stock Exchange). Mr. Chen received a B.A. from the Guilin University of Technology.

Honggang Cao has served as our Chief Manufacturing Officer since December 2019 and has been the Senior Vice President of Manufacture of UTime SZ since December 2010. From December 2009 to 2010, Mr. Cao served as the Head of Quality Control and Procurement Manager at Shenzhen Geli Telecommunication Technology Co., Ltd. From September 2006 to August 2008, Mr. Cao served as the Head of Quality Control at United Creation Technology Co., Ltd, a mobile phone manufacturer (currently publicly traded on NEEQ). From July 2004 to August 2006, Mr. Cao served as a Quality Engineer at TCL Communication Technology Holdings Limited, a global mobile terminal manufacturer and internet service provider. Mr. Cao received a B.A. from the North University of China.

Shibin Yu has served as our Chief Financial Officer since December 2019 and has been the financial manager and controller of UTime SZ since March 2019. From June 2017 to March 2019, Mr. Yu served as a senior associate at BDO Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP. From November 2013 to April 2017, Mr. Yu served as the Taxation Supervisor at Edan Instruments, Inc, a Medical Electronic Equipment manufacturer (currently publicly traded on SZSE: 300326). From February 2012 to September 2013, Mr. Yu served as the Accounting Head at Shenzhen Dazu Photovoltaic Technology Co., Ltd, a photovoltaic equipment provider. Mr. Yu received a B.A. from Dezhou University. Mr. Yu is also qualified as a Certified Public Accountants in China and is a CFA Charterholder.

Min He will serve as our director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From January 2014 to present, Mr. He has served as Chairman at Dongyang Changhe Industry Co., Ltd. From August 2011 to December 2013, Mr. He served as Chairman at Hengdian Group Zhejiang DMEGC Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. From December 2010 to July 2011, Mr. He served as Chairman at Kaifeng DMEGC

120

Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. Mr. He received his B.S. from Kingston University, London. We believe Mr. He’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

David Bolocan will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Bolocan has over 25 years of experience in retail banking and payments, with extensive expertise in deposit product development, pricing, marketing, advertising, distribution, customer segmentation, lifecycle management, and portfolio management. He became the Executive Director for Deposits and Consumer Segments at BBVA USA, a commercial bank with $80 Billion in assets, in August 2018. In this role he is the CEO of a business line with $2 Billion in revenue, and sets the direction for consumer deposit products design, pricing, marketing, fulfillment and servicing. In addition, Mr. Bolocan is responsible for marketing, sales incentives and analytics, engineering prioritization, specialty programs and strategic initiatives for the Retail Line of Business. Prior to BBVA, Mr. Bolocan was a senior managing director and Head of Retail Banking Solutions at Argus Information, which is owned by Verisk, from June 2013 to 2018. In this role Bolocan provided consulting services and managed benchmarking and scoring products for 25 retail banks in the US and Canada. Mr. Bolocan served on the board of Cellular Biomedicine Group, Inc., a Nasdaq listed company from 2012 to 2016, and he was the compensation committee chair and a member of the audit committee. Mr. Bolocan received an MS/MBA from the MIT Sloan School of Management and a BA from Harvard University in Computer Science and Economics. We believe Mr. Bolocan’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Lawrence G. Eckles will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From July 2010 to September 2016, Mr. Eckles served in Rate Forecasting & Indirect Budget Management as the Lead of the Spacecraft Overhead Pool, at The Boeing Company Satellite Division (currently publicly traded on NYSE: BA). From 2006 to 2010, Mr. Eckles served as an Overhead Rate Manager & Administrator at The Boeing Company Directed Energy Systems (DES) Division. From 1996 to 2006, Mr. Eckles served as the Lead Overhead focal for Laser and Electro-Optic Systems (L&EOS) Engineering at The Boeing Company Rocketdyne Division. Prior to that, Mr. Eckles served as a Lead Engineering Program Planner on the Expendable Launch Vehicle (ELV) program and the Peacekeeper Missile program at Rockwell International Corporation, formerly North American Rockwell Corporation, one of the country’s leading aerospace contractors, making launch vehicles and spacecraft for the U.S. space program. Mr. Eckles received his B.S. from The Ohio State University (OSU). We believe Mr. Eckles’ extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Mo Zou will serve as our independent director as of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. From December 2016 to July 2019, Mr. Zou served as the Head of Logistics, Marketing Management Department at Chengdu CEC Panda Co., Ltd. From February 2015 to November 2016, Mr. Zou served as Co-Chairman at Convoy Financial Holdings Limited Sichuan Branch (currently publicly traded on HKEx: 1019). From October 2012 to January 2015, Mr. Zou served as manager of Investment Development Head Office, G108 Project manager of Project Bidding Office, manager of Economic Department, The First Research Institute of Head Office at The IT Electronics Eleventh Design & Research Institute Scientific and Technological Engineering Co., Ltd. Mr. Zou received his B.S. from University of Manchester and M.S. from Aston University. Mr. Zou is also qualified as a Financial Risks Manager (FRM) and is a CFA Charterholder. We believe Mr. Zou’s extensive experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period — typically for one year. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon thirty days’ advance written notice. In such case of termination by us, we will provide severance payments to the executive officer as expressly required by applicable law of the jurisdiction where the executive officer is based. The executive officer may resign at any time with a thirty days’ advance written notice.

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, at all times during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information, or the confidential or proprietary information disclosed to the executive officer by or obtained by the executive officer

121

from us either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential.

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for one year following the last date of employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) approach our suppliers, clients, customers or contacts or other persons or entities introduced to the executive officer in his or her capacity as a representative of us for the purpose of doing business with such persons or entities that will harm our business relationships with these persons or entities; (ii) assume employment with or provide services to any of our competitors, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, any of our competitors, without our express consent; or (iii) seek directly or indirectly, to solicit the services of any of our employees who is employed by us on or after the date of the executive officer’s termination, or in the year preceding such termination, without our express consent.

We have also entered into agreements with all director nominees whose service will begin upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to the agreements, each director nominee agreed to attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the committees of which he or she may become a member as regularly or specially called, and will agree to serve as a director for a year and be up for re-election each year at our annual shareholder meeting. The directors’ services will be compensated by cash under the agreement in an amount determined by the Board.

Board of Directors and Committees

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract, or arrangement in which he or she is materially interested. A director may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its business, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part, we will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under the board of directors. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee.    Our audit committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou and will be chaired by David Bolocan. We have determined that each of these three director nominees satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We have determined that Mr. David Bolocan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of the Company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        selecting the independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

•        reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

•        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any special steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

122

•        annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

•        meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

•        monitoring compliance with our code of ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance; and

•        reporting regularly to the board.

Compensation Committee.    Our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou, and will be chaired by Mr. Mo Zou. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which their compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

•        reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;

•        reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or other similar arrangements; and

•        selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.    Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. David Bolocan, Lawrence G. Eckles and Mo Zou, and will be chaired by Mr. Lawrence G. Eckles. We have determined that each of these directors satisfies the “independence” requirements of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;

•        reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience, expertise, diversity and availability of service to us;

•        selecting and recommending to the board the names of directors to serve as members of the audit committee and the compensation committee, as well as of the nominating and corporate governance committee itself;

•        developing and reviewing the corporate governance principles adopted by the board and advising the board with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance and our compliance with such laws and practices; and

•        evaluating the performance and effectiveness of the board as a whole.

Code of Ethics

We currently do not have a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. However, we intend to adopt one in the near future in connection with our application to list on the NASDAQ.

123

Controlled Company

We are a “controlled company” as defined under the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules because Mr. Bao holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We currently do not intend to utilize these exemptions. However, in the event we decide to utilize these exemptions in the future. In any case, these exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships, or other arrangements or understandings between or among any of the directors, executive officers or other person pursuant to which such person was selected to serve as a director or officer.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)     duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)    duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

(iii)   directors should not properly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

(iv)   duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

(v)    duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

(vi)   duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

124

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the afore-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, each of our officers and directors has pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors.

Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. A shareholder may in certain limited exceptional circumstances have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors and the shareholders voting by ordinary resolution. Our directors are not subject to a set term of office and hold office until the next general meeting called for the election of directors and until their successor is duly appointed or such time as they die, resign or are removed from office by a shareholders’ ordinary resolution. The office of a director will be vacated automatically if, among other things, the director resigns in writing, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his/her creditors generally or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, we paid an aggregate of RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million) in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any cash compensation to our non-executive directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers. Our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated variable interest entity are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.

Equity Awards

We have not granted any equity awards to our directors or executive officers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

Incentive Compensation

We do not maintain any cash incentive or bonus programs and did not maintain any such programs during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

125

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than the executive and director compensation and indemnification arrangements discussed in “Management,” and the transactions described below, we have not entered into any transactions to which we have been or are a party and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We recorded net amount of RMB12.0 million (US$1.8 million), RMB0.8 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0 (US$0) in revenues from Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”), an equity method investee of the Company, in fiscal year 2018 and 2019 and for the six months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019, the amount due from Philectronics was RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million), RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million), respectively. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and September 30, 2019, the amount due to Philectronis was RMB0 (US$0), RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million), respectively.

As of March 31 2019, the amount due to Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd. (“Kaiweixin”), a company wholly owned by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song, was RMB23.0 million (US$3.4 million). On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution to allow Mr. Bao to invest RMB23.8 million (US$3.5 million) as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Kaiweixin. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due to Kaiweixin.

In fiscal year 2018, Mr. Bo Tang, who held non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018, obtained an advance from the Company of RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million). As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the amount due from Mr. Bo Tang was RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.2 million (US$0.03 million), respectively. The advance was fully settled in July 2019. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due from Mr. Bo Tang.

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the amount due from Mr. Yunchuan Li was RMB0.1 million (US$0.01 million) and RMB0.1 million (US$0.01 million), respectively. The outstanding balance was relating to the share subscription fee of 15,000 shares at par value of US$1.00 of Bridgetime. On April 4, 2019, Mr. Yunchuan Li’s shares were forfeited according to a board resolution approved by the board of Bridgetime. Please refer to “History and Corporate Structure” section above. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no amount was due from Mr. Yunchuan Li.

In October 2017, UTime SZ, as borrower, entered into loan agreements with Mr. Bao for business operational purposes, for an aggregated amount of RMB5.0 million (US$0.7 million). These borrowings were non-interest bearing and without specific terms of repayment. The loan was repaid for an amount of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) on February 5, 2018 and RMB2.8 million (US$0.4 million) during fiscal year 2019. In the six months ended September 30, 2019, UTime SZ fully repaid the remaining balance of RMB0.9 million (US$0.1 million).

In June 2018, UTime SZ, as borrower, entered into a loan agreement with Mr. Bao for the business operational purposes, for an aggregated amount of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) without specific terms of repayment and interest. In the six months ended September 30, 2019, UTime SZ fully repaid the loan of RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million).

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the total outstanding loan balances due to Mr. Bao from UTime SZ were RMB3.7 million (US$0.5 million) and RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million), respectively. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus no outstanding balance was due to Mr. Bao.

As of March 31, 2016, the balance of advances made by the Company to Mr. Bao was RMB12.3 million (US$1.8 million). The Company received repayments of RMB4.3 million (US$0.6 million) and RMB7.6 million (US$1.1 million) in fiscal year 2017 and 2018, respectively. In June 2018, the balance of advances made by the Company to Mr. Bao for an amount of RMB0.4 million (US$0.1 million) was used to settle the above RMB1.3 million (US$0.2 million) loan borrowed from Mr. Bao. As of September 30, 2019 and the date of this prospectus, no outstanding balance was due to Mr. Bao.

Variable Interest Entity Arrangements

See “Contractual Arrangements with the VIE and its Respective Shareholders.”

126

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by our officers, directors, and 5% or greater beneficial owners of ordinary shares. There is no other person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. The person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise indicated, the person identified in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by him, subject to applicable community property laws. Unless otherwise noted, the business address for each of our directors and executive officers is c/o UTime Limited, 7th Floor, Building 5A, Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China, 518061.

Name of Beneficial Owners

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering

Number

 

%(1)

 

Number

 

%(2)

Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers:

       

 

       

Minfei Bao(3)

 

12,000,000

 

96.95

%

 

12,000,000

   

Yihuang Chen

 

 

 

 

 

Honggang Cao

 

 

 

 

 

Shibin Yu

 

 

 

 

 

Min He(4)

 

377,514

 

3.05

%

 

377,514

 

David Bolocan

 

 

 

 

 

Lawrence G. Eckles

 

 

 

 

 

Mo Zou

 

 

 

 

 

5% or Greater Shareholders:

       

 

       

Grandsky Phoenix Limited(3)

 

12,000,000

 

96.95

%

 

12,000,000

   

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (eight individuals)

 

12,377,514

 

100

%

 

12,377,514

   

____________

(1)      Based on 12,377,514 shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

(2)      Based on [•] shares issued and outstanding following this offering.

(3)      The business address of Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a British Virgin Islands company, is OMC Chambers, Wickams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. As sole director and holder of all of the equity interest in Grandsky Phoenix Limited, Minfei Bao, our chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors, has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of our ordinary shares held by Grandsky Phoenix Limited.

(4)      Represents the 377,514 shares held by HMercury Capital Limited, a British Virgins Islands company. The business address of HMercury Capital Limited is OMC Chambers, Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Min He, our director nominee, is the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited and has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of our ordinary shares held by HMercury Capital Limited.

127

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

Incorporation

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability incorporated on October 9, 2018. Our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which is referred to below as the Companies Law.

Share Capital

Our share capital is $15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each. As of the date of this prospectus, 12,377,514 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our memorandum and articles of association are subject to provisions of the Companies Law (see “— Differences in Corporate Law” below) and will include provisions to the following effects:

Share Rights

Without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing ordinary shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or subject to such restrictions as our board of directors shall determine. We may issue redeemable shares.

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to Cayman law, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Voting Rights

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of two or more holders of shares together holding (or representing by proxy) not less than an aggregate of one-third of the total voting power of all shares in issue and entitled to vote present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative. Voting at meetings takes place by show of hands or by a poll of shares represented at the meeting. Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to a class of shares, a shareholder present in person (or if an entity, present by a duly authorized representative, which is deemed equivalent to being present in person and is referred to as such hereafter) or by proxy is entitled to one vote on a show of hands regardless of the number of shares held, provided that where more than one proxy is appointed by a shareholder that is a clearing house or central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. On a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every fully paid share held.

Voting will be by show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded by: the chairman of the meeting or a shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires a simple majority of votes cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires no less than two-thirds of the votes cast. A special resolution is required for important matters such as a change of name. Our shareholders may effect certain changes by ordinary resolution, including increasing the amount of our authorized share capital, consolidating and dividing all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amounts than our existing shares and cancelling any shares. As described below, some types of corporate actions may be approved only by special resolution.

128

Dividends and Other Distributions; Liquidation Rights

Subject to the capital maintenance provisions of the Companies Law, which, inter alia, permit distributions to be made only out of profits available for the purpose or from share premium, the directors may declare and pay dividends and other distributions out of the funds of the Company available therefor. The Companies Law prohibits the payment of any dividend if payment would cause us to be unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Only our board of directors may declare dividends and, except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to a particular class of shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the ordinary shares on which the dividend is paid.

Except as provided by the rights and restrictions attached to any class of ordinary shares, under general law, the holders of our shares will be entitled to participate in any surplus assets in a winding up in proportion to their shareholdings. A liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of our assets and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members.

Variation of Rights

Rights attached to any class of shares may be varied or abrogated by a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class.

Pre-Emption Rights

There are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issue of new shares under either Cayman Islands law or our memorandum and articles of association.

Alteration of Share Capital

We may by ordinary resolution increase, consolidate or sub-divide our share capital.

Purchase of Own Ordinary Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, our board of directors may authorize the purchase of any of our own shares of any class in any way and at any price (whether at par or above or below par) out of our distributable profits, share premium capital, capital and/or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase, in accordance with the Companies Law.

Shareholder Meetings

Meetings of shareholders are known as general meetings and comprise of an annual general meeting and any other general meetings, known as extraordinary general meetings, that may be called and held from time to time. We may but are not obliged by our memorandum and articles of association to hold an annual general meeting in each year, other than the year in which these articles are adopted. General meetings may be held at such times and places as may be determined by our board of directors.

Extraordinary general meetings may be called only:

•        by a majority of our board of directors; or

•        on the requisition of shareholders holding not less than ninety-five percent in value of the shares giving the right to attend and vote thereat.

A general meeting must be called by not less than 5 clear days’ notice (meaning calendar days excluding the date the notice is given or deemed given and the date of the meeting), unless shorter notice is agreed.

No business, except for the appointment of a chairman for the meeting, shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of shareholders is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Other than a meeting or action regarding the modification of the rights of any class of shares, two shareholders present at a meeting in person or by proxy, entitled to vote shall be a quorum.

129

Directors

Our board of directors must consist of at least one directors who can be appointed by ordinary resolution of shareholders or, in the case of vacancies and newly created directorships, by our board of directors. Our directors are not required to hold any ordinary shares in the capital of the Company to qualify.

Our directors may receive such compensation as they may from time to time determine. A director may be entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred by him or her in attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director.

Our board of directors may provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any past or present director or employee of our Company or any of its subsidiaries or any corporate body associated with, or any business acquired by, any of them, and for any member of his family or any person who is or was dependent on him.

Borrowing Powers

Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of our Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our Company, and to issue debentures, debenture shares and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our Company or of any third-party.

Indemnity of Directors and Officers

Our memorandum and articles of association provide that our current and former directors and officers will be indemnified out of our assets against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or willful default. In addition, our memorandum and articles of association provide that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless their liability arises out of actual fraud or willful default.

We intend to enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided in our memorandum and articles of association. We intend to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

These provisions may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

Change of Control

Provisions in our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that shareholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempt by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult to replace or remove our board of directors. Such provisions may reduce the price that investors may be willing to pay for our ordinary shares in the future, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares.

130

These provisions include:

•        a requirement that extraordinary general meetings of shareholders be called only by a majority of the board of directors or, in limited circumstances, by the board upon shareholder requisition; and

•        the authority of our board of directors to issue preferred shares with such terms as our board of directors may determine.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of the Company. As described below in “— Differences in Corporate Law — Mergers and Similar Arrangements” the Companies Law provides for arrangements or compromises between a company and its shareholders, creditors, any class of its shareholders, or any class of its creditors that are used for certain types of reconstructions, amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers.

The Companies Law includes provisions relating to takeovers and provides that where a takeover offer is made for the shares of a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and, within four months after the making of the offer the offeror has been approved by the holders of not less than 90 percent in value of the shares affected, the offeror may, within two months, by notice require shareholders who do not accept the offer to transfer their shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. In order to increase the number of authorized shares, we are required to obtain the approval of a majority of our shareholders.

Our board of directors is empowered to authorize and issue, out of our authorized but unissued shares, one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Cayman law. The resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series. The existence of authorized but unissued shares and our board of directors’ authority to issue new classes of shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exempted Company

We are a Cayman Islands exempt company incorporated with limited liability. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands (other than incidental business) may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

131

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of some significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware in the United States and their shareholders.

We believe that the differences with respect to our being a Cayman Islands exempted company as opposed to a Delaware corporation do not pose additional material risks to investors, other than the risks described under “Risk Factors — As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it, “— We may become subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands which would negatively affect our results,” “— There may be a risk of us being subject to tax in jurisdictions in which we do not currently consider ourselves to have any tax resident subsidiaries or permanent establishments” and “— Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.”

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

In certain circumstances, the Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies (provided that is facilitated by the laws of the other jurisdiction) and any such company may be the surviving entity for the purposes of mergers or the consolidated company for the purposes of consolidations. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must, in most instances, then be authorized by a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value) of the shareholders of each constituent company and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders, provided a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged (unless waived by such members). For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the votes cast at its general meeting are held by the parent company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands. The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies who, if satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (2018 Revision) which includes certain other formalities, have been complied with, will register it. The filing must include a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting

132

either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the company is not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question, the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class and that the meeting was properly constituted;

•        the arrangement is such that it may reasonably be approved by an intelligent and honest man of that share class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one which would be more properly sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law, or that would amount to ‘fraud on the minority’.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may after the expiration of such four months, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

If the arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholder Suits

In general, we will be the proper plaintiff in any action to protect and enforce our rights and such an action cannot be brought by a minority shareholder on behalf of our company. However, this does not prevent a shareholder bringing proceedings to protect its individual rights. In addition, in some circumstances, a minority shareholder may be able to bring a derivative action on behalf of our company where:

•        Those who control our company are perpetrating a ‘fraud on the minority’;

•        We are acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

•        The act complained of, although not beyond the scope of our company’s authority, could be effected only if duly authorized by more than a simple majority vote, which has not been obtained.

Protection of Minority Shareholders

In the case of a company (not being a bank) having its share capital divided into shares, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands shall direct.

Any of our shareholders may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order if the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up or, as an alternative to a winding up order, (a) an order regulating the conduct of our affairs in the future, (b) an order requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing an act complained of by the shareholder petitioner or to do an act which the shareholder petitioner has complained we have omitted to do, (c) an order authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in our name and on our behalf by the shareholder petitioner on such terms as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may direct, or (d) an order providing for the purchase of the shares of any of our shareholders by other shareholders or us and, in the case of a purchase by us, a reduction of our capital accordingly.

Generally, claims against us must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or individual rights as shareholders as established by our memorandum and articles of association.

133

Fiduciary Duties of Directors

Our directors owe a duty of loyalty, honesty and good faith to our Company. A director must act bona fide in what he or she considers is in the best interest of our Company. A director also owes a duty to act with diligence, skill and care. A director must exercise the powers that are vested in them for the purpose for which they are conferred and not for a collateral purpose. A director must not place themselves in a position which there is a conflict between their duty to our Company and their personal interests. However, by contrast to Delaware law, the fiduciary duties of directors are not as clearly established under Cayman Islands law.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

(a)     the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

(b)    the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

(c)     the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (1) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law (2019 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (2) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

134

Data Protection — Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Law, 2017 of the Cayman Islands (the “DPL”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPL (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPL, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPL or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

(i)     where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

(ii)    where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

(iii)   where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

135

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the US, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Written Consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent through amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law enables, and our memorandum and articles of association provide, that any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meeting may be taken only upon the vote of shareholders at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly and may not be taken by written resolution of shareholders without a meeting.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the shareholders at the annual meeting, provided that such shareholder complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. In general terms, Cayman Islands’ law does not provide shareholders with an express right to put any proposal before a general meeting of shareholders. Depending on the provision of the relevant Cayman Islands company’s articles of association, a shareholder may put a proposal before the shareholders at any general meeting if it is set out in the notice calling the meeting. There is no automatic right to introduce new business at any meeting. A general meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the articles of association, but shareholders may be precluded from calling general meetings, except in certain circumstances.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation is required to set a minimum quorum of one-third of the issued and outstanding shares for a shareholders’ meeting. Cayman Islands law permits a company’s articles to have any quorum. Our memorandum and articles of association provide that a quorum consists of two qualifying persons, other than for a meeting or action regarding the modification of the rights of any class of shares, present at a meeting and entitled to vote on the business to be dealt with.

Election of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless otherwise specified in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors and vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by resolution of the board. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, directors are appointed by the board of directors or, if provided for in the articles of association, by shareholders pursuant to an ordinary

136

resolution. Our amended and restated articles of association provide that directors nominated for election be elected by the shareholders pursuant to an ordinary resolution at a general meeting and that a vacancy on our board of directors or any additions to the existing board of directors will be filled by the resolution of directors or by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits a minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which such shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases such shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our memorandum and articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, a director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders at any time before the expiration of his period of office.

Actions by the Board of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of a Delaware corporation provide otherwise, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but in no case shall a quorum be less than one-third of the total number of directors unless the authorized number of directors is one, and an action of the board at a meeting with a quorum present requires at least a majority vote of those directors present. Directors of a Delaware corporation may also act by unanimous written consent unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws otherwise provide. Our memorandum and articles of association provide for action by majority vote at a meeting or by unanimous written consent; however, the required quorum for a directors’ meeting is two directors unless our board of directors fixes a different number.

Dissolution; Winding up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the Companies Law and our memorandum and articles of association, our Company may be liquidated or wound up and subsequently dissolved by special resolution of our shareholders on the basis that we are unable to pay our debts as they fall due.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our memorandum and articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the vote at a separate class meeting of holders of two-thirds of the shares of such class.

137

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, except for certain amendments to the capital structure not affecting a shareholder’s economic rights, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution at a general meeting.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME”. We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ. However, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

Transfer Agent and Registrar of Shares

The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is VStock Transfer, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598.

138

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there was no established public trading market for our ordinary shares.  We cannot assure you that a liquid trading market for our ordinary shares will develop on NASDAQ or be sustained after this offering.  Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.  Further, since a large number of our ordinary shares will not be available for sale shortly after this offering because of the contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering and assuming the issuance of          ordinary shares offered hereby, but no exercise of the over-allotment option, we will have an aggregate of          ordinary shares outstanding. The          shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

As of the date of this prospectus,          ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 and may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration, including Rule 144.          Of our currently outstanding ordinary shares,          ordinary shares will be subject to “lock-up” agreements described below on the effective date of this offering. Upon expiration of the lock-up period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus, such outstanding shares may become eligible for sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144.

Days After Date of this Prospectus

 

Shares Eligible
for Sale

 

Comment

Upon Effectiveness

     

Freely tradable shares sold in this offering.

Six months

     

Shares saleable under Rule 144.

Twelve months

     

Shares saleable after expiration of the lock-up.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf, while Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.

We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. Generally, subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted shares who are not our affiliates or who are our affiliates solely by virtue of their status as an officer or director of us may, under Regulation S, resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” if none of the seller, its affiliate nor any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States and, in the case of a sale of our restricted shares by an officer or director who is an affiliate of us solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent. Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted shares who will be an affiliate of us other than by virtue of his or her status as an officer or director of us.

We are not claiming the potential exemption offered by Regulation S in connection with the offering of newly issued shares outside the United States and will register all of the newly issued shares under the Securities Act.

139

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning ninety days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any ordinary shares that such person has held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our ordinary shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were held by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our ordinary shares acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

•        the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

•        the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning ninety days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned our ordinary shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than another of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period those shares and any other shares they have acquired that are not restricted securities, provided that the aggregate number of shares sold does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately  ordinary shares immediately after this offering; or

•        the average weekly trading volume in our ordinary shares on the listing exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are generally subject to the availability of current public information about us, as well as certain “manner of sale” and notice requirements.

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors, officers and existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of twelve months from the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of ViewTrade Securities, Inc., as representative of the underwriters of this offering. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. In addition, we have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of six months from the date of this prospectus.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

140

TAXATION

The following discussion of material Cayman Islands, PRC, India and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax law, it represents the opinion of B&D Law Firm, our PRC counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties which are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of dividends or capital to any holder of our shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

Pursuant to Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, we have obtained an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands:

(1)    that no law which is hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits or income or gains or appreciation shall apply to us or our operations; and

(2)    in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

(i)     on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of our company; or

(ii)    by way of the withholding in whole or in part of any “relevant payment” as defined in section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision).

The undertaking is for a period of twenty years from October 15, 2018.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall and substantial management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular on Issues Concerning the Identification of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance With the Actual Standards of Organizational Management, known as Circular 82, which has been revised by the Decision of the State Administration of Taxation on Issuing the Lists of Invalid and Abolished Tax Departmental Rules and Taxation Normative Documents on December 29, 2017 and by the Decision of the State Council on Cancellation and Delegation of a Batch of Administrative Examination and Approval Items on November 8, 2013. Circular 82 has provided certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the places where the senior management and senior management departments responsible for the daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory

141

of the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial matters (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and human resource matters (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe that UTime Limited is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. UTime Limited is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that UTime Limited meets all of the conditions above. UTime Limited is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us.

Our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem us as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China. If the PRC tax authorities determine that UTime Limited is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ordinary shares. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of UTime Limited would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that UTime Limited is treated as a PRC resident enterprise. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavourable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.”

In January 2009, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, pursuant to which the entities that have the direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise should be the relevant tax withholders for the non-resident enterprise, and such payments include: income from equity investments (including dividends and other return on investment), interest, rents, royalties and income from assignment of property as well as other income subject to enterprise income tax received by non-resident enterprises in China. Further, the measures provide that in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment must, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred should assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise.

The State Administration of Taxation issued SAT Circular 59 together with the Ministry of Finance in April 2009 and SAT Circular 698 in December 2009. On February 28, 2011, the SAT issued the Notice on Several Issues Regarding the Income Tax of Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 24, which became effective on April 1, 2011. By promulgating and implementing these circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a non-resident enterprise. Under SAT Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, and the overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (1) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (2) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, must report to the relevant tax authority of the PRC “resident enterprise” the indirect transfer. On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 7 supersedes the rules with respect to the indirect transfer under SAT Circular 698, but does not touch upon the other provisions of SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under SAT Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only indirect transfers set forth under SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe

142

harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Bulletin 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37. SAT Bulletin 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017, superseded the Non-resident Enterprises Measures and SAT Circular 698 as a whole and partially amended some provisions in SAT Circular 24 and SAT Bulletin 7. SAT Bulletin 37 purports to clarify certain issues in the implementation of the above regime, by providing, among others, the definition of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of withholding amount, and the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation. Specifically, SAT Bulletin 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in instalments, the instalments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.

Provided that our Cayman Islands exempted company, UTime Limited, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our ordinary shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares. However, under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity which directly owned such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. We and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.”

India Taxation

The following is a general overview about Indian tax laws for corporates under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (“IT Act”) which inter alia governs the income tax on different categories of income accrued in the hands of an Indian company.

Corporate Taxes

As per the provisions of the IT Act, the corporate tax is paid by the companies registered in India on the net profit that it makes from businesses. It is taxed at a specific rate as prescribed by IT Act, subject to the changes in the rates announced every year by the Income Tax Department, Government of India. Both domestic as well as foreign companies are liable to pay corporate tax under IT Act in India. A domestic company is taxed on its universal income, while a foreign company is only taxed on the income earned within India.

The rates applicable to the domestic companies and foreign companies for assessment year 2019-20 based on their turnover is:

Particulars

 

Tax Rate

DOMESTIC COMPANIES

   

 

Gross Turnover up to Rs. 250 crore*

 

25

%

Gross Turnover exceeding Rs. 250 crore*

 

30

%

FOREIGN COMPANIES

   

 

Where royalty and technical fees is effectively connected to Permanent Establishment (PE) in India

 

40

%

Where PE is absent but the case is covered by section 115A(1)

 

10

%

Any other income

 

40

%

____________

*        Since assessment year 2020-21, gross turnover threshold will increase to Rs. 400 crore subject to certain conditions under the IT Act.

Note: One Crore is equivalent to Ten million

143

In addition to above rates, the following surcharge is added:

Particulars

 

Tax Rate

DOMESTIC COMPANIES

   

If total income exceeds Rs. 1 crore but less than Rs. 10 crore

 

7% of tax calculated

If total income exceeds Rs. 10 crore

 

12% of tax calculated

FOREIGN COMPANIES

   

If total income exceeds Rs. 1 crore but less than Rs. 10 crore

 

2% of tax calculated

If total income exceeds Rs. 10 crore

 

5% of tax calculated

The Indian finance minister recently has brought in certain key amendments in the IT Act through “The Taxation laws (Amendment) Act, 2019” (“Amendment Act”) on September 20, 2019. The Amendment Act provides domestic companies with an option to opt for lower tax rates, provided they do not claim certain deductions. As mentioned hereinabove, currently, domestic Indian companies with annual turnover of up to Rs. 400 crore pay income tax at the rate of 25%, and for other domestic companies, the tax rate is 30%. The Amendment Act provides domestic companies with an option to pay income tax at the rate of 22%, provided they do not claim certain deductions under the Income Tax Act. The Indian company can choose to opt for the new tax rate 22% starting the financial year 2019-20 (i.e. assessment year 2020-21). Once an Indian company has exercised this option, the chosen provision will apply for all the subsequent years.

Further, currently, Indian companies with income between Rs. 1crore to Rs. 10 crore are required to pay a 7% surcharge on tax. Those with an income of more than Rs 10 crore are required to pay a 12% surcharge on tax. The Amendment Act provides that companies opting for the new tax rates of 22% are required to pay a 10% surcharge on the tax payable by them under the respective provisions.

Thus, in order to comply with the provisions of IT Act, it is mandatory for both Indian company and foreign company to pay corporate tax on the business income earned in India at the prescribed rates. Both companies have to file their income tax return on or before September 30 with respect to its preceding financial year (April to March).

Health and Education Cess

In all the cases, the amount of income tax and surcharge would be charged and increased by a health and education cess of 4%.

Taxation on Dividends

As per Section 115-O of the IT Act, any amount declared, distributed or paid by a domestic company by way of dividend shall be chargeable to dividend distribution tax (“DDT”). This provision is only applicable on domestic company (not a foreign company). DDT is in addition to income tax chargeable in respect of total income. It is applicable whether the dividend is interim or otherwise and whether such dividend is paid out of the current profits or accumulated profits. An Indian company is under the obligation to pay DDT at the rate of 15% plus surcharge and education cess on DDT. At present, a non-resident shareholder of an Indian company is not liable to pay any tax on the dividends received by it. However, Finance Bill 2020 introduced by the Government of India has proposed an amendment to the provisions relating to taxation of dividends declared by Indian companies, and has now provided that any distribution of dividend from April 1, 2020 onwards will only be subject to tax in the hands of the recipient shareholder and the Indian companies are not required to pay any tax on the dividend declared and distributed to the shareholders. Furthermore, non-resident shareholders would now be paying tax on the dividend income as per the rate prescribed under the relevant double taxation avoidance agreements. The said amendments shall entitle foreign investors to claim credit in their country of residence of tax paid in India in respect of dividend distributed by domestic companies. The change in the tax regime by Indian Government regarding payment of taxes may increase tax burden in the hands of the parent company of our Indian Subsidiary. Finance Bill 2020 upon receiving assent of the President of India, will amend the Income Tax Act, 1961 and proposed amendments will be effective from April 1, 2020.

Aforesaid legal provisions under the IT Act are applicable to Do Mobile, thus, Do Mobile is under an obligation to mandatory follow the provisions under the IT Act.

144

Taxation on Sale of Shares

Transfer of shares of a private limited company will attract capital gains tax which will be either long-term or short-term capital gains tax, on the basis of the time period for which shares of Indian company are held. Capital gains realised in respect of shares held by a shareholder for more than 24 months are treated as long-term capital gains, while capital gains realised in respect of shares held for 24 months or less are treated as short-term capital gains.

Remittance on Sale Proceeds

The Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019 and the FEMA (Remittance of Assets) Regulations, 2016 govern the remittance of sale proceeds of an Indian security held by a person resident outside India.

Return of Income

As per IT Act, a person having income liable to tax in India is required to file a return of its income with the Income Tax Department, Government of India. The return of income must be filed before specific due dates prescribed for various kinds of entities for each financial year. Every company, including a foreign company, deriving income from India, is required to file such return in India.

Tax Treaties

The tax levied upon foreign company shall be subject to any benefits available to it by virtue of any double taxation avoidance agreement (“DTAA”) entered into by the Government of India with the government of that country where that foreign company has been incorporated. As per DTAA, a subsidiary company should have a permanent establishment (PE) in India, then only income generated in India by the subsidiary company can be taxed by Indian Government. Where there is no DTAA treaty signed between India and another foreign country, the subsidiary company would be taxed both from the source country (India) as well as the residence (foreign) country. Article 5(1) of most of DTAA signed between India and other countries defines “Permanent Establishment” as a fixed place of business through which the business of the enterprise is wholly or partly carried on. In computation of the income of a non-resident, the provisions of DTAA between India and the country of residence of the non-resident are required to be examined, since the IT Act provides that its provisions shall be applicable only insofar as they are more beneficial to the taxpayer.

Transfer Pricing

Section 92 of the IT Act provides that income arising from an ‘international transaction’ shall be computed having regard to the arm’s length price. The expression ‘international transaction’ has been defined to mean a transaction between two or more ‘associated enterprises’, either or both of whom are non-residents, in the nature of purchase, sale or lease of tangible or intangible property, or provision of services, or lending or borrowing money, or any other transaction having a bearing on the profits, income, losses or assets of such enterprises. Further, two enterprises shall be treated as associated enterprises if any of the criteria as enumerated in Section 92A of the IT Act is being satisfied.

Taxation on Buyback

Sections 115-QA to 115-QC of the IT Act laid down that tax shall be payable by the company (whose shares are not listed on a recognised stock exchange) on buy back of its own shares at the rate 20% of the ‘distributed income’ (plus 12% surcharge and 4% health cess). The effective rate of buyback tax is 23.296% of the distributed income. The distributed income here refers to the amount computed by reducing the amount received by the company on issuance of shares from the consideration paid on buyback. Such income tax paid by the company shall be the final tax liability and consequently, the amount/ consideration received by the shareholder(s) would be exempt from tax in their respective hands.

Withholding Tax

A person (except individuals in certain cases) is required to withhold tax from certain specified payments. Separate provisions exist in respect of tax to be deducted on specific transactions with residents and non-residents. The IT Act provides for withholding of taxes from payments made to non-residents, which are chargeable to tax under the IT Act. Any person, whether resident or non-resident, making payment to a non-resident would be liable to withhold tax from such payment and deposit the same with the Government of India within the prescribed time.

145

Moreover, prescribed returns are also required to be filed periodically with the tax authorities. The payee is entitled to adjust the taxes so withheld against his tax liability in India on production of a (tax credit) certificate to be issued by the person withholding the tax.

Compliances under Goods and Services Tax (GST)

Goods and Services Act, 2017 (“GST Act”) prescribes the applicability of indirect taxes in India, which is applicable on supplying of goods and services by business enterprises in India. Therefore, a business enterprise in India dealing in goods and services has to comply with certain obligations under the GST Act:

•        GST Registration: An Indian company requires registration under GST Act, which will be used for the future correspondences of the business of the company.

•        Filing of Returns: An Indian company is required to file the periodical (monthly & annually) returns as prescribed under the GST Act on the prescribed due dates to provide detail regarding sale and purchase of goods & services and for claiming the input credit also.

GST Compliances on Import of Goods

As understood generally, import of goods means bringing goods into the territory of India. Import of goods under GST Act is treated as inter-State supplies and hence, is subject to Integrated GST in addition to the applicable customs duties. However, in such a case, since the service provider is situated outside India, it is the responsibility of the service recipient to deposit Integrated GST under reverse charge mechanism and undertake related compliances.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

Subject to the limitations described below, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares to a “U.S. Holder.” Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares to them. For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any of its political subdivisions;

•        an estate, whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “non-U.S. Holder” is any individual, corporation, trust or estate that is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and is not a U.S. Holder or a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis, and any change could affect the continuing accuracy of this discussion.

This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to each person’s decision to purchase ordinary shares. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder based on such holder’s particular circumstances, including Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income. In particular, this discussion considers only U.S. Holders that will own ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code and does not address the potential application of U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment, including:

•        broker dealers or insurance companies;

•        U.S. Holders who have elected mark-to-market accounting;

146

•        tax-exempt organizations or pension funds;

•        regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, insurance companies, financial institutions or “financial services entities”;

•        U.S. Holders who hold ordinary shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale” or “conversion transaction” or other integrated investment;

•        U.S. Holders who own or owned, directly, indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% of the voting power of our ordinary shares;

•        U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar;

•        U.S. Holders who received ordinary shares as compensation;

•        persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business outside of the United States; and

•        certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States.

This discussion does not address the tax treatment of holders that are entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities or persons who hold ordinary shares through a partnership or other pass-through entity. In addition, this discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, or the possible application of U.S. federal gift or estate tax.

BECAUSE OF THE COMPLEXITY OF THE TAX LAWS AND BECAUSE THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER OF ORDINARY SHARES MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN, EACH HOLDER OF ORDINARY SHARES IS URGED TO CONSULT WITH ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Taxation of Dividends Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be includable in the gross income of U.S. Holders as dividend income. Because we do not determine our earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder will be required to treat any distribution paid on ordinary shares, including the amount of non-U.S. taxes, if any, withheld from the amount paid, as a dividend on the date the distribution is received. Such distribution generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Cash distributions paid in a non-U.S. currency will be included in the income of U.S. Holders at a U.S. Dollar amount equal to the spot rate of exchange in effect on the date the dividends are includible in the income of the U.S. Holders, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted to U.S. Dollars, and U.S. Holders will have a tax basis in such non-U.S. currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to such U.S. Dollar value. If a U.S. Holder converts a distribution paid in non-U.S. currency into U.S. Dollars on the day the dividend is includible in the income of the U.S. Holder, the U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize gain or loss arising from exchange rate fluctuations. If a U.S. Holder subsequently converts the non-U.S. currency, any subsequent gain or loss in respect of such non-U.S. currency arising from exchange rate fluctuations will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

Dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares to non-corporate U.S. Holders may be “qualified dividend income,” which is currently taxable at a reduced rate; provided that (i) our ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (ii) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) with respect to the U.S. Holder for either our taxable year in which the dividend was paid or the preceding taxable year, (iii) the U.S. Holder has held our ordinary shares for at least 61 days of the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the ex-dividend date, and (v) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments on substantially similar or related property. We believe our ordinary shares, which are expected to be listed on the NASDAQ, will be considered to be readily tradable on an established

147

securities market in the United States, although there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has diminished its risk of loss on our ordinary shares are not counted towards meeting the 61-day holding period. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors on their eligibility for reduced rates of taxation with respect to any dividends paid by us.

Distributions paid on ordinary shares generally will be foreign-source passive category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes and will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. Subject to certain conditions and limitations, non-U.S. taxes, if any, withheld from a distribution may be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. In addition, if 50 percent or more of the voting power or value of our shares is owned, or is treated as owned, by U.S. persons (whether or not we are a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes), the portion of our dividends attributable to income which we derive from sources within the United States (whether or not in connection with a trade or business) would generally be U.S.-source income. U.S. Holders would not be able directly to utilize foreign tax credits arising from non U.S. taxes considered to be imposed upon U.S.-source income.

Taxation of the Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the taxable sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Dollar amount realized on such sale or other disposition (determined in the case of consideration in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of the sale or other disposition or, if the ordinary shares are treated as traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date) and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares determined in U.S. Dollars. The initial tax basis of ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder will be the U.S. Holder’s U.S. Dollar cost for ordinary shares (determined in the case of consideration in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar by reference to the spot exchange rate in effect on the date of the purchase or, if the ordinary shares are treated as traded on an established securities market and the U.S. Holder is a cash basis taxpayer or an electing accrual basis taxpayer, the spot exchange rate in effect on the settlement date).

Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares held more than one year generally will be treated as long-term capital gain and is eligible for a reduced rate of taxation for non-corporate holders. Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares generally will be treated as U.S.-source income or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of a capital loss recognized on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares is subject to limitations. A U.S. Holder that receives currencies other than U.S. Dollars upon disposition of the ordinary shares and converts such currencies into U.S. Dollars subsequent to receipt will have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of such currencies against the U.S. Dollar, which generally will be U.S.-source ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if at least (i) 75% of its gross income is classified as “passive income” or (ii) 50% of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) produce or are held for the production of passive income. For these purposes, cash is generally considered a passive asset. In making this determination, the non-U.S. corporation is treated as earning its proportionate share of any income and owning its proportionate share of any assets of any corporation in which it holds 25% or more (by value) of the stock. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we treat our consolidated affiliated entities as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we exercise effective control over the operation of such entities but also because we are entitled to substantially all of their economic benefits.

Based on our current composition of assets and income, we believe that we are not currently a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, after the close of the relevant taxable year. Therefore, it is possible that we could be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or in future years due to changes in the composition of our assets (including as a result of the cash we raise in this offering) or income, as well as changes to our market capitalization. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, which may fluctuate.

148

Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such holder’s investment unless (i) we cease to be a PFIC and (ii) the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our shares, and unless such U.S. Holder makes a valid and timely “mark to market” election as described below, any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of the shares, as well as the amount of an “excess distribution” (defined below) received by such holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on the shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to own shares in any of our subsidiaries that are also PFICs. However, an election for mark-to-market treatment would likely not be available with respect to any such subsidiaries. If we are considered a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will also be subject to information reporting requirements on an annual basis. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in our shares.

If we were classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our ordinary shares (but not with respect to the shares of any lower-tier PFICs) if the ordinary shares are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange”. In general, our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. However, the Company can make no assurance that the ordinary shares will be listed on a “qualified exchange” or that there will be sufficient trading activity for the ordinary shares to be treated as “regularly traded”. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisers as to whether their ordinary shares would qualify for the mark-to-market election.

If a U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year that such U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares and as to which the Company is classified as a PFIC, the holder will generally include as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss to the extent of any prior mark-to-market gains.

If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the IRS consents to the revocation of the election.

If we were classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders would not be eligible to make an election to treat us as a “qualified electing fund,” or a QEF election, because we do not anticipate providing U.S. Holders with the information required to permit a QEF election to be made.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A U.S. Holder is generally subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends paid in the United States on ordinary shares and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder is subject to backup withholding (currently at 24%) on dividends paid in the United States on ordinary shares and proceeds paid from the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of our ordinary shares unless the U.S. Holder is a corporation, provides an IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption.

149

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund from the IRS of any excess amount withheld under the backup withholding rules, provided that certain information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedures for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

Certain Reporting Obligations

If a U.S. Holder (together with persons considered to be related to the U.S. Holder) subscribes for ordinary shares for a total initial public offering price in excess of $100,000 (or the equivalent in a foreign currency), such holder may be required to file IRS Form 926 for the holder’s taxable year in which the initial public offering price is paid. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any Form 926 filing requirements.

Individuals that own “specified foreign financial assets” may be required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. Subject to certain exceptions, “specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non U.S. persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non U.S. issuers or counterparties, and (iii) interests in foreign entities. The ordinary shares may be subject to these rules. Persons required to file U.S. tax returns that are individuals are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of this legislation to their ownership of the ordinary shares.

150

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with ViewTrade Securities, Inc. to act as the representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:

Name

 

Number of Shares

     
     

Total

   

The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional [•] ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45-day option period. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The underwriters will offer the shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $[•] per share. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $[•] per share to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Commissions and Expenses

The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to 7.5% of the initial public offering price.

The following table shows the price per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. The total amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Per Share

 

Total

No Exercise of Over-allotment Option

 

Full Exercise of Over-allotment Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

     

 

$

     

 

$

     

We have agreed to reimburse the representative up to a maximum of $175,000 for out-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the legal fees and other disbursements as disclosed below) and up to a maximum of $8,000

151

for the costs associated with “tombstone” advertisements. We will pay expense deposits of $70,000 to the representative for its anticipated out-of-pocket expenses. Any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

We have agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including, but not limited to, (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares to be sold in this offering with the SEC and the filing of the offering materials with FINRA; (ii) up to $175,000 towards accountable expenses of the representative, including, but not limited to, (a) legal fees incurred by the representative, (b) all reasonable travel and lodging expenses incurred by the representative or its counsel in connection with visits to, and examinations of, our company, (c) translation costs for due diligence purposes, and (d) reasonable costs for road show meetings, including the costs of informational meetings at the offices of the representative (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the shares under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of Representative’s counsel); (v) the costs of all mailing and printing of the placement documents, registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; and (vi) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the shares and the fees and expenses of the transfer agent for such shares.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $[•], including a maximum aggregate reimbursement of $175,000 of the representative’s accountable expenses and the maximum reimbursement of $8,000 for the costs associated with “tombstone” advertisements.

We have agreed that for a period of 18 months from the closing of this offering, the representative will have a right of first refusal to act as manager with respect to any public or private sale of any of our securities or any of our subsidiaries’ securities or other financings, excluding issuances in connection with an equity incentive plan for our employees; provided, however, that such right shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2). In connection with such right, we have agreed to furnish the representative with the terms and conditions of any financing and/or bona fide proposed private or public sale of securities to be made by us and/or any of our subsidiaries, and the name and address of such person, entity, or representative.

In addition, we have agreed, until the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with this offering, not to negotiate with any other broker-dealer relating to a possible private and/or public offering of our securities without the written consent of the representative. If we do not complete the offering and listing of the securities on a national securities exchange and enter into discussions regarding a letter of intent or similar agreement with a third party broker-dealer and enter into a new engagement letter, and/or effect a private and/or public offering of the securities with another broker-dealer or any other person without the written consent of the representative, prior to the 12 month period following the effective date of our letter of intent with the representative, we will be liable to the representative for the accountable expenses of the representative and $175,000; provided, however, that such fees shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2) and shall not apply if and to the extent the representative has advised us of the representative’s inability or unwillingness to proceed with this offering.

For a period of one year from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the representative shall have the right to send a representative to observe each meeting of our board of directors; provided, that (i) such representative shall sign a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the representative and its counsel; and (ii) upon written notice to the representative, we may exclude such representative from meetings where, upon the written opinion of our counsel, such representative’s presence would compromise an attorney-client privilege.

The address of the representative 7280 W. Palmetto Park Road, Suite 310, Boca Raton, Florida 33433.

Representative’s Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to issue the representative’s warrants to the representative to purchase up to an aggregate number of ordinary shares equal to 10% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering, including any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Such warrants

152

shall have an exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. The representative’s warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, will be exercisable for five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and will terminate on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The representative’s warrants and the underlying shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the representative’s warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative’s warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, although the representative’s warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the representative’s warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants, other than any underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the warrant holders. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Indemnification; Indemnification Escrow

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We have agreed with the underwriters to establish an escrow account with a third-party escrow agent in the United States and to fund such account with $600,000 from the net proceeds of this offering. Such account may be utilized by the underwriters to fund any bona fide indemnification claims of the underwriters arising during the eighteen-month period following the closing of this offering. All funds that are not subject to an indemnification claim will be returned to us after the applicable period expires. We will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the escrow agent.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our officers, directors and existing shareholders holding 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to a twelve month “lock-up” period from the date of this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of twelve months following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

Listing

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NASDAQ under the symbol “UTME”. We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our ordinary shares will trade on such market either now or at any time in the future. However, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.

153

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, or by their affiliates, and the underwriters may distribute prospectus electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on, or that can be accessed through, these websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by these entities is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Passive Market Making

Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on NASDAQ may engage in passive market making transactions on NASDAQ, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as a passive market maker. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security. If all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.

Pricing of this Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the representative believe to be comparable to us, estimate of our business potential and earning prospects, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. The initial public offering price of our ordinary shares in this offering does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the assets, operations, book or other established criteria of value of our company.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments. 

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

154

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action may be taken, and no action has been taken, by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the ordinary shares offered by, or the possession, circulation or distribution of, this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The ordinary shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any ordinary shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

In addition to the offering of the ordinary shares in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to applicable foreign laws, also offer the ordinary shares in certain countries.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase ordinary shares offered by this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our ordinary shares. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M.

•        Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the managing underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

•        Short sales and over-allotments occur when the managing underwriter, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares than they purchase from us in this offering. In order to cover the resulting short position, the managing underwriter may exercise the over-allotment option described above and/or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will deliver a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of units covered by the registration statement.

•        Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters.

•        A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the managing underwriter to reclaim the selling concession that would otherwise accrue to an underwriter if the ordinary shares originally sold by the underwriter were later repurchased by the managing underwriter and therefore were not effectively sold to the public by such underwriter.

Stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or delaying a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our ordinary shares. These transactions may occur on NASDAQ or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.

155

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph only, the PRC does not include Taiwan or the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

156

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

US$

SEC registration fee

 

3,135

NASDAQ listing fee

 

*

FINRA filing fee

 

4,123

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

*

Printing and engraving expenses

 

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

*

Accounting fees and expenses

 

*

Miscellaneous

 

*

Total

 

*

____________

*        To be provided by amendment.

These expenses will be borne by us. Underwriting discounts and commissions will be borne by us in proportion to the numbers of ordinary shares sold in this offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP, New York, New York, with respect to legal matters of United States federal securities law. The validity of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus and legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Maples and Calder.  Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by B&D Law Firm. Legal matters as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Vaish Associates Advocates. Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP may rely upon such Cayman Islands, PRC and India counsel with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands, PRC and Indian law, respectively. K&L Gates LLP, Miami, Florida, is acting as counsel for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The registered business address of BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP is located in Shanghai, China.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares described herein. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

We also anticipate making these documents publicly available, free of charge, on our website at www.utimemobile.com as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such documents with the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and is not a part of this prospectus. We have included our website address as an inactive textual reference only.

157

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following is a glossary of the electronics industry and the PRC and Indian legal systems used in this prospectus. Other defined terms may be found in the body of this prospectus.

AQSIQ

 

Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine

BIS

 

Bureau of Indian Standards

BOM

 

bill of materials

CAB

 

Conformance Assessment Body

CCB

 

China Construction Bank

CCI

 

Competition Commission of India

CNCA

 

Certification and Accreditation Administration of China

CPA

 

Consumer Protection Act, 1986

CSRC

 

China Securities Regulatory Commission

DGFT

 

Directorate General of Foreign Trade

DOT

 

The Department of Telecommunication, Government of India

EMS

 

Electronics Manufacturing Services

EPF Act

 

Employees’ Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952

ESI Act

 

Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948

FDI

 

Foreign Direct Investment

FEMA

 

Foreign Exchange and Management Act, 1999

FEMA Rules, 2019

 

Foreign Exchange Management (Non-debt Instruments) Rules, 2019

FLA

 

Foreign Liabilities and Assets

Gratuity Act

 

Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972

ID

 

Industrial Design

IE Code

 

Importer Exporter Code Number

IMF

 

International Monetary Fund

IoT

 

Internet of Things

IPR

 

Intellectual Property Right

JV

 

joint venture

mAh

 

Milliamp hour

MD

 

Mechanic Design

MIIT

 

Ministry of Industry and Information Technology

MOFCOM

 

Ministry of Commerce of the PRC

MRP

 

Material Requirements Planning

NCLT

 

National Company Law Tribunal

NDRC

 

National Development and Reform Commission

ODM

 

Original Design Manufacturer

OEM

 

Original Equipment Manufacturer

OGL

 

Open General License

PCBA

 

Printed circuit board and assembly

PFIC

 

passive foreign investment company

POSH Act

 

Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013

RBI

 

Reserve Bank of India

SAFE

 

State Administration of Foreign Exchange

SCNPC

 

Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress

SEBI

 

Securities and Exchange Board of India

Shops Act

 

Shops and Commercial Establishments Act

SMF

 

Single Master Form

SMT

 

Surface Mounting Technology

TM Act

 

Trade Marks Act, 1999

TQM

 

Total Quality Management

WOS

 

wholly owned subsidiary

158

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

UTime Limited

Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Contents

 

Page(s)

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and 2019

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

F-4

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019

 

F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8

     

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019

 

F-36

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Six Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

 

F-37

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

 

F-38

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended September 30, 2018 and 2019

 

F-39

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-41

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

UTime Limited

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at March 31, 2018 and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Shenzhen, The People’s Republic of China

September 30, 2019

F-2

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

As of March 31,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

 

1,100

 

Restricted cash

     

 

 

500

 

 

74

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

3

 

59,899

 

 

54,853

 

 

8,146

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

4

 

60,359

 

 

44,023

 

 

6,538

 

Due from related parties

 

13

 

6,878

 

 

807

 

 

120

 

Inventories

 

5

 

42,006

 

 

29,486

 

 

4,379

 

Total current assets

     

176,297

 

 

137,077

 

 

20,357

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

6

 

45,322

 

 

42,228

 

 

6,271

 

Equity method investment

 

7

 

975

 

 

855

 

 

127

 

Other non-current assets

 

8

 

8,000

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,188

 

Total non-current assets

     

54,297

 

 

51,083

 

 

7,586

 

Total assets

     

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts payable

     

76,019

 

 

77,978

 

 

11,581

 

Short-term borrowings

 

9

 

16,000

 

 

16,000

 

 

2,376

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

9

 

 

 

900

 

 

134

 

Due to related parties

 

13

 

31,885

 

 

25,455

 

 

3,780

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

10

 

74,260

 

 

42,178

 

 

6,264

 

Income taxes payable

     

123

 

 

591

 

 

88

 

Total current liabilities

     

198,287

 

 

163,102

 

 

24,223

 

Non-current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term borrowings

 

9

 

 

 

6,780

 

 

1,007

 

Deferred revenue

     

1,600

 

 

1,000

 

 

149

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

1,600

 

 

7,780

 

 

1,156

 

Total liabilities

     

199,887

 

 

170,882

 

 

25,379

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

15

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholders’ equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:140,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 12,000,000 shares as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

14

 

8

 

 

8

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

27,235

 

 

27,235

 

 

4,045

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     

1,975

 

 

(8,920

)

 

(1,325

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     

1,792

 

 

370

 

 

53

 

Total UTime Limited shareholders’ equity

     

31,010

 

 

18,693

 

 

2,774

 

Non-controlling interests

     

(303

)

 

(1,415

)

 

(210

)

Total shareholders’ equity

     

30,707

 

 

17,278

 

 

2,564

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

230,594

 

 

188,160

 

 

27,943

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

Year ended March 31,

   

Note

 

2017

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Net sales

 

16

 

737,858

 

 

376,902

 

 

238,096

 

 

35,360

 

Cost of sales

     

682,958

 

 

347,864

 

 

213,098

 

 

31,647

 

Gross profit

     

54,900

 

 

29,038

 

 

24,998

 

 

3,713

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Selling expenses

     

14,783

 

 

16,276

 

 

14,447

 

 

2,146

 

General and administrative expenses

     

33,717

 

 

29,085

 

 

27,434

 

 

4,074

 

Other expenses (income), net

 

11

 

(3,114

)

 

14,180

 

 

(6,911

)

 

(1,026

)

Total operating expenses

     

45,386

 

 

59,541

 

 

34,970

 

 

5,194

 

Income (loss) from operations

     

9,514

 

 

(30,503

)

 

(9,972

)

 

(1,481

)

Interest expenses

     

1,039

 

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

 

220

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     

8,475

 

 

(31,282

)

 

(11,451

)

 

(1,701

)

Income tax expenses

 

12

 

1,946

 

 

106

 

 

498

 

 

74

 

Net income (loss)

     

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     

3,185

 

 

(13,250

)

 

(1,054

)

 

(157

)

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

     

3,344

 

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

 

(1,618

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

     

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     

448

 

 

1,438

 

 

(1,480

)

 

(220

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     

6,977

 

 

(29,950

)

 

(13,429

)

 

(1,995

)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests

     

3,398

 

 

(12,388

)

 

(1,112

)

 

(165

)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited

     

3,579

 

 

(17,562

)

 

(12,317

)

 

(1,830

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to UTime Limited

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

0.28

 

 

(1.51

)

 

(0.91

)

 

(0.14

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Equity attributable to UTime Limited

       
   

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Non-controlling Interests

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   

Number of Shares

 

Amount

 
       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Balance as of April 1, 2016

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

10,392

 

16,769

 

 

(41

)

 

25,041

 

 

52,169

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

3,344

 

 

 

 

3,185

 

 

6,529

 

Capital contribution

 

 

 

234

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

 

334

 

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

235

 

 

213

 

 

448

 

Balance as of March 31,
2017

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

10,626

 

20,113

 

 

194

 

 

28,539

 

 

59,480

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(18,138

)

 

 

 

(13,250

)

 

(31,388

)

Capital contribution

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

15,432

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

(16,454

)

 

 

Deemed contribution from non-controlling interests

 

 

 

543

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

543

 

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

576

 

 

862

 

 

1,438

 

Balance as of March 31,
2018

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

27,235

 

1,975

 

 

1,792

 

 

(303

)

 

30,707

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(10,895

)

 

 

 

(1,054

)

 

(11,949

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,422

)

 

(58

)

 

(1,480

)

Balance as of March 31,
2019

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

27,235

 

(8,920

)

 

370

 

 

(1,415

)

 

17,278

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,529

 

 

(31,388

)

 

(11,949

)

 

(1,775

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,588

 

 

1,578

 

 

3,192

 

 

474

 

Allowances for obsolete inventories, net

 

1,302

 

 

1,350

 

 

3,325

 

 

494

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

658

 

 

9,139

 

 

149

 

 

22

 

Gain on disposal of plant and equipment

 

 

 

(57

)

 

 

 

 

Loss on equity method investment

 

 

 

450

 

 

120

 

 

18

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivable

 

13,768

 

 

(18,343

)

 

7,720

 

 

1,147

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(8,839

)

 

1,181

 

 

3,021

 

 

449

 

Inventories

 

50,771

 

 

(6,791

)

 

9,162

 

 

1,361

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

(4,047

)

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

(20,524

)

 

(18,681

)

 

(3,229

)

 

(480

)

Income taxes payable

 

821

 

 

(1,328

)

 

468

 

 

70

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

(329

)

 

20,431

 

 

(10,357

)

 

(1,538

)

Related parties

 

(51

)

 

9,637

 

 

1,163

 

 

173

 

Deferred revenue

 

(600

)

 

(600

)

 

(600

)

 

(89

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

45,094

 

 

(37,469

)

 

2,185

 

 

326

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Investing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Payment for property and equipment

 

(4,146

)

 

(2,623

)

 

(22,638

)

 

(3,362

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,228

 

Purchase of equity method investment

 

 

 

(1,425

)

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(4,146

)

 

(1,548

)

 

(7,638

)

 

(1,134

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Financing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

 

 

 

16,000

 

 

16,000

 

 

2,376

 

Loan received from shareholder

 

2,500

 

 

5,000

 

 

1,300

 

 

193

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,188

 

Repayment of loan from shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

(8,130

)

 

(1,300

)

 

(2,750

)

 

(408

)

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

(2,376

)

Repayments of long-term borrowings

 

(2,000

)

 

(14,000

)

 

(320

)

 

(48

)

Contribution in a subsidiary by shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

234

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(7,396

)

 

6,334

 

 

6,230

 

 

925

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

1,013

 

 

(2,055

)

 

(24

)

 

(6

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

34,565

 

 

(34,738

)

 

753

 

 

111

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year

 

7,328

 

 

41,893

 

 

7,155

 

 

1,063

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year

 

41,893

 

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

 

1,174

 

F-6

UTIME LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

As of March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

US$

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

       

 

       

Income taxes paid

 

1,124

 

1,434

 

 

30

 

4

Interest paid

 

1,039

 

779

 

 

1,479

 

220

         

 

       

Non-cash financing activities:

       

 

       

Acquisition of non-controlling interest paid by Mr. Bao – note 1(a)

 

 

(9,600

)

 

 

         

 

       

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in consolidated statements of cash flows

       

 

       

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

500

 

74

Cash and cash equivalents

 

41,893

 

7,155

 

 

7,408

 

1,100

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

41,893

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

1,174

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

UTime Limited was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands on October 9, 2018. UTime Limited does not conduct any substantive operations on its own but instead conducts its business operations through its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE. UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE (together, the “Company”) is primarily engaged in the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories.

(a) History and Reorganization

The Company commenced its operations in June 2008 through United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ” or “VIE”), a People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”) company established by Mr. Minfei Bao (“Mr. Bao” or the “Founder”), Mr. Junlin Zhou (“Mr. Zhou”) and Mr. Bo Tang (“Mr. Tang”). As of March 31, 2017, Mr. Bao, Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang held 52%, 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ, respectively. In February 2018, Mr. Bao acquired 28% and 20% equity interests of UTime SZ from Mr. Zhou and Mr. Tang, respectively, with the total consideration of RMB9,600 in cash through his private fund. As of the acquisition date, such non-controlling interests amounted to RMB17,153 and were transferred to equity attributable to UTime Limited, of which RMB995 relating to foreign currency translation was transferred to the accumulated other comprehensive income, and remaining balance of RMB16,158 was transferred to additional paid-in capital. After the acquisition, Mr. Bao became the sole shareholder of UTime SZ. Prior to the reorganization, UTime SZ’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao.

For the purpose of an initial public offering in the United States (“IPO”), the following transactions were undertaken to reorganize the legal structure (the “Reorganization”) of the Company. In October 2018, UTime Limited was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In November and December 2018, UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”) was incorporated in Hong Kong and Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”) was incorporated in China, respectively.

In March 2019, UTime WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements with VIE and Mr. Bao, which were further amended and restated in August and September of 2019, respectively, and were entered into among UTime WFOE, VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”). Pursuant to these agreements as detailed in note 1(b), the Company believes that these contractual arrangements would enable the Company to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the VIE and its subsidiaries, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIE and its subsidiaries that could be significant to the VIE and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company is considered the primary beneficiary of the VIE and is able to consolidate the VIE and its subsidiaries.

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”) was incorporated on October 24, 2016 in New Delhi, India. It is an operating entity that sells cell phone products and provides after-sale services for the Company’s own in-house brand products in India. Prior to the reorganization, the majority of Do Mobile’s equity interests were held by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song through a holding company, Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”). Bridgetime was incorporated on September 5, 2016 in British Virgin Island (“BVI”) under the laws of BVI, with Mr. Wukai Song owning 70% through an entrust agreement between him and Mr. Bao, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 30% of equity interest.

On March 5, 2018, Bridgetime issued 100,000 shares to Mr. Wukai Song, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Wukai Song owning 90% equity interest, which are controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between Mr. Bao and Mr. Wukai Song, and Mr. Yunchuan Li owning 10% of equity interest. On December 5, 2018, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that appointed and registered Mr. Yihuang Chen as a new director. On March 11, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 1 share of Do Mobile to Mr. Yihuang Chen and made him nominal shareholder of Do Mobile, removed Mr. Yunchuan Li as the director of Bridgetime and authorized representative of Do Mobile, and appointed Mr. Wukai Song as the authorized representative of Do Mobile. On April 4, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that forfeited 15,000 shares held by Mr. Yunchuan Li, cancelled those shares accordingly and amended Bridgetime’s memorandum of association that changed

F-8

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

authorized shares from 150,000 to 135,000 at a par value of US$1.00. After this, Mr. WuKai Song owned 100% of equity interest of Bridgetime, which are controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement between Mr. Bao and Mr. Wukai Song. On May 23, 2019, Bridgetime approved a board resolution that transferred 135,000 ordinary shares owning by Mr. Wukai Song to UTime Limited. Since inception, Bridgetime has only made nominal investments into Do Mobile and no substantial business operations have occurred.

On May 20, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to transfer 12,000,000 ordinary shares being owned by Mr. Bao to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company that was established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands and 100% owned by Mr. Bao.

As all the entities involved in the process of the Reorganization are under common control before and after the Reorganization, the Reorganization is accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interest with the assets and liabilities of the parties to the Reorganization carried over at their historical amounts.

On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregation of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution for issuance of 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement. As a result, Mr. Bao and HMercury Capital Limited own 96.95% and 3.05% of equity interest of the Company.

As of March 31, 2019, details of the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company are set out below:

Name

 

Date of
Incorporation

 

Place of
Incorporation

 

Percentage of
beneficial
ownership

 

Principal
Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime HK

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

UTime WFOE

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Bridgetime

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

90%

 

Investment Holding

Do Mobile

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

89.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

UTime SZ

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

(b) VIE Arrangements between the VIE and the Company’s PRC subsidiary

The Company conducts substantially all of business in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements with our VIE, UTime SZ, and its PRC subsidiary. The VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the requisite licenses

F-9

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

and permits necessary to conduct the Company’s business. In addition, the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE hold the assets necessary to operate the Company’s business and generate substantially all of the Company’s revenues. We exercise effective control over our VIE through a series of contractual arrangements among the UTime WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders.

Our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its respective shareholders allow us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interest in and/or assets of our VIE when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws. As a result of our direct ownership in UTime WFOE and the contractual arrangements with our VIE, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE, and we treat the VIE and its subsidiaries as our consolidated affiliated entities under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). We have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with US GAAP.

The following is a summary of the contractual arrangements by and among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE and their spouses, as applicable.

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.    Pursuant to the exclusive technical consultation and service agreement entered into between UTime WFOE and the VIE, dated on March 19, 2019, UTime WFOE has the exclusive right to provide or designate any entity to provide the VIE business support, technical and consulting services. The VIE agrees to pay UTime WFOE (i) the service fees equal to the sum of 100% of the net income of the VIE of that year or such other amount otherwise agreed by UTime WFOE and the VIE; and (ii) service fee otherwise confirmed by UTime WFOE and the VIE for specific technical services and consulting services provided by UTime WFOE in accordance with the VIE’s requirement from time to time. The exclusive consultation and service agreement will continue to be valid unless the written agreement is signed by all parties to terminate it or a mandatory termination is requested in accordance with applicable PRC laws and regulations.

Equity Pledge Agreement.    Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE agree to pledge their 100% equity interests in the VIE to UTime WFOE to secure the performance of the VIE’s obligations under the existing exclusive call option agreement, power of attorney, exclusive technical consultation and service agreement, business operation agreement and also the equity pledge agreement. If events of default defined therein occur, upon giving written notice to the shareholders, UTime WFOE may exercise the right to enforce the pledge to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

Exclusive Call Option Agreements.    Pursuant to the exclusive call option agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, each of the shareholders has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its equity interests in the VIE, and the VIE has irrevocably granted UTime WFOE an exclusive option to purchase all or part of its assets. With regard to the equity transfer option, the total transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding transferred equity in the registered capital of the VIE. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the transfer price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law. With regard to the asset purchase option, the transfer price to be paid by UTime WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by UTime WFOE for exercising such option shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

Power of Attorney.    Pursuant to a series of powers of attorney dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 issued by each shareholder of the VIE, each shareholder of the VIE irrevocably authorizes UTime WFOE or any natural person duly appointed by UTime WFOE to exercise on the behalf of such shareholder with respect to all matters concerning the shareholding of such shareholder in the VIE, including without limitation, attending shareholders’ meetings of the VIE, exercising all the shareholders’ rights and shareholders’ voting rights, and designating and appointing the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the VIE.

F-10

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

Business Operation Agreement.    Pursuant to the business operation agreement dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019 among UTime WFOE, the VIE and the shareholders of the VIE, the shareholders of the VIE hereby acknowledge, agree and jointly and severally warrant that without the prior written consent of UTime WFOE or any party designated by UTime WFOE, the VIE shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to UTime WFOE and with the explicit prior written consent of UTime WFOE). In addition, the VIE and its shareholders hereby jointly agree to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by UTime WFOE from time to time regarding the employment and removal of the VIE’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of the VIE.

Spouse Consent Letter.    Pursuant to a series of spousal consent letters dated March 19, 2019 and amended on September 4, 2019, executed by the spouses of the shareholders of the VIE, Mr. Bao and Mr. He, the signing spouses confirmed and agreed that the equity interests of the VIE are the own property of their spouses and shall not constitute the community property of the couples. The spouses also irrevocably waived any potential right or interest that may be granted by operation of applicable law in connection with the equity interests of the VIE held by their spouses.

Risks in relation to VIE structure

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with its VIEs and their respective shareholders are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce the contractual arrangements. If we or our VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

•        revoke the business and operating licenses of the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE;

•        discontinue or restrict the operations of any related-party transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiary and VIE;

•        limit the Company’s business expansion in China by way of entering into contractual arrangements;

•        imposing fines, confiscating the income from the Company’s PRC subsidiary or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

•        requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE; or

•        restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China. 

The Company’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Company may not be able to consolidate its VIE in its consolidated financial statements as it may lose the ability to exert effective control over the VIE and their respective shareholders and it may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from the VIE. The Company, however, does not believe such actions would result in the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, its PRC subsidiary or VIE.

Mr. Bao and Mr. He hold 96.95% and 3.05% equity interest in our VIE, respectively. The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us. The shareholders may breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our VIE, which would have a

F-11

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive economic benefits from it. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise the shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between the shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of assets and liabilities of VIE and its subsidiaries (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 

5,550

 

6,279

Restricted cash

 

 

500

Accounts receivable, net

 

59,858

 

53,202

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

58,440

 

42,018

Due from related parties

 

6,784

 

706

Inventories

 

26,000

 

20,471

Total current assets

 

156,632

 

123,176

Non-current assets

       

Property and equipment, net

 

45,121

 

42,026

Equity method investment

 

975

 

855

Other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

Total non-current assets

 

54,096

 

50,881

Total assets

 

210,728

 

174,057

         

Liabilities

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

 

75,781

 

77,642

Short-term borrowings

 

16,000

 

16,000

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

 

900

Due to related parties

 

27,584

 

24,551

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

72,467

 

39,831

Income taxes payable

 

123

 

591

Total current liabilities

 

191,955

 

159,515

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term borrowings

 

 

6,780

Deferred revenue

 

1,600

 

1,000

Total non-current liabilities

 

1,600

 

7,780

Total liabilities

 

193,555

 

167,295

F-12

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

The table sets forth the revenue, net income and cash flows of the VIE and subsidiaries of VIE in the table below.

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Revenue

 

737,858

 

 

351,264

 

 

204,034

 

Net income (loss)

 

6,811

 

 

(27,437

)

 

(1,478

)

Net cash provided (used in) by operating activities

 

44,747

 

 

(38,332

)

 

4,343

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(4,105

)

 

(1,347

)

 

(7,556

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(7,630

)

 

5,700

 

 

6,230

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

Working capital deficit and management’s plan

The Company incurred net losses of RMB31,388 and RMB11,949 in the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019. Working capital deficits were RMB21,990 and RMB26,025 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The Company intends to meet the cash requirements for the next 12 months from the issuance date of this financial statement through operations and financial support from Mr. Bao, financial institution and investors. The Company is continuing to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing its core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805%. The loan is secured by the office real estate owned by UTime SZ and accounts receivable equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse.

On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. He, the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received. On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregated of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution to issue 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement, changing shareholders’ structure to Mr. Bao owning 96.95% of equity interest and HMercury Capital Limited owing 3.05% of equity interest.

As of March 31, 2019, the amounts due to Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd, (“Kaiweixin”) an entity controlled by Mr. Bao, through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song, who owns 100% equity interest of Kaiweixin and Mr. Bao amounted to RMB23,035 and RMB1,823, respectively. These related parties agreed that they shall not request the Company to repay outstanding balances until the Company possesses sufficient financial resources to meet the Company’s liabilities.

As management believes it can secure financial resources to satisfy the Company’s current liabilities and the capital expenditure needs in the next 12 months, our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern.

F-13

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant inter-company balances and transactions between the Company, its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries are eliminated.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management of the Company to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include but are not limited to estimates and judgments applied in the allowance for receivables, write down of other assets, estimated useful lives of property and equipment, impairment on inventory, sales return, product warranties, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and income tax, provision for employee benefits, and going concern. Actual results could differ from those estimates and judgments.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase, that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and have insignificant risk of changes in value related to changes in interest rates. 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash consisted of collateral representing cash deposits for long-term borrowings.

Receivables

Accounts receivable and other receivables are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets at their estimated collectible amounts. A substantial majority of our accounts receivable are derived from sales to well-known technological clients. We follow the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts receivable and other receivables, pursuant to which we regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding customer invoices and make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable and other receivables. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts when we determine that the collection of an outstanding customer receivable is not probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a timely basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (a) historical bad debts experience, (b) any circumstances of which we are aware of a customer’s or debtor’s inability to meet its financial obligations, (c) changes in our customer or debtor payment history, and (d) our judgments as to prevailing economic conditions in the industry and the impact of those conditions on our customers and debtors. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of our customers or debtors are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.

Notes receivable represent banks’ acceptances that have been arranged with third-party financial institutions by certain customers to settle their purchases from us. These banks’ acceptances are non-interest bearing and are collectible within six months. Its balance is combined under accounts receivable.

Concentration of credit risk and major customers

Assets that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit

F-14

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

risk is their carrying amounts as at the balance sheet dates. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalent, and restricted cash of RMB7,155 and RMB7,908, respectively, were held at major financial institutions in PRC, where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring the financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily place cash deposits with large financial institutions in PRC. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy for allowance for doubtful accounts on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded RMB1,565 and RMB1,815 of allowances for accounts receivable, respectively.

Major customers and accounts receivable — During the year ended March 31, 2017, the Company had two customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB218,887 and RMB357,947, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company had two customers that accounted for 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB147,346 and RMB61,087, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the Company had three customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB120,243, RMB29,651 and RMB24,820, respectively. Sales from the above customers relate to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”)/Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services segment.

Major suppliers — During year ended March 31, 2017, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB76,899. No supplier accounted for more than over 10% of total purchase during the year ended March 31, 2018. During year ended March 31, 2019, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB22,775.

Inventories, net

Inventories of the Company consist of raw materials, finished goods and work in process. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or net realizable value with cost being determined on the weighted average method. Elements of cost in inventories include raw materials, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon the product life-cycle.

Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any. Cost represents the purchase price of the asset and other costs incurred to bring the asset into its existing use. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expenses as incurred. Depreciation of property and equipment are provided using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Useful life

Office real estate

 

48 years

Furniture and equipment

 

3 – 6 years

Production and other machineries

 

5 – 10 years

Upon retirement or sale of an asset, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to other expenses (income).

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events and circumstances warrants such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flow from such asset is separately identifiable and is less than its carrying value. In

F-15

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair market value of the long-lived asset. Fair market value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed are determined in a similar manner, except that fair market values are reduced for the cost to dispose. No impairment charge was recognized for either of the periods presented.

Equity method investment

The Company’s long-term investments consist of equity method investment. Investment in entities in which the Company can exercise significant influence and holds an investment in voting common stock or in-substance common stock (or both) of the investee but does not own a majority equity interest or control are accounted for using the equity method of accounting in accordance with ASC topic 323 (“ASC 323”), Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Under the equity method, the Company initially records its investment at cost. The Company subsequently adjusts the carrying amount of the investments to recognize the Company’s proportionate share of each equity investee’s net income or loss into earnings after the date of investment. The Company evaluates the equity method investment for impairment under ASC 323. An impairment loss on the equity method investment is recognized in earnings when the decline in value is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Company recorded no impairment losses on its investment during the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments

Under the FASB’s authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining the fair value, the Company uses various methods including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, the Company often utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable inputs. The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values.

Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1       Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2       Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3       Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other valuation methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, and not based on market exchange, dealer or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain unobservable assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets.

All transfers between fair value hierarchy levels are recognized by the Company at the end of each reporting period. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investment in those instruments.

F-16

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Fair Value Measured or Disclosed on a Recurring Basis

Borrowings — Interest rates under the borrowing agreements with the lending parties were determined based on the prevailing interest rates in the market. The Company classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 2 fair value measurement.

Other financial items for disclosure purpose — The fair value of other financial items of the Company for disclosure purpose, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other receivables, other current assets, accounts payable, other payables and accrued liabilities, approximate their carrying value due to their short-term nature.

Government Grants

Government grants are recognized in the balance sheet initially when there is reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the enterprise will comply with the conditions attached to them. When the Company received the government grants but the conditions attached to the grants have not been fulfilled, such government grants are deferred and recorded as deferred income. The classification of short-term or long-term liabilities is depended on the management’s expectation of when the conditions attached to the grant can be fulfilled. Grants that compensate the Company for expenses incurred are recognized as other income in statement of income on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are incurred. Government subsidies recognized as other income in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 were RMB1,036 and RMB3,231 and RMB2,816, respectively.

Leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Rental expense is recognized from the date of initial possession of the leased property on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Rental expenses incurred by the Company were RMB66, RMB3,124 and RMB5,664 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Company has no capital leases for any of the periods presented.

Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters. The Company recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Revenue recognition

The Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASC 606 on April 1, 2017 using the full retrospective method which requires the Company to present the financial statements for all periods as if Topic 606 had been applied to all prior periods. The Company derives revenue principally from the sale of mobile phones and accessories. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps:

1.      Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

2.      Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

3.      Determine the transaction price;

F-17

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

4.      Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

5.      Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.

The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. The Company has addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. The Company applied the guidance of ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations.

The Company’s revenue is primary derived from (i) OEM and ODM services for well-known brands; (2) our own in-house brands, positioned in the emerging middle class consumer groups and price-sensitive consumers in emerging markets. Refer to Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for disaggregation of the Company’s revenue by type of product and geography information for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by type of contract for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

OEM/ODM

 

737,858

 

351,264

 

204,034

In-house brand

 

 

25,638

 

34,062

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

1)      Cooperation with OEM/ODM customers

Revenue is measured based on the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in a contract with a customer and excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The Company generates our revenue through product sales, and shipping terms generally indicate when we have fulfilled our performance obligations and passed control of products to our customer, when the goods have been shipped to the customer’s specific location (delivery). Following delivery, the customer has full discretion over the manner of distribution and price to sell the goods, has the primary responsibility when selling the goods and bears the risks of obsolescence and loss in relation to the goods but has no right to return the products (other than for defective products). A receivable is recognized by the Company when the goods are delivered to the customer as this represents the point in time at which the right to consideration becomes unconditional, as only the passage of time is required before payment is due. Revenue from OEM/ODM customers does not meet the criteria to be recognized over time since 1) we do not have the right of payment for the performance completed to date, 2) our work neither create or enhance an assets controlled by customers until goods are delivered to the customer, 3) customers do not receive and consume benefits simultaneously provided by our performance.

F-18

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

2)      Sales of products for in-house brands

For revenue realized in Indian market, additional term of goods return may apply. Under Do Mobile’s standard contract terms, end users have a right of return for defective devices within 7 days. At the point of sale, a refund liability and a corresponding adjustment to revenue is recognized for those products expected to be returned. At the same time, Do Mobile has a right to recover the product when customers exercise their right of return so consequently recognizes a right to returned goods asset and a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales. Do Mobile uses its accumulated historical experience to estimate the number of returns on a portfolio level using the expected value method, taking into consideration of the type of products.

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes.

Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Warranty

The Company offers a standard product warranty that the product will operate under normal use. For products sold to OEM/ODM customers, the warranty period generally ranges from one to two years from the time of final acceptance. In general, the Company ships free spare parts as product warranty to these customers while the products are sold. For products sold directly to end users in India, the warranty period include a 1 year warranty to end users. The Company has the obligation, at its option, to either repair or replace the defective product. The customers cannot separately purchase the warranty and the warranty doesn’t provide the customer with additional service other than assurance that the product will function as expected. At the time revenue is recognized, an estimate of future warranty costs is recorded as a component of cost of revenues. The reserves established are regularly monitored based upon historical experience and any actual claims charged against the reserve.

Value added Tax

In the PRC, value added tax (the “VAT”) of 17% (before May 1, 2018), 16% (after May 1, 2018) and 13% (after April 1, 2019) on invoice amount is collected in respect of the sales of goods on behalf of tax authorities. The Company reports revenue net of VAT. Subsidiaries and VIEs that are VAT general tax payers are allowed to offset qualified VAT paid against their output VAT liabilities.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of material costs, direct labor costs, other direct costs, consignment manufacturing cost and manufacturing overhead, which are directly attributable to the production of products. Write-down of inventories to lower of cost or net realizable value is also recorded in cost of sales.

Selling and marketing expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of (i) advertising and market promotion expenses, (ii) shipping expenses and (iii) salaries and welfare for sales and marketing personnel. The advertising and market promotion expenses amounted to RMB1,561, RMB518 and RMB586 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The shipping and handling fees amounted to RMB3,044, RMB3,241 and RMB2,472 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-19

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Employee social security and welfare benefits

The employees of the Company are entitled to social benefits in accordance with the relevant regulations of the countries in which these companies are incorporated. The social benefits of the employees of the Company in the PRC include medical care, welfare subsidies, unemployment insurance, employment housing fund and pension benefits. The Company’s subsidiary in India are also required to pay for employee social benefits based upon certain percentages of employees’ salaries in accordance with the relevant local regulation. The Company has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts of such employee benefit expenses, which were expensed as incurred, were approximately RMB1,682, RMB2,408 and RMB2,308 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Borrowing cost

Borrowing costs attributable directly to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets which require a substantial period of time to be ready for their intended use or sale, are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets. Income earned on temporary investments of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on those assets is deducted from borrowing costs capitalized. All other borrowing costs are recognized in interest expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period in which they are incurred.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method as prescribed by ASC 740 “Income Taxes”. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for those deferred tax assets for which if it is more likely than not that the related benefit will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized and recorded as necessary in the provision for income taxes. We are subject to taxation in China and other foreign jurisdictions. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100. In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is ten years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 in accordance with ASC 740. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company does not expect any significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months from March 31, 2019.

Statutory reserves

Pursuant to the laws applicable to the PRC, domestic PRC entities must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserves funds. Subject to the limits of 50% of the entity’s registered capital, the statutory

F-20

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

surplus reserve fund requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profit (as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”) at each year-end). These reserve funds can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. Appropriation has been made to these statutory reserve funds of RMB2,317, RMB0 and RMB301 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. There were after-tax profit of RMB0 and RMB6,156 recorded in the PRC statutory accounts for calendar years of 2017 and 2018. As of March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the amount set aside were RMB6,067, RMB6,067 and RMB6,368.

Non-controlling interest

 A non-controlling interest in a subsidiary of the Company represents the portion of the equity (net assets) in the subsidiary not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented as a separate component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets and net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss) are attributed to controlling and non-controlling interests.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

The reporting currency of the Company is the RMB. The Company’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries with operations in the PRC, Hong Kong, and other jurisdictions generally use their respective local currencies as their functional currencies, except for UTime Trading use United States dollar (“US$”) as functional currency. The financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries, other than the consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary with the functional currency in RMB, are translated into RMB using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, historical exchange rate for equity amounts and the average rate during the reporting period for income and expense items. Translation gains and losses are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a component of shareholders’ equity.

In the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary, transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are measured and recorded in the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. At the balance sheet date, monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the balance sheet date. All gains and losses arising from foreign currency transactions are recorded in other expenses (income) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

Convenience translation

Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and consolidated statements of cash flows from RMB into US$ as of and for the year ended March 31, 2019 are solely for the convenience of the reader and has been made at the exchange rate quoted by the central parity of RMB against the US$ by the People’s Bank of China on March 29, 2019 of US$1.00 = RMB6.7335. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on March 31, 2019, or at any other rate.

Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the Company’s net income and other comprehensive income. The component of other comprehensive income or loss is consisted solely of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Related parties

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

F-21

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Segment reporting

FASB ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting” establishes standards for reporting information about reportable segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

Management views the business as consisting of revenue streams; however they do not produce reports for, assess the performance of, or allocate resources to these revenue streams based upon any asset-based metrics, or based upon income or expenses, operating income or net income. Therefore, the Company believes that it operates in one business segment. Substantively all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

Income (loss) per share

Basic net income (loss) per share is the amount of net income (loss) available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is the amount of net (loss) income available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares, if any. Basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented are calculated as follows:

 

Year Ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Numerator:

       

 

   

 

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Denominator:

       

 

   

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

12,000,000

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,000,000

 

Net income (loss) attributable to UTime Limited per common share:

       

 

   

 

Basic

 

0.28

 

(1.51

)

 

(0.91

)

Diluted

 

0.28

 

(1.51

)

 

(0.91

)

Recently issued accounting standards

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities. Early application of the amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 is permitted. We will adopt Topic 842 effective April 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective method and will not restate comparative periods. As permitted under the transition guidance, we will carry forward the assessment of whether our contracts contain or are leases, classification of our leases and remaining lease terms.

F-22

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Based on our portfolio of leases as of March 31, 2019, approximately RMB15,201 of lease assets and liabilities will be recognized on our balance sheet upon adoption, primarily relating to real estate and equipment. We are substantially complete with our implementation efforts.

In June 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this standard will remove, modify and add certain disclosures under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, with the objective of improving disclosure effectiveness. ASU 2018-13 will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and will be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Accounts receivable

 

60,931

 

 

56,668

 

Notes receivable

 

533

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(1,565

)

 

(1,815

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

59,899

 

 

54,853

 

The Company analyzed the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical collection and the customers’ intention of payment. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

1,565

Additions for the year

 

1,565

 

250

Balance at the end of year

 

1,565

 

1,815

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to RMB1,565 and RMB1,815, respectively. The Company determined that the collection of these customers’ receivable are not probable due to financial difficulties experienced by related customers.

F-23

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance to suppliers

 

23,179

 

 

26,654

 

Input GST (India)

 

1,237

 

 

1,088

 

Receivables from supply chain service providers

 

22,108

 

 

14,885

 

Expected return assets

 

1,462

 

 

576

 

Deferred IPO expenses

 

 

 

3,044

 

Other receivables

 

20,605

 

 

5,907

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(8,232

)

 

(8,131

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

60,359

 

 

44,023

 

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, other receivables primarily consisted of uncollected consideration of selling property to Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (“BuTa Entertainment”), a company controlled by Mr. Zhou, which amounted to RMB17,613 and RMB2,613, respectively.

The Company analyzed the collectability of other current assets based on historical collection. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of year

 

658

 

8,232

 

Additions (reversal) for the year

 

7,574

 

(101

)

Balance at the end of year

 

8,232

 

8,131

 

As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4,231 and RMB4,590, respectively, primarily consisted of unrecoverable prepayment related to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB4,001 and RMB3,541, respectively, primarily consisted of VAT recoverable from certain supply chain companies for which the Company determined that the collection was not probable because they were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in VAT refund from tax authorities.

NOTE 5 — INVENTORIES

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Raw materials

 

26,127

 

 

20,045

 

Work in progress

 

5,706

 

 

6,554

 

Finished goods

 

13,299

 

 

9,344

 

Total inventory, gross

 

45,132

 

 

35,943

 

Inventory reserve

 

(3,126

)

 

(6,457

)

Total inventory, net

 

42,006

 

 

29,486

 

For the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded write-down of RMB1,302, RMB1,350 and RMB3,325 for obsolete inventories, respectively.

F-24

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Office real estate

 

20,995

 

20,995

Furniture and equipment

 

5,232

 

5,330

Production and other machineries

 

23,863

 

23,863

Total

 

50,090

 

50,188

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

4,768

 

7,960

Property and equipment, net

 

45,322

 

42,228

Included in furniture, fixtures and equipment is computer software with net values of RMB145 and RMB158 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Depreciation charged to expense amounted to RMB1,588, RMB1,578 and RMB3,192 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

No impairment for property and equipment was recorded for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019.

Details of production and other machineries on lease out under operating lease are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Cost

 

23,737

 

23,737

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

2,255

Net book value

 

23,737

 

21,482

NOTE 7 — EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company invested an aggregate amount of RMB1,425 (approximately US$210) in exchange for 35% of the equity interest of Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”), which was recorded under the equity method. For the years ended March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded its pro-rata share of losses in Philectronics of RMB450 and RMB120, respectively.

NOTE 8 — OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deposits for leased equipment and factory

 

7,500

 

7,500

Deposits for utility

 

500

 

500

Total other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

F-25

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 9 — BORROWINGS

     

As of March 31,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

Short-term borrowings

           

China Construction Bank – Loan 1

 

(a)

 

16,000

 

China Construction Bank – Loan 2

 

(b)

 

 

16,000

       

16,000

 

16,000

Long-term borrowings

           

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank – Loan 1

 

(c)

 

 

1,680

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank – Loan 2

 

(d)

 

 

6,000

       

 

7,680

Long-term borrowing representing by:

           

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     

 

900

Non-current portion of long-term borrowings

     

 

6,780

(a)     On November 15, 2017, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB16,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.65%. The loan is secured by the UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and office real estate. As of March 31, 2018, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB19,055 and RMB24,000, respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. The loan was repaid during the year ended March 31, 2019.

(b)    On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16,000 as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.09% under the same credit agreement signed on November 15, 2017. The loan is secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and the same office real estate as mentioned in Note 9(a). As of March 31, 2019, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB18,987 and RMB24,000, respectively. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou.

(c)     On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40 from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was pledged by 30% of equity interests of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. On March 19, 2019, the pledged equity interests of UTime SZ was released and replaced by deposit of RMB500 as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320 in total was repaid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance of the loan are RMB0 and RMB1,680, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB480 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 and RMB1,200 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

(d)    On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60 from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB0 and RMB6,000, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB0 and RMB420 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB0 and RMB5,580 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-26

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 10 — OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance from customers

 

8,965

 

11,889

Accrued payroll

 

7,051

 

7,797

VAT payable

 

9,298

 

7,014

Refund liabilities

 

2,966

 

624

Product warranty

 

1,738

 

838

Other payables

 

44,242

 

14,016

Total

 

74,260

 

42,178

As of March 31, 2018, other payables mainly included RMB13,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB25,123 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment. As of March 31, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB9,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB2,783 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment.

NOTE 11 — OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME), NET

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Exchange losses (gains)

 

(2,663

)

 

7,947

 

 

(4,540

)

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

 

658

 

 

9,139

 

 

149

 

Government grants

 

(1,036

)

 

(3,231

)

 

(2,816

)

Others

 

(73

)

 

325

 

 

296

 

Total

 

(3,114

)

 

14,180

 

 

(6,911

)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES

Net income (loss) before taxes of RMB8,475, RMB(31,282) and RMB(11,451) were solely attributed by non-U.S. entities for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Cayman Islands

UTime Limited is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.

British Virgin Islands

Bridgetime is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under current British Virgin Islands law. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in British Virgin Islands.

Hong Kong

UTime HK and UTime Trading, which were incorporated in Hong Kong, are subject to a two-tiered income tax rates for taxable income earned in Hong Kong with effect from April 1, 2018. The first HK$2,000 of profits earned will be taxed at 8.25%, while the remaining profits will continue to be taxed at the existing 16.5% tax rate. Additionally, payments of dividends by the subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong to the Company are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax.

F-27

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

India

Do Mobile, which was incorporated in India, is subject to a corporate income tax rate of 25% to 30% on the assessable profits, plus any surcharge if required.

PRC

In accordance with the Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”), Foreign Investment Enterprises (“FIEs”) and domestic companies are subject to Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) at a uniform rate of 25%. The subsidiary, VIE and subsidiary of VIE in the PRC are subject to a uniform income tax rate of 25% for the years presented. UTime SZ is regarded as a Certified High and New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) and entitled to a favorable statutory tax rate of 15%. Preferential tax treatment of UTime SZ as HNTE from November 2, 2015 to October 16, 2021 has been granted by the relevant tax authorities. UTime SZ is entitled to a preferential tax rate of 15% which is subject to review by every three years. As a result of these preferential tax treatments, the reduced tax rates applicable to UTime SZ for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019 are 15%.

Had all the above tax holidays and concessions not been available, the tax charges would have been increased by RMB1,274, RMB0 and RMB0 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively. The basic and diluted net loss per share would have been decreased by RMB0.11, RMB0 and RMB0 for the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

According to a policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC and effective from 2008 onwards, enterprises engaged in research and development activities are entitled to claim an additional tax deduction amounting to 50% of the qualified research and development expenses incurred in determining its tax assessable profits for that year. The additional tax deduction has been increased from 50% of the qualified research and development expenses to 75%, effective from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2020, according to a new tax incentives policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC in September 2018 (“Super Deduction”).

In general, the PRC tax authority has up to five years to conduct examinations of the Company’s tax filings. In addition, under applicable PRC tax laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the arrangements or transactions are conducted. The Company is subject to the applicable transfer pricing rules in the PRC in connection to the transactions between its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of VIE located inside and outside PRC.

Withholding tax on undistributed dividends

Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise arising in 2008 and thereafter that are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. A lower withholding tax rate will be applied if there is a beneficial tax treaty between the PRC and the jurisdiction of the foreign holding company. A holding company in Hong Kong, for example, will be eligible, with approval of the PRC local tax authority, to be subject to a 5% withholding tax rate under Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, if such holding company is considered to be a non-PRC resident enterprise and holds at least 25% of the equity interests in the PRC foreign-invested enterprise distributing the dividends. However, if the Hong Kong holding company is not considered to be the beneficial owner of such dividends under applicable PRC tax regulations, such dividend will remain subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. The Company does not intend to have any of its subsidiaries located in PRC distribute any undistributed profits of such subsidiaries in the foreseeable future, but rather expects that such profits will be reinvested by such subsidiaries for their PRC operations. Accordingly, no withholding tax was recorded as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

F-28

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The current and deferred components of income taxes appearing in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Current tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

498

Deferred tax benefit

 

 

 

Total income tax expenses

 

1,946

 

106

 

498

The principal components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities):

   

 

   

 

Impairment on receivables

 

1,469

 

 

1,494

 

Inventory written-down

 

469

 

 

1,229

 

Deferred revenue

 

2,226

 

 

2,028

 

Accrued expenses and employee benefits

 

272

 

 

935

 

Net operating loss carry forwards

 

4,721

 

 

10,166

 

Others

 

(220

)

 

(2,047

)

Subtotal

 

8,937

 

 

13,805

 

Less: valuation allowances

 

(8,937

)

 

(13,805

)

Total

 

 

 

 

The Company considers positive and negative evidence to determine whether some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will more likely than not be realized. This assessment considers, among other matters, the nature, frequency and severity of recent losses, forecasts of future profitability, the duration of statutory carry forward periods, the Company’s experience with tax attributes expiring unused and tax planning alternatives. Valuation allowances have been established for deferred tax assets based on a more-likely-than-not threshold. The Company’s ability to realize deferred tax assets depends on its ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carry forward periods provided for in the tax law. While we have optimistic plans for our business strategy, we determined that a full valuation allowance was necessary against all net deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, given the current and expected near term losses and the uncertainty with respect to our ability to generate sufficient profits from our business model.

As of March 31, 2018, the Company’s total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB28,324, out of which, RMB21,691 would expire from 2018 through 2028, RMB6,633 can be carried forward indefinitely. As of March 31, 2019, the Company’s total net operating loss carry forwards of RMB53,443 out of which, RMB37,659 would expire from 2019 through 2029, RMB15,784 can be carried forward indefinitely.

F-29

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

Reconciliation between total income tax expenses and the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income before taxes is as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

%

 

%

 

%

Statutory rate in PRC

 

25

 

 

25

 

 

25

 

Effect of preferential tax treatment

 

(15

)

 

(9

)

 

2

 

Effect of different tax jurisdiction

 

4

 

 

 

 

4

 

Effect of permanence differences

 

3

 

 

(4

)

 

(3

)

Research and development super-deduction

 

(20

)

 

4

 

 

10

 

Changes in valuation allowance

 

31

 

 

(16

)

 

(42

)

Over provision

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

 

23

 

 

 

 

(4

)

The Company evaluates the level of authority for each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measures the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

In addition, uncertainties exist with respect to how the current income tax law in the PRC applies to the Company’s overall operations, and more specifically, with regard to tax residency status. The EIT Law includes a provision specifying that legal entities organized outside of the PRC will be considered residents for Chinese income tax purposes if the place of effective management or control is within the PRC. The implementation rules to the EIT Law provide that non-resident legal entities will be considered PRC residents if substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting and properties, occurs within the PRC. Despite the present uncertainties resulting from the limited PRC tax guidance on the issue, the Company does not believe that the legal entities organized outside of the PRC within the Company should be treated as residents for EIT law purposes. If the PRC tax authorities subsequently determine that the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC should be deemed resident enterprises, the Company and its subsidiaries registered outside the PRC will be subject to the PRC income taxes, at a rate of 25%.

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:

Related Parties

 

Relationship

Mr. Bao

 

Controlling shareholder of the Company

Mr. Zhou

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Tang

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Li

 

Non-controlling interests of Bridgetime

Kaiweixin

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

Philectronics

 

An equity method investee of the Company

BuTa Entertainment

 

Controlled by Mr. Zhou

Bridgetime

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

F-30

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 13 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

(1)    Due from related parties

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

1,325

 

525

Mr. Tang

 

711

 

181

Mr. Bao

 

4,748

 

Mr. Li

 

94

 

101

   

6,878

 

807

(2)    Due to related parties

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Kaiweixin

 

23,884

 

23,035

Mr. Bao

 

8,001

 

1,823

Philectronics

 

 

597

   

31,885

 

25,455

(3)    Transactions with related parties

(a)     Sales revenue

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

 

12,024

 

845

   

 

12,024

 

845

(b)    Assets sold to a related party

In December 2017, UTime SZ signed a property sale contract with BuTa Entertainment for selling an office real estate in Shenzhen, for the consideration of RMB20,113. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, BuTa Entertainment owed UTime SZ RMB17,613 and RMB2,613, respectively, which were recorded under other receivables.

NOTE 14 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company was incorporated on October 9, 2018, with authorized share capital of US$15,000 divided into 150,000,000 shares, of which 140,000,000 shares are designated as ordinary shares at par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 shares as preferred shares at par value of US$0.0001 each. On October 9, 2018, the Company issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.0001 to its sole shareholder, Mr. Bao, in connection with the incorporation of the Company. As of March 31, 2018 and 2019, 140,000,000 ordinary shares were authorized and 12,000,000 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, on a retrospective basis.

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In the opinion of management, no pending or known threatened claims, actions or proceedings against the Company are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There is no contingency existing as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

F-31

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 15 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under lease commitments as of March 31, 2019 were as follows:

Year ending March 31,

 

Commitment

   

RMB

2020

 

5,904

2021

 

5,762

2022

 

5,163

2023 and after

 

237

Total

 

17,066

The Company has non-cancellable agreements to lease our equipment to tenants under operating lease. At March 31, 2019, the minimum future rental income to be received is as follows:

Year ending March 31,

 

RMB

2020

 

2,200

Total

 

2,200

At March 31, 2019, the Company did not have significant capital and other commitments.

NOTE 16 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Feature phone

 

325,576

 

259,564

 

175,432

Smartphone

 

381,725

 

94,467

 

57,056

Others

 

30,557

 

22,871

 

5,608

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Mainland China

 

334,671

 

124,937

 

86,754

Hong Kong

 

291,891

 

168,186

 

69,839

India

 

24,001

 

29,070

 

34,063

Africa

 

 

2,565

 

4,538

The United States

 

23,802

 

24,242

 

36,349

South America

 

56,012

 

12,539

 

4,065

Others

 

7,481

 

15,363

 

2,488

Total

 

737,858

 

376,902

 

238,096

The location of the Company’s long-lived assets is as follows:

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

PRC

 

45,121

 

42,026

India

 

201

 

202

Total

 

45,322

 

42,228

F-32

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 16 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION (cont.)

Pursuant to ASC 280-10-50-41, the equity method investment of RMB975 and RMB855 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, and deposits recorded in other non-current assets of RMB8,000 were excluded from long-lived assets as of Mach 31, 2018 and 2019.

NOTE 17 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e) (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company. The amounts restricted include paid-in capital, capital surplus and statutory reserves, as determined pursuant to PRC generally accepted accounting principles, totaling RMB46,067 and RMB46,368 as of March 31, 2018 and 2019.

The subsidiaries did not pay any dividend to the parent for the periods presented. For the purpose of presenting parent only financial information, the Company records investment in its subsidiary under the equity method of accounting. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investment in subsidiary” and the income of the subsidiary is presented as “Income from equity method investments”. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

As of March 31,

   

2018

 

2019

Assets

 

RMB

 

RMB

Current assets

       

 

Inter-company receivable

 

 

307

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,044

 

Non-current assets

       

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

31,010

 

18,693

 

Total assets

 

31,010

 

22,044

 

         

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

       

 

Current liabilities

       

 

Inter-company payable

 

 

3,044

 

Due to related parties

 

 

307

 

Total liabilities

 

 

3,351

 

         

 

Shareholders’ equity

       

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

 

 

Common shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 140,000,000 shares at March 31, 2018 and 2019: Issued and outstanding: 12,000,000 shares at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2019

 

8

 

8

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

27,235

 

27,235

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

1,975

 

(8,920

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,792

 

370

 

Total shareholders’ equity

 

31,010

 

18,693

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

31,010

 

22,044

 

F-33

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 17 — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)

STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Income from equity method investments

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Net income (loss)

 

3,344

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

235

 

576

 

 

(1,422

)

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

3,579

 

(17,562

)

 

(12,317

)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Year ended March 31,

   

2017

 

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Cash flow from operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net income (loss)

 

3,344

 

 

(18,138

)

 

(10,895

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Equity (income) loss of subsidiary

 

(3,344

)

 

18,138

 

 

10,895

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Inter-company receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(307

)

Related parties

 

 

 

 

 

307

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

 

(3,044

)

Inter-company payable

 

 

 

 

 

3,044

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of March 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of March 31, 2019 through September 30, 2019, the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued (“the date of the financial statements”).

On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.805% which is secured by the office real estate and accounts receivables equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ and guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse.

The Company has entered into share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, and sold 377,514 ordinary shares of the Company. For additional information, see Note 2 — Working Capital Deficit and Management’s Plan.

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,429 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was

F-34

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgement awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,749 for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB19 in total. This judgement has taken effect. On August 14, 2019,Utime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management was not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,933 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. As of the date of the financial statements, UTime GZ has not received any award of the new arbitration determined by the arbitration tribunal. In August 2019, UTime GZ also filed an application for property preservation with the People’s Court of Honghuagang District (“Honghuagang Court”), requesting that preservation measures, which include seizure, impoundment and freezing of account, shall be taken against the property of Nianfu GZ up to RMB5,940. On September 4, 2019, the Honghuagang Court ruled to seize and freeze Nianfu GZ’s property up to RMB5,940. On September 18, 2019, Honghuagang Court froze three Nianfu GZ’s bank accounts, the preservation period of which is from September 18, 2019 to September 17, 2020.

On August 23, 2018, UTime SZ submitted an arbitration against Shenzhen Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu SZ”) at SCIA, alleging Nianfu SZ defaulted on payment of RMB1,914 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime SZ and Nianfu SZ, seeking compensation losses. On August 24, 2018, SCIA has accepted the arbitration application filed by UTime SZ. On March 26, 2019, Nianfu SZ submitted an application for suspending the arbitration hearing to SCIA due to that it was going through the bankruptcy proceedings. On March 29, 2019, SCIA issued the Correspondence No. Hua Nan Guo Zhong Shen Fa [2019] D3704 stating that the arbitration tribunal decided to suspend the case (No. SHEN DX20180565) from March 29, 2019, and the time for resuming the arbitration procedure shall be notified by the arbitration tribunal separately. As of the date of the financial statements, UTime SZ has not received any notice from the tribunal to resume the arbitration process.

On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution that agreed Mr. Bao to invest a consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Kaiweixin as of March 31, 2019. Kaiweixin was controlled by Mr. Bao through an entrust agreement with Mr. Wukai Song, who owned 100% equity interest of Kaiweixin. Mr. Bao assumed all creditor rights after Kaiweixin was deregistered on June 21, 2019.

F-35

UTIME LIMITED
U
NAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Note

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current Assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

7,408

 

 

3,214

 

 

454

 

Restricted cash

     

500

 

 

500

 

 

71

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

3

 

54,853

 

 

42,277

 

 

5,977

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

4

 

44,023

 

 

42,388

 

 

5,993

 

Due from related parties

 

14

 

807

 

 

13,766

 

 

1,946

 

Inventories

 

5

 

29,486

 

 

31,117

 

 

4,399

 

Total current assets

     

137,077

 

 

133,262

 

 

18,840

 

Non-Current assets

       

 

   

 

   

 

Property and equipment, net

 

6

 

42,228

 

 

40,566

 

 

5,735

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

7

 

 

 

2,616

 

 

370

 

Intangible assets, net

     

 

 

1,542

 

 

218

 

Equity method investment

 

8

 

855

 

 

833

 

 

118

 

Other non-current assets

 

9

 

8,000

 

 

8,000

 

 

1,132

 

Total non-current assets

     

51,083

 

 

53,557

 

 

7,573

 

Total Assets

     

188,160

 

 

186,819

 

 

26,413

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts payable

     

77,978

 

 

72,690

 

 

10,277

 

Short-term borrowings

 

10

 

16,000

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,121

 

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

10

 

900

 

 

1,200

 

 

170

 

Due to related parties

 

14

 

25,455

 

 

905

 

 

128

 

Lease liability

     

 

 

909

 

 

129

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

11

 

42,178

 

 

36,236

 

 

5,122

 

Income tax payables

     

591

 

 

18

 

 

3

 

Total current liabilities

     

163,102

 

 

126,958

 

 

17,950

 

Non-current liabilities

       

 

   

 

   

 

Long-term borrowings

 

10

 

6,780

 

 

6,180

 

 

874

 

Deferred revenue

     

1,000

 

 

700

 

 

99

 

Lease liability – non-current

     

 

 

1,707

 

 

241

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

7,780

 

 

8,587

 

 

1,214

 

Total liabilities

     

170,882

 

 

135,545

 

 

19,164

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

   

 

   

 

   

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Shareholder’s equity

       

 

   

 

   

 

Preferred share, par value US$0.0001; Authorized:10,000,000
shares; none issued and outstanding as at March 31, 2019 and at September 30, 2019

       

 

   

 

   

 

Common shares, par value US$0.0001; Authorized: 140,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 12,000,000 shares as at March 31, 2019 and 12,377,514 shares as at September 30, 2019

 

15

 

8

 

 

9

 

 

1

 

Additional paid-in capital

     

27,235

 

 

73,212

 

 

10,351

 

Accumulated deficit

     

(8,920

)

 

(20,907

)

 

(2,956

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     

370

 

 

(1,040

)

 

(147

)

Total UTime Limited shareholder’s equity

     

18,693

 

 

51,274

 

 

7,249

 

Non-controlling interests

     

(1,415

)

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     

17,278

 

 

51,274

 

 

7,249

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

     

188,160

 

 

186,819

 

 

26,413

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-36

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

     

Six months ended September 30,

   

Note

 

2018

 

2019

       

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Net sales

 

17

 

132,994

 

 

90,894

 

 

12,851

 

Cost of sales

     

122,408

 

 

80,675

 

 

11,406

 

Gross profit

     

10,586

 

 

10,219

 

 

1,445

 

         

 

   

 

   

 

Operating expenses:

       

 

   

 

   

 

Selling expenses

     

7,375

 

 

5,270

 

 

745

 

General and administrative expenses

     

13,896

 

 

13,222

 

 

1,869

 

Other (income) expenses

 

12

 

(6,334

)

 

543

 

 

77

 

Total operating expenses

     

14,937

 

 

19,035

 

 

2,691

 

Loss from operations

     

(4,351

)

 

(8,816

)

 

(1,246

)

Interest expenses

     

520

 

 

728

 

 

103

 

Loss before income taxes

     

(4,871

)

 

(9,544

)

 

(1,349

)

Income taxes

 

13

 

424

 

 

247

 

 

35

 

Net loss

     

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     

(743

)

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited

     

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

Comprehensive loss

       

 

   

 

   

 

Net loss

     

(5,295

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     

(1,493

)

 

(1,410

)

 

(199

)

Total comprehensive loss

     

(6,788

)

 

(11,201

)

 

(1,583

)

Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     

(803

)

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to UTime Limited

     

(5,985

)

 

(11,201

)

 

(1,583

)

         

 

   

 

   

 

Losses per share attributable to UTime Limited

       

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

(0.38

)

 

(0.79

)

 

(0.11

)

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding

       

 

   

 

   

 

Basic and diluted

     

12,000,000

 

 

12,344,326

 

 

12,344,326

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-37

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Amounts in thousands, except share data, or otherwise noted)

 

Equity attributable to UTime Limited

       
   

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Non-
controlling
Interest

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

   

Number of
Shares

 

Amount

 
       

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

 

RMB

Balance as of March 31,
2018

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

27,235

 

1,975

 

 

1,792

 

 

(303

)

 

30,707

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(4,552

)

 

 

 

(743

)

 

(5,295

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,433

)

 

(60

)

 

(1,493

)

Balance as of September 30, 2018

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

27,235

 

(2,577

)

 

359

 

 

(1,106

)

 

23,919

 

                 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Balance as of March 31,
2019

 

12,000,000

 

8

 

27,235

 

(8,920

)

 

370

 

 

(1,415

)

 

17,278

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(9,791

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,791

)

Capital contribution
(Note 14 (1))

 

377,514

 

1

 

21,428

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,429

 

Debt-equity swap (Note 14 (2)(i))

 

 

 

23,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,884

 

Cancellation of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

665

 

(2,196

)

 

 

 

1,415

 

 

(116

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,410

)

 

 

 

(1,410

)

Balance as of September 30, 2019

 

12,377,514

 

9

 

73,212

 

(20,907

)

 

(1,040

)

 

 

 

51,274

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-38

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Net loss

 

(5,294

)

 

(9,791

)

 

(1,384

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash used by operating activities

   

 

   

 

   

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,433

 

 

1,992

 

 

282

 

Allowances for obsolete inventories, net

 

4,220

 

 

(2,727

)

 

(386

)

Provision for doubtful account, net

 

147

 

 

(428

)

 

(61

)

Loss on equity method investment

 

127

 

 

22

 

 

3

 

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Accounts receivable

 

(12,774

)

 

14,822

 

 

2,096

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(9,604

)

 

1,126

 

 

159

 

Inventories

 

5,280

 

 

1,556

 

 

220

 

Accounts payable

 

7,399

 

 

(10,112

)

 

(1,430

)

Income taxes payable

 

424

 

 

(573

)

 

(81

)

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

(3,284

)

 

(4,083

)

 

(577

)

Related parties

 

507

 

 

43

 

 

6

 

Deferred revenue

 

(300

)

 

(300

)

 

(42

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(11,719

)

 

(8,453

)

 

(1,195

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Investing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Payment for property and equipment

 

(8,318

)

 

(4,846

)

 

(685

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

12,000

 

 

2,613

 

 

369

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

3,682

 

 

(2,233

)

 

(316

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

Financing activities:

   

 

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

2,121

 

Loan received from shareholder

 

1,300

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

 

8,000

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of loan from shareholder and non-controlling shareholders

 

(1,600

)

 

(2,250

)

 

(318

)

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

 

(16,000

)

 

(2,262

)

Repayments of long-term borrowings

 

(80

)

 

(300

)

 

(42

)

Proceeds from capital contribution

 

 

 

10,000

 

 

1,414

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,620

 

 

6,450

 

 

913

 

     

 

   

 

   

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash

 

385

 

 

42

 

 

5

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalent and restricted cash

 

(32

)

 

(4,194

)

 

(593

)

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

7,155

 

 

7,908

 

 

1,118

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

7,123

 

 

3,714

 

 

525

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-39

UTIME LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Amounts in thousands or otherwise noted)

 

Six months ended September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

           

Income taxes paid

 

 

820

 

116

Interest paid

 

520

 

728

 

103

             

Non-cash financing activities:

           

Debt-equity swap (Note 14 (2)(i))

 

 

23,884

 

3,377

 

As of September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

 

USD

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

           

Restricted cash

 

 

500

 

71

Cash and cash equivalents

 

7,123

 

3,214

 

454

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

7,123

 

3,714

 

525

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-40

UTIME LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

UTime Limited was incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands on October 9, 2018. UTime Limited does not conduct any substantive operations on its own but instead conducts its business operations through its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE. UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE (together, the “Company”) is primarily engaged in the operation of designing, manufacturing and marketing mobile communication devices, and selling a variety of related accessories.

(a) Organization

As of September 30, 2019, details of the subsidiaries and VIE of the Company are set out below:

Name

 

Date of
Incorporation

 

Place of
Incorporation

 

Percentage of
beneficial
ownership

 

Principal
Activities

Subsidiaries

               

UTime International Limited (“UTime HK”)

 

November 1, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (“UTime WFOE”)

 

December 18, 2018

 

China

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Bridgetime Limited (“Bridgetime”)

 

September 5, 2016

 

British Virgin Island

 

100%

 

Investment Holding

Do Mobile India Private Ltd. (“Do Mobile”)

 

October 24, 2016

 

India

 

99.99%

 

Sales of in-house brand products in India

VIE

               

United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime SZ”)

 

June 12, 2008

 

China

 

100%

 

Research and development of products, and sales

Subsidiaries of the VIE

               

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (“UTime GZ”)

 

September 23, 2016

 

China

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Manufacturing

UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited (“UTime Trading”)

 

June 25, 2015

 

Hong Kong

 

VIE’s subsidiary

 

Trading

UTime India Private Limited (“UTime India”)

 

February 7, 2019

 

India

 

UTime Trading’s Subsidiary

 

Trading

F-41

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

(b) VIE Arrangements between the VIE and the Company’s PRC subsidiary

The Company has aggregated the financial information of the VIE and subsidiaries of the VIE in the table below. The aggregate carrying value of assets and liabilities of VIE and its subsidiaries (after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances) in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019 are as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Assets

       

Current Assets

       

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

6,279

 

2,391

Restricted cash

 

500

 

500

Accounts receivable, net

 

53,202

 

40,586

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

42,018

 

40,287

Due from related parties

 

706

 

13,766

Inventories

 

20,471

 

22,090

Total current assets

 

123,176

 

119,620

Non-Current assets

       

Property and equipment, net

 

42,026

 

40,388

Operating lease right-of-use assets, net

 

 

2,616

Intangible assets, net

 

 

1,542

Equity method investment

 

855

 

833

Other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

Total non-current assets

 

50,881

 

53,379

Total Assets

 

174,057

 

172,999

         

Liabilities

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

 

77,642

 

72,521

Short-term borrowings

 

16,000

 

15,000

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

900

 

1,200

Due to related parties

 

24,551

 

Lease liability

 

 

909

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

39,831

 

33,813

Income tax payables

 

591

 

18

Total current liabilities

 

159,515

 

123,461

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term borrowings

 

6,780

 

6,180

Deferred revenue

 

1,000

 

700

Lease liability – non-current

 

 

1,707

Total non-current liabilities

 

7,780

 

8,587

Total liabilities

 

167,295

 

132,048

F-42

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

The table sets forth the revenue, net income and cash flows of the VIE and subsidiaries of VIE in the table below.

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Revenue

 

111,781

 

 

81,008

 

Net income (loss)

 

2,135

 

 

(5,077

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(9,713

)

 

(8,068

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

3,764

 

 

(2,233

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,620

 

 

6,450

 

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimate

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of results for the periods presented, have been included. The results of operations of any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the full year or any other interim period.

The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the recorded amounts reported therein. A change in facts or circumstances surrounding the estimate could result in a change to estimates and impact future operating results.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures have been prepared with the presumption that users of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the years ended March 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. The condensed consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2019 have been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as of as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019.

Convenience translation

Translations of balances in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and condensed consolidated statements of cash flows from RMB into US$ as of and for the six months ended September 30, 2019 are solely for the convenience of the reader and has been made at the exchange rate quoted by the central parity of RMB against the US$ by the People’s Bank of China on September 30, 2019 of US$1.00 = RMB7.0729. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on September 30, 2019, or at any other rate.

F-43

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Working capital deficit and management’s plan

On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”), the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019. On June 3, 2019, the Company entered into a share subscription agreement with HMercury Capital Limited, a company that was incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. HMercury Capital Limited purchased an aggregated of 377,514 ordinary shares. On the same day, the Company approved a board resolution to issue 377,514 ordinary shares at par value US$0.0001 to HMercury Capital Limited based on the share subscription agreement.

On September 2, 2019, the Company approved a board resolution that agreed to Mr. Bao to invest consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Shenzhen Kaiweixin Technology Co., Ltd, (“Kaiweixin”), an entity controlled by Mr. Bao.

As a result of above capital contribution, the Company has working capital of RMB6,304 as of September 30, 2019 as compared to working capital deficit of RMB26,025 as of March 31, 2019. The Company incurred net losses of RMB9,791 in the six months ended September 30, 2019.

The Company intends to meet the cash requirements for the next 12 months from the issuance date of this financial statement through operations, financial institution and investors. The Company is continuing to focus on improving operational efficiency and cost reductions, developing its core cash-generating business and enhancing efficiency. Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent upon obtaining the necessary financing or negotiating the terms of the existing short-term liabilities to meet our current and future liquidity needs.

As management believes it can secure financial resources to satisfy the Company’s current liabilities and the capital expenditure needs in the next 12 months, our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern.

Concentration of credit risk and major customers

Assets that potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit risk is their carrying amounts as at the balance sheet dates. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalent, and restricted cash of RMB7,908 and RMB3,714, respectively, were held at major financial institutions in PRC, where there currently is no rule or regulation requiring the financial institutions to maintain insurance to cover bank deposits in the event of bank failure. To limit exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily place cash deposits with large financial institutions in PRC. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy for allowance for doubtful accounts on the individual customer’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the Company recorded RMB1,815 and RMB1,394 of allowances for accounts receivable, respectively.

Major customers and accounts receivable — During the six months ended September 30, 2018, the Company had two customers that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from these customers amounted to RMB67,845 and RMB14,765, respectively. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company had one customer that accounted over 10% of revenues, and revenue from the customer amounted to RMB51,287. Sales from the above customers relate to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”)/Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) services segment.

Major suppliers — During six months ended September 30, 2018, the Company had one supplier accounted over 10% of total purchases, and purchase from the supplier amounted to RMB17,984. No supplier accounted for more than over 10% of total purchase during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

F-44

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenue recognition

The accounting policies of revenue recognition for all revenue streams disclosed in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2019 remained unchanged.

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by type of contract for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

OEM/ODM

 

111,781

 

81,008

In-house brand

 

21,213

 

9,886

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

Contract assets and liabilities

Contract assets, such as costs to obtain or fulfill contracts, are an insignificant component of the Company’s revenue recognition process. The majority of the Company’s cost of fulfillment as a manufacturer of products is classified as inventories and property and equipment, which are accounted for under the respective guidance for those asset types. Other costs of contract fulfillment are immaterial due to the nature of the Company’s products and their respective manufacturing processes.

Contract liabilities are mainly advance from customers.

Intangible asset

Intangible asset results from the acquisition of the licensed software. The Company accounts for such licensed software with definite lives and amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 years.

Lease

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in ASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous lease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP.

Effective April 1, 2019, we adopted the ASU 2016-02, Leases, which requires the recognition of lease assets and these liabilities by leases for those leases classified as an operating lease under previous guidance. The original guidance required application on a modified retrospective basis with the earliest period presented. In August, 2018, the FASB issues ASU 2018-11, Targeted Improvements to ASC 842, which included an option to not restate comparative periods in transition and elect to use the effective date of ASC 842, Leases, as the date of initial application of transition which we elected. As a result of the adoption of ASC 842 on April 1, 2019, we recorded both operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets of RMB3,042 and lease liability of RMB3,042 after adjusting the impact of supplementary

F-45

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

agreement entered into between Utime GZ and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd (“Jietongda”) subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019 (note 7). The adoption of ASC 842 had no impact on our profit or loss and cash flows for the six-month period ended September 30, 2019. In addition, we elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard which allowed us to carry forward the historical lease classification. Additional information and disclosures required by this new standard are contained in Note 7, ‘Operating lease right-of-use assets’.

Loss per share

Basic net loss per share is the amount of net loss available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted net loss per share is the amount of net loss income available to each share of ordinary shares outstanding during the reporting period adjusted to include the effect of potentially dilutive ordinary shares, if any. Basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the periods presented are calculated as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Numerator:

   

 

   

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited, basic and diluted

 

(4,552

)

 

(9,791

)

Denominator:

   

 

   

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

12,000,000

 

 

12,344,326

 

Net loss attributable to UTime Limited per common share:

   

 

   

 

Basic

 

(0.38

)

 

(0.79

)

Diluted

 

(0.38

)

 

(0.79

)

Recently issued accounting standards

In June 2016, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) amends guidelines on reporting credit losses for assets held at amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities. For assets held at amortized cost basis, Topic 326 eliminates the probable initial recognition threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial assets to present the net amount expected to be collected. For available-for-sale debt securities, credit losses should be measured in a manner similar to current GAAP, however Topic 326 will require that credit losses be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down. ASU 2016-13 affects entities holding financial assets and net investment in leases that are not accounted for at fair value through net income. The amendments affect loans, debt securities, trade receivables, net investments in leases, off balance sheet credit exposures, reinsurance receivables, and any other financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13 on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Disclosure Framework — Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments in this standard will remove, modify and add certain disclosures under ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, with the objective of improving disclosure effectiveness. ASU 2018-13 will be effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning April 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The transition requirements are dependent upon each amendment within this update and will be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect ASU 2018-13 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-46

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Accounts receivable

 

56,668

 

 

43,671

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(1,815

)

 

(1,394

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

54,853

 

 

42,277

 

The Company analyzed the collectability of accounts receivable based on historical collection and the customers’ intention of payment. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

March 31
2019

 

September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of the period

 

1,565

 

1,815

 

Additions for the period

 

250

 

 

Reversal for the period

 

 

(428

)

Foreign currency translation difference

 

 

7

 

Balance at the end of the period

 

1,815

 

1,394

 

As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to RMB1,815 and RMB1,394, respectively. The Company determined that the collection of these customers’ receivable are not probable due to financial difficulties experienced by related customers. During the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company reversed the allowance of doubtful accounts of RMB428 since the settlement was received from a customer in October 2019.

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance to suppliers

 

26,654

 

 

26,437

 

Input GST (India)

 

1,088

 

 

913

 

Receivables from supply chain service provider

 

14,885

 

 

13,605

 

Expected return assets

 

576

 

 

766

 

Deferred IPO expense

 

3,044

 

 

5,250

 

Other receivables

 

5,907

 

 

3,548

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

(8,131

)

 

(8,131

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets, net

 

44,023

 

 

42,388

 

As of March 31, 2019, other receivables primarily consisted of uncollected consideration of selling property to Shenzhen Fumeibang Technology Co., Ltd (“Fumeibang”), previously named Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd. (“BuTa Entertainment”), a company controlled by Mr. Zhou, which amounted to RMB2,613. This consideration was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019.

F-47

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 4 — PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS, NET (cont.)

The Company analyzed the collectability of other current assets based on historical collection. As a result of such analysis, the movement of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:

 

March 31,
2019

 

September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Balance at beginning of the period

 

8,232

 

 

8,131

Reversal for the period

 

(101

)

 

Balance at the end of period

 

8,131

 

 

8,131

As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on advance to suppliers of RMB4,590 primarily consisted of unrecoverable prepayment related to cancellation of abundant purchase orders caused by termination of cooperation with certain OEM/ODM customers. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts on receivables from supply chain service providers of RMB3,541 primarily consisted of VAT recoverable from certain supply chain companies for which the Company determined that the collection was not probable because they were either suffering from liquidity issues or prolonged delay in VAT refund from tax authorities.

NOTE 5 — INVENTORIES

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Raw materials

 

20,045

 

 

21,899

 

Work in progress

 

6,554

 

 

3,087

 

Finished goods

 

9,344

 

 

9,894

 

Total inventory, gross

 

35,943

 

 

34,880

 

Inventory reserve

 

(6,457

)

 

(3,763

)

Total inventory, net

 

29,486

 

 

31,117

 

For the six months ended September 30, 2019, the Company has written-off reserve of RMB2,727 for obsolete inventories disposed.

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Office real estate

 

20,995

 

20,995

Furniture and equipment

 

5,330

 

5,404

Production and other machineries

 

23,863

 

23,877

Total

 

50,188

 

50,276

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

7,960

 

9,710

Property and equipment, net

 

42,228

 

40,566

Included in furniture, fixtures and equipment is computer software with net values of RMB158 and RMB149 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

Depreciation charged to expense amounted to RMB1,433 and RMB1,744 for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

F-48

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 6 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (cont.)

No impairment for property and equipment was recorded for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019.

Details of production and other machineries on lease out under operating lease are as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Cost

 

23,737

 

23,737

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

2,255

 

3,382

Net book value

 

21,482

 

20,355

NOTE 7 — OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, NET

We lease space under non-cancelable operating leases for office and manufacturing locations and production equipment. These leases do not have significant rent escalation holidays, concessions, leasehold improvement incentives, or other build-out clauses. Further, the leases do not contain contingent rent provisions.

Most leases include option to renew in condition that it is agreed by the landlord before expiry. Therefore, the majority of renewals to extend the lease terms are not included in our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities as they are not reasonably certain of exercise. We regularly evaluate the renewal options and when they are reasonably certain of exercise, we include the renewal period in our lease term.

As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of the lease payments.

The components of our lease expense are as follows:

 

Six months
ended
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

Operating lease cost

 

499

Short-term lease cost

 

382

Lease cost

 

881

Supplemental cash flow information related to our operating leases was as follows for the period ended September 30, 2019:

 

Six months
ended
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

   

Operating cash outflow from operating leases

 

1,049

F-49

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 7 — OPERATING LEASE RIGHT-OF-USE ASSETS, NET (cont.)

Maturities of our lease liabilities for all operating leases are as follows as of September 30, 2019:

 

September 30,

   

RMB

2020

 

1,100

 

2021

 

1,100

 

2022 and after

 

742

 

Total lease payments

 

2,942

 

Less: Interest

 

(326

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

2,616

 

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of our operating leases were as follows as of September 30, 2019:

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:

   

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

2.70

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

8.64

%

Subsequent to the year ended March 31, 2019, UTime GZ entered into supplementary agreement with Jietongda and modified the original warehouse lease contract effective since September 1, 2017. Total lease amount reduced from RMB18,876 to RMB7,550 for the 4 years and 6 months’ lease period.

NOTE 8 — EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT

During the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company invested an aggregate amount of RMB1,425 (approximately US$210) in exchange for 35% of the equity interest of Philectronics Inc. (“Philectronics”), which was recorded under the equity method. For the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, the Company recorded its pro-rata share of losses in Philectronics of RMB127 and RMB22, respectively.

NOTE 9 — OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Deposits for leased equipment and factory

 

7,500

 

7,500

Deposits for utility

 

500

 

500

Total other non-current assets

 

8,000

 

8,000

F-50

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 10 — BORROWINGS

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Short-term borrowings

       

China Construction Bank – Loan 1

 

16,000

 

China Construction Bank – Loan 2

 

 

15,000

   

16,000

 

15,000

         

Long-term borrowings

       

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan 1

 

1,680

 

1,440

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank loan 2

 

6,000

 

5,940

   

7,680

 

7,380

         

Representing by:

       

Current portion of long-term borrowings

 

900

 

1,200

Non-current portion of long-term borrowings

 

6,780

 

6,180

____________

(a)      On October 31, 2018, UTime SZ borrowed RMB16,000 as working capital for six months at an annual effective interest rate of 6.09% under the same credit agreement signed on November 15, 2017. The loan was secured by UTime SZ’s accounts receivable and the same office real estate. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao, Mr. Tang and Mr. Zhou. The loan was repaid on April 30, 2019.

(b)      On April 23, 2019, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with China Construction Bank to borrow RMB15,000 as working capital for one year at an annual effective interest rate of 5.8%. The loan is secured by the office real estate owned by UTime SZ and accounts receivable equal to RMB22,500 owned by UTime SZ. The loan is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao and his spouse. As of September 30, 2019, the carrying amount of the office real estate and accounts receivable were RMB18,779 and RMB22,500, respectively.

(c)      On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB2,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB40 from August 21, 2018 to August 8, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan was pledged by 30% of equity interests of UTime SZ owned by Mr. Bao and is also guaranteed by Mr. Bao. On March 19, 2019, the pledged equity interests of UTime SZ was released and replaced by deposit of RMB500 as restricted cash with the bank to secure the loan. RMB320 and RMB240 were repaid by UTime SZ during the year ended March 31, 2019 and the six months ended September 30, 2019, respectively. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the balance of the loan are RMB1,680 and RMB1,440, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB480 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB1,200 and RMB960 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

(d)      On August 1, 2018, UTime SZ entered into a credit agreement with Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to borrow RMB6,000 for a term of 3 years, which is payable at monthly installment of RMB60 from September 21, 2019 to August 20, 2021, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance in the last installment. The loan is secured by real estate owned by Mr. Bao and guaranteed by Mr. Bao. RMB60 was repaid by UTime SZ during the six months ended September 30, 2019. As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the balance for this loan is RMB6,000 and RMB5,940, respectively. Out of the total outstanding loan balance, current portion amounted were RMB420 and RMB720 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively, which are presented as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and the remaining balance of RMB5,580 and RMB5,220 are presented as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively.

F-51

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 11 — OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Advance from customers

 

11,889

 

17,831

Accrued payroll

 

7,797

 

8,253

VAT payable

 

7,014

 

4,588

Refund liabilities

 

624

 

819

Product warranty

 

838

 

181

Other payables

 

14,016

 

4,564

Total

 

42,178

 

36,236

As of March 31, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB9,000 advance from supply chain service provider and RMB2,783 payable for purchasing manufacturing equipment. As of September 30, 2019, other payables mainly included RMB3,000 advance from supply chain service provider.

NOTE 12 — OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSES, NET

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Exchange (gains) losses

 

(5,269

)

 

1,338

 

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

 

147

 

 

(428

)

Government grants

 

(1,294

)

 

(438

)

Others

 

82

 

 

71

 

Total

 

(6,334

)

 

543

 

NOTE 13 — INCOME TAXES

Net loss before taxes of RMB5,295 and RMB9,791 were solely attributed by non-U.S. entities for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

Due to operating losses in previous years and continued earnings volatility, the Company maintains a valuation allowance on the majority of our deferred tax assets. The Company’s effective tax rate differs from statutory rates of 15% to 25% for Chinese income tax purposes due to the effects of the valuation allowance and certain permanent differences from book-tax differences. As a result, the Company recorded income tax expense of RMB424 and RMB247 during the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019, respectively.

The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the six months ended September 30, 2018 and 2019 in accordance with ASC 740. The Company record liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertain tax positions. As of September 30, 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company does not expect any significant change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months from September 30, 2019.

F-52

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 14 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS

Related parties with whom the Company had transactions are:

Related Parties

 

Relationship

Mr. Bao

 

Controlling shareholder of the Company

Mr. He

 

Director and shareholder of the Company

Mr. Tang

 

Non-controlling interests of UTime SZ before February 2018

Mr. Li

 

Non-controlling interests of Bridgetime

Kaiweixin

 

Controlled by Mr. Bao

Philectronics

 

An equity method investee of the Company

(1)    Due from related parties

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

525

 

551

Mr. Tang

 

181

 

Mr. Bao(i)

 

 

1,786

Mr. Li

 

101

 

Mr. He(ii)

 

 

11,429

   

807

 

13,766

____________

(i)      In December, 2019, Mr. Bao has repaid RMB733 to the Company.

(ii)     On April 19, 2019, UTime SZ approved a board resolution that agreed Mr. Min He (“Mr. He”), the controlling shareholder of HMercury Capital Limited, to invest in UTime SZ’s equity interest of RMB21,429 of which RMB10,000 was received during the six months ended September 30, 2019. On November 12, 2019, Mr. He has repaid RMB5,000 to the Company.

(2)    Due to related parties

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Kaiweixin(i)

 

23,035

 

Mr. Bao

 

1,823

 

322

Philectronics

 

597

 

583

   

25,455

 

905

____________

(i)      On September 2, 2019, UTime SZ approved a shareholder resolution that agreed Mr. Bao to invest a consideration of RMB23,884 as UTime SZ’s equity interest. The consideration primarily consisted of the amount due to Kaiweixin of RMB23,035 as of March 31, 2019.

(3)    Transactions with a related party

(a)     Sales revenue

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Philectronics

 

593

 

Total

 

593

 

F-53

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 15 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company was incorporated on October 9, 2018, with authorized share capital of US$15,000 divided into 150,000,000 shares, of which 140,000,000 shares are designated as ordinary shares at par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 shares as preferred shares at par value of US$0.0001 each. On October 9, 2018, the Company issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares with par value of US$0.0001 to its sole shareholder, Mr. Bao, in connection with the incorporation of the Company. On June 3, 2019, the Company issued 377,514 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, to HMercury Capital Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Island that is wholly owned by Mr. He.

As of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, the Company had 140,000,000 authorized ordinary shares, and 12,000,000 and 12,377,514 ordinary shares were issued and outstanding, respectively.

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In the opinion of management, no pending or known threatened claims, actions or proceedings against the Company are expected to have a material adverse effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There is no contingency existing as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

Operating lease commitments

We have non-cancellable agreements to lease our equipment to tenants under operating lease. At September 30, 2019, the minimum future rental income to be received is as follows:

Period ending September 30,

 

RMB

2020

 

1,000

Total

 

1,000

At September 30, 2019, the Company did not have significant capital and other commitments.

NOTE 17 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Feature phone

 

113,008

 

81,729

Smartphone

 

16,236

 

8,758

Cell phone accessories

 

3,750

 

407

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

F-54

UTIME LIMITED
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

NOTE 17 — REVENUE AND GEOGRAPHY INFORMATION (cont.)

The Company’s sales breakdown based on location of customers is as follows:

 

Six months ended
September 30,

   

2018

 

2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

Mainland China

 

47,840

 

33,641

Hong Kong

 

36,290

 

26,811

India

 

21,215

 

9,969

Africa

 

2,420

 

9,693

The United States

 

19,954

 

10,131

South America

 

3,991

 

Others

 

1,284

 

649

Total

 

132,994

 

90,894

The location of the Company’s long-lived assets is as follows:

 

As of
March 31,
2019

 

As of
September 30,
2019

   

RMB

 

RMB

PRC

 

42,026

 

44,546

India

 

202

 

178

Total

 

42,228

 

44,724

Pursuant to ASC 280-10-50-41, the equity method investment of RMB855 and RMB833 as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019, respectively, and deposits recorded in other non-current assets of RMB8,000 were excluded from long-lived assets as of March 31, 2019 and September 30, 2019.

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to the balance sheet date of September 30, 2019 through March 18, 2020, the date on which the financial statements are available to be issued (“the date of the financial statements”).

On August 24, 2018, UTime GZ submitted an arbitration against Guizhou Nianfu Supply Chain Management Co., Ltd. (“Nianfu GZ”) at Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration (“SCIA”), alleging Nianfu GZ defaulted on payment of RMB7,429 under certain supply chain service agreement between UTime GZ and Nianfu GZ (the “Service Agreement”), and seeking compensation losses. The arbitration application filed by UTime GZ was accepted by SCIA at the same date. On July 24, 2019, the SCIA rendered a judgement awarding that (i) Nianfu GZ shall pay RMB1,749 for the balance for goods to UTime GZ; (ii) Nianfu GZ shall pay UTime GZ the property preservation fees and legal fees of RMB19 in total. This judgement has taken effect. On August 14, 2019, Utime GZ has submitted a new arbitration against Nianfu GZ at SCIA, mainly because our management is not satisfied with the amount of the compensation awarded by the SCIA, seeking termination of the Service Agreement and the payment of RMB5,933 by Nianfu GZ under the Service Agreement. The new arbitration application was accepted by SCIA on September 3, 2019 and the tribunal heard the case on November 14, 2019. As of the date of the financial statements, UTime GZ has not received any award of the new arbitration determined by the arbitration tribunal. In August 2019, UTime GZ also filed an application for property preservation with the People’s Court of Honghuagang District (“Honghuagang Court”), requesting that preservation measures, which include seizure, impoundment and freezing of account, shall be taken against the property of Nianfu GZ up to RMB5,940. On September 4, 2019, the Honghuagang Court ruled to seize and freeze Nianfu GZ’s property up to RMB5,940. On September 18, 2019, Honghuagang Court froze three Nianfu GZ’s bank accounts, the preservation period of which is from September 18, 2019 to September 17, 2020.

F-55

Until and including                    , 2020 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

[•]

Ordinary Shares

UTime Limited

________________________

PROSPECTUS

________________________

VIEWTRADE SECURITIES, INC.

        , 2020

 

 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are a Cayman Islands company. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association provide for indemnification of our officers and directors for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own willful negligence or default.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in connection with this offering. Under these agreements, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

ITEM 7.     Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that each of the following issuances to private placement investors was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. We believe that our issuances of incentive shares and options to our employees, directors, officers and consultants were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

On October 9, 2018, we issued 12,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, to Mr. Bao, our founder, chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors, in connection with our incorporation, for consideration of $1,200. In May 2019, these shares were transferred to Grandsky Phoenix Limited, a company established under the laws of the British Virgin Islands that is wholly owned by Mr. Bao.

On June 3, 2019, we issued 377,514 ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, to HMercury Capital Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Island that is wholly owned by Mr. He, our director nominee, pursuant to a certain share subscription agreement, for consideration of $37.75.

As a result, Grandsky Phoenix Limited and HMercury Capital Limited own 96.95% and 3.05% of our equity interests.

ITEM 8.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

a)     Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-6 of this registration statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

II-1

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

b)     Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9.     Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.       To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

ii.      To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective Registration Statement;

iii.     To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

(3)    That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, (i) the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and (ii) each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(4)    To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act need not be furnished, provided that the registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to registration statements on Form F-3, a post-effective amendment need not be filed to include financial statements and information required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or sec.210.3-19 of this chapter if such financial statements and information are contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Form F-3.

(5)    File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

II-2

(6)    That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the small business issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the small business issuer has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the small business issuer of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the small business issuer in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the small business issuer will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(7)    That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the placement method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424. 

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Shenzhen, China, on March 18, 2020.

 

UTIME LIMITED

   

By:

 

/s/ Minfei Bao

   

Name:

 

Minfei Bao

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
(principal executive officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned officers and directors of UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands company, do hereby constitute and appoint Minfei Bao and Shibin Yu as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments, exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which relates to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Minfei Bao

 

Chief Executive Officer and

 

March 18, 2020

Minfei Bao

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal executive officer)

   

/s/ Shibin Yu

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 18, 2020

Shibin Yu

 

(Principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

   

II-4

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of UTime Limited has signed this registration statement in Newark, Delaware, on March 18, 2020.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

/s/ Donald Puglisi

   

Name: Donald Puglisi

   

Title: Managing Director

II-5

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Document

1.1**

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect

3.2**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering

4.1**

 

Specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares

4.2**

 

Form of Representative’s Warrants

5.1**

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered

5.2**

 

Opinion of B&D Law Firm regarding PRC legal matters

5.3**

 

Opinion of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP regarding the validity of the warrants being registered to the representative of the underwriters

8.1**

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1*

 

Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.2*

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.3*

 

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement, dated March 19, 2019, by and between Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. and United Time Technology Company Limited.

10.4*

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement, dated September 4, 2019, by and among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd., United Time Technology Company Limited, Min He and Minfei Bao.

10.5*

 

Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Minfei Bao.

10.6*

 

Amended and Restated Power of Attorney, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Min He.

10.7*

 

Second Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Minfei Bao’s spouse.

10.8*

 

Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter, dated September 4, 2019, executed by Min He’s spouse.

10.9*

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated April 23, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and China Construction Bank.

10.10*

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank.

10.11*

 

English Translation of Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2019, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank.

10.12*

 

English Translation of Lease Agreement, dated February 1, 2018, by and between United Time Technology Company Limited and Shenzhen BuTa Entertainment Technology Co., Ltd.

10.13*

 

English Translation of Lease Agreement, dated September 1, 2017, by and between Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

10.14*

 

Form of Director Offer Letter

10.15*

 

Form of Employment Agreement

10.16**

 

Form of Indemnification Escrow Agreement

10.17**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its officers and directors

10.18*

 

English Translation of Mechanical Equipment Purchase Agreement, between United Time Technology Company Limited and Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

II-6

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Document

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1*

 

Consent of BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2**

 

Consent of Maples and Calder (included in Exhibit 5.1 and 8.1)

23.3**

 

Consent of B&D Law Firm (included in Exhibit 5.2)

23.4**

 

Consent of Ellenoff Grossman & Schole LLP (including in Exhibit 5.3)

24.1*

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to Registration Statement on Form F-1)

99.1*

 

Form of Code of Ethics of the Registrant

99.2*

 

Consent of David Bolocan

99.3*

 

Consent of Lawrence G. Eckles

99.4*

 

Consent of Min He

99.5*

 

Consent of Mo Zou

____________

*        Filed herewith

**      To be filed by amendment

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 REVISION)

 

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

UTime Limited

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 REVISION)

 

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

UTime Limited

 

1The name of the Company is UTime Limited

 

2The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands, or at such other place within the Cayman Islands as the Directors may decide.

 

3The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

4The liability of each Member is limited to the amount unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5The share capital of the Company is US$15,000 divided into 140,000,000 ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

6The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meanings given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

 

 

 

WE, the subscriber to this Memorandum of Association, wish to form a company pursuant to this Memorandum of Association, and we agree to take the number of shares shown opposite our name.

 

Dated this 9th day of October 2018.

 

Signature and Address of Subscriber   Number of Shares Taken
     

Maples Corporate Services Limited

of PO Box 309, Ugland House

Grand Cayman

KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

 

One Ordinary Share

     
     
acting by:    
     
     
Mitzie Forbes    
     
     
Tina Cansell    
Witness to the above signature    

 

2

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2018 REVISION)

 

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

UTime Limited

 

1Interpretation

 

1.1In the Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

Articles

means these articles of association of the Company.
   
Auditor means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
   
Company means the above named company.
   
Directors means the directors for the time being of the Company.
   
Dividend means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
   
Electronic Record has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law.
   
Electronic Transactions Law means the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
Member has the same meaning as in the Statute.
   
Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company.
   
Ordinary Resolution means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.

 

3

 

 

Register of Members means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.
   
Registered Office means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
   
Seal means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
   
Share means a share in the Company and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
   
Special Resolution has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution.
   
Statute means the Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.
   
Subscriber means the subscriber to the Memorandum.
   
Treasury Share means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Statute.

 

1.2In the Articles:

 

(a)words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c)words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person;

 

(d)“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e)“shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(f)references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced;

 

(g)any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

4

 

 

(h)the term “and/or” is used herein to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires);

 

(i)headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles;

 

(j)any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(k)any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Law;

 

(l)sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Law shall not apply;

 

(m)the term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect; and

 

(n)the term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.

 

2Commencement of Business

 

2.1The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.

 

2.2The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3Issue of Shares

 

3.1Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend or other distribution, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Statute and the Articles) vary such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Subscriber shall have the power to:

 

(a)issue one Share to itself;

 

5

 

 

(b)transfer that Share by an instrument of transfer to any person; and

 

(c)update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer of that Share.

 

3.2The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

4Register of Members

 

4.1The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

4.2The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

5Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days.

 

5.2In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.3If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

6Certificates for Shares

 

6.1A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to the Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6

 

 

6.2The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

6.4Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

 

7Transfer of Shares

 

7.1Subject to Article 3.1, Shares are transferable subject to the approval of the Directors by resolution who may, in their absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of Shares without giving any reason. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall notify the transferee within two months of such refusal.

 

7.2The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

8Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares

 

8.1Subject to the provisions of the Statute the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

8.2Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member.

 

8.3The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

8.4The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid Share.

 

7

 

 

9Treasury Shares

 

9.1The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share, determine that such Share shall be held as a Treasury Share.

 

9.2The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they think proper (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).

 

10Variation of Rights of Shares

 

10.1If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

10.2For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

10.3The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

11Commission on Sale of Shares

 

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

8

 

 

12Non Recognition of Trusts

 

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.

 

13Lien on Shares

 

13.1The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

13.2The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

13.3To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.

 

13.4The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

14Call on Shares

 

14.1Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed, in whole or in part, as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

9

 

 

14.2A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

14.3The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

14.4If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine (and in addition all expenses that have been incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment), but the Directors may waive payment of the interest or expenses wholly or in part.

 

14.5An amount payable in respect of a Share on issue or allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of the Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

14.6The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

14.7The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

14.8No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend or other distribution payable in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

15Forfeiture of Shares

 

15.1If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

15.2If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

10

 

 

15.3A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

15.4A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest at such rate as the Directors may determine, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

15.5A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

15.6The provisions of the Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

16Transmission of Shares

 

16.1If a Member dies the survivor or survivors (where he was a joint holder) or his legal personal representatives (where he was a sole holder), shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his Shares. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, for which he was a joint or sole holder.

 

16.2Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him to the Company, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the holder of such Share. If he elects to have another person registered as the holder of such Share he shall sign an instrument of transfer of that Share to that person. The Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

11

 

 

16.3A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends, other distributions and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him be registered as the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days of being received or deemed to be received (as determined pursuant to the Articles) the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, other distributions, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

17Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

17.1The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)increase its share capital by such sum as the Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b)consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)convert all or any of its paid-up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d)by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(e)cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

17.2All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

17.3Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of the Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)change its name;

 

(b)alter or add to the Articles;

 

12

 

 

(c)alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

(d)reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

18Offices and Places of Business

 

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.

 

19General Meetings

 

19.1All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

19.2The Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Statute) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

19.3The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members’ requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

19.4A Members’ requisition is a requisition of Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten per cent. in par value of the issued Shares which as at that date carry the right to vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

19.5The Members’ requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

19.6If there are no Directors as at the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition or if the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the Members’ requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of the requisitionists, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall be held no later than the day which falls three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one day period.

 

19.7A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

13

 

 

20Notice of General Meetings

 

20.1At least five clear days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a)in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

20.2The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that general meeting.

 

21Proceedings at General Meetings

 

21.1No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. Two Members being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum unless the Company has only one Member entitled to vote at such general meeting in which case the quorum shall be that one Member present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person) by its duly authorised representative or proxy.

 

21.2A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

21.3A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all of the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

21.4If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon a Members’ requisition, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

14

 

 

21.5The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairman of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman at such general meeting. If there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.6If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

21.8When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

21.9A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands, the chairman demands a poll, or any other Member or Members collectively present in person or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy) and holding at least ten per cent. in par value of the Shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting demand a poll.

 

21.10Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost or not carried by a particular majority, an entry to that effect in the minutes of the proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

21.11The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

21.12Except on a poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

21.13A poll demanded on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

15

 

 

21.14In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

22Votes of Members

 

22.1Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, on a show of hands every Member who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person is present by its duly authorised representative or by proxy, shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

22.2In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

22.3A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

22.4No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

22.5No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time in accordance with this Article shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

22.6On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall state which proxy is entitled to vote on a show of hands and shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.

 

22.7On a poll, a Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed.

 

16

 

 

23Proxies

 

23.1The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation or other non natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.

 

23.2The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.

 

23.3The chairman may in any event at his discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairman, shall be invalid.

 

23.4The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

23.5Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

24Corporate Members

 

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

17

 

 

25Shares that May Not be Voted

 

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

26Directors

 

There shall be a board of Directors consisting of not less than one person (exclusive of alternate Directors) provided however that the Company may by Ordinary Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the Subscriber.

 

27Powers of Directors

 

27.1Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

27.2All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable or transferable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

27.3The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

27.4The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

28Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

28.1The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.

 

18

 

 

28.2The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.

 

29Vacation of Office of Director

 

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a)the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b)the Director absents himself (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy or an alternate Director appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c)the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d)the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e)all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.

 

30Proceedings of Directors

 

30.1The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be two if there are two or more Directors, and shall be one if there is only one Director. A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointor is not present, count twice towards the quorum.

 

30.2Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointor to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

30.3A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is located at the start of the meeting.

 

19

 

 

30.4A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointor and if such alternate Director is also a Director, being entitled to sign such resolution both on behalf of his appointer and in his capacity as a Director) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

30.5A Director or alternate Director may, or other officer of the Company on the direction of a Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

30.6The continuing Directors (or a sole continuing Director, as the case may be) may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to be equal to such fixed number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

30.7The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

30.8All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director or alternate Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.

 

30.9A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

31Presumption of Assent

 

A Director or alternate Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director or alternate Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

20

 

 

32Directors’ Interests

 

32.1A Director or alternate Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

32.2A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or by, through or on behalf of his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

32.3A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

32.4No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director or alternate Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

32.5A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

33Minutes

 

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

21

 

 

34Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

34.1The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers, authorities and discretions as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall be revoked forthwith if he ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.2The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

34.3The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

34.4The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

34.5The Directors may appoint such officers of the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, any secretary) as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer of the Company may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An officer of the Company may vacate his office at any time if he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns his office.

 

22

 

 

35Alternate Directors

 

35.1Any Director (but not an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

35.2An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, to sign any written resolution of the Directors, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

35.3An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

35.4Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

35.5Subject to the provisions of the Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

36No Minimum Shareholding

 

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

37Remuneration of Directors

 

37.1The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

37.2The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

23

 

 

38Seal

 

38.1The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

38.2The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

38.3A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

39Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

39.1Subject to the Statute and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.

 

39.2Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

39.3The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or other distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

39.4The Directors may resolve that any Dividend or other distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular (but without limitation) by the distribution of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees in such manner as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

24

 

 

39.5Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, Dividends and other distributions may be paid in any currency. The Directors may determine the basis of conversion for any currency conversions that may be required and how any costs involved are to be met.

 

39.6The Directors may, before resolving to pay any Dividend or other distribution, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the discretion of the Directors, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

39.7Any Dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

39.8No Dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

39.9Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

40Capitalisation

 

The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.

 

25

 

 

41Books of Account

 

41.1The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Such books of account must be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

41.2The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

41.3The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

42Audit

 

42.1The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.

 

42.2Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

42.3Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

26

 

 

43Notices

 

43.1Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent by airmail.

 

43.2Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

43.3A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

43.4Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

27

 

 

44Winding Up

 

44.1If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:

 

(a)if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or

 

(b)if the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

44.2If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

45Indemnity and Insurance

 

45.1Every Director and officer of the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former officer of the Company (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

45.2The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

28

 

 

45.3The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

46Financial Year

 

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

47Transfer by Way of Continuation

 

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

48Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

29

 

 

Dated this 9th day of October 2018.  
   
Maples Corporate Services Limited  
of PO Box 309, Ugland House  
Grand Cayman  
KY1-1104  
Cayman Islands  
   
acting by:  
   
   
Mitzie Forbes  
   
   
Tina Cansell  
Witness to the above signature  

 

 

 

30

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement

 

This Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into in Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on September 4, 2019, by and among the following Parties:

 

Party A: Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address:

 

Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited

Address:

 

Party C:

Shareholder A: Minfei Bao

Identity Card No.:

 

Shareholder B: Min He

Identity Card No.:

 

(In this Agreement, the above parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

1. Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated and validly existing in the PRC;

 

2. Party B is a limited liability company incorporated and validly existing in the PRC;

 

3. Party A and Party B have established a business relationship by entering into a certain Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement, pursuant to which Party B will make various payments to Party A, and therefore Party B’s activities in its ordinary course of business will have a material effect upon its ability to make such payments to Party A; and

 

4. Each of the individuals listed as Party C is a shareholder of Party B (collectively, the “Shareholders”), of which Minfei Bao and Min He each holds 96.95% and 3.05% equity of Party B respectively.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, through amicable consultations and based on the principle of equality and mutual benefit, hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Negative Obligations

 

In order to guarantee the performance of Party B in relation to this Agreement and all of Party B’s in relation to its obligations towards Party A, Party B and the Shareholders hereby acknowledge, agree and jointly and severally warrant that without the prior written consent of Party A or any party designated by Party A, Party B shall not engage in any transaction which may have a material or adverse effect on any of its assets, businesses, employees, obligations, rights or operations (except for those occurring in the due course of business or in day-to-day business operations, or those already disclosed to Party A and with the explicit prior written consent of Party A), including without limitation:

 

1.1Conduct any activity beyond the normal business scope of Party B or operate the Party B in a manner inconsistent with its past practice;

 

1.2Make any borrowing or undertake any indebtedness from any third party;

 

1.3Change or remove any of its directors or senior officers;

 

1/7

 

 

1.4Sell, assign, mortgage or otherwise dispose of any assets or rights, including without limitation any intellectual property rights, with any third party;

 

1.5Create or cause the creation of any guarantee, mortgage, pledge, lien or any other security on any of its assets, including intellectual property, in favor of any third party, or create any encumbrance on any such assets;

 

1.6Change its articles of association or its scope of business;

 

1.7Change its ordinary course of business or materially alter any of its major internal rules and bylaws;

 

1.8Transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any third party;

 

1.9Make or cause any material change to its business pattern, marketing strategy, business plan or customer relationships; and

 

1.10Make or cause a distribution of any bonus or dividend to shareholders of Party B.

 

Article 2 Business Management and Human Resources Arrangement

 

2.1Party B and the Shareholders hereby jointly agree to accept and strictly implement any proposal made by Party A from time to time regarding the employment and removal of Party B’s employees, its day-to-day business management and the financial management system of Party B.

 

2.2Party B and the Shareholders hereby jointly agree that the Shareholders will elect or appoint, as applicable, any person designated by Party A as Party B’s director, chairman, president, chief financial officer and any other executive officers in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and its articles of association.

 

2.3Upon termination of his or her employment with Party A, either voluntarily or by Party A, each of the directors or senior officers elected or appointed under Section 2.2 will be simultaneously disqualified to hold any position in Party B; under such circumstance, the Shareholders shall elect any other person designated by Party A for such position.

 

2.4For purpose of Section 2.3, the Shareholders will take any actions required under relevant laws, articles of association and this Agreement to effect the employment and termination provided under Sections 2.2 and 2.3.

 

2.5The Shareholders hereby agree that, in conjunction with the execution of this Agreement, each of the shareholders will execute an irrevocable power of attorney authorizing Party A to exercise its rights as the shareholder of Party B and to exercise its voting rights in the name of shareholder at Party B’s shareholders meeting.

 

2/7

 

 

Article 3 Other Agreements

 

3.1Upon termination or expiration of any agreement between Party A and Party B, Party A may elect to terminate all of its agreements with Party B, including without limitation the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.

 

3.2Considering the business relationship established between Party A and Party B based on the executed Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement, Party B’s activities in its ordinary course of business will have a material effect upon its ability to make relevant payments to Party A. Each of the Shareholders agrees that any bonus, dividend or any other benefit or interest receivable by it as the shareholder of Party B will be unconditionally and automatically paid or transferred to Party A.

 

Article 4 Entire Agreements and Amendments to the Agreement

 

4.1This Agreement and all of the agreements and/or documents referred to or expressly included herein constitute the entire agreements among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereto and supersede all prior agreements, contracts, understandings and communications, whether written or oral, among the Parties with respect to the same.

 

4.2This Agreement may not be amended unless by the agreement of all of the Parties in writing. Any amendment or supplement hereto duly executed by the Parties shall be an integral part of and have the same effect with this Agreement.

 

Article 5 Confidentiality Clause

 

5.1Regardless of whether this Agreement is terminated or not, each Party shall keep strictly confidential all business secrets, proprietary information, customer information and all other information of a confidential nature concerning the other Parties known by it during the execution and performance of this Agreement (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). Unless a prior written consent is obtained from the Party disclosing the Confidential Information (the “Disclosing Party”) or unless it is required to be disclosed to third parties in accordance with relevant laws, rules and regulations (including those of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission) or the requirements of the place where any affiliate is listed on a stock exchange, the Party receiving the Confidential Information (the “Receiving Party”) shall not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information. The Receiving Party shall not use any Confidential Information other than for the purpose of performing this Agreement.

 

5.2The following information shall not be deemed part of the Confidential Information:

 

(a) Any information that has been lawfully acquired by the receiving Party prior to entering into the Agreement as evidenced by other written documents;

(b) Any information entering the public domain not attributable to the fault of the Party receiving the information; or

(c) Any information lawfully acquired by the Party receiving the information through other sources after its receipt of such information.

 

5.3For purposes of performing this Agreement, the Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information to its relevant employees, agents or professionals retained by it. However, the Receiving Party shall ensure that the aforesaid persons shall comply with all relevant terms and conditions of this Article 5. In addition, the Receiving Party shall be responsible for any liability incurred as a result of such persons’ breach of the relevant terms and conditions of this Article 5.

 

5.4Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the effect of this Article 5 shall not be affected by the termination of this Agreement.

 

3/7

 

 

Article 6 Governing Law

 

6.1The execution, validity, performance of this Agreement and the resolution of any dispute arising from this Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the PRC.

 

Article 7 Dispute Resolution

 

7.1Should any dispute arise in connection with construction or performance of any provision under this Agreement, the Parties shall seek in good faith to resolve such dispute through negotiations. If the negotiations fail, any of the Parties may submit the dispute to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (“CIETAC”) for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules then in effect. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese. CIETAC’s judgment shall be final and binding on each of the Parties.

 

7.2Except for the matter under dispute, each of the Parties shall continue to perform its obligations under this Agreement in good faith.

 

Article 8 Notices

 

8.1Any notice, request, demand and other correspondence required by this Agreement or made in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in written form and delivered to the following address in person, by fax, telegram, telex, email, registered mail (postage paid) or express mail.

 

To Party A: Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

To Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited

Address: F2.64D-403, Tian ZhanBuilding, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

To Party C:

Shareholder A: Minfei Bao

Address: Room 10A, Block A, Building 1, SHOUDIRONGYU, West Xiangshan Street, Overseas Chinese Town, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

Shareholder B: Min He

Address: Hengxiang, Yushan Community, Hengdian Town, Dongyang City, Zhejiang province, P.R.China

Email: 568987798@qq.com

 

8.2If any such notice or other correspondence is transmitted by fax, telegram, telex or email, it shall be treated as delivered immediately upon transmission; if delivered in person, it shall be treated as delivered at the time of delivery; if delivered by registered mail or express mail, it shall be treated as delivered three (3) days after posting.

 

4/7

 

 

Article 9 Effectiveness, Term of this Agreement

 

9.1Any written consent, proposal, appointment and any other decision made in connection with this Agreement which may have a material effect on Party B’s day-to-day business operations shall be made by Party A’s board of directors.

 

9.2This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by each of the Parties on the date first written above and shall remain valid until it is terminated by written agreement of the Parties.

 

9.3During the term of this Agreement, none of Party B or the Shareholders may terminate this Agreement. Party A shall have the sole right to terminate this Agreement at any time, provided that Party A gives prior written notice of thirty (30) days to Party B and its shareholders. The parties may terminate this Agreement as they unanimously agree through negotiation.

 

9.4If any term or provision hereof is found to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable laws, such term or provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as if such term or provision had never been contained herein. The Parties shall negotiate to replace such deleted term or provision with a lawful and valid term or provision acceptable to each of the Parties.

 

9.5Failure to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver thereof. Any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall not preclude exercise of any other right, power or privilege under this Agreement.

 

Article 10 Force Majeure

 

10.1Force Majeure shall mean events beyond the reasonable control of the Parties that are unforeseeable or foreseeable but unavoidable, which cause obstruction in, impact on or delay in either Party’s performance of part or all of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement, including without limitation, government acts, natural disasters, wars, hacker attacks or any other similar events.

 

10.2The Party affected by Force Majeure may suspend the performance of relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effects of Force Majeure are eliminated, without having to assume any liability for breach of contract, provided however that such Party shall endeavor to overcome such events and reduce the negative effects to the best of its abilities.

 

10.3The Party affected by Force Majeure shall provide the other Party with valid certificate documents verifying the occurrence of Force Majeure events, which documents shall be issued by the notary office where the events occur (or other appropriate agencies). In case the Party affected by Force Majeure cannot provide such certificate documents, the other Party may request such certificate documents in order to assume the liability for breach of contract in accordance with this Agreement.

 

5/7

 

 

Article 11 Miscellaneous

 

11.1This Agreement is written in English with a Chinese translation. In the event of any discrepancy between the two versions, the English version shall prevail. This Agreement is made with four (4) original copies, of which Party A, Party B and the Shareholders will each hold one copy respectively.

 

11.2The headings in this Agreement are written for ease of reference only and in no event shall they affect the interpretation of any terms of this Agreement.

 

11.3Matters not covered in this Agreement shall be determined by the Parties separately through consultation.

 

11.4Party C undertakes that all provisions herein shall remain legally binding upon it regardless of any future change that may occur to its percent of shareholding in Party B, and that the provisions herein shall apply to all stock equity that Party C may hold in Party B, unless the percent of shareholding in Party B of Party C becomes null.

 

11.5This Agreement shall be binding on the legal successors or assigns of the Parties.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

6/7

 

 

[Signature Page of Second Amended and Restated

Business Operation Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives on the date first written above.

  

Party A: Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (Seal)

  

Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
Name:    Minfei Bao  

 

Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited (Seal)

  

Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
  Name:   Minfei Bao  

 

Party C:

 

Minfei Bao (Signature): /s/ Minfei Bao  
     
Min He (Signature): /s/ Min He  

 

 

7/7

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement

 

This Seconnd Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into in Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on September 4, 2019 by and among the following Parties:

 

1. Shareholder A: Minfei Bao

Identification Card No.: 510402197304140958

 

2. Shareholder B: Min He

Identification Card No.: 330724198604175410

 

(Shareholder A and Shareholder B are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Company Shareholder” and collectively as the “Company Shareholders.”)

 

3. Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (the “WFOE”)

Registered address:

 

4. United Time Technology Company Limited (the “Company”)

Registered address:

 

(In this Agreement, the above parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”)

 

Whereas:

 

(1)The Company Shareholders are the registered shareholders of the Company, legally holding all the equity interest in the Company. Appendix 1 sets forth the capital contribution amount made by each of the Company Shareholders and the shareholding percentage of each as reflected in the registered capital of the Company as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(2)To the extent not in violation of PRC Law, the Company Shareholders intend to transfer all of their respective equity interest in the Company to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE, and the WFOE intends to accept such transfer.

 

(3)To the extent not in violation of PRC Law, the Company intends to transfer its assets to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE, and the WFOE intends to accept such transfer.

 

(4)For purposes of the foregoing equity interest and asset transfer, the Company Shareholders and the Company agree to grant to the WFOE the exclusive and irrevocable Equity Transfer Option (as defined below) and Asset Purchase Option (as defined below). Pursuant to such Equity Transfer Option and Asset Purchase Option, at the WFOE’s sole request, the Company Shareholders or the Company shall, to the extent permitted by the PRC Law, transfer the Shareholder Equity (as defined below) or the Company Assets (as defined below) to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

1 / 19

 

 

(5)The Company agrees that the Company Shareholders grant the Equity Transfer Option to the WFOE pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(6)The Company Shareholders agree that the Company grants the Asset Purchase Option to the WFOE pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, after amicable consultations, hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Definitions

 

1.1As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall be interpreted to have the following meanings, unless otherwise interpreted pursuant to the context:

 

Asset Purchase Option” shall mean the required option to purchase any Company Assets as granted to the WFOE by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Business Permits” shall mean any approvals, permits, filings, or registrations which the Company is required to obtain in order to legally and validly operate all of its businesses, including without limitation, its business license and such other relevant permits and licenses as may be required by the then-effective PRC Law.

 

Company Assets” shall mean all the tangible and intangible assets which the Company owns or has the right to dispose of during the term of this Agreement, including without limitation, any immoveable and moveable assets, intellectual property rights such as trademarks, copyrights, patents, know-how, domain names and software use rights, and any investment interests.

 

Company Registered Capital” shall mean the registered capital of the Company as of the signing date of this Agreement, which shall include any expanded registered capital as a result of any capital increase in any form during the term of this Agreement.

 

Equity Transfer Option” shall mean the option to purchase all of the Shareholder Equity held by each of the Company Shareholders as granted to the WFOE by the Company Shareholders pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Exercise of Option” shall mean the exercise of the Equity Transfer Option or the Asset Purchase Option by the WFOE.

 

Material Asset” shall mean any asset which has a book value of RMB100,000 or more or has a material effect on the business operations of any Party.

 

2 / 19

 

 

Material Agreement” shall mean, in respect to the Company, any agreement to which the Company is a party and which has a material effect on the business or assets of the Company, including without limitation, the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement entered into by the Company and the WFOE on March 19, 2019 and other important agreements regarding the business of the Company; in respect of a Subsidiary, any agreement to which such Subsidiary is a party and which has a material effect on the business or assets of such Subsidiary.

 

PRC” shall mean the People’s Republic of China, which, for purposes of this Agreement only, excludes the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

 

PRC Law” shall mean the then-effective laws, administrative regulations, administrative rules, local regulations, judicial interpretations and other binding regulatory documents of the PRC.

 

Shareholder Equity” shall mean, in respect of each of the Company Shareholders, all the equity interest held by him or her in the Company Registered Capital, respectively, in respect of all the Company Shareholders, the equity interest covering 100% of the Company Registered Capital.

 

Transferred Assets” shall mean the Company Assets which the WFOE has the right to require the Company to transfer to it or its designated entity or individual in accordance with Article 3 hereof when the WFOE exercises its Asset Purchase Option, the quantity of which may be all or part of the Company Assets and the details of which shall be determined by the WFOE at its sole discretion in accordance with the then-effective PRC Law and based on its commercial consideration.

 

Transferred Equity” shall mean the equity interest in the Company which the WFOE has the right to request either of the Company Shareholders to transfer to it or its designated entity or individual in accordance with Article 3 hereof when the WFOE exercises its Equity Transfer Option, the quantity of which may be all or part of the Shareholder Equity and the specific amount of which shall be determined by the WFOE at its sole discretion in accordance with the then-effective PRC Law and based on its commercial consideration.

 

Transfer Price” shall mean all the consideration that the WFOE or its designated entity or individual is required to pay to the Company Shareholders or the Company in order to obtain the Transferred Equity or the Transferred Assets upon each Exercise of Option as provided herein.

 

1.2The references to any PRC Law herein shall be deemed to:

 

(1)simultaneously include any and all references to the amendments, changes, supplements and restatements of such PRC Law, irrespective of whether they take effect before or after the execution of this Agreement; and

 

3 / 19

 

 

(2)simultaneously include the references to other decisions, notices and regulations enacted in accordance therewith or effective as a result thereof.

 

1.3Except as otherwise stated in the context herein, all references to an article, clause, item or paragraph shall refer to the corresponding part of this Agreement.

 

Article 2 Grant of Equity Transfer Option and Asset Purchase Option

 

2.1The Company Shareholders hereby severally and jointly agree to grant the WFOE an irrevocable, unconditional and exclusive Equity Transfer Option. Pursuant to such Equity Transfer Option, the WFOE is entitled, to the extent permitted under PRC Law, to request the Company Shareholders transfer the Shareholder Equity to the WFOE, or the WFOE’s designated entity or individual, according to the terms and conditions hereunder. The WFOE also agrees to accept such Equity Transfer Option.

 

2.2The Company hereby agrees that the Company Shareholders grant such Equity Transfer Option to the WFOE according to Article 2.1 above and other provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.3The Company hereby agrees to grant the WFOE an irrevocable, unconditional and exclusive Asset Purchase Option. Pursuant to such Asset Purchase Option, the WFOE is entitled, to the extent permitted under PRC Law, to request the Company to transfer all or part of the Company Assets to the WFOE, or the WFOE’s designated entity or individual, according to the terms and conditions hereunder. The WFOE also agrees to accept such Asset Purchase Option.

 

2.4The Company Shareholders hereby severally and jointly agree that the Company grants such Asset Purchase Option to the WFOE according to Article 2.3 above and other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 3 Method of Exercise of Option

 

3.1.Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the WFOE shall have the absolute sole discretion to determine the specific time, method and times of its Exercise of Option to the extent permitted under PRC Law.

 

3.2.Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent not in violation of the then-effective PRC Law, the WFOE shall have the right, at any time, to request to acquire the Transferred Equity from the Company Shareholders by itself or through any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE.

 

3.3.Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the extent not in violation of the then-effective PRC Law, the WFOE shall have the right, at any time, to request to acquire the Transferred Assets from the Company by itself or through any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE.

 

4 / 19

 

 

3.4.With regard to the Equity Transfer Option, at each Exercise of Option, the WFOE shall have the right to arbitrarily determine the amount of the Transferred Equity to be transferred by the Company Shareholders to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it. The Company Shareholders shall respectively transfer the Transferred Equity to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it in the amount requested by the WFOE. The WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it shall pay the Transfer Price with respect to the Transferred Equity acquired at each Exercise of Option to the Company Shareholders transferring such Transferred Equity.

 

3.5.With regard to the Asset Purchase Option, at each Exercise of Option, the WFOE shall have the right to determine the specific Company Assets to be transferred by the Company to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it. The Company shall transfer the Transferred Assets to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it in accordance with the WFOE’s requirement. The WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it shall pay the Transfer Price to the Company with respect to the Transferred Assets acquired at each Exercise of Option.

 

3.6.At each Exercise of Option, the WFOE may acquire the Transferred Equity or Transferred Assets by itself or designate any third party to acquire all or part of the Transferred Equity or Transferred Assets.

 

3.7.Having decided each Exercise of Option, the WFOE shall issue to the Company Shareholders or the Company a notice for exercising the Equity Transfer Option or a notice for exercising the Asset Purchase Option (the “Exercise Notice”, the form of which is set out in Appendix 2 and Appendix 3 hereto). The Company Shareholders or the Company shall, upon receipt of the Exercise Notice, forthwith transfer all the Transferred Equity or Transferred Assets in accordance with the Exercise Notice to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE in such method as described in Article 3.4 or Article 3.5 hereof.

 

Article 4 Transfer Price

 

4.1.With regard to the Equity Transfer Option, the total Transfer Price to be paid by the WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE to the Company Shareholders at Exercise of Option by the WFOE shall be the capital contribution mirrored by the corresponding Transferred Equity in the Company Registered Capital. But if the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law is lower than the above capital contribution, the Transfer Price shall be the lowest price permitted by the PRC Law.

 

4.2.With regard to the Asset Purchase Option, the Transfer Price to be paid by the WFOE or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE to the Company at each Exercise of Option by the WFOE shall be the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law.

 

5 / 19

 

 

Article 5 Representations and Warranties

 

5.1The Company Shareholders hereby severally and jointly represent and warrant that:

 

5.1.1.Each of the Company Shareholders is a Chinese citizen. Each of them has the full and independent legal status and legal capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and may act independently as a party to a lawsuit.

 

5.1.2The Company is a limited liability company duly registered and legitimately existing under the PRC Law with an independent legal personality. It has the complete and independent legal status and legal capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and may act as the subject of litigation independently. The Company has the full power and authority to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

5.1.3The Company Shareholders have the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transaction contemplated hereby and to be executed by them. The Company Shareholders have the full power and authority to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

5.1.4This Agreement is legally and duly executed and delivered by the Company Shareholders. This Agreement shall constitute their legal and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.1.5The Company Shareholders are the legitimate owner of the Shareholder Equity as of the effective date of this Agreement, and except for the rights created under the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement executed by the Company, the WFOE and the Company Shareholders on the date hereof, the Shareholder Equity is free from and clear of any lien, pledge, mortgage and other encumbrances and third party rights. Pursuant to this Agreement, the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it may, after the Exercise of Option, acquire good and legal title to the Transferred Equity, free from and clear of any lien, pledge, mortgage and other encumbrances or third party rights.

 

5.1.6To the knowledge of the Company Shareholders, the Company Assets are free from and clear of any lien, pledge, mortgage other encumbrances and third party rights. Pursuant to this Agreement, the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it may, after the Exercise of Option, acquire good title to the Company Assets, free and clear of any lien, pledge, mortgage and other encumbrances or third party rights.

 

5.1.7Unless as mandatorily required by the PRC Law, the Company Shareholders shall not request the Company to declare the distribution of or in practice release any distributable profit, bonus or dividend; the Company Shareholders shall, in compliance with the PRC Law, promptly gift any profit, bonus or dividend obtained by them from the Company to the WFOE and/or any qualified entity or individual designated by the WFOE.

6 / 19

 

 

5.1.8The execution, delivery and performance by the Company Shareholders of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company Shareholders of the transaction contemplated hereby does not violate any PRC Law or any agreement, contract or other arrangement with any third party by which the Company Shareholders are bound.

 

5.2The Company hereby represents and warrants that:

 

5.2.1The Company is a limited liability company duly registered and legitimately existing under PRC Law with an independent legal personality. It has the full and independent legal status and may act independently as a party to a lawsuit.

 

5.2.2The Company has the full internal corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transaction contemplated hereby and to be executed by it. It has the full power and authority to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

5.2.3This Agreement is legally and duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal and binding obligation against it.

 

5.2.4The Company Assets are free from and clear of any lien, mortgage, claim or other encumbrances or third party rights. Pursuant to this Agreement, the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by it will, after the Exercise of Option, acquire good title to the Company Assets, free from and clear of any lien, mortgage, claim or other encumbrances or third party rights.

 

5.2.5The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transaction contemplated hereby does not violate any PRC Law or any agreement, contract or other arrangements with any third party by which it is bound.

 

5.2.6Unless as mandatorily required by the PRC Law, the Company shall not declare the distribution of or in practice release any distributable profit, bonus or dividend.

 

5.3The WFOE hereby represents and warrants that:

 

5.3.1.The WFOE is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise duly registered and legally existing under PRC Law. The WFOE has the full and independent legal status and may act independently as a party to lawsuit.

 

7 / 19

 

 

5.3.2.The WFOE has the full internal corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and all other documents relating to the transaction contemplated hereby and to be executed by it. It has the full power and authority to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

5.3.3.This Agreement is legally and duly executed and delivered by the WFOE. This Agreement shall constitute a legal and binding obligation against it.

 

Article 6 Undertakings by the Company Shareholders

 

The Company Shareholders hereby severally undertakes that:

 

6.1Within the valid term of this Agreement, without the WFOE’s prior written consent, any Company Shareholder:

 

6.1.1.shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shareholder Equity or create any encumbrance or other third party rights on any Shareholder Equity;

 

6.1.2.shall not increase or decrease the Company Registered Capital or cause or permit the Company to be divided or merged with any other entity;

 

6.1.3.shall not dispose of or cause the management of the Company to dispose of any Material Asset (other than in the ordinary course of business), or create any encumbrance or other third party rights on any Material Asset;

 

6.1.4.shall not terminate or cause the management of the Company to terminate any Material Agreement entered into by the Company, or enter into any other agreement in conflict with the existing Material Agreements;

 

6.1.5.shall not appoint or dismiss and replace any director or supervisor of the Company or any other management personnel of the Company who shall be appointed or dismissed by the Company Shareholders;

 

6.1.6.shall not cause the Company to declare the distribution of or in practice release any distributable profit, dividend, share profit or share interest;

 

6.1.7.shall ensure that the Company maintains its valid legal existence and that such status is not terminated, liquidated or dissolved;

 

6.1.8.shall not amend the articles of association of the Company;

 

6.1.9.shall ensure that the Company will not lend or borrow any money, or provide any guarantee or engage in security activities in any other form, or bear any substantial obligations other than in the ordinary course of business; and

 

8 / 19

 

 

6.1.10.shall not cause the Company or the management of the Company to approve any of the following acts of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates (individually as a “Subsidiary” and collectively as the “Subsidiaries”), including:

 

(a)increase or decrease any Subsidiary’s registered capital or cause or permit any Subsidiary to be divided or merged with any other entity;

 

(b)dispose of or cause the management of the Subsidiaries to dispose of any Material Asset of any Subsidiary (other than in the ordinary course of business), or create any encumbrance or other third party rights on such assets;

 

(c)terminate or cause the management of the Subsidiaries to terminate any Material Agreement entered into by any Subsidiary, or enter into any other agreement in conflict with the existing Material Agreements;

 

(d)appoint or dismiss and replace any director or supervisor of any Subsidiary or any other management personnel of such Subsidiary who shall be appointed or dismissed by the Company;

 

(e)terminate, liquidate or dissolve any Subsidiary or act in any way that damages or is likely to damage the valid existence of any Subsidiary;

 

(f)amend the articles of association of any Subsidiary; or

 

(g)lend or borrow any money, provide any guarantee, engage in security activities in any other form, or bear any substantial obligations other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

6.2During the term of this Agreement, the Company Shareholders shall endeavor to the best of their ability to develop the business of the Company and ensure that the Company’s operations are legal and in compliance with the regulations, and they will not engage in any act or omission which may damage the Company’s (or its Subsidiaries’) assets and/or goodwill or affect the validity of the Business Permits of the Company.

 

6.3During the term of this Agreement, the Company Shareholders shall notify the WFOE of any circumstances that may have a material adverse effect on the existence, business operations, financial conditions, assets or goodwill of the Company (including the Subsidiaries’) and take all the measures approved by the WFOE to remove such adverse circumstances or take effective remedial measures with respect thereto in a timely manner.

 

9 / 19

 

 

6.4Once the WFOE gives the Exercise Notice:

 

6.4.1.the Company Shareholders shall promptly convene a meeting of the shareholders, pass shareholder’s resolutions and take all other necessary actions to approve any Company Shareholder and the Company to transfer all the Transferred Equity or the Transferred Assets at the Transfer Price to the WFOE, and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE, and waive any preemptive right to purchase such interests enjoyed by the Company Shareholders (if any);

 

6.4.2.the Company Shareholders shall promptly enter into an equity transfer agreement with the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE to transfer all the Transferred Equity at the Transfer Price to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE and provide necessary support to the WFOE (including the provision and execution of all relevant legal documents, performance of all government approval and registration procedures and assumption of all relevant obligations) in accordance with the WFOE’s requirements and the PRC Law so that the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE may acquire all the Transferred Equity, free from and clear of any legal defect or any encumbrance, third party restriction or any other restrictions on the Transferred Equity.

 

6.5If the total Transfer Price obtained by any Company Shareholder with respect to the Transferred Equity held by the shareholder is higher than the capital contribution corresponding with such Transferred Equity in the Company Registered Capital, or any Company Shareholder receives any form of profit distribution, share profit, share interest or dividend from the Company, then each of the Company Shareholders agrees, so long as it does not violate any PRC Laws, to waive the premium earnings and any profit distribution, share profit, share interest or dividend (after the deduction of relevant taxes) and the WFOE shall be entitled to such profit distribution, share profit, interest or dividend. Otherwise, the Company Shareholders shall compensate the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE for any loss incurred as a result thereof.

 

Article 7 Undertakings by the Company

 

7.1The Company hereby undertakes that:

 

7.1.1.If any consent, permit, waiver or authorization by any third party, or any approval, permit or exemption by any government authority, or any registration or filing formalities (if required by law) with any government authority needs to be obtained or handled with respect to the execution and performance of this Agreement and grant of the Equity Transfer Option or Asset Purchase Option hereunder, the Company shall endeavor to assist in satisfying the above conditions.

 

7.1.2.Without the WFOE’s prior written consent, the Company shall not assist or permit the Company Shareholders to transfer or otherwise dispose of any Shareholder Equity or create any encumbrance or other third party rights on any Shareholder Equity.

 

10 / 19

 

 

7.1.3.Without the WFOE’s prior written consent, the Company shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of any Material Asset (other than in the ordinary course of business) or create any encumbrance or other third party rights on any Company Assets.

 

7.1.4.The Company shall not itself nor permit others to act in such a way as to adversely affect the interests of the WFOE under this Agreement, including without limitation, any behavior or action that is subject to Article 6.1.

 

7.2Within the valid term of this Agreement, once the WFOE gives its Exercise Notice:

 

7.2.1the Company shall promptly cause the Company Shareholders to convene a meeting of the Shareholder, pass Shareholder’s resolutions and take all other necessary actions to approve the Company’s transfer of all of the Transferred Assets at the Transfer Price to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual so designated by the WFOE;

 

7.2.2the Company shall promptly enter into an asset transfer agreement with the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE to transfer all of the Transferred Assets at the Transfer Price to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE, and cause the Company Shareholders to provide necessary support to the WFOE (including provision and execution of all relevant legal documents, performing all government approval and registration procedures and assuming all relevant obligations) in accordance with the WFOE’s requirements and the PRC Law so that the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE may acquire all the Transferred Assets, free from and clear of any legal defect or any encumbrance, third party restriction or any other restrictions on the Transferred Assets.

 

Article 8 Confidentiality Obligations

 

8.1Regardless of whether this Agreement is terminated or not, each Party shall keep strictly confidential all business secrets, proprietary information, customer information and all other information of a confidential nature concerning the other Parties known by it during the execution and performance of this Agreement (collectively, the “Confidential Information”). Unless a prior written consent is obtained from the Party disclosing the Confidential Information (the “Disclosing Party”) or unless it is required to be disclosed to third parties in accordance with relevant laws, rules and regulations (including those of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission) or the requirements of the place where any affiliate is listed on a stock exchange, the Party receiving the Confidential Information (the “Receiving Party”) shall not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information. The Receiving Party shall not use any Confidential Information other than for the purpose of performing this Agreement.

 

11 / 19

 

 

8.2The following information shall not be deemed part of the Confidential Information:

 

(a)any information that has been lawfully acquired by the receiving Party prior to entering into the Agreement as evidenced by other written documents;

 

(b)any information entering the public domain not attributable to the fault of the Party receiving the information; or

 

(c)any information lawfully acquired by the Party receiving the information through other sources after its receipt of such information.

 

8.3For purposes of performing this Agreement, the Receiving Party may disclose the Confidential Information to its relevant employees, agents or professionals retained by it. However, the Receiving Party shall ensure that the aforesaid persons shall comply with all relevant terms and conditions of this Article 8. In addition, the Receiving Party shall be responsible for any liability incurred as a result of such persons’ breach of the relevant terms and conditions of this Article 8.

 

8.4Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the effect of this Article 8 shall not be affected by the termination of this Agreement.

 

Article 9 Term of Agreement

 

9.1This Agreement shall become effective immediately upon the signing of this Agreement by all parties. This Agreement shall terminate after all the Shareholder Equity and the Company Assets are lawfully transferred to the WFOE and/or any other entity or individual designated by the WFOE pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12 / 19

 

 

Article 10 Notices

 

10.1Any notice, request, demand and other correspondence required by this Agreement or made in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in written form and delivered to the following address in person, by fax, telegram, telex, email, registered mail (postage paid) or express mail.

 

To the Company Shareholders:

Shareholder A: Minfei Bao

Address: Room 10A, Block A, Building 1, SHOUDIRONGYU, West Xiangshan Street, Overseas Chinese Town, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

Shareholder B: Min He

Address: Hengxiang, Yushan Community, Hengdian Town, Dongyang City, Zhejiang province, P.R.China

Email: 568987798@qq.com

 

To the WFOE: Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

To the Company: United Time Technology Company Limited

Address: F2.64D-403, Tian ZhanBuilding, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

10.2If any such notice or other correspondence is transmitted by fax, telegram, telex or email, it shall be treated as delivered immediately upon transmission; if delivered in person, it shall be treated as delivered at the time of delivery; if delivered by registered mail or express mail, it shall be treated as delivered three (3) days after posting.

 

Article 11 Defaulting Liability

 

11.1The Parties agree and confirm that, if any of the Parties (the “Defaulting Party”) substantially violates any agreement herein or substantially fails to perform or delays performance of any of the obligations hereunder, such violation, failure or delay shall constitute a default under this Agreement (a “Default”). The non-defaulting Party shall have the right, within a reasonable period, to request the Defaulting Party to rectify or take remedial actions. If the Defaulting Party fails to rectify such Default or take remedial actions within such reasonable period or within ten (10) days after the non-defaulting Party notifies the Defaulting Party in writing requiring the Default to be rectified, then the non-default Party will be entitled to decide at its own discretion as follows:

 

11.1.1.if any Company Shareholder or the Company is the Defaulting Party, the WFOE shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and require the Defaulting Party to indemnify the non-defaulting parties for any and all damages;

 

11.1.2.if the WFOE is the Defaulting Party, the non-defaulting Party shall be entitled to indemnification from the Defaulting Party, but unless otherwise provided for by the PRC Law, the non-defaulting Party has no right to terminate or cancel this Agreement under any circumstances.

 

11.2Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the effect of this Article 11 shall not be affected by the termination of this Agreement.

 

13 / 19

 

 

Article 12 Miscellaneous

 

12.1This Agreement is written in English and translated into Chinese. In the event of any discrepancy between the two versions, the English version shall prevail. This Agreement is made with four (4) original copies, with one (1) original to be retained by each Party hereto.

 

12.2The execution, effectiveness, performance, revision, interpretation and termination of this Agreement shall be governed by PRC Law.

 

12.3Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved through consultations among the Parties. In case the Parties fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days after a dispute arises, such dispute shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (CIETAC) for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese. The arbitration judgment shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

12.4None of the rights, powers or remedies granted to any Party by any provision herein shall preclude any other rights, powers or remedies available to such Party at law and under the other provisions of this Agreement. In addition, a Party’s exercise of any of its rights, powers and remedies shall not exclude such Party from exercising any of its other rights, powers and remedies.

 

12.5No failure or delay by a Party in exercising any rights, powers and remedies available to it hereunder or at law (hereinafter referred to as “Such Rights”) shall result in a waiver thereof, nor shall the waiver of any single or part of Such Rights exclude such Party from exercising Such Rights in any other way and exercising other rights of such Party.

 

12.6The headings of the provisions herein are for reference only, and in no event shall such headings be used for or affect the interpretation of the provisions hereof.

 

12.7Each provision contained herein shall be severable and independent from each of the other provisions. If any one or more provision herein is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable at any time, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall not be affected as a result thereof.

 

12.8This Agreement, when signed, shall supersede any prior legal documents executed by and among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Any amendment or supplement hereto shall be made in writing and shall become effective only upon due execution by the Parties hereto.

 

12.9Without the prior written consent of other Parties, none of the Parties shall transfer any of its rights and/or obligations hereunder to any third party.

 

12.10This Agreement shall be binding on the legal successors or assigns of the Parties.

 

14 / 19

 

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

15 / 19

 

 

[Signature Page of Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following Parties have executed this Agreement to be executed on the date and at the place first above written.

 

Shareholder A: Minfei Bao (Signature):  /s/ Minfei Bao  
      
Shareholder B: Min He (Signature):  /s/ Min He  

 

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Authorized Representative (Signature):  /s/ Minfei Bao  
   Name: Minfei Bao  

 

United Time Technology Company Limited (Seal)

      
Authorized Representative (Signature):  /s/ Minfei Bao  
   Name: Minfei Bao  

 

16 / 19

 

 

Appendix 1:

 

Company’s General Information

 

Company name: United Time Technology Company Limited
   
Registered address: F2.64D-403, Tian Zhan Building, Tian An Che Kung
Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian
District, Shenzhen, P.R.China (Company Seal)
   

Registered capital:

 

Legal Representative:

RMB 45,263,022

 

Minfei Bao

   
Shareholding structure:  

 

Shareholder’s name  Contribution in
registered capital
  Percentage of
contribution
   Method of
contribution
Minfei Bao  RMB 43,884,313   96.95%  Currency
Min He  RMB 1,378,709   3.05%  Currency
Total  RMB 45,263,022   100%  Currency

 

17 / 19

 

 

Appendix 2:

 

Form of Exercise Notice

 

To: [Name of Shareholders]

 

Whereas, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement (the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”) with you and [Name of Variable Interest Entity] (the “Company”) on September 4, 2019 and we reached an agreement that you shall transfer the equity you hold in the Company to us or any third party designated by us at our request to the extent permitted by the PRC laws and regulations.

 

Therefore, we hereby give this notice to you as follows:

 

We hereby require to exercise the Equity Transfer Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and we/[·] [name of company/individual] designated by us will acquire the [·]% of the equity you hold in the Company (the “Proposed Acquired Equity”). Upon your receipt of this notice, you shall immediately transfer all the Proposed Acquired Equity to us/[name of designated company/individual] pursuant to the provisions of the Option Agreement.

 

Best regards

 

  [Name of WFOE] (Seal of Shenzhen
  UTime Technology Consulting
  Co., Ltd Affixed)
   
  Signature: /s/
   
  Date:

 

18 / 19

 

 

Appendix 3:

 

Form of Exercise Notice

 

To: [Name of VIE]

 

Whereas, we entered into a Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement (the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”) with you, [Name of Shareholders] on September 4, 2019 and we reached an agreement that you shall transfer your assets to us or any third party designated by us at our request to the extent permitted by the PRC laws and regulations.

 

Therefore, we hereby give this notice to you as follows:

 

We hereby require to exercise the Asset Purchase Option under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement and we/[·] [name of company/individual] designated by us will acquire the assets owned by you as stated in a separate list (the “Proposed Acquired Assets”). Upon your receipt of this notice, you shall immediately transfer all the Proposed Acquired Assets to us/[name of designated company/individual] pursuant to the provisions of the Option Agreement.

 

Best regards

 

  [Name of WFOE] (Seal of Shenzhen
  UTime Technology Consulting
  Co., Ltd Affixed)
   
  Signature: /s/
   
  Date:

 

 

19 / 19

Exhibit 10.3

 

Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement

 

This Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into in Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on March 19, 2019, by and between the following Parties:

 

Party A: Shenzhen United Time Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address: No.11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

 

Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited

Address: F2.64D-403, Tian Zhan Building, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

 

(Party A and Party B may be referred to herein individually as, a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”)

 

Whereas:

 

(1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC:

 

(2) Party B is a limited liability company, incorporated in Shenzhen, China and validly existing under the laws of the PRC: and

 

(3) For the purpose of operating its business, Party B has decided to employ Party A as its exclusive technical service supplier to provide software technology development, technical consulting and technical services related to Party B’s business (as defined below). Party A agrees to provide Party B with the corresponding technical services in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

THEREFORE, the Parties, through amicable consultation, hereby agree as follows in respect of the specific issues concerning the exclusive technical service is to be provided by Party A to Party B:

 

Article 1 Definition and Interpretation

 

1.1Except as otherwise defined in the terms or context hereof, the following terms in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

 

“Party B’s Business” means all businesses that Party B is currently operating and developing at any time during the term of this Agreement.

 

“Services” means the services provided by Party A to Party B in relation to Party B’s business, including but not limited to:

 

(1)licensing Party B to use related software required by its business;
(2)providing technical support related to Party B’s Business;
(3)providing professional consultation services related to Party B’s Business;
(4)daily management, maintenance and updating of hardware devices and databases;
(5)training of technical and business personnel of Party B;
(6)providing market research, planning and development services;
(7)providing business planning and strategy (advisory suggestions);
(8)providing client support and development services (advisory suggestions); and
(9)other relevant technical services and consulting services provided at the request of Party B from time to time as permitted by Chinese law.

 

1 / 8

 

 

“Service Team” means the team established by Party A in order to provide Party B with the Services under this Agreement, including employees engaged by Party A, independent third party professional consultants and other personnel engaged by Party A.

 

Service Fees” means all fees payable by Party B to Party A pursuant to Article 3 of this Agreement in respect of the Services provided by Party A.

 

Operating Revenue” means, in any single fiscal year during the effective term of this Agreement, the total revenue generated by Party B in its daily operation of the business of that year as recorded under the column entitled “Revenue of Main Business” (or other such similarly named column) in the audited financial statements prepared in accordance with the accounting standards of the PRC.

 

Annual Business Plan” means the development plan and budget report for Party B’s Business in the next calendar year which is prepared by Party B with the assistance of Party A pursuant to this Agreement before November 30 of each year.

 

Equipment” means any and all equipment owned and purchased by Party A from time to time and used for the purpose of providing services.

 

1.2References to any laws and regulations (the “Law”) herein shall be deemed to include (1) references to any amendments, changes, supplements and reenactments of such Law, irrespective of whether they take effect before or after the execution of this Agreement; and (2) references to any other decisions, notices or regulations enacted in accordance therewith or effective as a result thereof.

 

1.3Except as otherwise stated in the context herein, all references to an article, clause, item or paragraph shall refer to a corresponding article, clause, item or paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Article 2 Exclusive Technical Consulting Services

 

2.1Party A is the exclusive technology service provider to Party B, except for the circumstances set forth in Article 2.3 or Article 2.4 of this Agreement, any technical service (including but not limited to technical consulting services related to Party B’s business) as required during the course of business operated by Party B must be rendered by Party A on an exclusive basis. Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not seek any technical service under this Agreement rendered by any third party by any means other than Party A.

 

2.2Party A shall be equipped with the Equipment and Service Team reasonably necessary for its provision of Services and purchase, acquire new Equipment and deploy new personnel according to the Annual Business Plan and reasonable requirements of Party B so as to achieve the purpose of Party A to provide Party B with high-quality services in accordance with this Agreement. However, from time to time, Party A may replace any member of the Service Team or change the work duties and responsibilities of any member of the Service Team at its sole discretion, provided that such replacement or change of work duties and responsibilities shall not materially adversely affect the day-to-day business operations of Party B.

 

2 / 8

 

 

2.3Party B agrees that in event that Party A does not possess the capability to render specific technical services to Party B objectively, such technical service shall be rendered by an appropriate third party solely appointed by Party A in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Party B further agrees that, in any case, Party A shall have the right to appoint any third party adequately qualified in absence of any reason to replace Party A and render technical service which should have been rendered by Party A in accordance with the Agreement, and Party B agrees to accept appropriate technical services rendered by such appropriate third party entrusted by Party A.

 

2.4If any of the following circumstances occurs, Party B has the right to seek for any third party to render technical service to Party B:

 

2.3.1Party A has voluntarily waived its rights as the exclusive technical service provider and agreed in writing that such technical service shall be rendered by a third party to Party B;

 

2.3.2Party A is unable to provide a certain technical service to Party B objectively and fails to appoint an appropriate third party to provide such technical service to Party B; or

 

2.3.3Party A decides not to provide a certain technical service to Party B and fails to appoint an appropriate third party to provide such technical service to Party B.

 

Article 3 Service Fees

 

3.1In respect of the Services to be provided by Party A pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Party B shall pay to Party A the Service Fees as follows:

 

3.1.1Service Fees equivalent to one hundred percent (100%) of the total Operating Revenue of Party B or such other amount otherwise agreed by the Parties; and

 

3.1.2Services Fees otherwise confirmed by the Parties for specific technical services and consulting services provided by Party A in accordance with Party B’s requirement from time to time.

 

3.2Party B shall, within three months of the end of each calendar year, pay the Service Fees determined under Article 3.1 hereof into a bank account designated by Party A on a lump-sum basis. In case Party A changes its bank account, it shall notify Party B in writing of such change at least seven (7) working days in advance of such change.

 

3.3The Parties agree that, in principle, the payment of the abovementioned Services Fees shall not cause any difficulty to either Party’s operation for any year. For the aforesaid purposes, Party A may agree to the deferred payment of the Services Fees by Party B, or upon the mutual agreement by the Parties through negotiation, Party A may adjust, pursuant to a written agreement with Party B, the percentage of calculation and/or the specific amount of the Services Fees payable by Party B to Party A as specified in Article 3.1 above.

 

3.4If Party A designates a third party to provide Party B with the Technology Service in accordance with this Agreement, Party A may choose any of the following ways of payment for such third party’s fees and require Party B to implement:

 

3.4.1Party B pays the fees for the Technology Service to the third party directly; or

 

3.4.2Party B pays the fees for the Technology Service to Party A directly and Party A is responsible for settling with such third party.

 

3.5Where Party A designates a third party to provide Party B with the Technology Service in accordance with this Agreement, in the event Party A, assumes any joint and several liability to such third party at the request of Party B, Party B shall compensate Party A for all economic losses incurred thereby.

 

3 / 8

 

 

Article 4 Working Product, Intellectual Property and Proprietary Information

 

4.1The Parties agree and confirm that Party A shall hold the ownership of work product, intellectual property and proprietary information during its term of providing the consulting services, except for the following:

 

4.1.1Intellectual property owned legally by a third party which is licensed to or otherwise permitted to be used by Party A or Party B; and

 

4.1.2As may otherwise be agreed to by both Parties in writing.

 

4.2During the term of this Agreement, if Party B requires the use of Party A’s software, technical systems or other intellectual property (together, the “systems”), both parties shall enter into a separate agreement defining the scope, method and fee for the use of such systems.

 

4.3For the purpose of performing this Agreement, Party B may use the work achievements created by Party A in the course of providing the services under this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; nonetheless, this Agreement does not in any way permit Party B to use such work achievements in any way for any other purposes.

 

4.4Either party guarantees to the other party that it will compensate the other party for any and all economic losses caused to the other party due to any infringement of other party’s intellectual property rights (including copyrights, trademark rights, patent rights and proprietary technology).

 

Article 5 Confidentiality

 

5.1Regardless of whether this Agreement is terminated, the parties shall keep the other party’s trade secrets, proprietary information, customer information mutually owned by the parties and other relevant information, as well as non-public information (hereinafter referred to as “Confidential Information”) of any other party obtained during the performance of this Agreement strictly confidential. The party receiving the confidential information (hereinafter referred to as the “Recipient”) shall not disclose the confidential information or any part thereof to any other third party except for the prior written consent of the other party or disclosure as required by the relevant laws and regulations as well as the rules of the relevant stock exchange. The Recipient shall not use or indirectly use the confidential information or any part thereof except for the purpose of performing this Agreement.

 

5.2If requested by either Party, the other Party shall return, destroy, or otherwise dispose of all documents, materials and software that contains or may contain any Confidential Information as requested, and promptly stop using such Confidential Information.

 

5.3The Parties’ obligations under this Article shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Either Party shall still comply with the confidentiality terms of this Agreement and fulfill the confidentiality obligations as promised, until the other Party gives consent to the release of such obligations or as a matter of fact, violation of the confidentiality terms herein will not cause damage of any form to the other Party.

 

5.4The following information is not confidential:
   
(a)any information previously known by the Recipient as proved by documentary evidence;
(b)information that entered the public field not due to the fault of the Recipient or is known to the public due to other reasons; or
(c)The information legally obtained by the Recipient from other sources afterwards.

 

5.5The Recipient may disclose confidential information to its employees and agents concerned or professionals it hired; nevertheless, the Recipient shall ensure that the above persons are bound by this Agreement, so that the confidential information is kept confidential, and they only use the confidential information for the purpose of performing the agreement.

 

5.6The parties agree that the terms of the Agreement will continue to be valid regardless of whether the Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated.

 

4 / 8

 

 

Article 6 Payment of Taxes

 

6.1The Parties shall respectively pay taxes to relevant tax authorities in accordance with all relevant laws, regulations and State policies.

 

6.2In the event that either Party pays any tax for the other Party, the paying Party shall submit the tax certificate to the payable Party as soon as possible, and the payable Party shall compensate the equivalent amount to the paying Party within seven days after the receipt of such tax certificate.

 

Article 7 Representations, Covenants and Warranties

 

7.1Both of the Parties represent, covenant and warrant to the other Party as follows:

 

7.1.1It is a company lawfully established and validly existing pursuant to the laws of the PRC;

 

7.1.2It is qualified to conduct the transaction hereunder and such transaction is in line with its business scope;

 

7.1.3It has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and its authorized representative has obtained full authorization to execute this Agreement on its behalf. This Agreement is legally and properly signed and delivered. This Agreement constitutes a legal and binding obligation on it and may be enforceable under the terms of this Agreement;

 

7.1.4It has the ability to perform its obligations hereunder, and such performance will not violate any restrictions of legal documents binding upon it;

 

7.1.5It is not subject to any liquidation, dissolution or bankruptcy procedures.

 

7.2Party B covenants that during the term of this Agreement, Party B shall notify Party A of any change in Party B’s shareholding structure thirty days in advance of any such change.

 

7.3Party B shall neither conduct, nor allow any third party to conduct, any act or omission that is detrimental to Party A’s ownership of technology or any other intellectual property or any other rights of Party A.

 

7.4Party B shall promptly notify Party A of the lawsuits and other unfavorable circumstances and shall make its best efforts to prevent the loss from expanding.

 

7.5Party B shall not enter into transactions that may materially affect Party B’s assets, liabilities, business operations, shareholding structure, equity held by third parties and other legal rights (except for generating in the course of normal or daily operations, disclosing to Party A or obtaining written consent of Party A).

 

Article 8 Liability for Breach of Contract

 

8.1Either Party’s direct or indirect violation of any provisions herein, or failure in assuming or untimely or insufficient assumption of, any of its obligations hereunder shall constitute a breach of contract. The non-defaulting Party (the “Non-Defaulting Party”) is entitled to send to the defaulting Party (the “Defaulting Party”) a written notice, requesting the Defaulting Party to rectify its breach, take sufficient, effective and timely measures to eliminate the effects of breach, and compensate the Non-Defaulting Party for any losses incurred by the breach.

 

8.2After the occurrence of breach, and in the event that such a breach has made it impossible or unfair for the Non-Defaulting Party to perform its corresponding obligations hereunder based on the Non-Defaulting Party’s reasonable and objective judgments, the Non-Defaulting Party is entitled to send to the Defaulting Party a written notice of its temporary suspension of performance of corresponding obligations hereunder, until the Defaulting Party stops the breach, takes sufficient, effective and timely measures to eliminate the effects of breach, and compensate the Non- Defaulting Party for any losses incurred by the breach.

 

8.3The losses of the Non-Defaulting Party that should be compensated by the Defaulting Party include direct economic losses and any foreseeable indirect losses and extra expenses incurred by the breach, including without limitation, attorney’s fees, litigation and arbitration fees, financial expenses and travel charges.

 

5 / 8

 

 

Article 9 Force Majeure

 

9.1Force Majeure” shall mean events beyond the reasonable control of the Parties that are unforeseeable or foreseeable but unavoidable, which cause obstruction in, impact on or delay in either Party’s performance of part or all of its obligations in accordance with this Agreement, including without limitation, government acts, natural disasters, wars, hacker attacks or any other similar events.

 

9.2The Party affected by Force Majeure may suspend the performance of relevant obligations hereunder that cannot be performed due to Force Majeure until the effects of Force Majeure are eliminated, without having to assume any liability for breach of contract, provided however that such Party shall endeavor to overcome such events and reduce the negative effects to the best of its abilities.

 

9.3The Party affected by Force Majeure shall provide the other Party with valid certificate documents verifying the occurrence of Force Majeure events, which documents shall be issued by the notary office where the events occur (or other appropriate agencies). In case the Party affected by Force Majeure cannot provide such certificate documents, the other Party may request such certificate documents in order to assume the liability for breach of contract in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Article 10 Effectiveness, Amendment, Termination and Term of the Agreement

 

10.1This Agreement takes effect as of the date when it is signed and stamped by the authorized representatives of the Parties and shall be terminated on the date when Party B dissolves according to law.

 

10.2The parties hereby confirm that this Agreement has been formally signed by the parties. Unless the parties agree in writing to terminate the Agreement, or this Agreement must be terminated in accordance with this Agreement or applicable PRC laws and regulations, this Agreement shall continue to be valid.

 

10.3Unless provided otherwise herein, Party A is entitled to unilaterally exercise immediate early termination of this Agreement by sending a written notice to Party B should any of the following events were to occur:

 

10.3.1Party B breaches this Agreement, and within thirty (30) days after Party A sends out a written notice of breach to Party B, Party B fails to rectify its breach, take sufficient, effective and timely measures to eliminate the effects of breach and compensate Party A for any losses incurred by the breach;

 

10.3.2Party B is bankrupt or is subject to any liquidation procedure and such procedure is not revoked within seven (7) days; and

 

10.3.3due to any event of Force Majeure, Party B’s failure to perform this Agreement lasts for more than twenty (20) days.

 

10.4The early termination of this Agreement shall not affect the rights and obligations of the Parties arising out of this Agreement prior to the early termination date.

 

Article 11 Notice

 

11.1Any notice, request, demand and other correspondence required by this Agreement or made in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in written form and delivered to the following address in person, by fax, telegram, telex, email, registered mail (postage paid) or express mail.

 

To Party A: Shenzhen United Time Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address: No.11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention:
Email:

 

To Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited

Address: F2.64D-403, Tian Zhan Building, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention:
Email:

 

11.2If any such notice or other correspondence is transmitted by fax, telegram, telex or email, it shall be treated as delivered immediately upon transmission; if delivered in person, it shall be treated as delivered at the time of delivery; if delivered by registered mail or express mail, it shall be treated as delivered three (3) days after posting.

 

6 / 8

 

 

Article 12 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

12.1With regard to disputes arising out of the interpretation and performance of the terms hereunder, the Parties shall resolve the disputes through consultations in good faith.

 

12.2In case no resolution can be made, the dispute shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (CIETAC) for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with its arbitration rules then in effect. The arbitration shall be conducted in Chinese. The arbitration judgment shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

12.3The conclusion, effectiveness, implementation and interpretation of this Agreement and resolution of any disputes related thereto shall all be governed pursuant to the laws of the PRC.

 

Article 13 Miscellaneous

 

13.1This Agreement is written in English and translated into Chinese. In the event of any discrepancy between the two versions, the English version shall prevail. This Agreement is made with two (2) original copies, with one (1) original to be retained by each Party hereto, each of which shall have the same legal effect.

 

13.2The headings in this Agreement are written for ease of reference only and in no event shall they affect the interpretation of any terms of this Agreement.

 

13.3The Parties may amend and supplement this Agreement in the way of a written agreement. Any Amended agreements and supplemental agreements executed by the Parties will become part of this Agreement, having the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

13.4In case any term herein becomes all or partly invalid or unenforceable due to violation of law or governmental regulations or other reasons, the affected part of such term shall be considered to have been removed, provided that the removal of the affected part of such term shall not affect the legal effect of the remaining part of such term or other terms herein. The Parties shall conclude new terms through consultations to replace such invalid or unenforceable terms.

 

13.5Unless provided otherwise, a Party’s failure or delay in exercising any of the rights, powers or privileges that it is entitled to under this Agreement shall not be considered a waiver of such rights, powers or privileges, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any rights, powers or privileges by a Party preclude its exercise of any other rights, powers or privileges.

 

13.6This Agreement constitutes all agreements reached by the Parties on the subject matter of the cooperation project, and supersedes any previous or concurrent oral and written agreement, understanding and correspondence relevant to the subject matter of the cooperation project between the Parties. Unless specifically provided herein, there is no other explicit or implicit obligation or covenant between the Parties.

 

13.7Matters not covered in this Agreement shall be determined by the Parties separately through consultation.

 

13.8Without prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any third party. To the extent not in contravention of the PRC Laws, Party A is entitled to transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to any third party designated by it without prior notice to or consent of Party B.

  

13.9This Agreement shall be binding upon the lawful successors of the Parties.

  

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

7 / 8

 

 

[Signature Page of Exclusive Technical Consulting and Service Agreement]

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Exclusive Technical Consultation and Services Agreement to be executed on the date and at the place first above written.

 

Party A: Shenzhen United Time Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
  Name: Minfei Bao  

 

Party B: United Time Technology Company Limited (Seal)

 

Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/Minfei Bao  
  Name: Minfei Bao  

 

 

8/ 8

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement

 

This Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into in Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on September 4, 2019, by and among the following Parties:

 

1. Shareholder A: Minfei Bao

Identification Card No.: 510402197304140958

 

2. Shareholder B: Min He

Identification Card No.: 330724198604175410

 

(Shareholder A and Shareholder B are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Pledgor” and collectively as the “Pledgors.”)

 

3. Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (the “Pledgee”)

Registered address: NO.11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

 

4. United Time Technology Company Limited (the “Company”)

Registered address: F2.64D-403, Tian Zhan Building, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

 

(In this Agreement, the above parties are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”)

 

WHEREAS:

 

(1)The Pledgors are the registered shareholders of the Company, legally holding all of the equity interest in the Company (the “Company Equity Interest”). Appendix 1 sets forth the capital contribution amount and the shareholding percentage of each Pledgor in the registered capital of the Company on the signing date of this Agreement.

 

(2)The Pledgee is a wholly foreign-owned company formally established and validly existing in accordance with laws of the PRC.

 

(3)The Company is a limited liability company formally established and validly existing in accordance with laws of the PRC.

 

(4)The Parties to this Agreement entered into the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement (the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”) on September 4, 2019. Shareholder A provided the Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney while Shareholder B provided the Amended and Restated Power of Attorney to the Pledgee on September 4, 2019 (collectively as the “Power of Attorney”). Under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, the Pledgors shall, to the extent permitted under PRC Law, transfer all or part of its equity interests held in the Company to the Pledgee and/or any other entities or individuals designated by the Pledgee based on the Pledgee’s request.

 

1 / 16

 

 

(5)According to the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement executed between the Company and the Pledgee on March 19, 2019, the Company has exclusively engaged the Pledgee to provide relevant consultation services for it and agreed to pay corresponding service fees to the Pledgee for such consultation services.

 

(6)As the Pledgors’ security for the performance of the Contractual Obligations (as defined below) and the repayment of the Secured Liabilities (as defined below) by the Pledgors, the Pledgors are willing to pledge all the Company Equity Interest held by each Pledgor to the Pledgee and grant the Pledgee the right to request for repayment on first priority, and the Company agrees to such equity interest pledge arrangement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties, through amicable negotiation, agree as follows:

 

Article 1 Definitions

 

1.1Unless otherwise indicated in context of this Agreement, the following terms shall be interpreted as follows.

 

Contractual Obligations” means all the contractual obligations of the Pledgors and/or the Company under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement, Power of Attorney, the Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement executed by and among the Parties on September 4, 2019 (the“Business Operation Agreement”) and all the contractual obligations of the Pledgors and the Company under this Agreement.

 

Secured Liabilities” means all the direct, indirect and consequential losses and loss of foreseeable profits suffered by the Pledgee due to any Event of Default (as defined below) on the part of the Pledgors and/or the Company. The basis for determining the amount of such losses includes but is not limited to the reasonable commercial plan and profit forecast of the Pledgee, and all the expenses incurred by the Pledgee to enforce the performace by the Pledgors and/or the Company of their Contractual Obligations.

 

Transaction Documents” means the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Power of Attorney, Business Operation Agreement and the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement.

 

Event of Default”: means the Pledgors’ violation of any Contract Obligations under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Business Operation Agreement, Power of Attorney and/or this Agreement, and the Company’s violation of any Contract Obligations under the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Business Operation Agreement and the Exclusive Technical Consultation and Service Agreement and/or this Agreement.

 

2 / 16

 

 

Pledged Equity Interest” means all of the Company Equity Interest lawfully owned by the Pledgors and to be pledged to the Pledgee in accordance with this Agreement as security for the performance of the Contractual Obligations by the Pledgors and the Company (see Appendix 1) for the specific Pledged Equity Interest of each Pledgor, and the increased capital contribution amount and dividend as provided in Article 2.6 and Article 2.7 of this Agreement.

 

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, for the purpose of this Agreement only, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

 

PRC Law” means the then-effective laws, administrative regulations, administrative rules, local regulations, judicial interpretations and other binding regulatory documents of the PRC.

 

1.2Any reference to any PRC Law in this Agreement shall be deemed (1) to include references to the amendments, changes, supplements and restatement of such PRC Law, irrespective of whether they take effect before or after the execution of this Agreement, and (2) to include the references to other decisions, notices and regulations enacted in accordance therewith or effective as a result thereof.

 

1.3Unless otherwise specified in the context herein, any reference to an Article, clause, item or paragraph in this Agreement shall refer only to the corresponding part of this Agreement.

 

Article 2 Pledge of Equity Interest

 

2.1The Pledgors hereby agrees to pledge the Pledged Equity Interest, which he lawfully owns and is entitled to dispose of, to the Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement as the security for the performance of the Contractual Obligations and the discharge of the Secured Liabilities, if any. The Company hereby agrees to the Pledgors’ pledge of the Pledged Equity Interest to the Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Specifically, on the date of execution of this Agreement, the Pledgors pledge their equity collectively accounting for 100% of the Company’s registered capital to the Pledgee.

 

2.2The Pledgors undertakes to be responsible for registering the equity interest pledge arrangement (the “Equity Pledge”) under this Agreement on the Company’s register of shareholders immediately upon the execution date of this Agreement. The Company undertakes that it will do its best to cooperate with the Pledgors to complete the registration with authorities of industry and commerce under this Article. The equity pledge under this Agreement shall be established on the date when the pledge is registered with the registration authorities of industry and commerce where the Company registers.

 

2.3During the valid term of this Agreement, unless directly attributable to the Pledgee’s willful misconduct or the Pledgee’s gross negligence in relation to the performance of this Agreement and/or the transactions related hereto, the Pledgee shall in no way be held liable for any reduction in the value of the Pledged Equity Interest, and the Pledgors shall have no right to claim any compensation against the Pledgee.

 

3 / 16

 

 

2.4Without breaching the provisions of Article 2.3 above, if there is any probability that the value of the Pledged Equity Interest will notably reduce in such a way as to jeopardize the rights of the Pledgee, the Pledgee may at any time auction or sell the Pledged Equity Interest on behalf of the Pledgors, and may reach agreement with the Pledgors to use the proceeds from such auction or sales to prepay the Secured Liabilities or to deposit such proceeds with the notary office in the place where the Pledgee is domiciled (all expenses so incurred shall be borne by the Pledgee). Further, if requested by the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall offer additional security interest over other property for the Secured Liabilities.

 

2.5Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Pledgee has the right to dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest in accordance with Article 4 of this Agreement.

 

2.6The Pledgors shall not increase the registered capital of the Company without the Pledgee’s prior consent. The increased capital contribution amount of the Pledgors in the registered capital of the Company as a result of such capital increase of the Company shall be a part of the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

2.7No dividend or capital bonus on the Pledged Equity Interest shall be distributed to the Pledgors without the Pledgee’s prior written consent. The Pledgors agree that during the term of pledge, the Pledgee has the right to collect any dividend or capital bonus out of the Pledged Equity Interest. The Company shall pay such amount into the bank account designated by the Pledgee.

 

Article 3 Release of Pledge

 

3.1After the Pledgors and the Company have fully and completely performed all of the Contractual Obligations and discharged all of the Secured Liabilities, the Pledgee shall, upon the Pledgors’ request, release the Equity Pledge under this Agreement and cooperate with the Pledgors to go through the formalities to cancel the registration of the Equity Pledge on the Company’s register of shareholders and with the administration of industry and commerce in charge of the Company. The reasonable fees incurred in connection with such release shall be borne by the Pledgee.

 

Article 4 Disposal of Pledged Equity Interest

 

4.1The Parties agree that if any Event of Default occurs, the Pledgee has the right to exercise, upon giving a written notice to the Pledgors, all of the remedial rights and powers that it is entitled to under PRC Law, the Transaction Documents and the provisions of this Agreement, including but not limited to being compensated in first priority with proceeds from auctions or sales of the Pledged Equity Interest. The Pledgee shall not be liable for any loss caused by its reasonable exercise of such rights and powers.

 

4 / 16

 

 

4.2The Pledgee has the right to delegate in writing to its legal counsels or other agents to exercise all or any part of its rights and powers above, and neither the Pledgors nor the Company may oppose such actions.

 

4.3The Pledgee has the right to deduct the reasonable expenses actually incurred from its exercise of all or any part of its rights and powers set forth above from the proceeds gained from its exercise of such rights and powers.

 

4.4The proceeds gained from the Pledgee’s exercise of its rights and powers shall be settled in the following order of priority:

 

(1)pay all expenses arising out of the disposal of the Pledged Equity Interest and the Pledgee’s exercise of its rights and powers (including the remuneration paid to its legal counsels and agents);

 

(2)pay all taxes and charges payable owed in relation to the disposal of the Pledged Equity Interest; and

 

(3)repay the Secured Liabilities to the Pledgee.

 

If there is any balance remaining after the payment of the above amounts, the Pledgee shall return the balance to the Pledgors or any other person entitled to such amount pursuant to relevant laws and regulations, or deposit such amount with the notary office in the place where the Pledgee is domiciled (all expenses so incurred shall be borne by the Pledgee).

 

4.5The Pledgee has the discretion to, simultaneously or separately, exercise any remedies it may be entitled to in relation to any Event of Default. The Pledgee may exercise its rights to auction or sell the Pledged Equity Interest under this Agreement without first exercising any other remedy that may be available in an event of default.

 

Article 5 Costs and Expenses

 

5.1All actual expenses related to the creation of the Equity Pledge under this Agreement, including but not limited to, stamp duty, any other taxes, and all legal fees shall be assumed as incurred by each respective Party.

 

Article 6 Continuity and No Waiver

 

6.1The Equity Pledge created under this Agreement is a continuing assurance, which shall be valid until the Contractual Obligations are fully performed or the Secured Liabilities are fully discharged. Neither waiver or grace period of any event of default of the Pledgors given by the Pledgee, nor the Pledgee’s late exercise of any of its rights under the Transaction Documents and this Agreement, shall affect the rights of the Pledgee pursuant to this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the relevant PRC Law as it may require at any time thereafter the Pledgors’ strict implementation of the Transaction Documents and this Agreement, or the rights the Pledgee is entitled to with respect to the Pledgors’ subsequent breach of the Transaction Documents and/or this Agreement.

 

5 / 16

 

 

Article 7 Pledgors’ Representations and Warranties

 

The Pledgors hereby severally and jointly represent and warrant to the Pledgee as follows:

 

7.1Each of the Pledgors is a PRC citizen with full legal capacity, having full civil rights and powers to execute this Agreement and assume the legal obligations in accordance with this Agreement.

 

7.2All the reports, documents and information related to the Pledgors and all matters required under this Agreement that the Pledgors provided to the Pledgee prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are true and accurate in all material respects as of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

7.3All the reports, documents and information related to the Pledgors and all the matters required under this Agreement to be provided by the Pledgors to the Pledgee after the effectiveness of this Agreement will be true and valid in all material aspects at the time when they are provided.

 

7.4Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, each of the Pledgors is the sole legal owner of the Pledged Equity Interest. There are no pending disputes whatsoever concerning the ownership of the Pledged Equity Interest. The Pledgors are entitled to dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest or any part thereof.

 

7.5Except the encumbrance set on the Pledged Equity Interest under this Agreement and the rights created under the Transaction Documents, there are no other encumbrance or third party rights or any other encumbrance over the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

7.6The Pledged Equity Interest can be legally pledged and transferred, and the Pledgors have full rights and powers to pledge the Pledged Equity Interest to the Pledgee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

7.7This Agreement, upon due execution by the Pledgors, constitutes the lawful, valid and binding obligations of the Pledgors after the signing of this Agreement.

 

7.8Any approvals, permits, waivers and authorizations by any third party, or any required governmental approvals, permits and waivers or any registration or filing formalities with any government authorities (if legally required), which are required with respect to the execution and performance of this Agreement and the Equity Pledge under this Agreement, have been obtained or completed (subject to Article 2.2), and will be fully effective during the term of this Agreement.

 

6 / 16

 

 

7.9Each Pledgor’s execution and performance of this Agreement does not violate or conflict with any laws applicable thereto, any agreement to which it is a party or by which its assets are bound, or any court adjudication, any arbitration award or any decision of administrative authorities.

 

7.10The pledge under this Agreement constitutes a first priority encumbrance over the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

7.11All taxes and expenses payable for obtaining the Pledged Equity Interest have been paid by the Pledgors in full.

 

7.12There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Pledgors, threatened litigation, legal process or demand by any court or any arbitral tribunal against the Pledgors, or their property, or the Pledged Equity Interest, nor is there any pending or, to the knowledge of the Pledgors, threatened litigation, legal process or demand by any government authority or any administration authority against the Pledgors, or their property, or the Pledged Equity Interest, which is of material or detrimental effect on the economic status of the Pledgors or their capability to perform the obligations hereunder and the Secured Liabilities.

 

7.13The Pledgors hereby undertake to the Pledgee that the above representations and warranties will all be true and accurate and be fully complied with under any circumstance and at all times before the Contractual Obligations are due to be performed in full or the Secured Liabilities are discharged in full.

 

7.14If the Company is required to be dissolved or liquidated as per compulsory provisions of applicable laws, any interest distributed to the Pledgors according to law upon completion of legal dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall be presented to the Pledgee or the entity/individual designated by the Pledgee to the extent not in violation of the PRC Law.

 

Article 8 Company’s Representations and Warranties

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Pledgee as follows:

 

8.1The Company is a limited liability company duly registered and lawfully existing under the laws of the PRC with independent legal person status, and can be an independent party to a lawsuit.

 

8.2All the reports, documents and information related to the Pledged Equity Interest and all the matters required under this Agreement which the Company provided to the Pledgee prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are true and accurate in all material respects as of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

8.3All the reports, documents and information related to the Pledged Equity Interest and all the matters required under this Agreement to be provided by the Company to the Pledgee after the effectiveness of this Agreement will be true and valid in all material aspects at the time when they are provided.

 

7 / 16

 

 

8.4This Agreement, upon due execution by the Company, constitutes the lawful, valid and binding obligations of the Company.

 

8.5The Company has full internal corporate power and authorization to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other documents related to the transaction contemplated in this Agreement and to be executed by it. It has full power and authorization to complete the transaction contemplated in this Agreement.

  

8.6There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened litigation, legal process or demand by any court or any arbitral tribunal against the Company, or its property, or the Pledged Equity Interest, nor is there any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened litigation, legal process or demand by any government authority or any administration authority against the Company, or its property, or the Pledged Equity Interest, which is of material or detrimental effect on the economic status of the Company or its capability to perform the obligations hereunder and the Secured Liabilities.

 

8.7The Company hereby agrees to assume the joint and several liability to the Pledgee with respect to the representations and warranties made by the Pledgors under Article 7.4, Article 7.5, Article 7.6, Article 7.8 and Article 7.10 of this Agreement.

 

8.8The Company hereby undertakes to the Pledgee that the above representations and warranties will all be true and accurate and be fully complied with under any and all circumstances and at any time up until the Contractual Obligations are performed in full and the Secured Liabilities are discharged in full.

 

8.9If the Company is required to be dissolved or liquidated as per compulsory provisions of the PRC Law, the Company assets shall be sold to the Pledgors or qualified entities/individuals designated by the Pledgors at the lowest price permitted by the then-effective PRC Law in accordance with the PRC Law.

 

Article 9 Pledgors’ Undertakings

 

The Pledgors hereby severally and jointly undertake to the Pledgee as follows:

 

9.1Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall not create, or allow to be created, any new pledge or any other security interest over the Pledged Equity Interest. Any pledge or other security interest created over all or any part of the Pledged Equity Interest without the prior written consent of the Pledgee shall be invalid.

 

9.2Without the prior written notice to and the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall not transfer the Pledged Equity Interest and all activities of the Pledgors to transfer the Pledged Equity Interest shall be invalid. The proceeds obtained from the Pledgors’ transfer of the Pledged Equity Interest shall be used first to prepay the Secured Liabilities to the Pledgee or to be deposited with a third party as agreed with the Pledgee.

 

8 / 16

 

 

9.3In the event of the occurrence of any lawsuit, arbitration or other claim which may have an adverse effect on the interests of the Pledgors or the Pledgee under the Transaction Documents and this Agreement or on the Pledged Equity Interest, the Pledgors undertake to notify the Pledgee in writing as soon as possible and in a timely manner, and, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, to take all necessary measures to ensure that the Pledgee secures and maintains all rights, title and interest to the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

9.4The Pledgors undertakes to complete the registration formalities to extend the business term of the Company three months before the expiration of the business term of the Company so as to continue the effect of this Agreement.

 

9.5The Pledgors shall not take, or allow to be taken, any activity or action which may have an adverse effect on the Pledgee’s interest under the Transaction Documents and this Agreement or on the Pledged Equity Interest. The Pledgors waives the right of first refusal to purchase the Pledged Equity Interest when the Pledgee realizes its pledge rights.

 

9.6The Pledgors shall, after signing this Agreement, use their best efforts and take all necessary measures to register the Equity Pledge under this Agreement with the relevant administration of industry and commerce as soon as possible, and the Pledgors undertake to, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, take all necessary measures and execute all necessary documents (including but not limited to any agreement supplemental to this Agreement) to ensure the exercise and realization of the transfer of all rights, title and interest to the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

9.7When the right of pledge of the Pledged Equity Interest is exercised under this Agreement, the Pledgors shall undertake to take all measures to complete such transfer.

 

9.8The Pledgors shall ensure that the convening process, voting methods and resolutions of the shareholders meetings and board meetings of the Company convened for the purpose of the exercise of the right of pledge under this Agreement shall not be in conflict with the laws, administrative regulations or the articles of association of the Company.

 

Article 10 Company’s Undertakings

 

10.1If any third party approval, permit, waiver or authorization, or any required governmental approval, permit or waiver, or any registration or filing formalities with any government authorities (if legally required) is required to be obtained or completed for the execution and performance of this Agreement and for the Equity Pledge under this Agreement, the Company shall endeavor to assist the Parties in obtaining it and keeping it fully effective during the valid term of this Agreement.

 

9 / 16

 

 

10.2Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Company shall not cooperate to establish or permit to establish any new pledge or any other encumbrance on the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

10.3Without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, the Company shall not cooperate to transfer or permit to transfer the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

10.4In the event of the occurrence of any lawsuit, arbitration or other claim which may have an adverse effect on the Company, the Pledged Equity Interest or the Pledgee’s interest under the Transaction Documents and this Agreement, the Company undertakes to notify the Pledgee in writing as soon as possible and in a timely manner, and, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, to take all necessary measures to ensure the pledge interest of the Pledgee over the Pledged Equity Interest.

 

10.5The Company undertakes to complete the registration formalities to extend its business term three months before the expiration of its business term so as to continue the effect of this Agreement.

 

10.6The Company shall not take, or allow to be taken, any activity or action which may have an adverse effect on the Pledgee’s interest under the Transaction Documents and this Agreement or on the Pledged Equity Interest, including but not limited to any activity or action restricted under Article 9.

 

10.7The Company shall, in the first month of each calendar quarter, provide the Pledgee with the financial statements of the Company for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, including but not limited to the balance sheet, the profit and loss statements and the cash flow statements.

 

10.8The Company undertakes to, as reasonably required by the Pledgee, take all necessary measures and execute all necessary documents (including but not limited to any agreement supplemental to this Agreement) to ensure the exercise and realization of the transfer of the Pledged Equity Interest to the Pledgee.

 

10.9At such time as the exercise of the right of pledge under this Agreement results in the transfer of any Pledged Equity Interest, the Company undertakes to take all measures to ensure completion of such transfer.

 

Article 11 Change of Circumstances

 

11.1As a supplement to and not with the intent of conflicting with the Transaction Documents or other provisions of this Agreement, if at any time, due to the promulgation of or change in any PRC Law, rules or regulations, or the change in interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rules, or the change of relevant registration procedures, the Pledgee believes that it is illegal or in conflict with such laws, rules and regulations to keep this Agreement effective, to keep the right of pledge under this Agreement effective and/or to dispose of the Pledged Equity Interest in accordance with this Agreement, the Pledgors and the Company shall promptly take any and all actions and/or execute any agreements or other documents upon written instruction by the Pledgee and as reasonably required by the Pledgee, so as to:

 

(1)keep this Agreement and the right of pledge under this Agreement effective;

 

(2)facilitate the disposal of the Pledged Equity Interest in accordance with this Agreement; and/or

 

(3)keep or realize the security created or intended by this Agreement.

 

10 / 16

 

 

Article 12 Effectiveness and Term of this Agreement

 

12.1This Agreement shall come into effect upon the satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

 

(1)this Agreement has been duly executed by the Parties;

 

(2)the Equity Pledge under this Agreement has been duly registered on the register of shareholders of the Company.

 

The Pledgors shall provide the Pledgee with evidence of the registration of the Equity Pledge on the register of shareholders in a form satisfactory to the Pledgee and shall, after the registration of the Equity Pledge is completed and as required by the Pledgee, provide the Pledgee with the pledge certificates issued by the administration of industry and commerce in form to the satisfaction of the Pledgee.

 

12.2The term of this Agreement shall end upon the full performance of the Contractual Obligations or the full discharge of the Secured Liabilities.

 

Article 13 Notices

 

13.1Any notice, request, demand and other correspondence required by this Agreement or made in accordance with this Agreement shall be made in written form and delivered to the following address in person, by fax, telegram, telex, email, registered mail (postage paid) or express mail.

 

To the Pledgor: Minfei Bao

Address: Room 10A, Block A, Building 1, SHOUDIRONGYU, West Xiangshan Street, Overseas Chinese Town, Nanshan District, Shenzhen

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

To the Pledgor: Min He

Address: Hengxiang, Yushan Community, Hengdian Town, Dongyang City, Zhejiang Province, P.R.China

Email: 568987798@qq.com

 

To the Pledgee: Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

Address: No.11, 13, 15 and A702, Haitian Road, Binhai Community, Yuehai Sub-District, Nanshan District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

To the Company: United Time Technology Company Limited.

Address: F2.64D-403, Tian Zhan Building, Tian An Che Kung Temple Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen, P.R.China

Attention: Minfei Bao

Email: bminfei@utimemobile.com

 

13.2If any such notice or other correspondence is transmitted by fax, telegram, telex or email, it shall be treated as delivered immediately upon transmission; if delivered in person, it shall be treated as delivered at the time of delivery; if delivered by registered mail or express mail, it shall be treated as delivered three (3) days after posting.

 

11 / 16

 

 

Article 14 Miscellaneous

 

14.1The Pledgors and the Company agree that the Pledgee may, upon written notice to the Pledgors and the Company, assign the Pledgee’s rights and/or obligations hereunder to any third party. However, the Pledgors or the Company shall not, without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, assign their rights, obligations or liabilities hereunder to any third party. The successors or permitted assignees (if any) of the Pledgors and the Company shall continue to perform the respective obligations of the Pledgors and the Company under this Agreement.

 

14.2When the Pledgee exercises its right of pledge to the Pledged Equity Interest pursuant to the provisions hereof, the amount of the Secured Liabilities determined by the Pledgee at its own discretion shall be regarded as the conclusive evidence of the Secured Liabilities hereunder.

 

14.3This Agreement is written in English and has been translated into Chinese. In the event of any discrepancy between the two versions, the English version shall prevail. This Agreement is made with five (5) original copies, with one (1) original to be retained by each Party hereto. One (1) original is to be used for the application to the local Administration of Industry and Commerce in charge of the Company for registration of the Equity Pledge under this Agreement.

 

14.4The execution, effectiveness, performance, revision, interpretation and termination of this Agreement shall be governed by the PRC Law.

 

14.5Any dispute arising out of and in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved through consultations among the Parties. In case the Parties fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days after the dispute arises, such dispute shall be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (CIETAC) for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with CIETAC’s arbitration rules then in effect at the time of applying for arbitration, and the language of arbitration shall be in Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

14.6None of the rights, powers or remedies granted to any Party by any provision herein shall preclude any other rights, powers or remedies available to such Party at law and under the other provisions of this Agreement. In addition, a Party’s exercise of any of its rights, powers and remedies shall not exclude such Party from exercising any of its other rights, powers and remedies.

 

14.7No failure or delay by a Party in exercising any rights, powers and remedies available to it hereunder or at law (“Such Rights”) shall result in a waiver thereof, nor shall the waiver of any single or part of Such Rights shall exclude such Party from exercising Such Rights in any other way and exercising other rights of such Party.

 

14.8The headings of the provisions herein are for reference only, and in no event shall such headings be used for or affect the interpretation of the provisions hereof.

 

14.9Each provision contained herein shall be severable and independent from each of the other provisions. If any one or more provision herein is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable at any time, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall not be affected as a result thereof.

 

14.10Any amendments or supplements to this Agreement shall be made in writing. Except for any assignment by the Pledgee of its rights hereunder according to Article 14.1, the amendments or supplements to this Agreement shall take effect only upon the due execution by the Parties to this Agreement. If any amendments or supplements to this Agreement legally require any approval of and/or any registration or filing with any government authority, the Parties shall obtain such approval and/or complete such registration or filing in accordance with law.

 

14.11This Agreement shall be binding upon the legal successors of the Parties.

 

14.12Upon execution of this Agreement, each Pledgor shall sign a power of attorney to authorize any person designated by the Pledgee to sign on the Pledgors’ behalf according to the terms of this Agreement, any and all legal documents necessary for the exercise of the Pledgee’s rights hereunder. Such power of attorney shall be delivered to the Pledgee to keep in custody and, when necessary and as needed, the Pledgee may at any time submit the power of attorney to the relevant government authority.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

12 / 16

 

 

[Signature Page of Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the following Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and at the place first above written.

 

 

Shareholder A: Minfei Bao  (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
       
Shareholder B: Min He (Signature):   /s/ Min He  

 

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.  (Seal)      

 

Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
  Name: Minfei Bao  
       
United Time Technology Company Limited (Seal)      
       
Authorized Representative (Signature):   /s/ Minfei Bao  
  Name: Minfei Bao  

 

13 / 16

 

 

Appendix 1:

 

Register of Shareholders of United Time Technology Company Limited

 

Date: September 4, 2019

 

Name of
Shareholder
Capital
Contribution
Amount /
Shareholding Percentage
Information about
shareholders
Registration of Pledge
Minfei Bao

RMB 43,884,313

96.95%

Nationality: PRC

ID Number: 510402197304140958

 

 

 

  

 

 

In accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement by and among Minfei Bao, Min He, Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. and United Time Technology Company Limited, dated on September 4, 2019, Minfei Bao and Min He have pledged all the equity interest held by them in United Time Technology Company Limited to Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.
Min He

RMB 1,378,709;

3.05%

Nationality: PRC

ID Number: 330724198604175410

 

 

 

 

 

 

14 / 16

 

 

 

Appendix 2:

 

Capital Contribution Certificate of United Time Technology Company Limited

 

Company: United Time Technology Company Limited

 

Date of Incorporation: June 12th, 2008

 

Registered Capital: RMB 45,263,022

 

Shareholder: Minfei Bao

 

ID Number: 510402197304140958

 

Capital Contributed by Shareholder: RMB 43,884,313

 

It is hereby certified that Minfei Bao has contributed RMB 43,884,313 to United Time Technology Company Limited, holding 96.95% equity interests, and such capital contribution has been pledged to Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

United Time Technology Company Limited (seal)

 

September 4, 2019

 

15 / 16

 

 

Capital Contribution Certificate of United Time Technology Company Limited

 

Company: United Time Technology Company Limited

 

Date of Incorporation: June 12th, 2008

 

Registered Capital: RMB 45,263,022

 

Shareholder: Min He

 

ID Number: 330724198604175410

 

Capital Contributed by Shareholder: RMB 1,378,709

 

It is hereby certified that Minfei Bao has contributed RMB 1,378,709 to United Time Technology Company Limited, holding 3.05% equity interests, and such capital contribution has been pledged to Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

United Time Technology Company Limited (seal)

 

September 4, 2019

 

 

16 / 16

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney

 

The undersigned, Meifei Bao, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with Identification Card No. of 510402197304140958, the shareholder of 96.95 % of the equity interests of United Time Technology Company Limited (the “Company”), hereby irrevocably authorizes Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (the “WFOE”) or any natural person duly appointed by the WFOE to exercise the following rights relating to all equity interests held by the undersigned now and in the future in the Company (“Shareholding”) during the term of this Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney (“Power of Attorney”):

 

The WFOE or any natural person appointed by the WFOE is hereby authorized, in lieu of the undersigned, to exercise on behalf of the undersigned as his sole and exclusive agent the rights in respect of the Shareholding including without limitation:

 

(1)attend shareholders’ meeting of the Company and sign resolutions thereof on behalf of the undersigned;

 

(2)exercise all rights of the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company according to the laws and articles of association of the Company, including without limitation the rights to vote and to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all or any portion of the Shareholding; and

 

(3)designate and appoint on behalf of the undersigned the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the Company.

 

In the event of a conflict between the acts of the WFOE as granted herein above and the acts of the undersigned, the acts of the WFOE shall prevail. Without limiting the generality of the powers granted hereunder, the WFOE shall have the power and authority to, on behalf of the undersigned, execute all the documents I shall sign as stipulated in the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement, the Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement and the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement, each of which is dated as of the date hereof and to which the undersigned is a party (including any modification, amendment and restatement thereto, collectively the “Transaction Documents”), and perform the terms of the Transaction Documents. Exercise of such right will not have any restriction upon this Power of Attorney.

 

Unless otherwise provided under this Power of Attorney, the WFOE has the right to transfer, apply or otherwise dispose of any cash dividend, bonus and any other non-cash gain arising from the Shareholding on reliance of any oral or written instruction from the undersigned.

 

Unless otherwise provided under this Power of Attorney, the WFOE has the right to take any action regarding the Shareholding without any oral or written instruction from the undersigned.

 

Any and all the actions associated with the Shareholding conducted by the WFOE shall be deemed as the action of the undersigned, and any and all documents relating to the Shareholding executed by the WFOE shall be deemed to be executed and acknowledged by the undersigned. I hereby acknowledge and ratify those actions and/or documents made by the WFOE.

 

The WFOE may delegate this power of attorney by assigning its rights relating to the conduct of the aforesaid matter and exercise of the Shareholding to any other person or entity at its own discretion without prior notice to or consent from the undersigned.

 

This Power of Attorney is irrevocable and effective as of the date hereof so long as the undersigned is a shareholder of the Company. This Power of Attorney supersedes any other power of attorney previously signed by the undersigned.

 

During the term of this Power of Attorney, the undersigned hereby waives all the rights associated with the Shareholding, which have been authorized to the WFOE through this Power of Attorney, and shall not exercise any such right.

 

By: /s/ Minfei Bao
Name: Minfei Bao

 

Acknowledged by:
    
Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (seal)

 

By: /s/ Minfei Bao  
Name: Minfei Bao  
Title: Authorized Representative  
     
Dated: September 4, 2019     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Amended and Restated Power of Attorney

 

The undersigned, Mei He, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with Identification Card No. of 510402197304140958, the shareholder of 3.05% of the equity interests of United Time Technology Company Limited (the “Company”), hereby irrevocably authorizes Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (the “WFOE”) or any natural person duly appointed by the WFOE to exercise the following rights relating to all equity interests held by the undersigned now and in the future in the Company (“Shareholding”) during the term of this Amended and Restated Power of Attorney (“Power of Attorney”):

 

The WFOE or any natural person appointed by the WFOE is hereby authorized, in lieu of the undersigned, to exercise on behalf of the undersigned as his sole and exclusive agent the rights in respect of the Shareholding including without limitation:

 

(1)attend shareholders’ meeting of the Company and sign resolutions thereof on behalf of the undersigned;

 

(2)exercise all rights of the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company according to the laws and articles of association of the Company, including without limitation the rights to vote and to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all or any portion of the Shareholding; and

 

(3)designate and appoint on behalf of the undersigned the legal representative, the chairperson, directors, supervisors, the chief executive officer and any other senior management of the Company.

 

In the event of a conflict between the acts of the WFOE as granted herein above and the acts of the undersigned, the acts of the WFOE shall prevail. Without limiting the generality of the powers granted hereunder, the WFOE shall have the power and authority to, on behalf of the undersigned, execute all the documents I shall sign as stipulated in the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement , the Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement and the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement, each of which is dated as of the date hereof and to which the undersigned is a party (including any modification, amendment and restatement thereto, collectively the “Transaction Documents”), and perform the terms of the Transaction Documents. Exercise of such right will not have any restriction upon this Power of Attorney.

 

Unless otherwise provided under this Power of Attorney, the WFOE has the right to transfer, apply or otherwise dispose of any cash dividend, bonus and any other non-cash gain arising from the Shareholding on reliance of any oral or written instruction from the undersigned.

 

Unless otherwise provided under this Power of Attorney, the WFOE has the right to take any action regarding the Shareholding without any oral or written instruction from the undersigned.

 

Any and all the actions associated with the Shareholding conducted by the WFOE shall be deemed as the action of the undersigned, and any and all documents relating to the Shareholding executed by the WFOE shall be deemed to be executed and acknowledged by the undersigned. I hereby acknowledge and ratify those actions and/or documents made by the WFOE.

 

The WFOE may delegate this power of attorney by assigning its rights relating to the conduct of the aforesaid matter and exercise of the Shareholding to any other person or entity at its own discretion without prior notice to or consent from the undersigned.

 

This Power of Attorney is irrevocable and effective as of the date hereof so long as the undersigned is a shareholder of the Company. This Power of Attorney supersedes any other power of attorney previously signed by the undersigned.

 

During the term of this Power of Attorney, the undersigned hereby waives all the rights associated with the Shareholding, which have been authorized to the WFOE through this Power of Attorney, and shall not exercise any such right.

 

  By: /s/ Min He
  Name: Min He

 

Acknowledged by:

 

Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (seal)

     
By: /s/ Minfei Bao  
Name: Minfei Bao  
Title: Authorized Representative  
     
Dated: September 4, 2019  

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

Second Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter

 

The undersigned, Qiuzi Ping, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with Identification Card No. of 330702198608251240, is the lawful spouse of Mr. Minfei Bao, a citizen of the PRC with Identification Card No. of 510402197304140958. I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to the execution of the following documents executed by Mr. Minfei Bao (including any modification, amendment and restatement thereto, collectively the “Transaction Documents”), and the disposal of the equity interests of United Time Technology Company Limited (“UTime Technology”) held by Mr. Minfei Bao and registered in his name according to the Transaction Documents:

 

(1)The Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “WFOE”), UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(2)The Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into among the WFOE, UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(3)The Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement entered into among the WFOE, UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(4)The Second Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Mr. Minfei Bao on September 4, 2019 .

 

I hereby agree and confirm that the equities of UTime Technology held by Mr. Minfei Bao do not belong to the joint property of Mr. Minfei Bao and me.

 

I hereby undertake not to make any assertions in connection with the equity interests of UTime Technology which are held by Mr. Minfei Bao. I guarantee that no action may be taken for purposes conflicting with the above arrangements, including claiming that the equities constitute the property or joint property of Mr. Minfei Bao and me, and based on such claims, claiming to participate in the daily operation and management of UTime Technology or in any way affecting my spouse’s decisions on these equities. I hereby further confirm that Mr. Minfei Bao can perform the Transaction Documents and further amend or terminate the Transaction Documents without the authorization or consent from me.

 

I hereby undertake to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure appropriate performance of the Transaction Documents (as may be amended from time to time).

 

I hereby agree and undertake that if I obtain any equity interests of UTime Technology which are held by Mr. Minfei Bao for any reasons, I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as may be amended from time to time) and comply with the obligations thereunder as a shareholder of UTime Technology. For this purpose, upon the WFOE’s request, I shall sign a series of written documents in substantially the same format and content as the Transaction Documents.

 

I hereby confirm, the Second Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter is irrevocable and effective as of the date hereof. The Second Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter supersedes any other spousal consent letter previously signed by the undersigned.

 

I further confirm, undertake and guarantee that, my spouse, Mr. Minfei Bao, has the right in any case to dispose the equities held by him and the corresponding assets in UTime Technology, and I promise not to take any action that may affect or prevent my spouse from performing his obligations under transactions.

 

Signature: /s/ Qiuzi Ping  
Name: Qiuzi Ping  
Date: September 4, 2019  

Exhibit 10.8

 

Amended and Restated Spousal Consent Letter

 

The undersigned, Qianyun Li, a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) with Identification Card No. of 330724198808050046, is the lawful spouse of Mr. Min He, a citizen of the PRC with Identification Card No. of 330724198604175410. I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agree to the execution of the following documents executed by Mr. Min He (including any modification, amendment and restatement thereto, collectively the “Transaction Documents”), and the disposal of the equity interests of United Time Technology Company Limited (“UTime Technology”) held by Mr. Min He and registered in his name according to the Transaction Documents:

 

(1) The Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement entered into among Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “WFOE”) , UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(2) The Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement entered into among the WFOE, UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(3) The Second Amended and Restated Business Operation Agreement entered into among the WFOE, UTime Technology, Mr. Minfei Bao and Mr.Min He on September 4, 2019;

 

(4) The Amended and Restated Power of Attorney executed by Mr. Min He on September 4, 2019.

 

I hereby agree and confirm that the equities of UTime Technology held by Mr. Min He do not belong to the joint property of Mr. Min He and me.

 

I hereby undertake not to make any assertions in connection with the equity interests of UTime Technology which are held by Mr. Min He. I guarantee that no action may be taken for purposes conflicting with the above arrangements, including claiming that the equities constitute the property or joint property of Mr. Min He and me, and based on such claims, claiming to participate in the daily operation and management of UTime Technology or in any way affecting my spouse’s decisions on these equities. I hereby further confirm that Mr. Min He can perform the Transaction Documents and further amend or terminate the Transaction Documents without the authorization or consent from me.


I hereby undertake to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure appropriate performance of the Transaction Documents (as may be amended from time to time).

 

I hereby agree and undertake that if I obtain any equity interests of UTime Technology which are held by Mr. Min He for any reasons, I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as may be amended from time to time) and comply with the obligations thereunder as a shareholder of UTime Technology. For this purpose, upon the WFOE’s request, I shall sign a series of written documents in substantially the same format and content as the Transaction Documents.

 

I hereby confirm, the Spousal Consent Letter is irrevocable and effective as of the date hereof. The Spousal Consent Letter supersedes any other spousal consent letter previously signed by the undersigned.

 

I further confirm, undertake and guarantee that, my spouse, Mr. Min He, has the right in any case to dispose the equities held by him and the corresponding assets in UTime Technology, and I promise not to take any action that may affect or prevent my spouse from performing his obligations under transactions.

 

Signature:  /s/ Qianyun Li  

 

Name:   Qianyun Li  
Date: September 4, 2019  

 

 

 

 

China Construction Bank Exhibit 10.9

 

RMB Credit Line Loan Agreement

 

Agreement No.: H TZ442000000C N ED 201900005

 

Borrower (Party A): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal Code: 518000

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge): Bao Minfei

 

Fax:/

 

Tel: 0755-86512180

 

Lender (Party B): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

 

Address: Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No.6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Postal Code: 518026

 

Person in Charge: Wang Ye

 

Fax: 0755-23828111

 

Tel: 0755-23828888

 

Page 1 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

In view of daily capital turnover and purchase of raw materials, Party A applies to Party B for line loan, and Party B agrees to provide credit line loan to Party A. According to relevant laws, regulations and rules, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this agreement (the “Agreement”) through consultation for mutual compliance.

 

Article 1 Credit Line

 

The credit line provided by Party B to Party A is RMB 15,000,000 (in words: Fifteen Million Yuan).

 

The term "Credit Line" as used in this Agreement refers to the limit of the principal balance of the working capital loan provided by Party B to Party A within the valid period of credit line agreed in this Agreement. Party A can recycle the credit line during the validity period of it. Party A can apply for loan continuously provided that the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Agreement of Party A does not exceed the credit line regardless of the load times and the amount of each loan, however, the sum of the loan amount applied by Party A and the outstanding principal balance of the loan under this Agreement shall not exceed the credit line.

 

Article 2 Purpose of Loan and Source of Repayment

 

Party A shall use the loan for daily production and operation turnover.

 

For the specific purposes of the loan and the source of repayment under this Agreement, please refer to Annex 1 "Basic Information of the Loan".

 

Article 3 Valid Period of Credit Line

 

The effective period of the credit line is from April 23, 2019 to April 9, 2020 (hereinafter referred to as "valid period of credit line"). For a single loan occurring during the valid period of credit line, the expiration date of the performance period is not subject to the limitation of whether the valid period of credit line expires, however, unless otherwise agreed by Party B, the expiration date of the performance period of a single loan shall not exceed 6 months after the expiration date of the valid period of credit line.

 

The undisbursed credit line will automatically become invalid upon the valid period of credit line expires.

 

Single loan term refers to the period from the withdrawal date of single loan to the agreed repayment date.

 

Loan disbursement refers to the behavior of Party B to release the loan to the loan issuing account according to the application of Party A and the agreement of this Agreement.

 

Article 4 Use of Credit Line

 

I. During the valid period of credit line, Party A can apply for loans one by one as needed, and both parties shall go through corresponding procedures. The amount, interest rate, term and purpose of each loan shall be subject to the contents of the withdrawal notice of the credit line loan.

 

Page 2 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

II. If the Guarantee performs the guarantee liabilities under the guarantee Agreement, Party B shall deduct the principal of the credit line correspondingly according to the principal amount of the guarantee liabilities already performed by the Guarantee.

 

III. For each application of Party A, its amount shall not be less than /, and its period shall not be shorter than / day or longer than 12 months.

 

Article 5 Loan Interest Rate, Penalty Interest Rate, Interest-Bearing and Interest Settlement

 

I. Loan Interest Rate

 

The loan interest rate of a single loan under this Agreement is the annual interest rate, and which is the following type /:

 

(I) Fixed interest rate, i.e./%, which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(II) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (optional "floating up" or "floating down") /%, which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(III) Fixed interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank (optional "plus" or "minus") / base point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

 

(IV) Floating interest rate, i.e. the benchmark interest rate on the value date blank (select "floating up" or "floating down") /%, and which is adjusted once every/month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the benchmark interest rate on the date of interest rate adjustment and the above-mentioned floating up / down ratio. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month shall be the interest rate adjustment date;

 

(V) Floating interest rate, i.e. the LPR interest rate blank (optional "plus" or "minus") / base point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), and which is adjusted once every/month from the value date to the date when the principal and interest of this loan are fully paid off according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the above-mentioned plus/minus basis points. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the value date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date.

 

Page 3 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

II. Penalty Interest Rate

 

The penalty interest rate for a single loan under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(I) If Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose of the Agreement, the penalty interest rate shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate, if the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the first paragraph of this article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(II) The penalty interest rate for overdue loans under this Agreement shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the first paragraph of this article, the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted in accordance with the adjusted loan interest rate and the above-mentioned floating-up range.

 

(III) For loans that are overdue and misappropriated at the same time, the penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated based on the more serious one.

 

III. In the case of a single loan disbursement, both parties may separately agree on the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate of the loan in the loan withdrawal notice, or choose to apply the loan interest rate and penalty interest rate agreed in this Agreement, and Party B has the right to refuse to issue the loan on condition that both parties are unable to reach an agreement.

 

IV. If the loan interest rate or penalty interest rate stipulated in this Article is inconsistent with the agreement on the loan withdrawal notice, the agreement on the loan withdrawal notice shall prevail.

 

V. The value date mentioned in this article refers to the date when a single loan is transferred to the loan issuing account (hereinafter referred to as the "loan issuing account") as stipulated in Article 8 of this Agreement.

 

VI. The benchmark interest rate and LPR interest rate are explained as follows:

 

(I) The benchmark interest rate mentioned in this article refers to the loan interest rate of the same grade published and implemented by the People's Bank of China in the same period; If the People's Bank of China no longer publishes the loan interest rate of the same grade in the same period, the LPR interest rate will be applied.

 

(II) The LPR interest rate under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following item blank :

 

1. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day before the effective date of this Agreement (CCB LPR) ; thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

2. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. (CCB LPR) on the working day before the value date of a single loan, thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate of China Construction Bank Co., Ltd. on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

Page 4 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

3. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the effective date of this Agreement (market LPR); thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

4. LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate announced by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day before the value date of a single loan (market LPR) ;thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforesaid agreement, LPR interest rate refers to the one-year RMB loan prime rate published by the National Inter-Bank Funding Center on the working day prior to the adjustment date.

 

VII. The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is transferred to the loan issuing account. The loan bears interest on a daily basis, and the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360. If Party A fails to pay interest according to the expiry date for interest agreed in this Agreement, the compound interest shall be calculated and collected from the next day.

 

VIII. Interest Settlement

 

(I) For loans with fixed interest rate, the interest shall be calculated at the agreed interest rate at the time of interest settlement. For loans with floating interest rate, interest shall be calculated according to the interest rate determined in the current period of each floating period; If there are multiple interest rate fluctuations in a single interest settlement period, the interest in each floating period shall be calculated first, and the interest in that interest settlement period shall be calculated by summing up the interest in each floating period on the expiry date for interest.

 

(II) The interest of the loan under this Agreement shall be settled in the following method of item 1:

 

1. The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, and the settlement date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of each month;

 

2. The interest shall be settled quarterly, and the expiry date for interest shall be fixed as the 20th day of the month at the end of each quarter;

 

3. /

 

Article 6 Commitment Fee of the Loan Line

 

Party A shall, within / working days after the signing of this Agreement, pay Party B the commitment fee of the loan line / ( in words: ).

 

Article 7 Issuance and Payment of Loans

 

1. Application for the disbursement of credit line loan

 

Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan to Party B in advance at the time of disbursing the credit line loan. If the single loan exceeds / Yuan, Party A shall submit the disbursing application for the credit line loan / working days in advance. Party B shall decide whether to issue the loan to Party A within / working days after receiving the disbursing application for the credit line loan submitted by Party A.

 

Page 5 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

II. Preconditions for Issuing Loans

 

Unless Party B waives in whole or in part, Party B is obliged to issue the loan only if all the following preconditions are continuously met:

 

1. Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan under this Agreement;

 

2. If there is any guarantee in this Agreement, the guarantee meeting the requirements of Party B have come into effect and continue to be valid;

 

3. Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;

 

4. Party B has received the disbursing application for the credit line loan from Party A , and which has examined and approved by Party B;

 

5. If the Agreement stipulates that Party A shall pay the commitment fee of the loan line to Party B, Party A has already paid the commitment fee of the loan line to Party B in full and on time in accordance with the Agreement;

 

6. Party A has not committed any breach of Agreement as agreed in this Agreement;

 

7. There is no circumstance that may endanger the creditor's rights of Party B stipulated in this Agreement;

 

8. Laws and regulations, rules or authorities do not prohibit or restrict Party B from issuing loans under this Agreement;

 

9. The financial indicators of Party A continue to meet the requirements of Annex 2 "Financial Indicator Constraints";

 

10. Party A has submitted relevant materials before the loan issuance in accordance with this Agreement;

 

11. The materials provided by Party A to Party B is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and meets other requirements put forward by Party B;

 

12. Other preconditions:

 

/

 

III. Materials to be provided by Party A

 

Party A and Party B choose to apply the following item (I) [optional (I) or (II)] on the materials provided by Party A:

 

(I)

 

Page 6 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

1. Provided that only the following conditions (1) are met:

 

(1) The disbursement amount of a single loan is more than RMB 10 million and any planned external payment amount under this disbursement is more than RMB 10 million;

 

(2) /

 

Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than / working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The loan redeposit certificate and the payment and settlement certificate signed by Party A ;

 

(2) Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as goods, labor services, capital Agreements and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan funds);

 

/

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A)

 

2. In addition to the conditions stipulated in item 1 above, or if Party B considers that Party A can make independent payment as stipulated in item 5 of this article after reviewing the above materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials to Party B at least / working day before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The fund allocation corresponding to the loan to be issued (see Annex 3 for the format of the disbursement schedule);

 

(2) The loan redeposit certificate signed and sealed by Party A;

 

/

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A ).

 

(II)

 

Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, Party A shall provide Party B with the following materials no later than 5 working days before the disbursement of a single loan:

 

(1) The loan redeposit certificate and the payment and settlement certificate signed by Party A;

 

(2) Transaction data (including but not limited to written or electronic documents such as goods, labor services, capital Agreements and/or invoices that can prove the definite purpose of the loan funds);

 

/

 

As well as other materials required by Party B to be provided by Party A (including but not limited to the business license, power of attorney, articles of association, resolution of general meeting or board of directors and other materials of the transaction object of Party A ).

 

Page 7 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

IV. Entrust Party B to Pay

 

1. Application of entrusting Party B to pay

 

As long as the single loan disbursement meets the following conditions of (1), Party B shall be entrusted for payment, i.e. Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A. Party A shall not pay the above loan funds to the transaction object or any other third party.

 

(1) The disbursement amount of a single loan is more than 10 million Yuan and any planned external payment amount under this disbursement is more than 10 million Yuan, and Party B, after reviewing the materials provided by Party A, believes that it is in line with the clear characteristics of the payment object;

 

(2) Regardless of the loan disbursement amount of a single loan, it shall be paid by Party B as entrusted;

 

(3) /

 

2. In case of entrusting Party B to pay, Party B shall transfer the loan funds to the loan issuing account, and then pay the loan funds directly to the account of Party A's transaction object from the loan issuing account. Party A shall not dispose the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

 

3. Party B shall conduct formal review on the payment amount, payment time, payment object, payment method and handling account according to the materials provided by Party A. Party B shall pay the loan funds to the transaction object of Party A after completing the formal review of the above payment elements and believing which meet the requirements of Party B. Once the loan funds enter the account of the transaction object provided by Party A, it shall be deemed that Party B has fulfilled the entrusted payment obligation. Party A shall check whether the payment was successful within 1 working day after the payment date, and notify Party B immediately if it is unsuccessful. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

4. The formal review of the above payment elements by Party B does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the transaction, nor does it mean that Party B is involved in any dispute between Party A and its transaction object or other third parties, or that Party B needs to bear any responsibility and obligation of Party A. Party A shall compensate all losses suffered by Party B as a result of entrusted payment.

 

5. If the loan fund fails to be paid successfully or fails to be paid to the account of Party A's transaction object in time due to the reasons not caused by Party B, such as incomplete, untrue, inaccurate information provided by Party A, non-conforming to the specific purpose of the loan, conflict between the information, etc., it shall be handled as follows:

 

(1) Party A shall bear all the consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to all losses caused by the failure to successfully pay the loan funds or the failure to timely pay the loan funds to the account of Party A's transaction object. Party B shall not bear any responsibility, and Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom;

 

(2) For this part of loan funds, Party A shall not dispose of it in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);

 

(3) Party A shall perform the duties of re-provisioning and correcting the information in accordance with the requirements of Party B within five working days;

 

/

 

Party B has the right to recover this part of the loan funds in advance on condition that Party A violates any of the above agreements.

 

6. Party A shall bear all risks, responsibilities, and losses incurred in the failure to pay the loan funds, such as failure, error, and delay due to Party B's fault, and Party B shall not bear any responsibility. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

Page 8 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

V. Party A Pays Independently

 

If the disbursement of a single loan does not conform to the entrusted payment of Party B as mentioned in Item 1, paragraph 4 of this Article, Party A may take the initiative to pay, i.e. Party A shall pay to its transaction object independently after Party B distributes the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to the withdrawal application of Party A. Party A shall ensure that its transaction object is consistent with the specific purpose of the loan and transaction information.

 

VI. No matter whether Party B is entrusted to pay or Party A pays independently, it is deemed that Party B has fulfilled the loan obligation upon the loan funds are transferred into the loan issuing account. Party A shall ensure that the loan issuing account is in normal status (including but not limited to not being frozen by the competent authority, etc.). After the loan funds transferred into the loan issuing account, Party A shall bear all the risks, responsibilities and losses caused by the freezing and deduction by the competent authorities. Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses incurred therefrom.

 

VII. Change of Payment Method

 

Party B has the right to change the payment method of loan funds under any of the following conditions, including but not limited to adjusting the applicable circumstances of entrusted payment (e.g. adjusting the amount standard of entrusted payment), changing the payment method of the disbursement of single loan, etc.:

 

1. Party A breaches any of the provisions of this Agreement;

 

2. Any circumstance that may endanger the creditor's rights of Party B stipulated in this Agreement occurs;

 

3. Other circumstances where Party B considers it necessary to change the payment method of the loan funds.

 

Party A shall perform the obligation of re-submission of materials in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the requirements of Party B on condition that Party B changes the payment method.

 

Article 8 Use and Supervision of the Account

 

I. Loan Issuing Account

 

The loan issuing account under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following methods of item 1:

 

1. Party A shall, within 5 working days from the effective date of this Agreement and before the first loan issuing, open a special loan issuing account with Party B, which is specially used for the issuance and payment of all loans under this Agreement.

 

2. Other accounts opened by Party A in Party B (account number:/).

 

II. Account for Recoupment Funds

 

1. Party A shall open an account for recouping funds with Party B or take the existing account (account No.: 44201002700052517141) already opened with Party B as the account for recouping funds within / working days from the effective date of this Agreement.

 

Page 9 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

2. Party A shall summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds to Party B on quarterly (select "monthly" or "quarterly") basis. Party A shall, at the latest within initial 10 working days of each period, summarize and report the fund in and out of the account for recoup funds in the previous period to Party B.

 

3. Party B has the right to manage the fund in and out of the recoup funds in the account. Specifically, the account for recoup funds shall meet the following requirements of item / :

 

(1) Average stock of funds in the account:

 

/

 

(2) The transfer time of recoup funds:

 

/

 

(3) Proportion of Party A's overall sales receipts transferred to the account:

 

/

 

(4) Single limit for external payment of funds in the account:

 

/

 

(5) Single-day limit for external payment of funds in the account:

 

/

 

(6) Restrictions on related online banking for this account:

 

/

 

(7) The external payment of funds in the account shall be subject to the consent of Party B;

 

(8) The account shall be used exclusively for the collection and repayment of the loan under the Agreement and shall not be used for other purposes;

 

(9) /

 

(10) Other requirements proposed by Party B;

 

(11) It shall be implemented in accordance with the relevant agreement on the account management agreement separately signed by Party A and Party B.

 

Article 9 Repayment

 

I. Repayment Principles

 

The repayment of Party A under this Agreement shall be repaid in accordance with the following principles:

 

Party B has the right to use Party A's repayment first to repay all expenses that shall be borne by Party A and paid by Party B in advance as well as the expenses for Party B to realize the creditor's rights stipulated in this Agreement, the remaining amount shall be repaid in accordance with the principle of paying interest first and then the principal, and the principle of matching principal repayments. However, for the loan whose principal is overdue for more than 90 days and whose interest is overdue for more than 90 days, or the loan which is otherwise stipulated by laws, regulations or rules, after repayment of the above expenses, the repayment of Party A shall be made on the principle of repay the principal first and then the interest.

 

Page 10 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

II. Interest Payment

 

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the expiry date for interest. The first interest payment date is the first expiry date for interest after the issuance of loan. At the last repayment, interest shall be settled along with the principal.

 

III. Principal Repayment Plan

 

Party A shall repay the loan principal according to the principal repayment plan listed in the credit line loan withdrawal notice.

 

IV. Repayment Method

 

Party A shall, prior to the repayment date stipulated in this Agreement, reserve the amount payable in the current period on the account for recoup funds or other account opened by Party B and transfer the amount to repay the loan by itself (Party B also has the right to transfer funds from the account to repay the loan), or transfer funds from other accounts to repay loans on the repayment date agreed in this Agreement.

 

V. Early Repayment

 

In case of early repayment of Party A, it shall submit a written application to Party B 30 working days in advance, and Party A may repay part or all of the principal in advance with the consent of Party B.

 

If Party A repays the principal in advance, the interest shall be calculated according to the actual days of use and the loan interest rate determined in Article 5 of this Agreement.

 

If Party B agrees that Party A may repay the principal in advance, Party B shall have the right to collect compensation from Party A, and the amount of compensation shall be determined according to the following standards of item 1:

 

1. Compensation amount = principal amount prepaid x number of months prepaid x 3‰. If it is less than one month, it shall be calculated as one month;

 

2. /

 

If Party A repays part of the loan principal in installments, the repayment shall be made in the reverse order of the repayment plan. After prepayment, the loan that has not been repaid shall still be executed according to the loan interest rate agreed in this Agreement.

 

Article 10 Rights and Obligations of Party A

 

I. Rights of Party A

 

(I) The right to apply to Party B for disbursement of the loan as agreed in the Agreement;

 

(II) The right to use the loan for the purposes agreed in this Agreement;

 

(III) The right to require Party B to keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

Page 11 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

(IV) The right to refuse Party B and its staff to ask for bribes, and the right to report the above-mentioned acts or Party B's violations of relevant national laws and regulations such as credit interest rates and service charges to relevant authorities.

 

II. Obligations of Party A

 

(I) Withdraw and pay off the principal and interest of the loan in full according to the Agreement, and bear all expenses agreed in the Agreement;

 

(II) Provide various financial and accounting information, production and operation status information and other materials in accordance with the requirements of Party B, including but not limited to providing Party B with the balance sheet at the end of the previous quarter and the income statement as of the end of the previous quarter (public institutions shall provide the statement of income and expenditure) within / working days before the first month of each quarter. At the end of the year, the Party A shall timely provide the cash flow statement of the year, and ensure that the information provided is legal, true, complete, accurate and effective, and shall not provide false materials or conceal important business and financial facts;

 

(III) Party A shall notify Party B in writing within 3 working days after the occurrence of any major adverse event affecting its solvency or any other circumstance endangering Party B's creditor's rights, or any change in the name, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital or articles of association of the company (enterprise) and other business registration matters, and attach relevant materials after the change;

 

(IV) Party A shall use the loan according to the purposes agreed in this Agreement without misappropriation, and shall not use the bank loans to engage in illegal or illegal transactions or use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments; shall not use the loan for fields and purposes prohibited by the State from production and operation, and shall not replace the liabilities arising from Party A's investment in fixed assets, equity and other investments. It shall cooperate with and accept Party B's inspection and supervision of its production, operation and financial activities, as well as the use and payment of loans under this Agreement, and shall cooperate with and accept the relevant requirements of post-loan management of Party B, and Party A shall not to withdraw funds, transfer assets or use related party transactions to evade debts to Party B; not to use the false Agreement with related parties to discount or pledge the creditor's rights such as notes receivable and accounts receivable without actual trade background to obtain bank funds or credit; Party A shall pay the loan funds as agreed in this Agreement, and shall not circumvent Party B's entrusted payment by means such as rounding to zero;

 

(V) Party A shall abide by the relevant national regulations on environmental protection in case of that Party A uses the loan under this Agreement for production and manufacturing;

 

(VI) Before paying off the loan principal and interest of Party B, Party A shall not use the assets formed by the loan under this Agreement to provide guarantee to the third party without the consent of Party B;

 

(VII) In the case that Party A is a group customer, Party A shall timely report to Party B the related transactions with more than 10% of the net asset of Party A, including: (1) the association relationships among transaction parties; (2) the item and nature of the transaction; (3) the amount or corresponding proportion of the transaction; (4) pricing policy (including transactions involving no amount or only nominal amount);

 

(VIII) Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B before carrying out major issues such as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing. However, the written consent of Party B shall not affect Party B's right to take the relief measures agreed in this Agreement when Party B believes that the above-mentioned acts may endanger the safety of Party B's creditor's rights in the future;

 

Page 12 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

(IX) In case of Party A pays independently, Party A shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan to Party B on a monthly basis. Party A shall, at the latest within the first / working days of each month, summarize and report to Party B the use and payment of the loan in the previous month, and submit a list of the actual use of the loan until the payment of the loan is completed. See Annex 4 for the format of summary report.

 

Article 11 Rights and Obligations of Party B

 

I. Party B has the right to require Party A to repay the principal, interest and expenses of the loan on schedule, to manage and control the payment of loan funds, to dynamically monitor the overall cash flow of Party A, to recover the loan in advance according to fund withdrawal of Party A, to exercise other rights stipulated in this Agreement, and to require Party A to perform other obligations under this Agreement;

 

II. Party B has the right to participate in the large-denomination financing (that is, the financing with a total amount of more than RMB /75 Yuan or the equivalent foreign currency), asset sale, merger, division, shareholding system transformation, liquidation of the property of Party A, to maintain the creditor's rights of Party B. The specific participation method is the following item blank:

 

1. Party A shall obtain the written consent of Party B when carrying out the above activities;

 

2. Party B arranges large-denomination financing for Party A;

 

3. The asset selling price and object of Party A shall comply with the following provisions:

 

/

 

4. /

 

5. Other actions that Party B believes should be taken.

 

III. Issue loans in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, except for the delay or failure caused by Party A or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

 

IV. Keep confidential of the relevant financial information provided by Party A and the business secrets in production and operation, unless otherwise provided by laws, regulations and rules, otherwise required by the competent authorities, or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

V. Party B shall not offer bribes to Party A or its staff, or ask for or accept bribes from Party A or its staff;

 

VI. Party B shall not act dishonestly or damage the legitimate interests of Party A.

 

Article 12 Liability for Breach of Agreement and Remedial Measures for Endangering the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

I. Breach of Agreement and Liability for Breach of Agreement by Party B

 

(I) If Party B fails to issue loans as agreed in this Agreement without justifiable reasons, Party A may demand Party B to continue to issue loans as agreed in this Agreement;

 

(II) If Party B violates the prohibitive provisions of national laws and regulations and collects interest and fees that should not be collected from Party A, Party A has the right to require Party B to refund them.

 

II. Breach of Agreement of Party A

 

(I) Party A violates any articles in this Agreement or any legal obligation;

 

(II) Party A expressly indicates or indicates by its behavior that it will not perform any obligation under this Agreement.

 

Page 13 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

III. Circumstances that May Endanger the Rights of Party B as a Creditor

 

(I) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the rights as a creditor under this Agreement: Party A has trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controlling person, transfer of major assets, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally;

 

(II) Under any of the following circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the security of the rights as a creditor under this Agreement: Party A fails to perform other debts due (including debts due to subsidiaries at all levels of China Construction Bank or other third parties), transfer property at low price and free of charge, reduce or relieve the debts of the third party, delay in exercising the creditor's rights or other rights, or provide guarantee for the third party; the financial indicators of Party A fail to meet the requirements of Annex 2 "Financial Indicator Requirements”; abnormal fluctuation of funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the account for recouping funds and other monitoring account of Party B); Party A has a major cross-default event; the weak profitability of primary business of Party A; abnormal use of loan funds;

 

(III) Party A's shareholders abuse the independent status of the company's legal person or shareholder's limited liability to evade debts, and Party B believes that it may endanger the security of creditor's rights under this Agreement;

 

(IV) Fails to continuously meet any preconditions for loan issuance as agreed in this Agreement;

 

(V) In case of any of the following circumstances of the guarantor, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of the rights as a creditor under this Agreement:

 

1. The breaching of any article of the guarantee Agreement, or any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

2. The Occurrence of the following circumstances: contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding system transformation, reduction of registered capital, investment, joint venture, merger, merger, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer, substantial increase of debt financing, (to be) applied for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, cancellation, and (to be) applied for bankruptcy, change of controlling shareholder / actual controller or transfer of major assets, transfer property at a low price or free of charge, reduce or relieve debts of third parties, or delay in exercising creditor's rights or other rights, suspension of production and closure, high fines imposed by the competent authorities, cancellation of registration and revocation of business license, involving major legal disputes, serious difficulties in production and operation or deterioration of financial status, decline of credit status, failure of legal representative or main person in charge to perform their duties normally, which may affect the guarantor's ability to undertake the guarantee;

 

3. Other circumstances where the ability to guarantee is lost or may be lost;

 

(VI) In case of any of the following circumstances in mortgage or pledge, Party B believes that it may endanger the security of creditor's rights under this Agreement:

 

1. The mortgaged property or pledged property is damaged, lost or reduced in value due to the acts of a third party, expropriation, confiscation, requisition, free recovery, demolition, changes in market conditions or any other reasons;

 

Page 14 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

2. The mortgaged property or the pledged property is sealed up, detained, frozen, deducted, retained or auctioned, supervised by the administrative organ, or the ownership of which is in dispute;

 

3. The mortgagor or pledgor violates any article of the mortgage Agreement or the pledge Agreement, or there is any false, error or omission in the statement and guarantee;

 

4. Other circumstances that may endanger the realization of the mortgage or pledge of Party B;

 

(VII) The guarantee is not established, not effective, invalid, revoked or canceled, the Guarantee breaches the Agreement or explicitly indicates or through its actions indicating that it will not perform its guarantee liabilities, or the Guarantee loses the guarantee ability in part or in whole, the value of the guaranty decreases and other circumstances, and Party B believes that which may endanger the security of creditor's rights under this Agreement; or

 

(VIII) Other circumstances that Party B considers may endanger the security of the creditor's rights under this Agreement.

 

IV. Relief Measures of Party B

 

In case of any of the circumstances contemplated in the second or third paragraphs of this Article, Party B has the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

 

(I) Suspend the issuance of loans;

 

(II) Supplement the conditions of loan issuance and payment;

 

(III) Change the loan payment method in accordance with the Agreement;

 

(IV) Declare the immediate maturity of the loan, and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all matured and unmatured debts under this Agreement;

 

(V) Adjust, cancel or terminate the credit line accordingly, or adjust the valid period of credit line.

 

(VI) In case of Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, for the part misappropriated by Party A, Party B has the right to charge interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement from the date when the loan is not used according to the agreed purpose to the date when all the principal and interest are paid off;

 

(VII) In case of the loan is overdue, for the loan principal and interest that Party A fails to pay off on time (including the loan principal and interest declared by Party B to be fully or partially due in advance), Party B has the right to calculate and collect the interest and compound interest according to the penalty interest rate and the interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement from the overdue date to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off. Overdue loan refers to Party A's failure to repay the loan on time or exceed the agreed time limit for repayment of principal in installments.

 

Before the loan becomes due, Party B shall have the right to calculate and collect compound interest on the interest that Party A fails to repay on time according to the loan interest rate and interest settlement method agreed in this Agreement;

 

(VIII) Other remedies, including but not limited to:

 

1. Transfer and collect the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A;

 

2. Exercise guarantee rights;

 

3. Require Party A to provide new guarantee that meet the requirements of Party B for all debts under this Agreement;

 

Page 15 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

4. Refuse Party A to dispose of the corresponding amount of deposit in the account (including but not limited to the account for recoup funds) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank System;

 

5. Terminate this Agreement.

 

Article 13 Other Provisions

 

I. Expenses Responsibility

 

1. Expenses incurred due to Party A's breach of any agreement in this Agreement (including but not limited to the actual legal fees, arbitration fees, property preservation fees, travel expenses, execution fee evaluation fees, auction fees, notarization fees, service fees, announcement fees, attorney fees and other expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A's breach of Agreement) shall be borne by Party A;

 

2. For other expenses, Party A and Party B agree as follows: /

 

II. Use of Party A's Information

 

Party A agrees that Party B may inquire Party A's credit status from the credit database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China and the competent credit investigation department or relevant units and departments, and agrees that Party B may provide Party A's information to the credit database established with the approval of The People's Bank of China and the competent department of credit investigation. Party A also agrees that Party B may reasonably use and disclose Party A's information for business needs.

 

III. Announcement for Collection

 

Party B shall have the right to inform the relevant departments or units of Party A's default on the principal and interest of the loan or other cases of breach of Agreement, and shall have the right to make a public announcement through the news media for collection.

 

IV. Evidence Validity of Party B's Records

 

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B's internal accounting records about the principal, interest, expenses and repayment records, the documents and vouchers produced or retained by Party B in the process of Party A's withdrawal, repayment, payment of interest and other business, as well as the records and vouchers of Party B's collection of loans, shall constitute the confirmation evidence effectively proving the creditor's rights relationship between Party A and Party B. Party A shall not raise any objection just on the ground that the above records, documents and vouchers are made or retained by Party B unilaterally.

 

V. Reservation of Rights

 

The rights of Party B hereunder shall not affect or exclude any other rights granted by laws, regulations and other Agreements. Any tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall be deemed neither as waive of the rights and interests hereunder nor as the consent or acceptance for any behaviors violating this Agreement. Such tolerance, grace period, preferential treatment, or delay regarding the performance of any rights hereunder shall neither restrict, prevent or hinder continuous performance of the rights or performance of other rights nor cause the Party B to assume any rights and obligations, arising thereof, for the Party A .

 

VI. In addition to the debts under this Agreement, if Party A has other debts due to Party B, Party B has the right to transfer and collect the RMB or other currency in the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system, and which shall be first used to pay off any debts due, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection hereof.

 

VII. In case of any change in Party A's communication address or contact information, Party A shall immediately notify Party B in writing, and Party A shall bear the loss caused by failure to notify in time.

 

VIII. Transfer and Collection of Payables

 

Party B has the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank System for all the payables of Party A under this Agreement, without prior notice to Party A. Party A is obliged to assist Party B in handling the procedures of foreign exchange settlement and sale or foreign exchange trading, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

Page 16 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

IX. Dispute Resolution

 

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Agreement can be settled through negotiation. If negotiation fails, it shall be settled as the following methods of item 1:

 

1. File a lawsuit with the People's Court of the place where Party B is domiciled.

 

2. Submit to the Arbitration Commission (place of arbitration is /), and conduct arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties.

 

During the litigation or arbitration, the provisions of this Agreement that do not involve the disputes shall still be performed.

 

X. Conditions for the Agreement Entry into Force

 

This Agreement shall enter into force after being signed and stamped by the legal representative (person in charge) or authorized agent of Party A and the person in charge or authorized agent of Party B.

 

The annexes, disbursing application for the credit line loan, credit line loan withdrawal notice, various types of vouchers and other legal documents forming the relationship between creditor's rights and debts under the Agreement shall be an integral part of the Agreement and have the same legal effect as the Agreement.

 

XI. This Agreement is made in septuplicate.

 

XII. Other Matters

 

(I) All outstanding debts (including principal and interest, various expenses, and so on) of Party A under the RMB Credit Line Loan Agreement (No.J2017Z30406) signed with Party B on November 15, 2017, shall occupy the credit line stipulated in the first paragraph of Article 1 of this Agreement.

 

(II) Relevant VAT Agreements

 

1. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the price and non price expenses under this Agreement shall be the price including VAT.

 

2. Invoice

 

2.1 Party B shall issue invoices in accordance with Item (1) below:

 

(1) If Party A requires to issue invoice, Party B shall issue value-added tax invoice of the current payment amount according to law after receiving the payment from Party A.

 

(2) Other agreements:/

 

2.2 Invoicing information provided by Party A

 

Company Name (Full Name): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Taxpayer Identification No.: 914403006766520412

 

Bank Account: 755914819410602

 

Bank: Shenzhen Science Park Sub-branch of China Merchants Bank

 

Address: F2.64D-403, Tianzhan Building, Tian’an Chegongmiao Industrial Zone, Xiangmi Lake, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

Tel: 0755-86512198

 

Page 17 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank 

 

2.3 If there is any need to invalidate the invoice or issue a credit note, Party A shall provide timely assistance as required by Party B. If the invoice cannot be voided or the credit note cannot be issued attribute to Party A, Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses, including but not limited to taxes, additional taxes, penalties, and late fees.

 

3. If Party A is an overseas agency of the People's Republic of China, and the price and extra-price charges under this Agreement are subject to tax incentives and require tax filing for the purposes of laws, regulations, rules or relevant regulations of relevant authorities, Party A shall timely provide Party B with sufficient and accurate VAT tax preference filing information as required by Party B, so as to assist Party B in completing tax filing and other works.

 

(III) Agreed Terms of Service

 

Party A and Party B have agreed on the address for service and legal consequences of various notices, agreements, and documents related to this Agreement:

 

1. Address for service

 

(1) The effective address for service affirmed by Party A:

 

7 / F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

(2) The effective address for service affirmed by Party B:

 

Block A, Rongchao Business Center, No.6003 Yitian Road, Futian District, Shenzhen City

 

2. Application of address for service

 

The addresses above for service are applicable to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements and documents relevant to the Agreement, including but not limited to the delivery of various kinds of notices, agreements during Agreement performance period, delivery of relevant documents during dispute and the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents in first trial, second trial and executive procedure and other procedures after the dispute's entering arbitration and civil procedure.

 

3. Change of address

 

(1) If Party A needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing 30 working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to the address for service of Party B;

 

(2) If Party B needs to change the address for service, it shall notify Party A in writing.

 

(3) If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil litigation, the party shall also perform the obligation of written notice to the arbitration institution and the court.

 

(4) After one party performs the obligation of sending the notice of change of address according to the above agreement, the address for service after change will be the effective address for service; otherwise the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

4. Legal consequences

 

(1) If the notice, agreement, legal document and other documents are not actually received by the party due to the address for service provided or confirmed by either party is inaccurate, the notice obligation is not fulfilled in time in the above manner after the change of address for service, the party or its designated receiver refuses to receive, and so on, in case of service by post, the date of return of documents shall be deemed as the date of service; in case of direct service, the date on which the addresser records the information on the service receipt on the spot shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

(2) For the above-mentioned address for service, the arbitration institution and the court can directly mail the service, even if the parties fail to receive the documents mailed by the arbitration institution and the court, due to the above agreement, it shall also be deemed as service.

 

Page 18 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

(IV) The loan interest rate under this Agreement is the interval interest rate, which is determined between the reduction of LPR interest rate by 38.5 basis points (1 basis point equals to 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) and the increase of LPR interest rate by 350 basis points (1 basis point equals to 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point), the specific interest rate of a single withdrawal shall be subject to the corresponding loan withdrawal notice, and shall be adjusted once every 12 months from the date of withdrawal to the date of full repayment of principal and interest according to the LPR interest rate of the working day before the interest rate adjustment date and the corresponding up / down floating proportion. The interest rate adjustment date is the corresponding date of the withdrawal date in the current month of adjustment. If there is no corresponding date of the withdrawal date in the current month, the last day of the current month is the interest rate adjustment date. The withdrawal date mentioned in this item refers to the date when the loan issued each time is transferred to the loan issuing account agreed by Party A and Party B on condition that Party A applies for the disbursement of loan. (5) Repayment method: interest shall be paid on a monthly basis, and the principal and interest of the loan shall be settled in one time when due.

 

Article 14 Declaration Clause

 

I. Party A clearly understands the business scope and authority of Party B.

 

II. Party A has read all the terms and conditions hereof. As requested by the Party A, the Party B has made explanations for the corresponding terms and conditions hereof. The Party A has full information and understanding regarding the implication of the terms and conditions hereof and the corresponding legal consequence.

 

III. Party A’s signing and performance of its obligations under this Agreement are in accordance with laws, administrative regulations, rules and Party A's articles of association or internal organization documents, and have been approved by competent internal organization of the company and /or by the competent state authorities.

 

IV. Party A’s production and operation are legal and compliant;

 

V. Party A has the ability to continue operations and has a legitimate source of repayment;

 

VI. Party A promises that all loans under this Agreement are based on the real needs of the specific purpose of the loan and do not exceed its actual needs.

 

VII. Party A and its controlling shareholders have good credit status and have no significant bad records.

 

VIII. Party B has the right to entrust other branches of China Construction Bank to issue loans under this Agreement and exercise and perform Party B’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, Party A has no objection to hereof.

 

IX. Party A declares that at the time of conclusion of this Agreement, it and its important related parties do not have any behavior or situation in violation of environmental and social risk management laws, regulations and rules, and promise to strengthen the environmental and social risk management of itself and its important related parties after the conclusion of this Agreement, and strictly abide by the laws, regulations and rules related to environmental and social risk management, put an end to the hazards and related risks to the environment and society in the construction, production and business activities (including but not limited to environmental and social issues related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, and so on). Party A acknowledges that Party B has the right to supervise the environmental and social risk management of Party A and request Party A to submit the environmental and social risk report. If the above statement of Party A is false or the above commitment is not fulfilled, or Party A may cause environmental and social risks, Party B has the right to stop granting credit to Party A (including but not limited to refusal to issue loans, provide financing, issue letter of guarantee or letters of credit or bank acceptance bill, etc.),or to declare that the principal and interest of creditor's rights (including but not limited to loans, financing, advances that have been or may occur, etc.) are due in advance, or to take other remedies as agreed in this Agreement or permitted by law.

 

Party A (Official Seal): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative (Person in Charge) or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/ Minfei Bao

  

April 23, 2019

 

Party B (Official Seal): Shenzhen Branch of China Construction Bank Corporation (Seal Affixed)

 

Person in Charge or Authorized Agent (Signature): /s/ Ye Wang

 

 

April 23, 2019

 

This page contains no text (Seal)

Page 19 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

Annex 1:

 

Basic Information of the Loan

 

1. Specific purposes of the loan under the Agreement:

 

    Used for daily capital turnover, purchasing raw materials, etc.

 

    Party A shall not change the specific purpose of the loan without the written consent of Party B.

 

2. The repayment source of the loan under the Agreement:

 

Operating income, etc.

 

Party A shall ensure that the source of the repayment is real and legal, and the repayment cash flow is stable and sufficient.

 

3. Others:

 

/

 

/

 

Annex 2:

 

Financial Indicator Requirements

 

The financial indicators of Party A shall continue to meet the following restrictions:

 

The ratio of liabilities to assets shall not be higher than 75%.

 

/

 

/

 

/

 

/

 

After notifying Party A within 5 working days in advance, Party B has the right to modify the above restrictions.

 

Page 20 of 21

 

 

China Construction Bank

 

Annex 3

 

Fund Allocation

 

Agreement No.  
Withdrawal Date  
No. Planned Purpose Anticipated Payment Amount Anticipated Payee (if any) Comments
1        
2        
...        
Total RMB _______ ten thousand Chinese Yuan (in words: _________)
Name of Borrower (Seal):
           

Annex 4

 

Summary of Independent Payment

 

Agreement No.  
Date of Submission  
No. Actual Use Payee Amount Supporting Materials Planned or not
1          
2          
           
Total RMB _______ ten thousand Chinese Yuan (in words: _________)

Name of Borrower (Seal):

Conclusion of Internal Review Account Manager (Signature):
Person in charge of Issuance and Payment Review (Signature):
             

 

 

Page 21 of 21

Exhibit 10.10

 

Agreement No.: 001202018K00152

UTime 200

 

 

  

Credit Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Parties to the Agreement:

Credit Grantor (Lender): Longhua Sub-branch of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Liu Yachun

Address: No.1003, Minzhi Avenue, Longhua District, Shenzhen City Tel: 28192182

 

Credit Applicant (Borrower): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

ID Card No.:

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Minfei Bao

 

Guarantor: Minfei Bao

ID Card No.: 510402197304140958

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

(Note: It is unnecessary for natural persons to fill in the item “Legal Representative/Person in Charge”, and it is unnecessary for non-natural persons to fill in the item “ID Card No.”)

 

The Credit Grantor, Credit Applicant and Guarantor reach this Agreement through full negotiation on the basis of equality and voluntariness in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China and the provisions of the relevant interest rate documents of the People's Bank of China for adherence.

 

This Credit Agreement is made in triplicate, with the Credit Grantor holding two copies, the Credit Applicant, the Guarantee and the Mortgage (Pledge) Registration Authority each holding one copy, and the Agreement number is 001202018K00152, which has the same legal effect.

 

Terms of Credit

 

Article 1 Credit Line

 

The Credit Grantor shall provide the Credit Applicant with a credit line of (in words) Two Million Yuan only (in figures) RMB 2,000,000.00.

 

The credit period is 36 months, which shall be from August 9, 2018 to August 8, 2021.

 

Article 2 The credit line under this Agreement can be used for the first of the following businesses (multiple choices are available):

 

1. Loans;

 

2. Discount of Commercial Acceptance Bill;

 

3. Discount of Bank Acceptance Bill;

 

4. Acceptance of Bank Acceptance Bill;

 

5. Issuing of Letter of Guarantee;

 

6. Others----

 

Article 3 The Credit Applicant agrees to use the following account opened in Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank as the account for credit use (such as entering the item of expenditure in the accounts of goods), payment, withdrawal of funds and settlement of arrears under this Agreement: the account name is United Time Technology Co., Ltd., and the account number is 000263231318.

 

Article 4 This credit line shall be used in the following 1 method:

 

 

1. Revolving              2. Non-revolving              3. Agreed Separately.

 

Article 5 The repayment date of the business under this credit line shall be the 21st day of each month. If there is no such date in the month, the last day of the month shall be the repayment date, and the last repayment date shall be the maturity date of the loan. If otherwise agreed, the specific agreement shall prevail.

 

Article 6 The first payment method shall be selected for the credit funds under this Agreement. For the specific agreement of each payment method, please refer to Article 21 of the Agreement.

 

1. Independent Payment 2. Entrusted Payment 3. Independent Payment + Entrusted Payment 4. Agreed Separately.

 

 1

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 7 The annual rate of the occupancy fee for the Agreement quota is 0.00%, which shall be charged by using the fourth method in Article 19 of the Agreement.

 

Article 8 The guarantee of this Agreement shall be in the following second or fourth methods (multiple choices are available):

 

1. Credit method, Credit Applicant does not need to provide guarantees;

 

 2. Minfei Bao shall be the Guarantor for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement, and shall provide the guarantee of joint and several liability for the maximum amount;

 

 3. --- shall provide a mortgage guarantee for the maximum amount for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement with his legally owned and disposable ---- (property);

 

 4. Minfei Bao shall provide a pledge guarantee for the maximum amount for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement with his legally owned and disposable property (rights) in the List of Pledged Property;

 

 5. Other guarantee methods---.

 

Article 9 Loans within the Credit Line (hereinafter referred to as “Loans”)

 

1. The loan interest rate within this credit line shall be calculated by fixed interest rate. Please refer to Article 11 and Article 17 of this Agreement for details.

 

2. The purpose of the loan: refer to Article 11 of this Agreement for details.

 

3. Repayment method: refer to Article 11 of this Agreement for details.

 

Notes: the actual amount, starting date, maturity date, interest rate and interest payment date of the loan shall be subject to the Loan Receipt.

 

Article 10 Disputes that cannot be settled through negotiation between the parties concerned shall be settled by using the first of the following methods.

 

1. To bring a lawsuit to the people's court where the Credit Grantor is located;

 

2. To apply to the ---- Arbitration Commission for arbitration, the Commission shall make a final decision in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at that time, and the findings shall be binding for each party.

 

Article 11 Special terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties. In case of any inconsistency between other clauses of this Agreement and this clause, this clause shall prevail.

 

1. The non-revolving credit line is 2 million Yuan only, which is valid for 3 years, and for which, 30% of the equity of the Credit Applicant held by Bao Minfei shall be pledged as security, and Bao Minfei shall provide an guarantee for joint and several liability, and have the pledge registered, so that the credit line can be established. Under the credit line, a sub-credit line shall be established. sub-credit line I: a non-revolving credit line of 2 million yuan, with a valid period of 3 years, and a fixed monthly interest rate of 7.2‰. The Interest shall be paid on a monthly basis, and the principal shall be repaid at a fixed rate of 2% of the original amount, also on a monthly basis, with the balance fully repaid on the due date. The non-revolving credit line shall be used for working capital turnover.

 

2. (1) The amount of no less than RMB 1.2 million of the monthly operating income of Credit Applicant or associated person shall be placed in the supervised account of the Credit Grantor; other payments may be made only after the monthly principal and interest are paid off: (2) The Credit Applicant can only make payments after the Credit Grantor signs a wage payment agreement. All the above conditions must be met, otherwise the Credit Grantor shall have the right to raise the loan interest rate by 50% from the date of payment or have the right to recover the payment in advance.

 

Article 12 All Debts under this Agreement (collectively referred to as "Arrears" in this Agreement)

All debts under this Agreement refer to all the money owed by the Credit Applicant to the Credit Grantor, including loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, quota occupation fees, necessary expenses (including but not limited to lawyer's fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, enforcement fees, assessment fees, notarial fees, etc.) for the realization of Credit Grantor's rights and security rights under this Agreement and relevant expenses paid on behalf of the Credit Applicant.

 

Terms of Credit Line

 

 2

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 13 The credit line refers to the maximum limit provided by the Credit Grantor to the Credit Applicant after comprehensive evaluation of the credit, financial status, operation and management of the Credit Applicant, including local and foreign currency loans, trading finance, discount, letter of guarantee and other businesses.

 

Article 14 The sum of all credit balances under this credit line shall not exceed the credit line at any time, the credit balance of a single type of business shall not exceed the specific agreement on the maximum credit line for this type of business, and the sum of the accumulated use line of non-revolving credit line shall not exceed the maximum limit of non-revolving credit line.

 

Article 15 Credit period refers to the effective period of the credit line provided by the Credit Grantor to the Credit Applicant. The Credit Applicant shall use the credit line provided by the Credit Grantor within the current period. The maturity date of a single credit shall not exceed the termination date of the credit period. After the expiration of the credit period, the credit line shall be terminated automatically.

 

Article 16 If the Credit Applicant needs to use the credit line, it must apply one by one and provide relevant information as requested by the Credit Grantor. After the approval of the Credit Grantor, a Loan Receipt shall be signed with Credit Grantor, and the Credit Grantor shall go through the procedures of entering an item of expenditure in the accounts.

 

Article 17 Loan Interest Rate, Interest Rate Adjustment and Interest Settlement under Credit Line

 

(1) The loan under the credit line shall bear interest according to the interest-bearing method stipulated by the People's Bank of China, and the benchmark interest rate for loans with the same term published by the People's Bank of China on the date of issuance shall be taken as the benchmark interest rate. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to decide the conversion method of the daily interest rate.

 

(2) The interest in this Agreement can be calculated by using fixed interest rate or floating interest rate: when the fixed loan interest rate is adopted, the interest shall be paid according to the fixed interest rate agreed in Article 9 of this Agreement; when the floating loan interest rate is adopted, the loan interest rate = loan benchmark interest rate x loan interest rate floating coefficient, and the specific loan interest rate floating coefficient shall be agreed in Article 9 of this Agreement. The loan shall be settled on the day before the interest payment date agreed in this Agreement.

 

(3) After the signing of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to make corresponding adjustments to the loan benchmark interest rate and interest rate floating coefficient according to the regulations of the People's Bank of China, the changes in the interbank interest rate level in the place where the Credit Grantor is located and the agreements in this Agreement. Such adjustments have been acknowledged by Credit Applicant and each Guarantor, thus it's unnecessary to notify in advance. The loan benchmark interest rate shall be adjusted quarterly and will be adjusted at the end of each quarter on the 21st of the quarter-end month.

 

(4) If the Credit Applicant fails to repay the loan on schedule, the overdue principal shall be charged interest at the overdue loan interest rate from the date of overdue, and the overdue loan interest rate shall be 50% higher than the current implemented loan interest rate. For the interest that the Credit Applicant fails to pay on schedule, 50% of compound interest will be charged on the current loan interest rate level from the date of overdue payment.

 

(5) If the Credit Applicant fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect interest at the penalty interest rate of misappropriated loans from the date when the loan is not used for the agreed purpose. The penalty interest rate of misappropriated loans shall be 100% higher than the current loan interest rate. If the loan is misappropriated and overdue at the same time, the penalty interest will be calculated based on the higher one.

 

Article 18 Early Repayment

 

If the Credit Applicant want to repay in advance, it shall apply to the Credit Grantor in writing thirty days in advance to obtain the consent of the Credit Grantor. The prepaid principal and interest of the loan shall be paid off before the prepayment. The Grantor has the right to require the Credit Applicant to pay an additional interest of not more than three months as liquidated damages for the early repayment according to the amount of prepayment principal and the loan interest rate at the time of such early repayment.

 

For the loan principal repaid in advance, the interest will be postponed to the next interest payment date, and the principal and interest repaid in each period will be recalculated according to the remaining loan principal and the number of remaining repayment periods in the repayment method agreed in this Agreement.

 

 3

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 19 The Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect the quota occupation fee from the Credit Applicant in the following four ways:

 

1. It shall be collected in one lump sum when opening an account, and the credit line occupation fee = credit line x days of the credit period x annual rate/360;

 

2. Calculated on a daily basis, it shall be charged monthly (repayment date) from Credit Applicant, and the daily credit line occupation fee - unused credit line on the current day x annual rate/360;

 

3. The credit line occupation fee shall be calculated according to the accumulated unused total credit line at the credit termination date: the credit line occupation fee = the sum of the daily unused credit line during the credit period x annual rate/360;

 

4. To be agreed separately.

 

Article 20 If the credit line is used for non-loan businesses, the specific business agreements which may be signed separately.

 

Terms of Payment

 

Article 21 Agreement on Payment Methods

 

1. Independent payment means that the Credit Applicant shall independently pay the transaction object of the Credit Applicant that meets the purposes agreed in this Agreement after the Credit Grantor distributes the credit funds to the account of Credit Applicant according to the withdrawal application of the Credit Applicant. If this payment method is adopted, the Credit Applicant shall provide the Credit Grantor with materials explaining the flow of credit funds such as the Fund Allocation Plan, and report the payment of funds to the Credit Grantor regularly (at least quarterly) after payment. The Credit Grantor may check whether the payment of credit funds conforms to the purpose agreed in this Agreement through account analysis, voucher inspection or on-site investigation.

 

2. Entrusted payment means that the Credit Grantor shall pay the credit funds of the Credit Applicant to the transaction object that meets the purposes agreed in this Agreement through the account of Credit Applicant according to the withdrawal application and payment entrustment of the Credit Applicant. If this payment method is adopted, the Credit Applicant shall submit the payment entrustment (specifying the specific purpose, payment object, payment amount and other information) and the corresponding business Agreement and other supporting materials when applying for withdrawal from the Credit Grantor, and the payment shall only be made after the Credit Grantor conducts formal examination and confirmation (Note: the examination and confirmation do not constitute the obligation of the Credit Grantor). If the materials provided by the Credit Applicant are incomplete, incorrect, false or inconsistent with the purposes agreed in the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to refuse to perform relevant withdrawal and payment instructions or require the Credit Applicant to supplement and rectify.

 

3. Independent Payment + Entrusted Payment. If this payment method is adopted, the requirements for entrusted payment and independent payment are the same as above.

 

Article 22 The Credit Applicant shall not evade the supervision of the Credit Grantor through online banking, transferring service of transfer cheque, breaking up the whole into parts, etc. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to pre-control the account of the Credit Applicant (the control amount shall not exceed the total credit amount), and restrict his/her payment behavior and exchange function of non-counter channels such as online banking and mobile banking.

 

Article 23 If the Credit Applicant is a legal person or any other organization, and affixes a seal consistent with the reserved seal of the credit lending account on the application and entrustment related to Loan Receipt, withdrawal and payment, the legal effect of this seal shall be equivalent to the signature and official seal of the Legal Representative/Person in Charge of the Credit Applicant, and it shall be recognized by all parties to this Agreement.

 

Article 24 The Credit Grantor shall have the right to unilaterally change the payment method according to the provisions of the People's Bank of China, China Banking Regulatory Commission and other regulatory agencies as well as the credit status of the Credit Applicant. If the Credit Applicant needs to change the payment method, it must submit a written application to the Credit Grantor and obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor.

 

 4

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 25 Special Arrangement on Payment

 

If the Credit Applicant withdraws or instructs the transaction object to transfer all or part of the credit funds to other accounts of the Credit Applicant or other third-party accounts unrelated to the transaction without authorization, or if the credit funds are returned to the account of the Credit Applicant for any reason after payment and used without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, it shall be deemed that the Credit Applicant has diverted the credit funds under this Agreement for other purposes and has breached the Agreement.

 

Terms of Maximum Guarantee

 

Article 26 Agreement on Guarantee

 

(1) The Credit Grantor is the Secured Party, and its security rights shall include mortgage, pledge and other security rights. The Guarantor, Mortgagor, Pledgor and other guarantee providers shall be collectively referred to as the Guarantor, and the mortgaged property, pledge and other guaranties and rights shall be collectively referred to as the Guaranty. For details of the guarantee, please refer to Article 8 in this Agreement and the List of Guaranty attached to this Agreement.

 

(2) Scope of guarantee: please refer to Article 12 of this Agreement for details of all debts under this Agreement.

 

(3) Period of guarantee: if the method of guarantee is adopted, the period of guarantee shall be two years from the effective date of this Agreement to the maturity date of it; if the methods of mortgage, pledge or others are adopted, the period of guarantee shall be from the effective date of this Agreement to the repayment of all debts under this Agreement.

 

(4) The guarantee under this Agreement shall be independent, valid, irrevocable and unconditional, and the guarantee liabilities of Guarantor shall not be reduced or exempted due to the following circumstances.

 

1).Fraud, reorganization, suspension of business, bankruptcy or change or loss of civil capacity of the Credit Applicant or other guarantors;

 

2).If the Credit Applicant or other guarantors violate the Agreement, the Credit Grantor takes sanction measures for breach of agreement;

 

3).If the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor reach a reforming, reorganization or settlement agreement on the debts under this Agreement;

 

4).If this Agreement is partially or completely invalid for any reason.

 

5)If there are multiple guarantees under this Agreement, each guarantor shall independently bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all arrears under this Agreement. If the Credit Applicant breaches the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to directly require each guarantor to immediately perform the guarantee liabilities individually or jointly. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to waive, change or relieve the guarantee liabilities of one guarantor, and the other guarantors shall still perform the guarantee liabilities according to the agreement in this Agreement.

 

6)If it is necessary to handle the formalities on mortgage registration, pledge registration or other guarantee registration and notarization in accordance with law, the Guarantor shall handle it in a timely manner according to the requirements of the Credit Grantor, and the relevant expenses shall be borne by the Guarantee. On the date of completing registration, the original documents of Property Right Certificate of Mortgaged Property or Certificate of Use, Pledged Property, Certificate of Rights, other real right guarantee certificates on guaranties and registration certificate shall be possessed and kept by the Credit Grantor.

 

7)In case of major changes or influences in the Guarantee or the Guaranty, or other circumstances that may affect the guarantee ability, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to require the Credit Applicant or Guarantor to separately provide full guarantee and cooperate in handling relevant formalities on assessment, registration, etc. If the Guaranty is damaged, lost or otherwise damaging the creditor's rights of the Credit Grantor due to the fault of the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several liabilities for the losses caused to the Credit Grantor regardless of the cause of the infringement and the infringer.

 

8)During the performance of the Credit Agreement, it is unnecessary for the Credit Grantor and the Credit Applicant to obtain the consent of the Guarantor for any change in the Loan Agreement except for the renewal of the credit or the increase of the loan principal, and the Guarantor shall not be exempted from liabilities due to the change in the Credit Agreement.

 

 5

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

9)The Guarantor confirms that no matter what method the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor adopt to enter an item of expenditure in the accounts, the amount, term and repayment method of credit funds including loans that do not exceed the credit line shall be determined by the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor, and the Guarantor shall know all about this and have no objection.

 

10)If the Credit Applicant fails to pay off the arrears on time and claims the guarantee right, resulting in the guaranties being sealed up or detained by the people's court according to law, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect the natural income separated from the guaranties and the legal income collected by the Guarantor on guaranties.

 

11)Without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, the Guarantee shall not dispose of the Guaranty in any form such as transfer, division, re-mortgage, debt repayment, etc. or set restrictions that hinder the Credit Grantor from exercising the guarantee right.

 

12)After all the arrears under this Agreement are returned, the Real Right Guarantee Certificate, Pledged Property and Property Insurance Policy kept by the Credit Grantor shall be returned to the Guarantor, and the Guarantee shall be assisted in handling the formalities for cancellation of guarantee registration. If the ownership of the same Guaranty is more than two (inclusive), the Credit Grantor shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of return to all parties concerned if it returns the Real Right Guarantee Certificate, Pledged Property and Property Insurance Policy to one of them.

 

Article 27 Other Arrangements on Assurance and Guarantee

 

1. Even if there is a Credit Applicant or a third party who can provide assurance or material guarantee for the debts of the Credit Applicant under this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall still have the right of recourse to the Guarantor in advance without exercising other guarantee rights in advance.

 

 2. If the Guarantor fails to assume the guarantee liabilities as agreed in this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to deduct the money from the accounts opened by the Guarantor in all business agencies of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank until all the arrears under this Agreement are paid off.

 

Article 28 Other Agreements on Mortgage Guarantee

 

1. The Mortgagor shall obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor before leasing the mortgaged property or pricing the mortgaged property for investment.

 

2. During the mortgage period, the mortgaged property shall be kept by the Mortgagor or its entrusted agent, who shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the mortgaged property and ensuring that the mortgaged property is in good condition, and shall be subject to inspection by the Credit Grantor at any time.

 

Article 29 Other Agreements on Pledge Guarantee

 

1. During the duration of the Agreement, if any loss occurs to the pledged property due to force majeure, the Credit Grantor shall not be liable for any compensation.

 

2. If the pledged property is a right, and if laws and regulations require that the pledge act be recorded in the certificate of right, the pledge act shall be recorded.

 

Article 30 Realization of Real Right Guarantee (including Mortgage Right, Pledge Right, etc.)

 

If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to dispose of the guaranty in accordance with the law in the manner deemed appropriate by the Credit Grantor and shall have priority in compensation. The Guarantor shall assist the Credit Grantor to handle all necessary formalities as required by the Credit Grantor, and the disposition methods include but are not limited to:

 

1. The Credit Grantor directly discounts the guaranty, or auctions or sells the guaranty;

 

2. Dispose the guaranty according to legal procedures.

  

 6

 

  

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 31 If the Guarantor fails to fully perform the guarantee obligations agreed in this Agreement, the Guarantor shall not recover or claim rights from the Credit Applicant, and the right of recourse obtained by the Guarantor according to law after fully performing the guarantee liabilities shall not be superior to the right of recourse of the Credit Grantor for arrears under other agreements.

 

Article 32 Insurance

 

(1) If required by the Credit Grantor, the Guarantor shall, before using the credit line, handle the insurance of the guaranty according to the types of insurance, period of insurance, insured amount and qualification of Insurer required by the Credit Grantor, and the original insurance policy shall be handed over to the Credit Grantor for safekeeping.

 

(2) The insurance compensation shall give priority to the repayment of the arrears under this Agreement, the Guarantor shall irrevocably authorize the Credit Grantor to receive the insurance compensation on its behalf and to have priority in repaying the secured creditor's rights. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to dispose of the guaranty in accordance with the provisions of the Property Law of the People's Republic of China and the Guarantee Law of the People's Republic of China for the insufficient part, and the excess part shall be returned to the Beneficiary in the next order by the Credit Grantor.

 

(3) The Guarantor shall ensure to pay the insurance premium on time and shall not cancel the insurance during the period of guarantee. If the Credit Applicant fails to pay off the arrears during the credit period or at the expiration of the insurance period, and if the insurance is interrupted or not renewed, the Credit Applicant shall have the right (but no obligation) to handle the insurance on its behalf. All relevant expenses shall be paid by the Guarantor, and the Credit Applicant shall be jointly and severally liable for repayment. The losses caused by the interruption of the insurance shall be assumed by the Guarantor.

 

Special Representations and Warranties

 

Article 33 Special Representations and Warranties of the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Declarant")

 

1. The Declarant shall have the complete capacity for civil rights and civil conducts that will not affect the legal effect of this Agreement.

 

2. The Declarant promises to abide by the principle of good faith. All information provided by the Declarant to the Credit Grantor before and after the granting of credit shall be true, accurate, complete, legal and effective, and shall not contain any major errors or omissions that are inconsistent with the facts.

 

3. The Declarant has been fully authorized or approved by the superior department or the unit's competent decision-making body to sign this Agreement, and this Agreement shall have legal and effective binding force on the Declarant from the date of signing.

 

4. The signing of this Agreement is the true intention of the Declarant, and there is no fraud or coercion.

 

5. During the effective period of this Agreement, if any major event that affects the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or may adversely affect the Declarant and its main property occurred or is planned to be carried out on the Declarant, the Declarant shall immediately notify the Credit Grantor in writing and provide relevant explanatory materials, meanwhile, it shall actively implement the guarantee measures for repayment of the arrears under this Agreement according to the requirements of the Credit Grantor. Major events that may have adverse effects include:

 

a. The alteration or modification of the shareholding structure, industrial and commercial registration, business scope and articles of association of the Company, or the contracting, leasing, shareholding system reform, joint venture, merger (consolidation), division, equity restructuring, joint venture, alteration of property right or adjustment of the business mode by cooperating with foreign investors, etc.;

 

b. The Declarant or its main management personnel (such as legal representatives, directors, financial officers and so on) are involved in party (government) discipline investigation, major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration or criminal, administrative punishment, seizure, detention or other disputes;

 

 c. The Declarant is revoked with business license, dissolved, closed down, suspended, declared bankrupt, unemployed, dead (including declared dead), or missing (including declared missing);

 

d. The Declarant or its controlling shareholders and actual controllers have suffered heavy losses or deficits;

 

e. The related party transactions accounting for more than 10% of the net assets of the Credit Applicant occur;

 

f. The ownership disputes occur over guaranty, other major properties and settlement accounts, or the preservation measures are taken;

 

g. Other major matters that may affect its solvency or guarantee ability, or circumstances that endanger the safety of the creditor's rights of Credit Grantor.

 

6. The signing of this Agreement or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement by the Declarant shall not violate any other agreements entered into by the Declarant, nor shall it have any conflicts in laws and commercial interests with other agreements entered into by the Declarant.

 

 7

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

7. The purpose of credit granting shall comply with laws, regulations and national policies. Credit Applicant shall not change the purpose of the loan or use the loan for other purposes without authorization, and shall not use the loan for purposes prohibited by laws and regulations such as investment in securities and equity.

 

8. The laws and regulations of the state shall be strictly abode by to carry out production and business, and the formalities for the annual inspection and annual review shall be handled on time.

 

9. Any creditor's rights that have expired shall not be given up, and the existing main property and creditor's rights shall not be disposed free of charge or in other inappropriate ways.

 

10. The Guarantor shall have legal, complete and undisputed ownership or disposition of the guaranty, and the guaranty shall not be used to provide guarantee for any third party before this Agreement.

 

11. The Declarant shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Credit Grantor.

 

12. During the credit granting period, the post-shipment inspection conducted by the Credit Grantor for the Declarant or guaranty shall be unconditionally accepted, and all necessary materials including but not limited to financial statements, bank account settlement statement, and tax payment vouchers shall be provided as required by the Credit Grantor.

 

Terms of Rights and Obligations

 

Article 34 The Credit Applicant shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to provide loans or other credits under the credit line according to the conditions agreed in this Agreement;

 

2. Have the right to use loans or other credits under the credit line as agreed in this Agreement;

 

3. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to keep confidential the production, operation, property, account and other information provided by the Credit Applicant, except as otherwise agreed by laws, regulations and this Agreement.

 

Article 35 The Credit Applicant shall undertake the following obligations

 

1. Repay the arrears in full and on time as agreed in this Agreement and the Loan Receipt; if the repayment date is the day of "T", the Credit Applicant shall deposit sufficient funds to pay the arrears (up to the day of "T") into the account agreed in this Agreement before the end of the counter business of the Credit Grantor on the day of "T-1", and shall irrevocably authorize the Credit Grantor to directly deduct the arrears from the account; if the funds in the account are not sufficient for the payment of the arrears, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to deduct the arrears from any other accounts opened by the Credit Applicant in all business institutions of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank, and have the right to control the funds in the relevant accounts, and the control amount shall be limited to the total amount of arrears; if the deducted amount is inconsistent with the currency of this Agreement, the deducted amount shall be calculated according to the applicable exchange rate of the corresponding currency announced by the Credit Grantor on the deduction date;

 

2. Provide the documents and materials required by the Credit Grantor, as well as all the deposit banks, account numbers and deposits and loan balances, to ensure the normal status of the loan issuing and repayment accounts (including not being sealed up and frozen) and cooperate with the investigation, review and inspection of the Credit Grantor;

 

3. Use the credit line according to the purpose agreed in this Agreement;

 

4. Accept the inspection and supervision of the Credit Grantor on the use of its credit line and relevant production, operation and financial activities, and provide the Credit Grantor with the financial statements at the end of the previous quarter and other materials required by the Credit Grantor before the end of the first month of each quarter;

 

5. The Credit Applicant shall notify the Credit Grantor in writing and obtain the consent of the Credit Grantor before implementing the following acts:

 

a. Apply for credit or loans from financial institutions other than the Credit Grantor.

 

b. Provide any form of guarantee for third parties.

 

c. Acts listed in Item a of Paragraph 5 of Article 33 in this Agreement.

 

6. Assume the expenses incurred in credit evaluation, mortgage (pledge) evaluation, notarization and so on related to this Agreement.

 

 8

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 36 The Credit Grantor shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. If the material provided by the Credit Applicant does not meet the requirements of the Credit Grantor or the credit granting item lags behind the progress of the use of credit funds, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to refuse the application for the use of credit line and the payment entrustment of the Credit Applicant;

 

2. Have the right to require the Credit Applicant to repay the arrears on schedule, and have the right to decide the deduction sequence of various arrears;

 

3. Have the right to require and supervise the Credit Applicant to use the credit line according to this Agreement or each specific Agreement;

 

4. Have the right to carry out post-shipment inspection on the Credit Applicant, Guarantor and Guaranty, and have the right to require the Credit Applicant and Guarantor to eliminate any adverse effects on the performance of the obligations under this Agreement;

 

5. The Credit Grantor may recover the loan and other credits in advance according to the withdrawal of funds from the Credit Applicant.

 

6. If the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor fail to perform the stipulations and obligations of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to impose the sanctions agreed in this Agreement.

 

Article 37 The Credit Grantor shall undertake the following obligations

 

1. Provide credit to the Credit Applicant within the credit line according to the stipulations of this Agreement, each specific Agreement and receipt for a loan;

 

2. Have to keep confidential the assets, production, operation and finance of the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor, except for the use of the Credit Grantor due to relevant business needs and otherwise provided by laws and regulations.

 

Article 38 The Guarantor shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. Know the arrears under this Agreement and the repayment of the Credit Applicant from the Credit Grantor.

 

2. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to keep confidential the production, operation, property, account and other information provided by the Guarantor, except as otherwise agreed by laws, regulations and this Agreement.

 

3. Have the right of recourse according to law after fully performing the guarantee responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Terms of Default

 

Article 39 If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor fails to perform any agreement in this Agreement, or if the "special representations and warranties" made by the Credit Applicant or Guarantor are false or faulty or are not performed, it shall be deemed as a breach of Agreement and the Credit Applicant or Guarantor shall bear the liability for breach of Agreement according to law.

 

Article 40 Without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor shall not terminate this Agreement for any reason including but not limited to the breach of Agreement by either party to the Agreement.

 

Article 41 Under the following circumstances, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to suspend or terminate the Agreement, announce the early maturity of all loans already issued, and stop issuing the loans not yet issued. The Credit Applicant shall immediately repay the loans already issued, other credits and other arrears as required by the Credit Grantor, and the Guarantor shall immediately perform the guarantee liabilities as required by the Credit Grantor:

 

1. The credit status of the Credit Applicant decreases or the credit record deteriorates;

 

2. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor fails to perform the special terms agreed in the Article 11 of this Agreement;

 

3. Part of the Agreement is invalid or violates laws and regulations for any reason;

 

4. The credit granting behavior under this Agreement does not conform to the provisions of the new laws and regulations due to legislative changes;

 

5. Changes in national laws and regulations or local government policies (including the financial management policies of the People's Bank of China, China Banking Regulatory Commission and other regulatory agencies), leading to changes in the credit policy of the Credit Grantor or violations of relevant policies and regulations in this Agreement.

 

 9

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 42 If the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor breach the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to impose the following sanctions respectively or simultaneously. The Credit Applicant and the Guarantor have no objection to this:

 

1. Require the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor to correct the acts breaching the Agreement or increase the guarantee measures for repayment of arrears under this Agreement;

 

2. Reject any application for the use of credit line by the Credit Applicant;

 

3. Demand the Credit Applicant to repay or repay in advance the loans, arrears and other credits;

 

4. Directly deduct the deposits of the Credit Applicant or Guarantor in any account opened by all business institutions of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to pay off the arrears of the Credit Applicant, which shall not constitute an obligation;

 

5. Have the right to demand the Guarantor to perform the guarantee liabilities and pay off all the arrears under this Agreement on behalf of it or in advance;

 

6. Have the right to charge liquidated damages not exceeding 10% of the amount of the loan that the Credit Applicant fails to pay and use as agreed;

 

7. Suspend/terminate the execution of the Agreement or unilaterally terminate the Agreement;

 

8. Have the right to implement credit sanctions in accordance with relevant regulations of the People's Bank of China;

 

9. Collect by carrying out legal procedures in accordance with the law.

 

Article 43 In case of any of the following circumstances, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to immediately bring a lawsuit or arbitration to collect the loan and other arrears:

 

1. The Credit Applicant fails to repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time as agreed in this Agreement;

 

2. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor provides false loan application materials or post-shipment inspection materials to the Credit Grantor;

 

3. The Credit Applicant fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Agreement or fails to make payment according to the agreed payment method;

  

4. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement and fails to correct, repay or assume the guarantee liabilities as required by the Credit Grantor;

 

5. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement and the Credit Grantor believes that it damages its legitimate rights and interests.

 

Article 44 During the performance of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor's consent to bear, extend a time limit or postpone the performance of any breach of Agreement by the Credit Applicant or Guarantor, or the postponing of the execution of the rights and interests or that the Credit Grantor shall enjoy under this Agreement shall not affect, damage or restrict the rights and interests that the Credit Grantor shall enjoy in accordance with the law or under this Agreement, nor shall it be regarded as the permission or recognition of the Credit Grantor for any breach of Agreement, or the Credit Grantor's waiver of the right to take actions against the existing or future breach of Agreement.

 

Other Terms

 

Article 45 Requirements for the Credit Grantor, Credit Applicant and Guarantor on the Notice Related to this Agreement.

 

1. The Credit Grantor's notice or request to the Credit Applicant and Guarantor may be delivered by personal delivery, letter, media (including the Credit Grantor's website, the same below), e-mail, short message, telephone, fax, etc. If the letter is sent by registered mail or express delivery, it shall be deemed to have been delivered three days after it is sent; if delivered by hand, the receipt of the recipient shall be deemed to have been served, and if the recipient refuses to accept it, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of rejection.

 

2. The notice or request of the Credit Applicant and each guarantor to the Credit Grantor shall be made in writing and shall not be deemed to have been delivered until the Credit Grantor actually signs for it.

 

3. The address of the Credit Grantor shall be subject to the stipulations in this Agreement, and any change shall be announced in the media. If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor is a non-natural person, the correspondence address shall be subject to the address recorded on the legal registration certificate; if it is a natural person, the address or ID card address recorded in the information provided by the such natural person to the Credit Grantor shall prevail; if there is any change, the Credit Grantor shall be notified in writing.

 

 10

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 46 The following documents or annexes (if any) shall be an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect.

 

1. The specific Business Agreement, Loan Receipt, Guaranty List, Letter of Declaration, Letter of Undertaking and so on under this Agreement;

 

2. Written Supplementary Agreement/Agreement reached by the parties on the matters not covered and changes in this Agreement;

 

3. All kinds of applications and power of attorney submitted by the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor to the Credit Grantor and confirmed and approved by the Credit Grantor.

 

Article 47 The signing, interpretation and matters not covered in this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China. Any dispute in the performance of the Agreement shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If the parties fail to reach an agreement through negotiation, the dispute shall be settled in the manner agreed in Article 10 of this Agreement. During the period that the dispute fails to be unresolved, the parties shall continue to perform other clauses stipulated in the Agreement, except for matters in dispute.

 

Article 48 Supplementary Provisions

 

(1) Entry into Force and Invalidation of the Agreement

 

This Agreement shall come into force after the personnel of each party with the right of signing have signed it (if the party concerned is a legal person or other organization, its official seal or special seal for Agreement shall be affixed) and the guarantee procedures agreed in Article 8 of this Agreement have been handled, and it shall be automatically invalid until the arrears under this Agreement are paid off.

  

(2) Agreement Modification

 

1. If either party needs to change the terms of this Agreement, it must obtain the written consent of the other party unless otherwise agreed in this Agreement.

 

2. The Credit Grantor may transfer its rights under this Agreement to other parties without obtaining the consent of the Credit Applicant or each guarantor. The Credit Grantor shall notify the Credit Applicant and each guarantor of the transfer of rights, and the notice may be made in writing, in the form of a public announcement in the media, or in other forms. If the Credit Grantor needs to change the guarantee registration for the transfer of rights, the Guarantor shall cooperate.

 

3. If the Credit Applicant intends to transfer the debts under this Agreement to a third party, it shall obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor and each guarantor, and this Agreement shall continue to be valid until the Transferee and the Credit Grantor re-sign the Agreement.

 

(3) The Credit Applicant and the Guarantor irrevocably authorize the Credit Grantor to provide their identity information, loan information and other credit information to the People's Bank of China and other credit rating agencies approved by the government. All consequences arising from the use of the above-mentioned information by the above-mentioned institutions for any use or purpose or from the provision of the above-mentioned information to the outside persons shall be handled by the above-mentioned institutions through their own negotiation and have nothing to do with the Credit Grantor.

 

(4) If there is no definite evidence to the contrary, both the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor shall recognize the arrears, repayment records or vouchers provided by the Credit Grantor, and shall not raise any objection for the above records and vouchers unilaterally produced by the Credit Grantor.

 

 11

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Important Note:

 

All terms of this Agreement have been fully negotiated by the parties. The Credit Grantor (hereinafter referred to as "the Bank") has drawn the other parties concerned to read all the terms and conditions and paid special attention to the terms and conditions regarding the exemption or limitation of the Bank's responsibilities, the certain rights unilaterally possessed by the Bank, the increase of the responsibilities of the other parties concerned or the terms limiting the rights of the other parties concerned, and has made a full and accurate understanding of them. The Bank has made corresponding explanations on the terms of this Agreement at the request of other parties concerned, and the parties to the Agreement have the same understanding of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Signature and Seal Column of the Parties:
Credit Grantor (Lender): Longhua Sub-branch of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank (Seal Affixed)

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: /s/ Liu Yachun  

 

Credit Applicant (Borrower): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: /s/ Minfei Bao  

 

Guarantor: United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: /s/ Minfei Bao  

  

August 1, 2018
Agreement Version No.: Credit Agreement First Edition in 2016 Valid Date: July 2016
  Registrant: Fujiao Hou

 

 

 12

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

Agreement No.: 001202018K00153

 

UTime 600

 

Credit Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Column of Parties to the Agreement:

 

Credit Grantor (Lender): Longhua Sub-branch of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Yachun Liu

 

Address: No.1003, Minzhi Avenue, Longhua District, Shenzhen City Tel: 28192182

 

Credit Applicant (Borrower): United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

ID Card No.:

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: Minfei Bao

 

Guarantee (Guarantor): Minfei Bao

 

ID Card No.: 510402197304140958

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

Guarantee (Mortgagor): Minfei Bao

 

ID Card No.: 510402197304140958

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

(Note: It is unnecessary for natural persons to fill in the item “Legal Representative/Person in Charge,” and it is unnecessary for non-natural persons to fill in the item “ID Card No.”)

 

The Credit Grantor, Credit Applicant and Guarantor reach this Agreement through full negotiation on the basis of equality and voluntariness in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China and the provisions of the relevant interest rate documents of the People's Bank of China for adherence.

 

This Credit Agreement is made in quadruplicate, with the Credit Grantor holding two copies, and the Credit Applicant, the Guarantee and the Mortgage (Pledge) Registration Authority each holding one copy, and the Agreement number is 001202018K00153, which has the same legal effect.

 

Terms of Credit

 

Article 1 Credit Line

 

The Credit Grantor shall provide the Credit Applicant with a credit line of 6 million Yuan only (in words), RMB 6,000,000.00 (in figures) for 11 months from August 21, 2018 to August 20, 2021.

 

Article 2 The credit line under this Agreement can be used for the first of the following businesses (multiple choices are available):

 

1. Loans  2. Discount of Commercial Acceptance Bill  3. Discount of Bank Acceptance Bill
       
4. Acceptance of Bank Acceptance Bill  5. Issuance of Letter of Guarantee  6. Other -

 

Article 3 The Credit Applicant agrees to use the following account opened in Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank as the account for credit use (such as entering the item of expenditure in the accounts of goods), payment, withdrawal of funds and settlement of arrears under this Agreement: the account name is United Time Technology Co., Ltd., and the account number is 000263231318.

 

Article 4 This credit line shall be used in the following (1) method:

 

1. Revolving  2. Non-revolving  3. Agreed Separately.

 

1

 

 

Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 5 The repayment date of the business under this credit line shall be the 21 st day of each month. If there is no such date in the month, the last day of the month shall be the repayment date, and the last repayment date shall be the maturity date of the loan. If otherwise agreed, the specific agreement shall prevail.

 

Article 6 The first payment method shall be selected for the credit funds under this Agreement. For the specific agreement of each payment method, please refer to Article 21 of the Agreement.

 

1. Independent Payment  2. Entrusted Payment  3. Independent Payment + Entrusted Payment      4. Agreed Separately.

 

Article 7 The annual rate of the occupancy fee for the Agreement quota is 0.00%, which shall be charged by using the fourth method in Article 19 of the Agreement.

 

Article 8 The guarantee of this Agreement shall be in the following second or third method (multiple choices are available):

 

1. Credit method, Credit Applicant does not need to provide guarantee;

 

2. Minfei Bao shall be the Guarantor for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement, and shall provide the guarantee of joint and several liability for the maximum amount;

 

3. Minfei Bao shall provide a mortgage guarantee for the maximum amount for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement with his legally owned and disposable property (rights) in the List of Mortgaged Property;

 

4. --- shall provide a pledge guarantee for the maximum amount for the arrears owed by the Credit Applicant under this Agreement with his legally owned and disposable ---- property (rights);

 

5. Other guarantee methods---.

 

Article 9 Loan within the Credit Line (hereinafter referred to as “loan”)

 

1. The loan interest rate within this credit line shall be calculated by fixed interest rate. Please refer to Article 11 and Article 17 of this Agreement for details.

 

2. The purpose of the loan: refer to Article 11 of this Agreement for details.

 

3. Repayment method: refer to Article 11 of this Agreement for details.

 

Notes: the actual amount, starting date, maturity date, interest rate and interest payment date of the loan shall be subject to the Loan Receipt.

 

Article 10 Disputes that cannot be settled through negotiation between the parties concerned shall be settled by using the first of the following methods.

 

1. To bring a lawsuit to the people's court where the Credit Grantor is located 2. To apply to the ---- Arbitration Commission for arbitration, the Commission shall make a final decision in accordance with the arbitration rules in force at that time, and the findings shall be binding for each party.

 

Article 11 Special terms and conditions agreed upon by the parties. In case of any inconsistency between other clauses of this Agreement and this clause, this clause shall prevail.

 

1. The non-revolving credit line is RMB 6 million only, which is valid for 3 years, and for which, real estate under Minfei Bao's name (SFDZ No.4000573717) shall be mortgaged as guaranty, and Minfei Bao shall provide a guarantee for joint and several liability, and have the mortgage registered, so that the credit line can be established. Under the credit line, a sub-credit line shall be established. Sub-credit line I: a non-revolving credit line of 6 million yuan, with a valid period of 3 years, and a fixed monthly interest rate of 6.0‰. The Interest shall be paid on a monthly basis, and the principal shall be repaid at a fixed rate of 1% of the original amount also on a monthly basis starting from the 13th month, with the balance fully repaid on the due date. The non-revolving credit line shall be used for working capital turnover.

 

2. The amount of no less than RMB 1.2 million of the monthly operating income of Credit Applicant or associated person shall be placed in the supervised account of the Credit Grantor; other payments may be made only after the monthly principal and interest are paid off; otherwise, the Credit Grantor has the right to raise the loan interest rate by 50% from the date of maturity or has the right to recover the loan in advance.

 

2

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

3. The maximum amount of creditor's rights guaranteed under this Agreement is Six Million Yuan.

 

4. If the total amount of all debts of the Credit Applicant under this Agreement (see Article 12 of the Master Agreement for details) exceeds the registered maximum amount of creditor's rights when the mortgage right is realized, the Credit Grantor still has the priority of compensation according to the guarantee scope agreed in the Master Agreement for the excess amount.

 

Article 12 All Debts under this Agreement (collectively referred to as "Arrears" in this Agreement)

 

All debts under this Agreement refer to all the money owed by the Credit Applicant to the Credit Grantor, including loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, quota occupation fees, necessary expenses (including but not limited to lawyer's fees, legal fees, arbitration fees, enforcement fees, assessment fees, notarial fees, etc.) for the realization of Credit Grantor's rights and security rights under this Agreement and relevant expenses paid on behalf of the Credit Applicant.

 

Terms of Credit Line

 

Article 13 The credit line refers to the maximum limit provided by the Credit Grantor to the Credit Applicant after comprehensive evaluation of the credit, financial status, operation and management of the Credit Applicant, including local and foreign currency loans, trading finance, discount, letter of guarantee and other businesses.

 

Article 14 The sum of all credit balances under this credit line shall not exceed the credit line at any time, the credit balance of a single type of business shall not exceed the specific agreement on the maximum credit line for this type of business, and the sum of the accumulated use line of non-revolving credit line shall not exceed the maximum limit of non-revolving credit line.

 

Article 15 Credit period refers to the effective period of the credit line provided by the Credit Grantor to the Credit Applicant. The Credit Applicant shall use the credit line provided by the Credit Grantor within the current period. The maturity date of a single credit shall not exceed the termination date of the credit period. After the expiration of the credit period, the credit line shall be terminated automatically.

 

Article 16 If the Credit Applicant needs to use the credit line, it must apply one by one and provide relevant information as requested by the Credit Grantor. After the approval of the Credit Grantor, a Loan Receipt shall be signed with Credit Grantor, and the Credit Grantor shall go through the procedures of entering an item of expenditure in the accounts.

 

Article 17 Loan Interest Rate, Interest Rate Adjustment and Interest Settlement under Credit Line

 

(1) The loan under the credit line shall bear interest according to the interest-bearing method stipulated by the People's Bank of China, and the benchmark interest rate for loans with the same term published by the People's Bank of China on the date of issuance shall be taken as the benchmark interest rate. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to decide the conversion method of the daily interest rate.

 

(2) The interest in this Agreement can be calculated by using fixed interest rate or floating interest rate: when the fixed loan interest rate is adopted, the interest shall be paid according to the fixed interest rate agreed in Article 9 of this Agreement; when the floating loan interest rate is adopted, the loan interest rate = loan benchmark interest rate x loan interest rate floating coefficient, and the specific loan interest rate floating coefficient shall be agreed in Article 9 of this Agreement. The loan shall be settled on the day before the interest payment date agreed in this Agreement.

 

(3) After the signing of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to make corresponding adjustments to the loan benchmark interest rate and interest rate floating coefficient according to the regulations of the People's Bank of China, the changes in the interbank interest rate level in the place where the Credit Grantor is located and the agreements in this Agreement. Such adjustments have been acknowledged by Credit Applicant and each Guarantor, thus it's unnecessary to notify in advance. The loan benchmark interest rate shall be adjusted quarterly and will be adjusted at the end of each quarter on the 21st of the quarter-end month.

 

3

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

(4) If the Credit Applicant fails to repay the loan on schedule, the overdue principal shall be charged interest at the overdue loan interest rate from the date of overdue, and the overdue loan interest rate shall be 50% higher than the current implemented loan interest rate. For the interest that the Credit Applicant fails to pay on schedule, 50% of compound interest will be charged on the current loan interest rate level from the date of overdue payment.

 

(5) If the Credit Applicant fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect interest at the penalty interest rate of misappropriated loans from the date when the loan is not used for the agreed purpose. The penalty interest rate of misappropriated loans shall be 100% higher than the current loan interest rate. If the loan is misappropriated and overdue at the same time, the penalty interest will be calculated based on the higher one.

 

Article 18 Early Repayment

 

If the Credit Applicant want to repay in advance, it shall apply to the Credit Grantor in writing 30 days in advance to obtain the consent of the Credit Grantor. The prepaid principal and interest of the loan shall be paid off before the prepayment. The Grantor has the right to require the Credit Applicant to pay an additional interest of not more than three months as liquidated damages for early repayment according to the amount of repayment principal and the loan interest rate at the time of the early repayment.

 

For the loan principal repaid in advance, the interest will be postponed to the next interest payment date, and the principal and interest repaid in each period will be recalculated according to the remaining loan principal and the number of remaining repayment periods in the repayment method agreed in this Agreement.

 

Article 19 The Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect the quota occupation fee from the Credit Applicant in the following four ways:

 

1. It shall be collected in one lump sum when opening an account, and the credit line occupation fee = credit line x days of the credit period x annual rate/360;

 

2. Calculated on a daily basis, it shall be charged monthly (repayment date) from Credit Applicant, and the daily credit line occupation fee - unused credit line on the current day x annual rate/360;

 

3. The credit line occupation fee shall be calculated according to the accumulated unused total credit line at the credit termination date: the credit line occupation fee = the sum of the daily unused credit line during the credit period x annual rate/360;

 

4. To be agreed separately.

 

Article 20 If the credit line is used for non-loan businesses, the specific business agreements which may be signed separately.

 

Terms of Payment

 

Article 21 Agreement on Payment Methods

 

1. Independent payment means that the Credit Applicant shall independently pay the transaction object of the Credit Applicant that meets the purposes agreed in this Agreement after the Credit Grantor distributes the credit funds to the account of Credit Applicant according to the withdrawal application of the Credit Applicant. If this payment method is adopted, the Credit Applicant shall provide the Credit Grantor with materials explaining the flow of credit funds such as the Fund Allocation Plan, and report the payment of funds to the Credit Grantor regularly (at least quarterly) after payment. The Credit Grantor may check whether the payment of credit funds conforms to the purpose agreed in this Agreement through account analysis, voucher inspection or on-site investigation.

 

2. Entrusted payment means that the Credit Grantor shall pay the credit funds of the Credit Applicant to the transaction object that meets the purposes agreed in this Agreement through the account of Credit Applicant according to the withdrawal application and payment entrustment of the Credit Applicant. If this payment method is adopted, the Credit Applicant shall submit the payment entrustment (specifying the specific purpose, payment object, payment amount and other information) and the corresponding business Agreement and other supporting materials when applying for withdrawal from the Credit Grantor, and the payment shall only be made after the Credit Grantor conducts formal examination and confirmation (Note: the examination and confirmation do not constitute the obligation of the Credit Grantor). If the materials provided by the Credit Applicant are incomplete, incorrect, false or inconsistent with the purposes agreed in the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to refuse to perform relevant withdrawal and payment instructions or require the Credit Applicant to supplement and rectify.

 

3. Independent Payment + Entrusted Payment. If this payment method is adopted, the requirements for entrusted payment and independent payment are the same as above.

 

4

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 22 The Credit Applicant shall not evade the supervision of the Credit Grantor through online banking, transferring service of transfer cheque, breaking up the whole into parts, etc. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to pre-control the account of the Credit Applicant (the control amount shall not exceed the total credit amount), and restrict his/her payment behavior and exchange function of non-counter channels such as online banking and mobile banking.

 

Article 23 If the Credit Applicant is a legal person or any other organization, and affixes a seal consistent with the reserved seal of the credit lending account on the application and entrustment related to Loan Receipt, withdrawal and payment, the legal effect of this seal shall be equivalent to the signature and official seal of the Legal Representative/Person in Charge of the Credit Applicant, and it shall be recognized by all parties to this Agreement.

 

Article 24 The Credit Grantor shall have the right to unilaterally change the payment method according to the provisions of the People's Bank of China, China Banking Regulatory Commission and other regulatory agencies as well as the credit status of the Credit Applicant. If the Credit Applicant needs to change the payment method, it must submit a written application to the Credit Grantor and obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor.

 

Article 25 Special Arrangement on Payment

 

If the Credit Applicant withdraws or instructs the transaction object to transfer all or part of the credit funds to other accounts of the Credit Applicant or other third-party accounts unrelated to the transaction without authorization, or if the credit funds are returned to the account of the Credit Applicant for any reason after payment and used without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, it shall be deemed that the Credit Applicant has diverted the credit funds under this Agreement for other purposes and has breached the Agreement.

 

Terms of Maximum Guarantee

 

Article 26 Agreement on Guarantee

 

(1) The Credit Grantor is the Secured Party, and its security rights shall include mortgage, pledge and other security rights. The Guarantor, Mortgagor, Pledgor and other guarantee providers shall be collectively referred to as the Guarantor, and the mortgaged property, pledge and other guaranties and rights shall be collectively referred to as the Guaranty. For details of the guarantee, please refer to Article 8 in this Agreement and the List of Guaranty attached to this Agreement.

 

(2) Scope of guarantee: please refer to Article 12 of this Agreement for details of all debts under this Agreement.

 

(3) Period of guarantee: if the method of guarantee is adopted, the period of guarantee shall be two years from the effective date of this Agreement to the maturity date of it; if the methods of mortgage, pledge or others are adopted, the period of guarantee shall be from the effective date of this Agreement to the repayment of all debts under this Agreement.

 

(4) The guarantee under this Agreement shall be independent, valid, irrevocable and unconditional, and the guarantee liabilities of Guarantor shall not be reduced or exempted due to the following circumstances.

 

1. Fraud, reorganization, suspension of business, bankruptcy or change or loss of civil capacity of the Credit Applicant or other guarantors;

 

2. If the Credit Applicant or other guarantors violate the Agreement, the Credit Grantor takes sanction measures for breach of agreement;

 

3. If the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor reach a reforming, reorganization or settlement agreement on the debts under this Agreement;

 

4. If this Agreement is partially or completely invalid for any reason.

 

(5) If there are multiple guarantees under this Agreement, each guarantee shall independently bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all arrears under this Agreement. If the Credit Applicant breaches the Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to directly require each guarantor to immediately perform the guarantee liabilities individually or jointly. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to waive, change or relieve the guarantee liabilities of one guarantor, and the other guarantors shall still perform the guarantee liabilities according to the agreement in this Agreement.

 

5

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

(6) If it is necessary to handle the formalities on mortgage registration, pledge registration or other guarantee registration and notarization in accordance with law, the Guarantor shall handle it in a timely manner according to the requirements of the Credit Grantor, and the relevant expenses shall be borne by the Guarantee. On the date of completing registration, the original documents of Property Right Certificate of Mortgaged Property or Certificate of Use, Pledged Property, Certificate of Rights, other real right guarantee certificates on guaranties and registration certificate shall be possessed and kept by the Credit Grantor.

 

(7) In case of major changes or influences in the Guarantor or the Guaranty, or other circumstances that may affect the guarantee ability, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to require the Credit Applicant or Guarantee to separately provide full guarantee and cooperate in handling relevant formalities on assessment, registration, etc. If the Guaranty is damaged, lost or otherwise damaging the creditor's rights of the Credit Grantor due to the fault of the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several liabilities for the losses caused to the Credit Grantor regardless of the cause of the infringement and the infringer.

 

(8) During the performance of the Credit Agreement, it is unnecessary for the Credit Grantor and the Credit Applicant to obtain the consent of the Guarantee for any change in the Loan Agreement except for the renewal of the credit or the increase of the loan principal, and the Guarantee shall not be exempted from liabilities due to the change in the Credit Agreement.

 

(9) The Guarantor confirms that no matter what method the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor adopt to enter an item of expenditure in the accounts, the amount, term and repayment method of credit funds including loans that do not exceed the credit line shall be determined by the Credit Applicant and the Credit Grantor, and the Guarantor shall know all about this and have no objection.

 

(10) If the Credit Applicant fails to pay off the arrears on time and claims the guarantee right, resulting in the guaranty being sealed up or detained by the people's court according to law, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to collect the natural income separated from the guaranty and the legal income collected by the Guarantee on guaranty.

 

(11) Without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, the Guarantor shall not dispose of the Guaranty in any form such as transfer, division, re-mortgage, debt repayment, etc. or set restrictions that hinder the Credit Grantor from exercising the guarantee right.

 

(12) After all the arrears under this Agreement are returned, the Real Right Guarantee Certificate, Pledged Property and Property Insurance Policy kept by the Credit Grantor shall be returned to the Guarantee, and the Guarantor shall be assisted in handling the formalities for cancellation of guarantee registration. If the ownership of the same Guaranty is more than two (inclusive), the Credit Grantor shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of return to all parties concerned if it returns the Property Right Certificate, Hostage and Property Insurance Policy to one of them.

 

Article 27 Other Arrangements on Assurance and Guarantee

 

1. Even if there is a Credit Applicant or a third party who can provide assurance or material guarantee for the debts of the Credit Applicant under this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall still have the right of recourse to the Guarantor in advance without exercising other guarantee rights in advance.

 

2. If the Guarantor fails to assume the guarantee liabilities as agreed in this Agreement, the Credit Grantor has the right to deduct the money from the accounts opened by the Guarantor in all business agencies of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank until all the arrears under this Agreement are paid off.

 

Article 28 Other Agreements on Mortgage Guarantee

 

1. The Mortgagor shall obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor before leasing the mortgaged property or pricing the mortgaged property for investment.

 

2. During the mortgage period, the mortgaged property shall be kept by the Mortgagor or its entrusted agent, who shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the mortgaged property and ensuring that the mortgaged property is in good condition, and shall be subject to inspection by the Credit Grantor at any time.

 

6

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 29 Other Agreements on Pledge Guarantee

 

1. During the duration of the Agreement, if any loss occurs to the pledged property due to force majeure, the Credit Grantor shall not be liable for any compensation.

 

2. If the pledged property is a right, and if laws and regulations require that the pledge act be recorded in the certificate of right, the pledge act shall be recorded.

 

Article 30 Realization of Real Right Guarantee (including Mortgage Right, Pledge Right, etc.)

 

If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement, the Credit Grantor has the right to dispose of the guaranty in accordance with the law in the manner deemed appropriate by the Credit Grantor and has priority in compensation. The Guarantor shall assist the Credit Grantor to handle all necessary formalities as required by the Credit Grantor, and the disposition methods include but are not limited to:

 

1. The Credit Grantor directly discounts the guaranty, or auctions or sells the guaranty;

 

2. Dispose the guaranty according to legal procedures.

 

Article 31 If the Guarantor fails to fully perform the guarantee obligations agreed in this Agreement, the Guarantor shall not recover or claim rights from the Credit Applicant, and the right of recourse obtained by the Guarantor according to law after fully performing the guarantee liabilities shall not be superior to the right of recourse of the Credit Grantor for arrears under other agreements.

 

Article 32 Insurance

 

(1) If required by the Credit Grantor, the Guarantor shall, before using the credit line, handle the insurance of the guaranty according to the types of insurance, period of insurance, insured amount and qualification of Insurer required by the Credit Grantor, and the original insurance policy shall be handed over to the Credit Grantor for safekeeping.

 

(2) The insurance compensation shall give priority to the repayment of the arrears under this Agreement, the Guarantee shall irrevocably authorize the Credit Grantor to receive the insurance compensation on its behalf and to have priority in repaying the secured creditor's rights. The Credit Grantor shall have the right to dispose of the guaranty in accordance with the provisions of the Property Law of the People's Republic of China and the Guarantee Law of the People's Republic of China for the insufficient part, and the excess part shall be returned to the Beneficiary in the next order by the Credit Grantor.

 

(3) The Guarantor shall ensure to pay the insurance premium on time and shall not cancel the insurance during the period of guarantee. If the Credit Applicant fails to pay off the arrears during the credit period or at the expiration of the insurance period, and if the insurance is interrupted or not renewed, the Credit Applicant shall have the right (but no obligation) to handle the insurance on its behalf. All relevant expenses shall be paid by the Guarantee, and the Credit Applicant shall be jointly and severally liable for repayment. The losses caused by the interruption of the insurance shall be assumed by the Guarantor.

 

Special Representations and Warranties

 

Article 33 Special Representations and Warranties of the Credit Applicant and the Guarantee (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Declarant")

 

1. The Declarant shall have the complete capacity for civil rights and civil conducts that will not affect the legal effect of this Agreement.

 

2. The declarant promises to abide by the principle of good faith. All information provided by the declarant to the Credit Grantor before and after granting credit is true, accurate, complete, legal and effective, and does not contain any major errors that are inconsistent with the facts or omit any major facts.

 

3. The declarant has been fully authorized or approved by the superior department or the unit's competent decision-making body to sign this Agreement, and this Agreement shall have legal and effective binding force on the declarant from the date of signing.

 

4. The signing of this Agreement is the true intention of the Declarant, and there is no fraud or coercion.

 

7

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

5. During the effective period of this Agreement, if any major event that affects the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or may adversely affect the Declarant and its main property is occurred or planned to be carried out on the Declarant, the Declarant shall immediately notify the Credit Grantor in writing and provide relevant explanatory materials, meanwhile, it shall actively implement the guarantee measures for repayment of the arrears under this Agreement according to the requirements of the Credit Grantor. Major events that may have adverse effects include:

 

a. The alteration or modification of the shareholding structure, industrial and commercial registration, business scope and articles of association of the Company, or the contracting, leasing, shareholding system reform, joint venture, merger (consolidation), division, equity restructuring, joint venture, alteration of property right or adjustment of the business mode by cooperating with foreign investors, etc.;

 

b. The Declarant or its main management personnel (such as legal representatives, directors, financial officers, and so on) are involved in party (government) discipline investigation, major economic disputes, litigation, arbitration or criminal, administrative punishment, seizure, detention or other disputes;

 

c. The Declarant is revoked with business license, dissolved, closed down, suspended, declared bankrupt, or unemployed, dead (including declared dead), missing (including declared missing);

 

d. The Declarant or its controlling shareholders and actual controllers have suffered heavy losses or deficits;

 

e. Related party transactions accounting for more than 10% of the net assets of the Credit Applicant occur;

 

f. The ownership disputes occur over guaranty, other major properties and settlement accounts, or the preservation measures are taken;

 

g. Other major matters that may affect its solvency or guarantee ability, or circumstances that endanger the safety of the creditor's rights of Credit Grantor.

 

6. The signing of this agreement or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement by the declarant does not violate any other agreements entered into by the declarant, nor does it have any conflicts in laws and commercial interests with other Agreements entered into by the declarant.

 

7. The purpose of credit granting shall comply with laws, regulations and national policies. Credit Applicant shall not change the purpose of the loan or use the loan for other purposes without authorization, and shall not use the loan for purposes prohibited by laws and regulations such as investment in securities and equity.

 

8. The laws and regulations of the state shall be strictly abode by to carry out production and business, and the formalities for the annual inspection and annual review shall be handled on time.

 

9. Any creditor's rights that have expired shall not be given up, and the existing main property and creditor's rights shall not be disposed free of charge or in other inappropriate ways.

 

10. The Guarantor shall have legal, complete and undisputed ownership or disposition of the guaranty, and the guaranty shall not be used to provide guarantee for any third party before this Agreement.

 

11. The Declarant shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the Credit Grantor.

 

12. During the credit granting period, the post-shipment inspection conducted by the Credit Grantor for the Declarant or guaranty shall be unconditionally accepted, and all necessary materials including but not limited to financial statements, bank account settlement statement, and tax payment vouchers shall be provided as required by the Credit Grantor.

 

Terms of Rights and Obligations

 

Article 34 The Credit Applicant shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to provide loans or other credits under the credit line according to the conditions agreed in this Agreement;

 

2. Have the right to use loans or other credits under the credit line as agreed in this Agreement;

 

3. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to keep confidential the production, operation, property, account and other information provided by the Credit Applicant, except as otherwise agreed by laws, regulations and this Agreement.

 

8

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 35 The Credit Applicant shall undertake the following obligations

 

1. Repay the arrears in full and on time as agreed in this Agreement and the Loan Receipt. If the repayment date is "T", the Credit Applicant shall deposit sufficient funds to pay the arrears (as at "T") into the account agreed in the Agreement before the end of the counter business of the Credit Grantor on the "T-1", and irrevocably authorize the Credit Grantor to directly deduct the arrears from the account; If the funds in the account are not sufficient to pay the arrears, the Credit Grantor has the right to deduct the arrears from any other accounts opened by the Credit Applicant in all business agencies of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank, and has the right to control the funds in the relevant accounts, and the controlled amount shall be limited to the total amount of arrears; If the currency of the deducted amount is inconsistent with the currency of this Agreement, the deducted amount shall be calculated according to the applicable exchange rate of the corresponding currency announced by the Credit Grantor on the deduction date;

 

2. Provide the documents and materials required by the Credit Grantor, as well as all the deposit banks, account numbers and deposits and loan balances, to ensure the normal status of the loan issuing and repayment accounts (including not being sealed up and frozen) and cooperate with the investigation, review and inspection of the Credit Grantor;

 

3. Use the credit line according to the purpose agreed in this Agreement;

 

4. Accept the inspection and supervision of the Credit Grantor on the use of its credit line and relevant production, operation and financial activities, and provide the Credit Grantor with the financial statements at the end of the previous quarter and other materials required by the Credit Grantor before the end of the first month of each quarter;

 

5. The Credit Applicant shall notify the Credit Grantor in writing and obtain the consent of the Credit Grantor before implementing the following acts:

 

a. Apply for credit or loans from financial institutions other than the Credit Grantor.

 

b. Provide any form of guarantee for third parties.

 

c. Acts listed in Item a of Paragraph 5 of Article 33 in this Agreement.

 

6. Assume the expenses incurred in credit evaluation, mortgage (pledge) evaluation, notarization and so on related to this Agreement.

 

Article 36 The Credit Grantor shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. If the information provided by the Credit Applicant does not meet the requirements of the Credit Grantor or the credit granting item lags behind the progress of the use of credit funds, the Credit Grantor has the right to refuse the application for the use of credit line and the payment entrustment of the Credit Applicant;

 

2. Have the right to require the Credit Applicant to repay the arrears on schedule, and have the right to decide the deduction sequence of various arrears;

 

3. Have the right to require and supervise the Credit Applicant to use the credit line according to this Agreement or each specific Agreement;

 

4. Have the right to carry out post-shipment inspection on the Credit Applicant, Guarantor and Guaranty, and have the right to require the Credit Applicant and Guarantor to eliminate any adverse effects on the performance of the obligations under this Agreement;

 

5. The Credit Grantor may recover the loan and other credits in advance according to the withdrawal of funds from the Credit Applicant.

 

6. If the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor fail to perform the stipulations and obligations of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to impose the sanctions agreed in this Agreement.

 

Article 37 The Credit Grantor shall undertake the following obligations

 

1. Provide credit to the Credit Applicant within the credit line according to the stipulations of this Agreement, each specific Agreement and receipt for a loan;

 

2. Have to keep confidential the assets, production, operation and finance of the Credit Applicant and the Guarantee, except for the use of the Credit Grantor due to relevant business needs and otherwise provided by laws and regulations.

 

9

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 38 The Guarantor shall enjoy the following rights

 

1. Know the arrears under this Agreement and the repayment of the Credit Applicant from the Credit Grantor.

 

2. Have the right to require the Credit Grantor to keep confidential the production, operation, property, account and other information provided by the Guarantor, except as otherwise agreed by laws, regulations and this Agreement.

 

3. Have the right of recourse according to law after fully performing the guarantee responsibilities and obligations under this Agreement.

 

Terms of Default

 

Article 39 If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor fails to perform any agreement in this Agreement, or if the "special representations and warranties" made by the Credit Applicant or Guarantor are false or faulty or are not performed, it shall be deemed as a breach of Agreement and the Credit Applicant or Guarantor shall bear the liability for breach of Agreement according to law.

 

Article 40 Without the written consent of the Credit Grantor, the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor shall not terminate this Agreement for any reason including but not limited to the breach of Agreement by either party to the Agreement.

 

Article 41 Under the following circumstances, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to suspend or terminate the Agreement, announce the early maturity of all loans already issued, and stop issuing the loans not yet issued. The Credit Applicant shall immediately repay the loans already issued, other credits and other arrears as required by the Credit Grantor, and the Guarantor shall immediately perform the guarantee liabilities as required by the Credit Grantor:

 

1. The credit status of the Credit Applicant decreases or the credit record deteriorates;

 

2. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor fails to perform the special terms agreed in the Article 11 of this Agreement;

 

3. Part of the Agreement is invalid or violates laws and regulations for any reason;

 

4. The credit granting behavior under this Agreement does not conform to the provisions of the new laws and regulations due to legislative changes;

 

5. Changes in national laws and regulations or local government policies (including the financial management policies of the People's Bank of China, China Banking Regulatory Commission and other regulatory agencies), leading to changes in the credit policy of the Credit Grantor or violations of relevant policies and regulations in this Agreement.

 

Article 42 If the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor breach the Agreement, the Credit Grantor has the right to impose the following sanctions respectively or simultaneously. The Credit Applicant and the Guarantor have no objection to this:

 

1. Require the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor to correct the acts breaching the Agreement or increase the guarantee measures for repayment of arrears under this Agreement;

 

2. Reject any application for the use of credit line by the Credit Applicant;

 

3. Demand the Credit Applicant to repay or repay in advance the loans, arrears and other credits;

 

4. Directly deduct the deposits of the Credit Applicant or Guarantor in any account opened by all business institutions of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank to pay off the arrears of the Credit Applicant, which shall not constitute an obligation;

 

5. Have the right to demand the Guarantor to perform the guarantee liabilities and pay off all the arrears under this Agreement on behalf of it or in advance;

 

6. Have the right to charge liquidated damages not exceeding 10% of the amount of the loan that the Credit Applicant fails to pay and use as agreed;

 

7. Suspend/terminate the execution of the Agreement or unilaterally terminate the Agreement;

 

8. Have the right to implement credit sanctions in accordance with relevant regulations of the People's Bank of China;

 

9. Collect by carrying out legal procedures in accordance with the law.

 

10

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 43 In case of any of the following circumstances, the Credit Grantor shall have the right to immediately bring a lawsuit or arbitration to collect the loan and other arrears:

 

1. The Credit Applicant fails to repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time as agreed in this Agreement;

 

2. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor provides false loan application materials or post-shipment inspection materials to the Credit Grantor;

 

3. The Credit Applicant fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this Agreement or fails to make payment according to the agreed payment method;

 

4. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement and fails to correct, repay or assume the guarantee liabilities as required by the Credit Grantor;

 

5. The Credit Applicant or Guarantor breaches the Agreement and the Credit Grantor believes that it damages its legitimate rights and interests.

 

Article 44 During the performance of this Agreement, the Credit Grantor's consent to bear, extend a time limit or postpone the performance of any breach of Agreement by the Credit Applicant or Guarantor, or the postponing of the execution of the rights and interests or that the Credit Grantor shall enjoy under this Agreement shall not affect, damage or restrict the rights and interests that the Credit Grantor shall enjoy in accordance with the law or under this Agreement, nor shall it be regarded as the permission or recognition of the Credit Grantor for any breach of Agreement, or the Credit Grantor's waiver of the right to take actions against the existing or future breach of Agreement.

 

Other Terms

 

Article 45 Requirements for the Credit Grantor, Credit Applicant and Guarantor on the Notice Related to this Agreement.

 

1. The Credit Grantor's notice or request to the Credit Applicant and Guarantor may be delivered by personal delivery, letter, media (including the Credit Grantor's website, the same below), e-mail, short message, telephone, fax, etc. If the letter is sent by registered mail or express delivery, it shall be deemed to have been delivered three days after it is sent; if delivered by hand, the receipt of the recipient shall be deemed to have been served, and if the recipient refuses to accept it, it shall be deemed to have been served on the date of rejection.

 

2. The notice or request of the Credit Applicant and each guarantor to the Credit Grantor shall be made in writing and shall not be deemed to have been delivered until the Credit Grantor actually signs for it.

 

3. The address of the Credit Grantor shall be subject to the stipulations in this Agreement, and any change shall be announced in the media. If the Credit Applicant or Guarantor is a non-natural person, the correspondence address shall be subject to the address recorded on the legal registration certificate; if it is a natural person, the address or ID card address recorded in the information provided by the such natural person to the Credit Grantor shall prevail; if there is any change, the Credit Grantor shall be notified in writing.

 

Article 46 The following documents or annexes (if any) shall be an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect.

 

1. The specific Business Agreement, Loan Receipt, Guaranty List, Letter of Declaration, Letter of Undertaking, and so on under this Agreement;

 

2. Written Supplementary Agreement/Agreement reached by the parties on the matters not covered and changes in this Agreement;

 

3. All kinds of applications and power of attorney submitted by the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor to the Credit Grantor and confirmed and approved by the Credit Grantor.

 

Article 47 The signing, interpretation and matters not covered in this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China. Any dispute in the performance of the Agreement shall be settled by the parties through negotiation. If the parties fail to reach an agreement through negotiation, the dispute shall be settled in the manner agreed in Article 10 of this Agreement. During the period that the dispute fails to be unresolved, the parties shall continue to perform other clauses stipulated in the Agreement, except for matters in dispute.

 

11

 

 
Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank Innovating Finance, and Serving Community

 

Article 48 Supplementary Provisions

 

(1) Entry into Force and Invalidation of the Agreement

 

This Agreement shall come into force after the personnel of each party with the right of signing have signed it (if the party concerned is a legal person or other organization, its official seal or special seal for Agreement shall be affixed) and the guarantee procedures agreed in Article 8 of this Agreement have been handled, and it shall be automatically invalid until the arrears under this Agreement are paid off.

 

(2) Agreement Modification

 

1. If either party needs to change the terms of this Agreement, it must obtain the written consent of the other party unless otherwise agreed in this Agreement.

 

2. The Credit Grantor may transfer its rights under this Agreement to other parties without obtaining the consent of the Credit Applicant or each guarantor. The Credit Grantor shall notify the Credit Applicant and each guarantor of the transfer of rights, and the notice may be made in writing, in the form of a public announcement in the media, or in other forms. If the Credit Grantor needs to change the guarantee registration for the transfer of rights, the Guarantor shall cooperate.

 

3. If the Credit Applicant intends to transfer the debts under this Agreement to a third party, it shall obtain the written consent of the Credit Grantor and Guarantor, and this Agreement shall continue to be valid until the transferee and the Credit Grantor re-sign the Agreement.

 

(3) The Credit Applicant and the Guarantor irrevocably authorize\ the Credit Grantor to provide their identity information, loan information and other credit information to the People's Bank of China and other credit rating agencies approved by the government. All consequences arising from the use of the above-mentioned information by the above-mentioned institutions for any use or purpose or from the provision of the above-mentioned information to the outside persons shall be handled by the above-mentioned institutions through their own negotiation and have nothing to do with the Credit Grantor.

 

(4) If there is no definite evidence to the contrary, both the Credit Applicant and the Guarantor shall recognize the arrears, repayment records or vouchers provided by the Credit Grantor, and shall not raise any objection for the above records and vouchers unilaterally produced by the Credit Grantor.

 

Important Note:

 

All terms of this Agreement have been fully negotiated by the parties. The Credit Grantor (hereinafter referred to as "the Bank") has drawn the other parties concerned to read all the terms and conditions and paid special attention to the terms and conditions regarding the exemption or limitation of the Bank's responsibilities, the certain rights unilaterally possessed by the Bank, the increase of the responsibilities of the other parties concerned or the terms limiting the rights of the other parties concerned, and has made a full and accurate understanding of them. The Bank has made corresponding explanations on the terms of this Agreement at the request of other parties concerned, and the parties to the Agreement have the same understanding of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Signature and Seal Column of the Parties:

 

Credit Grantor (Lender): Longhua Sub-branch of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: /s/ Yachun Liu

 

Credit Applicant (Borrower): United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge: /s/ Minfei Bao

 

Guarantor: /s/ Minfei Bao (Fingerprint Affixed)

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

Guarantor (Mortgagor) /s/ Minfei Bao (Fingerprint Affixed)

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

August 1, 2018

 

Agreement Version No.: Credit Agreement First Edition in 2016 Valid Date: July 2016 Registrant: Fujiao Hou

 

 

12

 

 

List of Mortgaged Property

 

(Confirmation Letter of Value of Mortgaged Property)

 

Unit: ten thousand Chinese Yuan, square meter

 

Mortgagor Minfei Bao
Name of mortgaged property Location Area Agreed value Real Estate Certificate No.
10A, Block A, Building 1, Shoudi Rongyu Garden, North of Beiyuan Road, Overseas Chinese Town, Nanshan District 89.17 731.19 S.F.D.Z. No.4000573717

 

The Mortgagee and the Mortgagor have signed the Loan Agreement or Credit Agreement (No. 001202018K00153). According to the above Agreement, the Mortgagor agrees to provide the mortgage guarantee to the Mortgagee with the above mortgaged property for the Borrower. The Mortgagor and the Mortgagee hereby confirm that the agreed value of the above-mentioned mortgaged property is RMB 7.319 million.

 

Mortgagor (official seal or signature):

 

/s/Minfei Bao (Fingerprint Affixed)

 

* Legal Representative/Person in Charge:

 

(* Leave blank when the Mortgagor is a natural person)

 

Mortgagee (official seal): Longhua Sub-branch of Shenzhen Rural Commercial Bank (Seal Affixed)

 

Legal Representative/Person in Charge

 

/s/Yachun Liu

 

August 1, 2018 

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.12

 

Office Lease Agreement

 

Lessor: Shenzhen Buta Entertainment Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

 

Legal Representative: Junlin Zhou

 

Lessee: United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”)

 

Legal Representative: Minfei Bao

 

According to the Agreement Law of the People’s Republic of China and relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B enter into this Agreement on the basis of equality, voluntariness and consensus, and reach the following agreements on the lease of the house.

 

Article 1 The leased house is located in Room 701, Floor 7, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, with a construction area of 640.23 square meters.

 

Article 2 Lease Term: From February 1, 2018 to December 31, 2021.

 

Article 3 Purpose of Lease: Party B rents the house as an office and business place.

 

Article 4 The period from February 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 is rent-free. Starting from January 2019, the monthly rent is RMB 83,200.00 (in words: Eighty Three Thousand Two Hundred Yuan only). The monthly rent thereafter will be adjusted according to the market situation, and the increase rate of monthly rent shall not exceed 5%.

 

Article 5 Payment Method: on a monthly basis. The rent for the following month shall be paid before the 28th day of the current month.

 

Article 6 Party B shall pay the utilities and property management fees of the leased house.

 

Article 7 During the lease term, Party A promises and undertakes the following responsibilities:

 

1. During the lease term, Party A shall fulfill the management and protection obligations as external cooperative unit for the fire safety, general sanitation, comprehensive management and security outside the house. If property loss and other losses are caused to Party B therefrom, Party A shall bear full responsibilities;

 

2. The leased house is a legal structure, with complete certificates and formalities handled;

 

3. The leased house has not been registered as the business premise of other enterprises or individual industrial and commercial households;

 

4. Party A shall ensure the safety of the house and its internal facilities and meet the requirements for the use of the leased house;

 

5. According to the Fire Prevention Law of the People’s Republic of China, the leased house meets the requirements of Party B for firefighting conditions when engaging in business activities;

 

6. Party A shall ensure that the purpose of the leased house complies with the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and rules, and shall issue a certificate of property purpose to Party B (for Party B to handle the business license);

 

 

 

 

7. If the above-mentioned house needs to be sold or mortgaged, Party A shall notify Party B one month in advance;

 

8. Party A shall be responsible for the normal maintenance expenses of the house and its attachments. If Party A delays the maintenance of the house and causes losses to Party B or the third party, Party A shall be responsible for compensation;

 

9. Party A shall be responsible for settling the relevant expenses (including utilities, etc.) of the leased house before delivery;

 

10. During the lease term, Party A shall not change the current situation of the house without Party B’s consent;

 

11. During the lease term, Party A shall be responsible for compensation if the leased house is restricted due to arrears of government taxes and fees or other debt disputes, which affect the normal use by Party B;

 

12. Other Agreements: none.

 

Article 8 During the lease term of the house, Party B shall guarantee and assume the following responsibilities:

 

1. If it is necessary to renovate or add facilities of the house, Party B shall obtain the written consent of Party A, but the expenses shall be borne by Party B;

 

2. Party B shall normally use and take good care of all facilities inside the house and prevent abnormal damage. If the house or facilities are damaged due to improper use (except for normal loss), Party B shall be responsible for compensation;

 

3. Party B shall promptly notify Party A and take effective measures in case of damage to or failure of the leased house and internal facilities that hinder safe and normal use during the use of the leased house. At the same time, Party B shall assist Party A in the normal inspection and maintenance of the house;

 

4. Party B shall hand over the house to Party A at the expiration of the lease term. If Party B intends to continue to lease the above-mentioned house, it shall negotiate with Party twenty day in advance and both parties shall sign another Agreement. If Party B continues to use the house without signing the lease renewal Agreement and Party A does not raise any objection, this Lease Agreement shall continue to be valid;

 

5. Party B shall be responsible for paying the utilities during the lease term of the leased house;

 

6. Party B shall ensure that its behaviors during the use of the leased house comply with the provisions of relevant laws, regulations and rules;

 

7. Without the consent of the Lessor, Party B shall not change or demolish the structure or change the purpose of the leased house without permission. If the Lessee intends to sublet the leased house to a third party, it must obtain the consent of Party A;

 

8. Other Agreements: none.

 

Article 9 If Party B engages in illegal activities beyond the scope of business or provides convenient conditions for other people’s illegal activities in the leased house, Party A shall immediately terminate the Agreement and recover the house upon discovery or upon notification by relevant departments, and Party B shall be responsible for compensation for the losses caused thereby.

 

Article 10 During the term of this Agreement, if Party A does need to renovate, expand or repair the leased house, Party A shall obtain the consent of Party B, and both parties shall sign a separate written agreement on this.

 

2

 

  

Article 11 Under any of the following circumstances, Party A has the right to terminate this Agreement, and Party B shall bear the responsibility for the losses caused to Party A therefrom:

 

1. Without the consent of Party A and the approval of relevant authorities, Party B arbitrarily changes the purpose of the leased house:

 

2. Party B violates the provisions of this Agreement and does not bear the maintenance responsibility or pay the maintenance expenses, resulting in serious damage to the house or equipment;

 

Article 12 If the leased house or equipment is damaged due to force majeure, the Agreement shall be automatically terminated and both parties shall not be liable for each other:

 

Article 13 Upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement, if Party B needs to continue renting the leased house, it shall submit a request for lease renewal to Party A before the expiration of the term hereof; if Party A intends to continue leasing the leased house, Party B has the priority to rent the leased house under the same conditions. If Party A and Party B reach an agreement on the renewal of the lease, a new Agreement shall be concluded.

 

Article 14 This Agreement shall come into effect as of the date when it is signed by Party A and Party B. If partial provisions in the Agreement is null and void, or the Agreement is canceled or terminated, it shall not affect the validity of the dispute settlement clause which independently exist in the Agreement.

 

Article 15 Any dispute arising from the performance of this Agreement shall be settled by both parties through negotiation; if negotiation fails, either party has the right to bring a lawsuit to the people’s court according to law.

 

Article 16 For matters not covered in this Agreement, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement, which has the same legal effect as this Agreement.

 

Article 17 This Agreement is made in duplicate with each party holding one copy.

 

Lessor (Seal and Signature): Shenzhen Buta Entertainment Co., Ltd.
Entertainment Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Address:

Contact Tel:

____MM____DD ____YYYY

Shenzhen Buta Entertainment Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Lessee (Seal and Signature): United Time Techonology Co., Ltd.
Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Minfei Bao (Seal Affixed)

Address:

Contact Tel:

____MM____DD ____YYYY

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.13

 

Machinery and Equipment Lease Agreement

 

Agreement No.: JTDLD2017090101

 

Party A: Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Lessor”)

 

Party B: Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”)

 

According to the Agreement Law of the People’s Republic of China and relevant regulations, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties for equipment rental fees, both parties conclude this Agreement through negotiation so as to jointly abide by it:

 

Article 1 Name, Model, Quantity and Rent of Equipment

 

Name Specification/Model Quantity Quarterly Rent (RMB)
Assembly line See Annex 6 85,283.39
Packaging line See Annex 4 56,855.59
Total   10 142,138.98

 

Article 2 The lease term is 5 years from September 1, 2017 to August 31, 2022. If the Lessee needs to continue renting the equipment upon the expiration of the Agreement, both parties shall sign a new Agreement or go through the renewed lease formalities within 15 days before the expiration of the Agreement, otherwise the Lessor has the right to otherwise arrange the equipment.

 

Article 3 Lease Method and Ownership

 

3.1 Lease Method: The Lessee shall arrange operation personnel for the leased equipment. The Lessee shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the equipment.

 

3.2 Ownership of the Leased Equipment: The ownership of the leased equipment listed in the Annex to the Agreement belongs to the Lessor. The Lessee shall only be entitled to use the leased machinery during the lease term and it does not have the ownership of the equipment.

 

3.3 Without the consent of the Lessor, the Lessee shall not add or reduce parts to the equipment at will, nor shall it mortgage the equipment for any reason, otherwise it shall bear all consequences arising therefrom.

 

Article 4 Charging Time of Rental Price and Signing and Recognition of Rent

 

4.1 Rental Price The specific rents are listed in the following table:

 

2017.09.01-2018.

08.31 

2018.09.01-2019. 

08.31

2019.09.01-2020.

08.31 

2020.09.01-2021. 

08.31

2021.09.01-2022.

08.31 

568,555.92 568,555.92 568,555.92 568,555.92 568,555.92

 

4.2 Starting and ending time of lease charging: from September 1, 2017 to August 31, 2022, 5 years in total.

 

4.2.1 During the lease term of the machinery, the shutdown period of machinery due to the Lessee’s reasons or natural reasons shall also be calculated as usual according to the calendar days. If the Lessee fails to prepay the rent in advance within the time limit stipulated in the Agreement and the machinery is shut down, the charging time for machinery lease shall also be calculated as usual according to the calendar days.

 

 

 

 

4.2.2 For surrender of lease of the machinery, the Lessee must send a written notice to the Lessor, and the date of surrender of lease approved by the Lessor after receiving the written notice shall the ending time of the charging.

 

Article 5 Payment Methods of Rent and Deposit

 

5.1 The rent shall be paid quarterly, and the Lessee shall pay it before the 15th day of the month following each quarter. The Lessee shall pay a late fee of 5% for overdue payment.

 

5.2 The deposit for the equipment is RMB 3 million (Three Million Yuan Only), which shall be paid by the Lessee within one month from the date of signing the Agreement.

 

Article 6 Obligations and Responsibilities of Both Parties

 

6.1 Obligations and Liabilities of the Lessor

 

6.1.1 Cooperate closely with the construction and production of the Lessee to meet the construction requirements of the Lessee. Obey the construction arrangement of the Lessee’s construction personnel, but have the right to refuse the Lessee’s illegal command.

 

6.1.2 Arrange the equipment operation and maintenance personnel, and be responsible for equipment operation, daily maintenance and fault treatment to ensure that the equipment is in good mechanical and technical conditions. If a single continuous shutdown lasts for more than three days due to a failure, no shift fee will be charged for the days exceeded.

 

6.1.3 Pay the wages of operation personnel and keep equipment maintenance accessories

 

6.1.4 Jointly handle the signing and recognition of rental of the mechanical equipment with the Lessee.

 

6.2 Obligations and Liabilities of the Lessee

 

6.2.1 Be responsible for the safety of the leased machinery and the operating driver during the working period. Do not command in violation of regulations. If the command in violation of regulations causes machinery and personnel damage, the Lessee shall bear all responsibilities and losses.

 

6.2.2 Provide free accommodation for the operating driver of the Lessor. Pay the driver’s overtime pay and construction subsidies.

 

6.2.3 Be responsible for signing and recognizing the entrance of the leased equipment and the monthly rent, and paying the rent timely.

 

6.2.4 Be responsible for protection and guarding of the equipment during the lease term to ensure the safety of the generator.

 

6.2.5 Provide qualified fuel oil and engine oil. Provided with substandard fuel, the driver has the right not to refuel; the shutdown loss caused shall be borne by the Lessee.

 

6.2.6 During the lease term, if the Lessor purchases spare parts and materials, the Lessee shall provide convenience in transportation, and the required funds shall be credited in the Lessee and deducted from the rent.

 

6.2.7 Be responsible for the entrance and release fees of leased machinery, transportation safety, transportation fee and insurance premium.

 

2

 

 

Article 7 Damage and Loss of Leased Machinery

 

7.1 The Lessee shall bear the risk of damage (except for normal wear and tear) and loss of the leased machinery incurred by the Lessee during the lease term. If the Agreement cannot be performed or losses are caused due to Force Majeure, both parties shall settle the matter through negotiation based on the actual situation.

 

7.2 In case of any damage or loss of the leased machinery, the Lessee shall immediately notify the Lessor. The Lessor has the right to choose one of the following methods, and the Lessee shall be responsible for handling and bearing all its expenses.

 

7.2.1 Restore or repair the leased machinery to a fully serviceable state.

 

7.2.2 Replace the damaged components or accessories with those of the same model and performance so that the leased machinery can be used normally.

 

7.2.3 When the damage or loss of the leased machinery is severe to the extent that it cannot be repaired, the Lessee shall compensate the Lessor according to the loss compensation amount stipulated in the Annex to the Agreement.

 

Article 8 Liability for Breach of Agreement

 

8.1 When the Lessee delays to pay the equipment entrance fee or delays to prepay the machinery rent, the Lessor’s equipment will be delayed to enter the site and will be shut down.

 

8.2 Without the written consent of the other party, either party shall not change or terminate the Agreement halfway. If either party violates the Agreement, it shall pay the other party 10% of the total rent of the Agreement as penalties.

 

8.3 If the Lessee fails to pay the rent on schedule or violates any clause of this Agreement, the Lessor has the right to take the following measures:

 

8.3.1 Require the Lessee to pay the rent and other expenses in time and to compensate the Lessor for the losses.

 

8.3.2 Terminate this Agreement, recover the leased equipment and require the Lessee to compensate the Lessor for all losses.

 

Article 9 Annexes to this Agreement

 

The Annexes to this Agreement are integral parts of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as the main text herein. The Annexes to this Agreement includes the Annex to the Lease Agreement, the receipt for the shipment and arrival of the leased machinery, the rent for the machinery signed and recognized by both parties, and the supplementary provisions made by both parties through negotiation.

 

Article 10 Dispute Settlement

 

In case of any dispute arising from this Agreement, both parties shall settle it through negotiation in a timely manner. If negotiation fails, either party may request the competent business authority to mediate or bring a lawsuit to the people’s court.

 

Article 11 This Agreement shall come into effect after being signed and sealed. The Agreement shall be made in quadruplicate with each party holding two copies.

 

Lessor (Seal)

Seal: Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Jifang Yu (Seal Affixed)

Person in Charge (Signature)

September 1, 2017

 

Lessee (Seal)

Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

Minfei Bao (Seal Affixed)

Person in Charge (Signature)

September 1, 2017

 

 

3

 

 

Annex 1:

 

Agreement No.: JTDLD2017090101 List of Leased Agreementual Equipment for Assembly Line

 

Device Name Specification/Model Unit Quantity
Assembly line 32m Set 6
Packaging line 28m Line 4
ESD stool 460MM Set 450
Mobile clean shed 2400*1200*1950MM Set 7
Soldering iron Crack 203H Set 72
Electric screw driver (including power supply) HIOS CL-3000 Set 24
Screwing machine JCH-TS630-SDD Set 12
Glue dispenser E331H Set 4
Automatic thermal shrinkage machine KLW-5545A Set 1
Shelf 2000*60*2000 Set 126
Material rack 550*500*600 Set 192
QA inspection bench 2000*120*1850 Set 29
Printer 600DPI Zebra 110SI4 Set 12

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.14

 

UTIME LIMITED

7th Floor, Building 5A
Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District
Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

 

[         ]

 

[Director Name]

[Address]

 

Re:        Director Offer Letter

 

Dear __________:

 

UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), is pleased to offer you a position as a member of its Board of Directors (the “Board”).  We believe your background and experience will be a significant asset to the Company and we look forward to your participation on the Board. Should you choose to accept this position as a member of the Board, this letter agreement (the “Agreement”) shall constitute an agreement between you and the Company and contains all the terms and conditions relating to the services you agree to provide the Company.

 

1.           Term.  This Agreement is effective as of the effectiveness date of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[●]) (the “Effective Date”). Your term as director shall continue subject to the provisions in Section 9 below or until your death, incapacity, resignation or removal.  Your term of office as a member of the Board shall be up for re-election each year at the Company’s annual shareholder’s meeting and upon re-election, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated at any time in accordance with Section 9 hereto.

 

2.           Services.  You shall render services as a member of the Board and such committees of the Board as the Board may designate, subject to your agreement to serve on such committees (hereinafter, your “Duties”). During the term of this Agreement, you shall attend and participate in such number of meetings of the Board and of the committees of which you may become a member (if any) as regularly or specially called. You may attend and participate at each such meeting, via teleconference or in person. You shall consult with the other members of the Board and committee (if any) regularly and as necessary via telephone, electronic mail or other forms of correspondence.

 

3.           Services for Others.  You shall be free to represent or perform services for other persons during the term of this Agreement.  However, you agree that you do not presently perform and do not intend to perform, during the term of this Agreement, similar duties, consulting or other services for companies whose businesses are or would be, in any way, competitive with the Company (except for companies previously disclosed by you to the Company in writing).  Should you propose to perform similar duties, consulting or other services for any such company, you agree to notify the Company in writing in advance (specifying the name of the organization for whom you propose to perform such services) and to provide information to the Company sufficient to allow it to determine if the performance of such services would conflict with areas of interest to the Company.

 

 1 

 

 

4.           Compensation.  

 

4.1.        Cash. Commencing on the Effective Date, and upon each anniversary thereof that you remain a director, you shall receive cash compensation of $[●] for each calendar year of service under this Agreement on a pro-rated basis which shall be paid on a quarterly basis in arrears.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, all fees are subject to approval and/or change as deemed appropriate by the Board.  Should you serve as the chairman of any Board committee, you will be entitled to additional cash compensation to the extent approved by the Board or a designated committee thereof.

 

4.2         Equity Awards. You shall also be entitled to receive annual equity awards under the Company’s equity incentive plans from time to time as determined by the Board or a designated committee thereof.

 

4.3         Reimbursement of Reasonable Expenses. You shall also be reimbursed for reasonable, pre-approved expenses incurred by you in connection with the performance of your Duties (including travel and lodging expenses for in-person meetings).

 

5.           D&O Insurance Policy. During the term under this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to purchase an officers and directors insurance policy and include you as an insured thereunder.

 

6.           No Assignment.  Because of the personal nature of the services to be rendered by you, this Agreement may not be assigned by you without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

7.           Confidential Information; Non-Disclosure.  In consideration of your access to certain Confidential Information (as defined below) of the Company in connection with your service as a member of the Board, you hereby agree as follows:

 

a.           Definition.  For purposes of this Agreement the term “Confidential Information” means: (i) any information which the Company possesses that has been created, discovered or developed by or for the Company, and which has or could have commercial value or utility in the business in which the Company is engaged; and (ii) any information which is related to the business of the Company and is generally not known by non-Company personnel. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, trade secrets and any information concerning financial or accounting matters, products, product concepts, processes, designs, inventions (whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, and whether or not reduced to practice), discoveries, ideas, improvements, techniques, methods, research, development and test results, specifications, data, know-how, software, formats, marketing plans and analyses, business plans and analyses, strategies, forecasts, customer and supplier identities, characteristics and agreements.

 

b.           Exclusions.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Confidential Information shall not include: (i) any information which becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a breach of the confidentiality portions of this Agreement, or any other agreement requiring confidentiality between the Company and you; and (ii)  information you are required to disclose pursuant to any applicable law, regulation, judicial or administrative order or decree, or request by other regulatory organization having authority pursuant to the law; provided, however, that you shall first have given prior written notice to the Company and made a reasonable effort to obtain a protective order requiring that the Confidential Information not be disclosed.

 

 2 

 

 

c.           Documents. You agree that, without the express written consent of the Company, you will not remove from the Company's premises or retain following the termination of this Agreement or your service to the Company any notes, formulas, programs, data, records, machines or any other documents or items which in any manner contain or constitute Confidential Information, nor will you make reproductions or copies of same.   You shall promptly return any such documents or items, along with any reproductions or copies to the Company upon the Company's demand, upon termination of this Agreement, or upon your termination or Resignation (as defined in Section 9 herein).

 

d.           Confidentiality.  You agree that you will at all times hold in trust and confidence all Confidential Information and will not disclose to others, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information or anything relating to such information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary to perform your duties to the Company as a member of the Board.  You further agree that you will not use any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the Company, except as may be necessary to perform your duties to the Company as a member of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may disclose Confidential Information to your legal counsel for the purpose of rendering personal legal advice to you and to your accounting advisors who have a need to know such information for accounting or tax purposes and who agree to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph (d).

 

e.           Ownership.  You agree that Company shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights, trademark rights, and all other intellectual and industrial property rights of any sort throughout the world) relating to any and all inventions (whether or not patentable), works of authorship, mask works, designations, designs, know-how, ideas and information made or conceived or reduced to practice, in whole or in part, by you during the term of this Agreement and that arise out of your Duties (collectively, “Inventions”), and you will promptly disclose and provide all Inventions to the Company. You agree to assist the Company, at its expense, to further evidence, record and perfect such assignments, and to perfect, obtain, maintain, enforce, and defend any rights assigned.

 

f.           Survival. You agree that the provisions of this Section 7 shall survive and remain in full force and effect upon and following any termination or purported termination of this Agreement or from and after the time you cease performing services to the Company.

 

8.            Non-Solicitation.   During the term of your service to the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you shall not directly solicit for employment any officer, employee or consultant of the Company with whom you have had contact due to your service. You agree that the provisions of this Section 8 shall survive and remain in full force and effect upon and following any termination or purported termination of this Agreement or from and after the time you cease performing services to the Company.

 

9.            Termination and Resignation.  Your membership on the Board (which for purposes of this Agreement shall automatically mean any committee of the Board) may be terminated and you may be removed from the Board for any or no reason by a vote of the shareholders holding at least a majority of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock entitled to vote. You may also terminate your membership on the Board for any or no reason by delivering your written notice of resignation to the Company (“Resignation”), and such Resignation shall be effective upon the time specified therein or, if no time is specified, upon receipt of the notice of resignation by the Company. Upon the effective date of any of the termination of your Board service or your Resignation, your right to compensation hereunder will terminate subject to the Company's obligations to pay you any compensation that you have already earned and to reimburse you for approved expenses already incurred in connection with your performance of your Duties as of the effective date of such termination or Resignation.

 

 3 

 

 

10.           Governing Law; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial.  All questions with respect to the construction and/or enforcement of this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall be determined in accordance with the law of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in the State of New York. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in New York County, New York, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith, and hereby irrevocably waive, and agree not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that they are is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREE NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

11.           Entire Agreement; Amendment; Waiver; Counterparts.  This Agreement expresses the entire understanding with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and terminates any prior oral or written agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the parties hereto.  Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by any party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or failure of the same term or condition or waiver of any other term or condition of this Agreement.  The failure of any party at any time to require performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the right of any such party to require future performance of such provision or any other provision of this Agreement.  This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts each of which will be an original and all of which taken together will constitute one and the same agreement, and may be executed using facsimiles of signatures, and a facsimile of a signature shall be deemed to be the same, and equally enforceable, as an original of such signature. Delivery of such counterparts by facsimile or email/.pdf transmission shall constitute validity delivery thereof.

 

12.           Indemnification.  The Company shall, to the maximum extent provided under applicable law on the terms set forth in the Company’s memorandum and articles of association (as amended from time to time), indemnify and hold you harmless from and against any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlements and other legally permissible amounts (“Losses”), incurred in connection with any proceeding arising out of, or related to, your performance of your Duties.  

 

13.           Not an Employment Agreement This Agreement is not an employment agreement, and shall not be construed or interpreted to create any right for you to be employed by the Company or have any rights of an employee of the Company.

 

14.           Acknowledgement.   You accept this Agreement subject to all the terms and provisions of this Agreement. You agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board of any questions arising under this Agreement.

 

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 4 

 

 

Thank you for your agreement to serve on our Board, and we look forward to working with you. If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign by your name below and return a copy to me, which signature shall signify your agreement.

 

    Sincerely,
         
    UTIME LIMITED
         
         
    By:                
      Name: Minfei Bao
      Title: Chief Executive Officer
         
AGREED AND ACCEPTED:        
         
         
[Director Name]        

 

 5 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of ____________, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between UTime Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”) and __________, an individual (the “Executive”). Except with respect to the direct employment of the Executive by the Company, the term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its subsidiary and variable interest entity (collectively, the “Group”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive as its ______________ and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company as its _____________ during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.POSITION

 

The Executive hereby accepts the position of _______________ (the “Employment”) of the Company.

 

2.TERM

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be one (1) year commencing on the Effective Date, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Employment will be renewed automatically for additional one-year terms if neither the Company nor the Executive provides a notice of termination of the Employment to the other party within thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the applicable term.

 

3.   DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

(a)During the Term, the Executive shall serve as _________________ of the Company or in such other position or positions with a level of duties and responsibilities consistent with the foregoing with the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliated entities as the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) may specify from time to time and shall have the duties, responsibilities and obligations customarily assigned to individuals serving in the position or positions in which the Executive serves hereunder and as assigned by the Board, or with the Board’s authorization, by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

  (b) The Executive shall devote all of his working time, attention and skills to the performance of his duties to the Company and the Group and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company and the Group in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time, and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

  (c) The Executive shall use his best efforts to perform his duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any member of the Group, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that engages in the same business in which the Company or any member of the Group engages (any such business or entity, a “Competitor”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding equity of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere. The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of his interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require.

 

1

 

 

4.NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

 

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of his duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound except for agreements entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

5.LOCATION

 

The Executive will be based in __________. The Company reserves the right to transfer or send the Executive to any location in China or elsewhere in accordance with its operational requirements.

 

6.COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

(a)Base Salary. The Executive’s initial pre-tax base salary shall be US$__________ per month, paid monthly in arrears in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices, and such compensation is subject to annual review and adjustment by the Board in its sole discretion. The Executive shall also be entitled to receive salary, as and in the amounts approved by the Board, from any member of the Group.

 

  (b) Bonus. The Executive shall be eligible for cash bonuses as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

  (c) Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains an equity incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof as determined by the Board.

 

  (d) Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan, provided that such plans shall be subject to review and approval by the Board.

 

  (e) Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Company for all reasonable ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses incurred by the Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement; provided that he properly accounts for such expenses in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

 

2

 

 

7.   TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

(a)By the Company.

 

(i) For Cause. The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable U.S. federal or state law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1)the Executive is convicted or pleads guilty to a felony or to an act of fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement;

 

(2)the Executive has been grossly negligent or acted dishonestly to the detriment of the Company;

 

(3)the Executive has engaged in actions amounting to willful misconduct or failed to perform his duties hereunder and such failure continues after the Executive is afforded not less than fifteen (15) days to cure such failure; or

 

(4)the Executive violates Sections 8,9 or 10 of this Agreement.

 

Upon termination for “cause”, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

(ii) For Death and Disability. The Company may also terminate the Employment, at any time, without notice or remuneration (unless notice or remuneration is specifically required by applicable law, in which case notice or remuneration will be provided in accordance with applicable law), if:

 

(1)the Executive has died, or

 

(2)the Executive has a disability which shall mean a physical or mental impairment which, as reasonably determined by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform the essential functions of his employment with the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for more than 120 days in any 12-month period, unless a longer period is required by applicable law, in which case that longer period would apply.

 

Upon termination for death or disability, the Executive shall be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination. However, the Executive will not be entitled to receive payment of any severance benefits or other amounts by reason of the termination, and the Executive’s right to all other benefits will terminate, except as required by any applicable law.

 

3

 

 

(iii) Without Cause. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause, at any time, upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice. Upon termination without cause, the Company shall provide the following severance payments and benefits to the Executive: a cash payment of one month of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination for each year (which is any period longer than six months but no more than one year) and a cash payment of half month of the Executive’s base salary as of the date of such termination for any period of employment no more than six months, provided that the total severance payments shall not exceed twelve months of the Executive’s base salary.

 

Upon termination without cause, the Executive shall also be entitled to the amount of base salary earned and not paid prior to termination.

 

In order to be eligible for, and as a condition precedent for the payment of, the severance payments and benefits under this Section 7(a)(iii), the Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a general release of the Company and all members of the Group and their affiliates in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Board.

 

(iv) Change of Control Transaction. If the Company or its successor terminates the Employment upon a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity (the “Change of Control Transaction”), the Executive shall be entitled to the following severance payments and benefits upon such termination: (1) a lump sum cash payment equal to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary at a rate equal to the greater of his annual salary in effect immediate1y prior to the termination, or his then current annua1 salary as of the date of such termination; (2) a lump sum cash payment equal to a pro-rated amount of his target annual bonus for the year immediately preceding the termination; (3) payment of premiums for continued health benefits under the Company’s health plans for 3 months fo1lowing the termination; and (4) immediate vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive.

 

  (b)

By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Company without cause, if (1) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s authority, duties and responsibilities unless such reduction was made with his consent, or (2) there is a material reduction in the Executive’s annual salary (the occurrences in (1) and (2) being referred to as “Good Reason”). Upon the Executive’s termination of the Employment due to either of the above reasons, the Company shall provide compensation to the Executive equivalent to 3 months of the Executive’s base salary that he is entitled to immediately prior to such termination. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation is approved by the Board or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is agreed to by the Board.

 

In order to be eligible for, and as a condition precedent for the payment of, the severance payments and benefits under this Section 7(b), the Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a general release of the Company and all members of the Group and their affiliates in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Board.

 

  (c) Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

4

 

 

8.   CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure. The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of the Employment and after its termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers, supplier lists and suppliers, software developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, franchisees, distributors and other persons with whom the Company does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Company, its affiliates, or their respective clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or otherwise, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (b) Company Property. The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his work or using the facilities of the Company are property of the Company and subject to inspection by the Company, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his termination, in his possession any property of the Company, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.

 

  (c) Former Employer Information. The Executive agrees that he has not and will not, during the term of his employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Company any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Company and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Third Party Information. The Executive recognizes that the Company may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Company and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Company’s agreement with such third party.

 

This Section 8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 8, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

5

 

 

9.   CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT

 

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of his employment with the Company, he will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10.   NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

 

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company, the Executive agrees that during the term of the Employment and for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination of the Employment for whatever reason:

 

(a)The Executive will not approach clients, customers or contacts of the Company or the Group, users of the Company’s or the Group’s services, or other persons or entities introduced to the Executive in the Executive’s capacity as a representative of the Company or the Group for the purposes of doing business with such persons or entities which will harm the business relationship between the Company or the Group and such persons and/or entities;

 

  (b) the Executive will not assume employment with or provide services as a director, consultant or otherwise for any Competitor, or engage, whether as principal, partner, licensor or otherwise, in any Competitor; and

 

  (c) the Executive will not seek, directly or indirectly, by the offer of alternative employment or other inducement whatsoever, to solicit the services of any officer, director, or employee of or consultant to the Company or any member of the Group employed or engaged as at or after the date of such termination, or in the twelve (12) months preceding such termination.

 

The provisions contained in Section 10 are considered reasonable by the Executive in order to protect the legitimate business interest of the Company and the Group. In the event that any such provisions should be found to be void under applicable laws but would be valid if some part thereof was deleted or the period or area of application reduced, such provisions shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make them valid and effective.

 

This Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 10, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company or the applicable member of the Group shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company or any applicable member of the Group shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

11.INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Company shall, to the maximum extent provided under applicable law, indemnify and hold the Executive harmless from and against any expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, settlements and other legally permissible amounts (“Losses”), incurred in connection with any proceeding arising out of, or related to, his performance of the Employment, other than any such Losses incurred as a result of the Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Company shall advance to the Executive any expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, incurred in defending any such proceeding to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. Such costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in defense of any such proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding promptly upon receipt by the Company of (a) written request for payment; (b) appropriate documentation evidencing the incurrence, amount and nature of the costs and expenses for which payment is being sought; and (c) an undertaking adequate under applicable law made by the Executive or on his behalf to repay the amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined pursuant to any non-appealable judgment or settlement that the Executive is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

6

 

 

12.WITHHOLDING TAXES

 

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

13.ASSIGNMENT

 

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder. 

 

14.SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

15.ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter. The Executive acknowledges that he has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company.

 

16.GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION

 

This Agreement and all issues pertaining to the Employment or the termination of the Employment shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of New York without regard to choice of law principles, except the arbitration provision which shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act. Executive agrees that if, for any reason, any provision hereof is unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will nonetheless remain binding and in effect. Any dispute regarding the Employment or this Agreement, other than any injunctive relief available under Section 10 hereof, which cannot be resolved by negotiations between the Executive and the Company shall be submitted to, and solely determined by, final and binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with its arbitration rules applicable to employment disputes, and the parties agree to be bound by the final award of the arbitrator in any such proceeding. The arbitrator shall apply the laws of Cayman Islands with respect to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, or to any claims involving the Employment or the termination of the Employment. All questions regarding whether or not a dispute is subject to arbitration will be resolved by the arbitrator. Arbitration shall be held in the AAA New York City Office, or such other place as the parties may mutually agree. Judgment upon the award by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction, including in The People’s Republic of China or Hong Kong. The arbitrator shall award costs and attorney fees to the prevailing party. As part of this Agreement, Executive agrees that Executive may not participate in a representative capacity or as a member of any class of claims pertaining to any claim against the Company. There is no right or authority for any claims subject to this Agreement to be arbitrated on a class or collective action basis or on any basis involving claims brought in a purported representative capacity on behalf of any other person or group of people similarly situated. Such claims are prohibited. Furthermore, claims brought by or against either the Company or the Executive may not be joined or consolidated in the arbitration with claims brought by or against any other person or entity unless otherwise agreed to in writing by all parties involved.

 

7

 

 

17.AMENDMENT

 

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

18.WAIVER

 

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

19.NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery, or (iv) by email, to the last known address of the other party, with communications to the Company being to the attention of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

20.COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

 

Photographic or electronic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose, and signed counterparts may be delivered by electronic means.

 

21.NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

 

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that it, or he has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms.

 

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

8

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

  UTime Limited
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Executive
     
  Signature:   
  Name:  

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement

 

Agreement No.: JTDLD20180302

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchaser: United Time Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Supplier: Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Purchase Contents: One Batch of Equipment

 

Place of Signing: Nanshan District, Shenzhen

 

 

 

 

Purchaser: United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”)

 

Address: 7/F, Block A, Building 5, Software Industry Base, Nanshan District, Shenzhen City

 

Contact information: 0755-86512181

 

Supplier: Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as "Party B")

 

Address: Floor 2, No. 4 Factory, Supporting Industrial Park, Xinpu Economic Development District, Xinpu New District, Zunyi City, Guizhou Province

 

Contact information: 0851-27353471

 

In order to develop a sense of responsibility of both parties and ensure the fulfillment of the respective economic objectives, in accordance with the Agreement Law of the People's Republic of China, both parties have entered into the following agreement on Party A's purchase of a batch of equipment from Party B through friendly negotiation:

 

I. Purchase Contents:

 

  Material Name Specification/Model Unit Order Date Quantity Ordered Unit Price Total Amount
1 SMT & Test and Production Lines Production line Line 2018-03-10 4 9,257,605 37,030,420.00
Total             37,030,420.00

 

II. Agreement Amount

 

Total Agreement Amount: RMB 37,030,420.00, in words: Thirty-Seven Million Thirty Thousand Four Hundred and Twenty Yuan only.

 

III. Time and Method of Payment

 

1. The Agreement amount shall be paid in three installments: (1) within 15 days after the Agreement comes into effect, Party A shall pay Party B 10% of the total Agreement amount and have the equipment shipped to Party A; (2) after the equipment is shipped to Party A's place of delivery, Party A shall pay 80% of the payment for goods to Party B within 90 days after acceptance by Party A; (3) after the installation and commissioning of the equipment, Party A shall pay Party B 10% of the total Agreement amount;

 

2. After the acceptance of the equipment, Party B shall issue a special VAT invoice at 17% to Party A. Party B shall ensure that the special Value Added Tax invoice issued is true and valid and can effect deduction. Otherwise, Party A shall be compensated for the losses arising therefrom.

 

3. The ownership of the goods belongs to Party B until Party A pays off the whole payment.

 

2 

 

 

IV. Restrictions

 

The products provided under this Agreement shall only be sold in Mainland China and shall not be exported to foreign countries and Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan. Otherwise, Party A shall be liable for the responsibilities arising therefrom.

 

V. Time, Place and Method of Delivery

 

1. Time of delivery: the goods shall be delivered within 30 days after the Agreement comes into effect

 

2. Place of delivery: Floor 2, No. 4 Factory, Ancillary Industrial Park, Xinpu Economic Development District, Xinpu New District, Zunyi City, Guizhou Province

 

3. Method of delivery: Party B shall be responsible for the transportation of the goods and bear the transportation fee.

 

4. Freight transport mode: ground transport.

 

5. If Party A requests to change the place of delivery, it shall notify Party B 15 days before the delivery date stipulated in the Agreement. The transportation fee increased due to Party A's change of address shall be borne by Party A.

 

VI. On-site Service (suggested to be agreed upon according to the actual situation)

 

1. The on-site personnel of the Supplier shall abide by the factory regulations and systems of Party A, and Party B shall be responsible for any violation of such personnel.

 

2. The Supplier's on-site personnel shall pay for their own rooms and meals.

 

VII. Personnel Training

 

The equipment manufacturer shall be directly responsible for providing training on operation, repair and maintenance of equipment for Party A's operation and maintenance personnel and relevant process engineering personnel, so that Party A's personnel can use, repair and maintain the equipment normally; Party B will not be liable for providing such training.

 

VIII. Warranty Service

 

1. Warranty service shall be provided according to the terms stipulated by the manufacturer from the date when the equipment is signed for by Party A. Request for warranty service shall be directly submitted to the equipment manufacturer; Party B will not be liable for warranty service.

 

2. After the warranty period, if Party A has maintenance needs, Party A shall directly contact the equipment manufacturer to confirm specific matters, and Party B will not be responsible.

 

3 

 

 

IX. Liability for Breach of Agreement

 

1. If Party A returns the goods halfway without reason, it shall pay Party B 5% of the total consideration as penalties.

 

2. Party A shall pay 2‰ of the total Agreement amount to Party B as liquidated damages for each day of overdue payment. The total amount of liquidated damages shall not exceed 5% of the total Agreement amount.

 

X. Force Majeure

 

In the event of Force Majeure Event, the party affected by such event shall obtain a certificate from the notary office certifying that it cannot perform or cannot fully perform the Agreement, and notify the other party in a timely manner within 15 working days after the event occurs. Both parties agree that they can be exempted from all or part of their responsibilities accordingly.

 

XI. Alteration of Agreement

 

Matters not covered shall be settled through negotiation by both parties. Alterations and modifications to the Agreement shall be made in writing with the consent of both parties.

 

XII. Dispute Resolution Methods

 

Any dispute between both parties shall be resolved through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, either party shall bring a lawsuit to the people's court where Party B is located.

 

XIII. Coming into Force and Termination of Agreement

 

The Agreement shall come into effect after being signed and sealed by both parties. The Agreement shall be made in duplicate with each party holding one counterpart. These counterparts shall have the same legal effect.

 

(No text below)

 

Party A: United Time Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Authorized Representative: Minfei Bao (Seal Affixed)

 

Date: MM DD YY

Party B: Guizhou Jietongda Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal Affixed)

 

Authorized Representative: Jifang Yu (Seal Affixed)

 

Date: MM DD YY

 

4 

 

 

Annex I:

 

Asset Name Specification/Model Unit Quantity
General-Purpose Tester 8960(G+C+W) Set 50
Programmable Power Supply 33611 Set 45
GBIP Card NI-GPIBHS Set 46
Download Console/Mmi Workbench 2440*900*1950 Set 18
Calibration Console 2440*900*1950 Set 6
Reflow Oven KTR-1000 Set 3
X-RAY Scienscope Set 1
PCB Depanelizer GAM320 Set 3
UPS Power Supply WZT-120KVA Set 1
Steel Mesh Cleaning Machine K-1800 Set 1
Suction Nozzle Cleaning Machine WS-800 Set 1
Oven Temperature Tester KICX5 Set 1
FEEDER Calibrator Siemens Set 1
Automatic Laser Coding Machine N450 Set 1
Initial Workpiece Tester FAI-600 Set 1
Baking Chamber FD201 Set 1
Automatic Board Loading Machine KT250 Set 3
Process Board KT-50 Set 12
Process Board KT-100 Set 3
NG Screening Board KT-NB Set 6
Panel Storing Machine KT-CB Set 3
Printing Press DEK03iX (low-level configuration) Set 2
SPI S8030-2 Set 3
Chip Mounter D4i (low-level configuration) Set 6
AOI LX330iL-XP Set 3
Chip Mounter IPLACED4i Set 2
Chip Mounter SIPLACED4i Set 1
Printing Press DEK NeoHorizon 03iX Set 1

 

 

5

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries, Variable Interest Entity, and Subsidiaries of Variable Interest Entity   Jurisdiction
UTime International Limited   Hong Kong
Shenzhen UTime Technology Consulting Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
Bridgetime Limited   British Virgin Islands
Do Mobile India Private Limited   Republic of India
United Time Technology Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
Guizhou United Time Technology Co., Ltd.   People’s Republic of China
UTime Technology (HK) Company Limited   Hong Kong
UTime India Private Limited   Republic of India

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

UTime Limited

7th Floor, Building 5A

Shenzhen Software Industry Base, Nanshan District

Shenzhen, People’s Republic of China 518061

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated September 30, 2019, relating to the consolidated financial statements of UTime Limited, its subsidiaries, variable interest entity (“VIE”) and subsidiaries of the VIE as of March 31, 2018 and 2019 and for the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, which is contained in that Prospectus.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP

 

BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP

 

Shenzhen, the People’s Republic of China

March 18, 2020

Exhibit 99.1

 

CODE OF ETHICS OF

UTIME LIMITED

  

The Board of Directors of UTime Limited (together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries and their respective businesses, the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Ethics (this “Code”) to provide value for both our members and stockholders; and

 

To encourage honest and ethical conduct, including fair dealing and the ethical handling of conflicts of interest;

 

To prompt full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure;

 

To comply with applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations;

 

To prompt internal reporting of violations of this Code;

 

To protect the Company’s legitimate business interests, including corporate opportunities, assets and confidential information; and

 

To deter wrongdoing.

 

All directors, officers, employees and independent contractors of the Company are expected to be familiar with the Code and to adhere to those principles and procedures set forth in the Code. For purposes of the code, all directors, officers, employees and independent contractors will refer to collectively as “employees” or “you” throughout this code.

 

I. HONEST AND ETHICAL CONDUCT

 

All directors, officers, employees and independent contractors owe duties to the Company to act with integrity. Integrity requires, among other things, being honest and ethical. This includes the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships. Deceit and subordination of principle are inconsistent with integrity.

 

All directors, officers, employees and independent contractors have the following duties:

 

To conduct business with professional courtesy and integrity, and act honestly and fairly without prejudice in all commercial dealings;

 

To work in a safe, healthy and efficient manner, using skills, time and experience to the maximum of abilities;

 

To comply with applicable awards, Company policies and job requirements, and adhere to a high standard of business ethics;

 

To observe both the form and spirit of laws, governmental rules, regulations and accounting standards;

 

Not to knowingly make any misleading statements to any person or to be a party to any improper practice in relation to dealings with or by the Company;

 

To ensure that Company resources and properties are used properly;

 

To maintain the confidentiality of information where required or consistent with Company policies; and

 

Not to disclose information or documents relating to the Company or its business, other than as required by law, not to make any unauthorized public comment on Company affairs and not to misuse any information about the Company or its associates, and not to accept improper or undisclosed material personal benefits from third parties as a result of any transaction or transactions of the Company.

  

 

 

 

II. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

A “conflict of interest” arises when an individual’s personal interest interferes or appears to interfere with the interests of the Company. A conflict of interest can arise when a director, officer or employee takes actions or has personal interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively.

 

There are a variety of situations in which a conflict of interest may arise. While it would be impractical to attempt to list all possible situations, some common types of conflicts may be:

        

To serve as a director, employee or contractor for a company that has a business relationship with, or is a competitor of the Company;

 

To have a financial interest in a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company;

 

To receive improper personal benefits from a competitor, supplier or customer, as a result of any transaction or transactions of the Company;

 

To accept financial interest beyond entertainment or nominal gifts in the ordinary course of business, such as a meal;

 

To present at a conference where the conference sponsor has a real or potential business relationship with the Company (e.g. vendor, customer, or investor), and, the conference sponsor offers travel or accommodation arrangements or other benefits materially in excess of the Company’s standard; or

 

To use for personal gain, rather than for the benefit of the Company, an opportunity that discovered through the role with the Company.

 

Fidelity or service to the Company should never be subordinated to or dependent on personal gain or advantage. Conflicts of interest should be avoided.

 

In most cases, anything that would constitute a conflict for a director, officer or employee also would present a conflict if it is related to a member of his or her family.

 

Interests in other companies, including potential competitors and suppliers, that are purely for management of the other entity, or where an otherwise questionable relationship is disclosed to the Board and any necessary action is taken to ensure there will be no effect on the Company, are not considered conflicts unless otherwise determined by the Board.

 

Evaluating whether a conflict of interest exists can be difficult and may involve a number of considerations. Please refer to other policies, such as employee handbook, for further information. We also encourage you to seek guidance from your manager or an Senior Officer (as defined below) or their equivalents, when you have any questions or doubts.

 

2

 

 

III. DISCLOSURE

 

Each director, officer or employee, to the extent involved in the Company’s disclosure process, including the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Investment Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Financial Officer, or their equivalents (the “Senior Officers”), is required to be familiar with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures applicable to him or her so that the Company’s public reports and documents comply in all material respects with the applicable securities laws and rules. In addition, each such person having direct or supervisory authority regarding these securities filings or the Company’s other public communications concerning its general business, results, financial condition and prospects should, to the extent appropriate within his or her area of responsibility, consult with other Company officers and employees and take other appropriate steps regarding these disclosures with the goal of making full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

 

Each director, officer or employee, to the extent involved in the Company’s disclosure process, including the Senior Officers, must:

 

Familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.

 

Not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including to the Company’s independent auditors, governmental regulators and self-regulatory organizations.

 

IV. COMPLIANCE

 

It is the Company’s policy to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each employee, officer and director to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules and regulations in the performance of their duties for the Company, including those relating to accounting and auditing matters and insider trading.

 

The Board endeavors to ensure that the directors, officers and employees of the Company act with integrity and observe the highest standards of behavior and business ethics in relation to their corporate activities.

 

Specifically, that directors, officers and employees must:

 

Comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations;

 

Act in the best interests of the Company;

 

Be responsible and accountable for their actions; and

 

Observe the ethical principles of fairness, honesty and truthfulness, including disclosure of potential conflicts.

 

Generally, it is against Company policies for any individual to profit from undisclosed information relating to the Company or any other company in violation of insider trading or other laws. Anyone who is aware of material nonpublic information relating to the Company, our customers, or other companies may not use the information to purchase or sell securities in violation of securities laws.

 

If you are uncertain about the legal rules involving your purchase or sale of any Company securities or any securities in companies that you are familiar with by virtue of your work for the Company, you should consult with the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Investment Officer (or any responsible party under any insider trading policy of the Company) before making any such purchase or sale. Other policies issued by the Company also provide guidance as to certain of the laws, rules and regulations that apply to the Company's activities.

 

V. REPORTING AND ACCOUNTABILITY

 

The Board of Directors has the authority to interpret this Code in any particular situation. Any director, officer or employee who becomes aware of any violation of this Code is required to notify the a Senior Officer promptly.

 

3

 

 

Any questions relating to how these policies should be interpreted or applied should be addressed to your manager or a Senior Officer. Any material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, as discussed in Section II of this Code, should be discussed with your manager or a Senior Officer. A director, officer or employee who is unsure of whether a situation violates this Code should discuss the situation with a Senior Officer to prevent possible misunderstandings and embarrassment at a later date.

 

Each director, officer or employee must:

 

Notify the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Investment Officer promptly of any existing or potential violation of this Code.

 

Not retaliate against any other director, officer or employee for reports of potential violations.

 

The Company will follow the following procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code and in reporting on the Code:

 

The Senior Officers will take all appropriate action to investigate any violations reported. In addition, the Senior Officers, as appropriate, shall report each violation and alleged violation involving a director or an executive officer to the Chairman of the Board of Directors. To the extent he or she deems appropriate, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall participate in any investigation of a director or Senior Officer. After the conclusion of an investigation of a director or executive officer, the conclusions shall be reported to the Board of Directors.

 

The Board of Directors will conduct such additional investigation as it deems necessary. The Board will determine that a director or Senior Officer has violated this Code. Upon being notified that a violation has occurred, the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Investment Officer, or their equivalents, as the case may be, will take such disciplinary or preventive action as deemed appropriate, up to and including dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of appropriate law enforcement authorities.

 

VI. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking (or directing to a third party) a business opportunity that is discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position, unless the Company has already been offered the opportunity and turned it down. More generally, employees, officers and directors are prohibited from using corporate property, information or position for personal gain and from competing with the Company.

 

Sometimes the line between personal and Company benefits is difficult to draw, and sometimes there are both personal and Company benefits in certain activities. Employees, officers and directors who intend to make use of Company property or services in a manner not solely for the benefit of the Company should consult beforehand with your manager or a Senior Officer.

 

VII. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

In carrying out the Company's business, employees, officers and directors often learn confidential or proprietary information about the Company, its customers, suppliers, or joint venture parties. Employees, officers and directors must maintain the confidentiality of all information so entrusted to them, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential or proprietary information of our Company, and of other companies, includes any non-public information that would be harmful to the relevant company or useful or helpful to competitors if disclosed.

 

4

 

 

VIII. FAIR DEALING

 

Our core value of operating is based on responsiveness, openness, honesty and trust with our business partners, officers, employees, directors and stockholders. We do not seek competitive advantages through illegal or unethical business practices. Each employee, officer and director should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, service providers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee, officer or director should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any unfair dealing practice.

 

IX. PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

All employees, officers and directors should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes. Theft, careless and waste have a direct impact on our profit and could lead to discipline or dismissal.

 

XI. WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS

 

From time to time, the Company may waive provisions of this Code. Any employee or director who believes that a waiver may be called for should discuss the matter with your manager or a Senior Officer.

 

Any waiver of the Code for Senior Officers or directors of the Company may be made only by the Board of Directors and must be promptly disclosed to stockholders along with the reasons for such waiver in a manner as required by applicable law or the rules of the applicable stock exchange. Any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Code must be approved in writing by the Board or, if appropriate, its delegate(s) and promptly disclosed pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

Any waiver or modification of the Code for a Senior Officer will be promptly disclosed to stockholders if and as required by applicable law or the rules of the applicable stock exchange.

 

The Company is committed to continuously reviewing and updating its policies, and therefore reserves the right to amend this Policy at any time, for any reason, subject to applicable law.

 

# # #

 

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by UTime Limited, of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of UTime Limited, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 17, 2020 /s/ David Bolocan
    David Bolocan

Exhibit 99.3

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by UTime Limited, of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of UTime Limited, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 17, 2020 /s/ Lawrence G. Eckles
    Lawrence G. Eckles

Exhibit 99.4

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by UTime Limited, of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of UTime Limited, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated: March 17, 2020 /s/ Min He
    Min He

Exhibit 99.5

 

Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee

 

In connection with the filing by UTime Limited, of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of UTime Limited, in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto. 

 

Dated: March 17, 2020 /s/ Mo Zou
    Mo Zou